Skip to main content

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

See other formats


H 


illil'H':^^^^ 




I 


fi|:;: 


:,'; .'''1 ■ , .■• 



if ■■ 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1967nort 




[ortli Carolina State University* Rale igli 

Graduate Catalog 
1968-70 



^ortli Carolina State Record 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 

PubliBhed four times a year in February. June. August and December by North Carolina State 
University at RaleiKh. Office of Admissions and ReRistration, Peele Hall, Raleish N C 27607 
Second class postage paid at the Post Office at Raleiffh, North Carolina 27602. 

Volume 67 December 1967 Number 4 




[ortli Carolina State University- Raleigh 



Graduate Catalog 
1968-70 



CONTENTS 



Officers of Administration 3 

Calendar 6 

North Carolina State University 13 

The Graduate School 15 

D. H. Hill Library 16 

Institutes 17 

Special Laboratories and Facilities 20 

Special Training Programs 22 

General Information 25 

Admissions 25 

Registration 27 

Tuition and Fees 29 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 33 

Other Financial Aid 34 

Housing 35 

Graduate Degrees 39 

Master of Science 39 

Master of Arts 40 

Master's Degree in a Professional Field 43 

Summary of Procedures 45 

Master of Agriculture 44 

Master's Degrees, Summary of Procedures 46 

Doctor of Philosophy 48 

Doctor of Education 48 

Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures 53 

Fields of Instruction 57 
Departmental Announcements and Course Descriptions 57-258 

Graduate Faculty 259 

Index 291 

Campus Map 294 



OFFICERS OF 
ADMINISTRATION 



The University of Nortti Carolina 

William Friday, B.S., LL.D., President 

William Smith Wells, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vice-president for Academic Affairs 

Arnold Kimsey King, B.A., M.A. Ph.D., Vice-president for Institutional 
Studies 

Frederick Henry Weaver, B.A., M.A., Vice-president for University Re- 
lations 

Charles Edwin Bishop, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Vice-president for University 
Public Service Programs 

Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., B.A. M.A., Assistant Vice-president and 
Treasurer 

Rudolph Pate, B.S., Assistant to the President 



North Carolina State University 
at Raleigh 

John T. Caldwell, B. S., M.A., Ph.D., Chancellor 
Harry C. Kelly, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Provost 

Harold Frank Robinson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Administrative Dean for Re- 
search 
John D. Wright, B.S., Business Manager 

Isaac T. Littleton, A.B., M.S., M.S.L.S., Director of the Libraries 
James J. Stewart, B.S., M.A., Dean of Student Affairs 
Kenneth D. Raab, B.A., M.A., Director of Admissions 
Ronald Butler, B.S., M.Ed., Registrar 
Joseph J. Combs, M.D., College Physician 



The Graduate School 

Walter J. Peterson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean, North Carolina State University 

Vernon E. Holt, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Patsy J. Haywood, B.S., Assistant to the Dean 

Mary M. Camp, Secretary 

Martha J. Cecil, Secretary 

Frances M. Emory, Secretary 

Chloe B. Hodge, Secretary 

Darlene Rachal, Secretary 

Frances B. Twiford, Secretary 



4 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Tlie Executive Council 

The Executive Council for the Graduate School is made up of members 
of the Advisory Boards of each of the three units of the Consolidated Uni- 
versity. The President, the Vice-president for Academic Affairs, the 
Chancellors and the graduate deans are ex-officio members of the Execu- 
tive Council. 



THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY AT RALEIGH 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean 

Vernon E. Holt, Assistant Dean 

Robert P. Burns, M.Arch., Associate Professor of Architectrire and Head 
of Department. Term ending March, 1971. 

David M. Cates, Ph.D., Professor of Textile Chemistry and Assistant Di- 
rector, Chemical Research. Term ending September, 1968. 

Wesley 0. Doggett, Ph.D., Professor of Physics and Assistant Dean, School 
of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. Term ending September, 
1971. 

John W. Duffield, Ph.D., Professor of Forestry. Term ending September, 
1969. 

James E. Legates, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 
of Ani7)ial Science and Head of Aniynal Breeding Section. Term ending 
March, 1969. 

Patrick H. McDonald, Ph.D., John W. Harrelson Professor of Engineering 
Mechanics and Head of Department. Term ending January, 1969. 

Thurston J. Mann, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics and Head of Department. 
Term ending July, 1969. 

Howard M. Nahikian, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics and Graduate Ad- 
ministrator. Term ending November, 1970. 

George W. Poland, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages and Head of 
Department. Term ending January, 1968. 

Henry B. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Dean, School of Engineering. Term end- 
ing October. 1969. 

Herbert Elvin Speece, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics and Professor of 
Mathematics and Science Education and Head of Department . Term end- 
ing November, 1971. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL 

James C. Ingram, Ph.D., Dean 

Frederic Neil Cleaveland, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Research 
Professor in the Institute for Research in Social Science arid Chairman of 
the Department of Political Science. Term ending 1970. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 5 

Bernard George Greenberg, Ph.D., Professor of Biostatistics in the School 

of Public Health and Chairman of the Department of Biostatistics. Term 

ending 1971. 
Grover Cleveland Hunter, Jr., B.A., D.D.S., M.S., Professor of Perio- 

dontology and Oral Pathology and Chairman of the Department of Perio- 

dontology and Oral Pathology. Term ending 1970. 
J. Logan Irving, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry and Nutrition and Chair- 

mnn of the Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition. Term ending 1970. 
George Sherman Lane, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of German. Term ending 

1969. 
Maurice Wentworth Lee, Ph.D., Professor of Business and Economics and 

Dean of the School of Business Administration. Term ending 1969. 
Harvey Eugene Lehman, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. Term ending 1968. 
Gerhard Eugene Lenski, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. Term ending 1970. 
Eugen Merzbacher, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. Term ending 1971. 
Joseph Curtis Sloane, Ph.D., Alumni Professor of Art, Chairman of the 

Department of Art, and Director of the Ackland Memorial Art Center. 

Term ending 1970. 
Ernest William Talbert, Ph.D., Professor of English. Term ending 1968. 
George Vanderbeck Taylor, Ph.D., Professor of History. Term ending 1971, 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT GREENSBORO 

John W. Kennedy, Ph.D., Dean 

Naomi Albanese, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of the School of Home Eco- 
nomics 
Richard Bardolph, Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department of History 

and Political Science 
Joseph A. Bryant, Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department of English 
Gilbert F. Carpenter, B.A., Professor and Head of the Department of Art 
Elizabeth Duffy, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

Bruce M. Eberhart, Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Biology 
Lawrence E. Hart, D.M.A., Professor and Dean of the School of Music 
Vance T. Littlejohn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Busi- 
ness Education 
Ethel L. Martus, M.S., Professor and Head of the Department of Physical 

Education 
Mereb E. Mossman, L.H.D., Dean of the Faculty and Professor of Sociology 
Lawrence J. Sorohan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education 



THE CALENDAR 



FALL SEMESTER, 1967 

September 5 Tues. 

September 8-10 Fri-Sun. 



September 11 
September 15 



September 22 
November 4 



Mon. 
Fri. 



Fri. 



Sat. 



November 6 


Mon. 


November 21 


Tues, 


November 27 


Mon. 


December 15 


Fri. 



December 16 


Sat. 


January 3 


Wed. 


January 10 


Wed. 


January 11 


Thurs. 


January 12-19 


Fri.-Fri 


January 15 


Tues. 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1968 



January 23 
January 26-28 

January 29 
February 2 



Tues, 

Fri. -Sun 

Mon. 
Fri. 



General faculty meeting; last day to pre- 
register for fall courses. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
.schedules. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for adtnission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
January, 1968. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Last day for tak- 
ing (lualifying examinations for students 
expecting to receive doctorate in May, 
1968. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun- 
cil of the University of North Carolina. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 
p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
January, 1968. Last day for taking final 
oral examinations for master's degrees 
not requiring theses. 
Christmas holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun- 
cil of the University of North Carolina. 



Last day to preregister. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
May and July, 1968. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



February 9 



March 16 
March 23 



April 8 

April 10 

April 17 

April 18 



Fri. 



Sat. 
Sat. 



Mon. 

Wed. 
Wed. 
Thurs. 



May 15 
May 16 
May 17-24 
May 25 


Wed. 

Thurs. 

Fri.-Fri 

Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS, 


1968 


First Session 




May 24 
June 4 


Fri. 
Tues. 


June 5 
June 10 


Wed. 
Mon. 


June 11 


Tues. 



June 14 



Fri. 



June 26 



July 11 
July 12 



Wed. 



Thurs. 
Fri. 



Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 
Mid-term reports due. 
Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive 
doctorate in August, 1968. 
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun- 
cil of the University of North Carolina. 
Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
foryn to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
May, 1968. Last day for taking final oral 
exarninations for master's degrees not re- 
quiHng theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



Last day to preregister. 
Registration and payment of fees ; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 4. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 
Last day for filing application for admis- 
sion to candidacy for students expecting 
to complete requirements for the master's 
degree in August, 1968. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
July, 1968. Last day for taking final 
oral examinations by candidates for mas- 
ter's degrees not requiring theses. 
Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive 
doctorate in January, 1969. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Second Session 

July 4 
July 16 



July 17 
July 18 



July 25 



August 21 
August 22 



Thurs. 
Tues. 



Wed. 
Thurs. 



Thurs. 



Wed. 
Thurs. 



Last day to preregister. 
Registration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon. July 16. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by candi- 
dates for the master's and doctoral de- 
grees in August, 1968. La^t day for tak- 
ing final oral examinations by candi- 
dates for master's degrees not requiring 
theses. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



FALL SEMESTER, 1968 



September 9 
September 10 
September 13-15 

September 16 
September 20 



September 27 
November 9 



Mon. 
Tues. 
Fri.-Sun. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



Fri. 



Sat. 



November 26 


Tues, 


December 2 


Mon. 


December 18 


Wed. 


December 20 


Fri. 



January 6, 1969 



Mon. 



General faculty meeting. 
Last day to preregister for fall courses. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requiremeyits for the master's degree in 
January, 1969. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Last day for tak- 
ing qualifying examinations for students 
expecting to receive doctorate in May, 
1969. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 
p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Christmas holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
January, 1969. Last day for taking final 
oral examinations for master's degrees 
not requiring theses. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



January 15 
January 16 
January 17-24 



Wed. Last day of classes. 

Thurs. Reading day. 
Fri-Fri. Final examinations. 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1969 



January 28 
January 31- 
February 
February 3 
February 7 



Tues. 
Fri.-Sun. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



February 


14 


Fri. 


March 29 




Sat. 


April 2 
April 8 
April 24 




Wed. 
Tues. 
Thurs 



May 21 
May 22 
May 23-30 
May 31 


Wed. 
Thurs. 
Fri.-Fri 
Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS, 


1969 


First Session 




May 29 
June 9 


Thurs. 
Mon. 


June 10 
June 13 


Tues. 
Fri. 


June 16 


Mon. 



Last day to preregister. 
Complete registration and pick-up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
May and July, 1969. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Last day for tak- 
ing qualifying examinations for students 
expecting to receive doctorate in August, 
1969. 

Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for suhynission of theses in final 
form to the Graduate School by candi- 
dates for the master's and doctoral de- 
grees in May, 1969. Last day for taking 
final oral examinations by candidates for 
master's degrees not requiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



Last day to preregister. 
Registration and payment of fees ; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 9. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw Cor drop a course) with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 
Last day for filing application for ad- 
mission to candidacy for students expect- 
ing to complete requirements for the 
master's degree in August. 



10 



THE GRADUATE CATALOCi 



June 20 



Julv 1 



July 4 
July 17 
July 18 



Second Session 

July 10 
July 22 



July 23 
July 28 



August 1 



August 28 


Thurs. 


August 29 


Fri. 


FALL SEMESTER, 


1969 


September 8 


Mon. 


September 9 


Tues. 


September 12-14 


Fri.-Sun 


September 15 


Mon. 


September 19 


Fri. 



September 26 



November 1 



Fri. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
July. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 

Tues. Last day for takirig qualifying exami- 

nations for students expecting to receive 
doctorate in January, 1970. 

Fri. Holiday. 

Thurs. Last day of classes. 

Fri. Final examinations. 



Thurs. Last day to preregister. 

Tues. Registration and payment of fees; late 

registration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 22. 

Wed. First day of classes. 

Mon. Last day to register ; last day to with- 

draw (or drop a course; with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 

Fri. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
August. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



General faculty meeting. 
Last day to preregister for fall courses. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
January, 1970. 

Fri. Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 

with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Sat. Mid-term reports due. Last day for 

taking qualifying examinations for stu- 
dents expecting to receive doctorate in 
May. 1970. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



11 



November 25 

December 1 
December 17 
December 19 



lues. 

Mon. 
Wed. 
Fri. 



January 5, 1970 


Mon. 


January 14 


Wed. 


January 15 


Thurs. 


January 16-23 


Fri.-Fri. 


SPRING SEMESTER, 


1970 


January 27 


Tues. 


January 30- 


Fri.-Sun 


February 1 




February 2 


Mon. 


February 6 


Fri. 



February 13 



March 25 
March 28 



March 31 
April 23 



Fri. 



Wed. 
Sat. 



Tues. 
Thurs. 



May 20 


Wed. 


May 21 


Thurs. 


May 22-29 


Fri.-Fri 


May 30 


Sat. 



Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 
p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Christmas holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by candi- 
dates for the master's and doctoral de- 
grees in January, 1970. Last day for tak- 
ing final oral examinations by candidates 
for master's degrees not requiring 
theses. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 



Last day to preregister. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
May and July, 1970. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Mid-term reports due. Last day for tak- 
ing qualifying examinations for students 
expecting to receive doctorate in August, 
1970. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to the Graduate School by 
candidates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in May, 1970. Last day for tak- 
ing final oral examinations by candidates 
for master's degrees not requiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1970 

First Session 

May 28 Thurs. 



Last day to preregister. 



12 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

June 8 Mon. Registration and payment of fees; late 

registration fee for those who register 
after 1 :00 p.m., June 8. 

June 9 Tues. First day of classes. 

June 12 Fri. Last day to register; last day to with- 

draw (or drop a course) with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 

June 15 Mon. Last day for filing application for ad- 

mission to candidacy for stiideyits expect- 
ing to coynplete requirements for the 
master's degree in August. 

June 19 Fri. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
Jidy. Last day for taking final oral ex- 
aminations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 

June 30 Tues. Last day for taking qualifying examina- 

tions for students expecting to receive 
doctorate in January, 1971. 

July 6 Mon. Holiday 

July 16 Thurs. Last day of classes. 

July 17 Fri. Final examinations. 

Second Session 

July 9 Thurs. Last day to preregister. 

July 21 Tues. Registration and payment of fees; late 

registration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 21. 

July 22 Wed. First day of classes. 

July 27 Mon. Last day to register; last day to with- 

draw (or drop a course) with refund; 
last day to drop a course without a grade. 

July 31 Fri. Deadline for subynission of theses in 

final form to Graduate School by candi- 
dates for the master's and doctoral de- 
grees in August. Last day for takiyig 
final oraJ examinations by candidates for 
master's degrees not requiring theses. 

August 27 Thurs. Last day of classes. 

August 28 Fri. Final examinations. 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE 

UNIVERSITY 

at Raleigh 



North Carolina State University is the center for scientific and techno- 
logical education, research and extension in North Carolina. Created in 1887 
by act of the North Carolina legislature as the state's land-grant institution, 
State was established primarily as a school of agriculture and mechanic 
arts. In the 80 years since its founding, however, its interests and responsi- 
bilities have been greatly broadened in response to the major scientific 
and technological demands of our rapidly changing world. While main- 
taining deep commitments to the agricultural and industrial interests of 
North Carolina, State has become a University of major academic and 
research dimensions with national and international programs. 

North Carolina State University is one of four institutions comprising 
the Consolidated University of North Carolina. As a unit of the Con- 
solidated University, North Carolina State fulfills particular responsi- 
bilities for specialization. Emphasis at State centers in the areas of agri- 
culture, the biological and physical sciences, engineering, architecture 
and design, forestry and textiles. 

State's organization includes eight undergraduate schools, the Graduate 
School and the Division of Continuing Education. A total of 75 degrees 
are offered at the undergraduate level; at the graduate level there are 
48 master's and 32 doctoral degree programs offered. Graduate instruction 
was first offered at North Carolina State in 1893. The first doctoral degree 
was awarded in 1926. 

The eight undergraduate schools at State are the Schools of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering, Forest Re- 
sources, Liberal Arts, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and 
Textiles. The research, extension and instructional programs of these 
schools are supported and strengthened by several specialized divisions 
and offices including: the Institutes of Statistics, Water Resources, Agri- 
cultural Policy and Biological Sciences; the Computing Center; the 
Agricultural and Industrial Extension Services; and the Agricultural 
Experiment Station with its 17 branch stations. State's facilities also 
include a minerals laboratory and a fisheries research station. 

The North Carolina State campus, with adjoining research farms, 
covers 3,000 acres and is valued at about $100 million. There are 80 
major University buildings, including classroom, laboratory and auxiliary 
facilities buildings. In addition to the Raleigh campus, State operates a 
number of agricultural research farms and extensive experimental forests. 

Undergraduate enrollment at State is currently about 8,500; in the 
fall semester of 1967 the Graduate School enrolled 2,062 students. A 
large international student group representing 60 countries is presently 
studying at State. 




S\ C. State's Academic endeavors and extra-curricular 
activities take place in the 80 buildings which comprise the main campus. 

The University faculty and staff numbers more than 1,500 members, 
including a graduate faculty of 578. 

For 1967-68, State's budget will be about $50 million. In order to 
accommodate the growing enrollment and the increasing research require- 
ments, North Carolina State University is pursuing a continuing program 
of building and acquiring new faculty and research staff. The present 
research expenditure is about $15 million annually. Current research 
appropriations, contracts and grants total more than $30 million. 

State is contributing to international development through an economic 
and technical mission to Peru, special soils studies programs for Latin 
America, and cooperative projects with the University of Kabul, Afghani- 
stan and the Institute of Technology at Kharagpur, India. Scores of 
international visitors, individual faculty work with universities in other 
countries and the large international student enrollment at State indicate 
the extent of the University's international involvement. 

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association of Col- 
leges and Schools and the North Carolina Association of Colleges and 
Universities. In addition, individual schools and departments are ac- 
credited by various associations in their respective fields. State holds 
memberships in the Association of State Universities and Land-Grant 
Colleges, the American Council of Education, the College Entrance Exami- 
nation Board, the Council of Graduate Schools in the United States, 
the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge Institute of 
Nuclear Studies, and the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

of the 
University of North Carolina 



North Carolina State University Division 

William S. Wells, Vice-president for Acadeinic Affairs, Chapel Hill 
Walter J. Peterson, Dean, Raleigh 

The Graduate School of the University of North Carolina is composed 
of three divisions, one at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 
one at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro and one at North 
Carolina State University at Raleigh. Each branch of the Consolidated 
Graduate School is administered by a graduate dean who works in close 
association with the Vice-president in Charge of Academic Affairs. The 
Graduate Council is composed of representatives of the Administrative 
Boards of each of the three units of the Consolidated University having 
a division of the Graduate School. At North Carolina State University the 
graduate dean is assisted in all matters of policy by an Administrative 
Board of 11 members. Eight are elected by the faculties of the degree- 
granting schools and three are appointed by the Chancellor after consul- 
tation with the dean. 

Graduate instruction at North Carolina State University is organized 
to provide opportunity and facilities for advanced study and research 
in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, engineering, forestry, physi- 
cal sciences and applied mathematics, technological education and tex- 
tiles. The purpose of these graduate programs is to develop in advanced 
students a more adequate comprehension of the requirements and re- 
sponsibilities essential for independent research investigation. In all the 
graduate programs emphasis is placed upon a high level of scholarship 
rather than upon the satisfaction of specific course or credit requirements. 

The full resources of the Consolidated University of North Carolina 
are available to all graduate students enrolled at any of the three divisions 
of the Graduate School. Exceptional facilities for graduate study are 
provided at North Carolina State University. New buildings furnish 
modern well-equipped laboratories for graduate study in specialized areas 
of agriculture and life sciences, engineering, forestry, physical sciences and 
applied mathematics, and textiles. 

The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, the Department 
of Engineering Research and the Depai-tment of Physical Sciences Re- 
search are integral parts of the University at Raleigh. The staff, research 
facilities, equipment and field studies of these organizations contribute 



16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in a very important way to the graduate programs. The Institute of Sta- 
tistics at North Carolina State makes available to graduate students 
unusual opportunities in this important phase of research study. 

The state of North Carolina, extending from the Atlantic Ocean west- 
ward about 500 miles to the Appalachian Mountains, possesses an ex- 
ceptional range of climatic and topographic environments. The coastal 
plain, and Piedmont and the mountains provide a rich pattern of agri- 
cultural and industrial activity which offer unusual opportunities for 
research and employment. 

North Carolina State University is located in Raleigh, situated on the 
boundary separating the broad coastal plains on the east from the rolling 
terrain of the Piedmont on the west, about midway between the northern 
and southern boundaries of the state. Raleigh is 29 miles from the Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and 26 miles from Durham, the 
home of Duke University. The libraries and other facilities of the three 
institutions make this area one of the important centers of research oppor- 
tunitv in the South. 



THE D. H. HILL LIBRARY 

The D. H. Hill Library of North Carolina State University has excellent 
holdings in materials essential for research study in the graduate cur- 
ricula offered by the University. 

As of July 1, 1967, the library held about 400,000 volumes of books 
and bound journals, including more than 14,000 bound volumes of docu- 
ments. The books and journals reflect strongly the scientific and techno- 
logical interests of the University, and the documents represent a most 
important increment of the whole collection. They include publications of 
the federal government, all publications of the various Agricultural Ex- 
periment Stations, most of the publications of the Engineering Experi- 
ment and Engineering Research Stations, and publications of the various 
research stations all over the world. The library receives over 5,600 cur- 
rent periodicals. 

The D. H. Hill Library holdings and other library holdings within a 30- 
mile radius of North Carolina State constitute the greatest concentration 
of library resources sfuith of Washington, D. C. These include the D. H. 
Hill Library, the Chemstrand Research Center Library, the Duke Uni- 
versity Library and the Louis Round Wilson Library at the University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

An inter-library delivery service exchanges volumes among the three 
university libraries three days a week. These three libraries have a total 
of more than three million volumes. This loan service serves faculty and 
graduate students on the three campuses. Identification certificates en- 
abling i)articipation in the reciprocal arrangement mav be secured at the 
D. H. Hill Library. 

A list of scientific periodicals which includes holdings of Duke Univer- 
sity and the units of the Consolidated University is available to faculty 
members and research scientists in the area and to other libraries through- 
out the nation. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17 

The North Carolina State University library is a depository for all 
unclassified publications of the federal government that are available for 
distribution. These include publications of the United States Department 
of Agriculture, Geological Survey, National Bureau of Standards, Depart- 
ment of Interior and others. Since the library was designed as a depository 
in 1923, its document holdings in the University's special interest fields 
are almost 100 percent complete. 

The library is a depository for the publications of the Carnegie Insti- 
tution of Washington and has excellent files of these valuable monographs. 

Also, the library is a depository for all unclassified and declassified 
publications of the Atomic Energy Commission. 

Publications of many foreign countries — especially publications deal- 
ings with the agricultural sciences and with engineering — are received on 
exchange by the library. 

In July, 1960, the library became a depository for the publications of 
the Food and Agriculture Administration of the United Nations. 

The library, in July, 1959, acquired the Tippmann Collection of Ento- 
mology, the outstanding private collection of Dr. Friedrich F. Tippmann 
of Vienna. The collection contains 6,200 books and bound research 
journals in the field of entomology, many of them rare and unobtainable. 

A recent donation of $5,000 from the Alumni Association was used to 
purchase two outstanding sets of the rare 20-volume "Edizione Nazionale" 
of the works of Galileo and an almost complete file of the important Ger- 
man botanical periodical, "Bibliotheca Botanica," covering the years 1889 
to 1960. 

Funds from the estate of the late Chancellor J. W. Harrelson have been 
allocated to purchase rare volumes in mathematics and history of science 
and important files of research journals. 

The research holdings of the library are particularly strong in the 
fields of entomology, nuclear energy, genetics, aeronautics and space tech- 
nology, engineering and physics, and include files of the major journals 
in these fields. A large and useful collection of books in the humanities and 
the social sciences is available for the use of all undergraduate students as 
well as the graduate students in these fields. 

The library's photocopy service is of great importance to faculty 
and graduate students in that it provides facilities for copying materials 
not permitted to leave the library. 

The Textiles Library, an on-campus branch of the main library, con- 
tains outstanding holdings in textiles and textile chemistry. It is regarded 
as one of the best textiles libraries in the country. The School of Design 
Library has a very fine collection of books, journals and slides in the fields 
of architecture, landscape architecture and product design. 



INSTITUTES 

AGRICULTURAL POLICY INSTITUTE 

The Agricultural Policy Institute was made possible by a grant to 
North Carolina State University from the W. K. Kellogg Foundation in 
1960. The program of the Agricultural Policy Institute consists of activi- 



18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ties directed toward the development and mobilization of information 
pertaining to the agricultural adjustment problems of the South and 
analysis and review of alternative policies and programs which might be 
employed in effecting the necessary adjustments. 

The Agricultural Policy Institute centers primary attention on: 

1. The kinds of adjustments necessary to bring the returns for re- 
sources employed in agriculture to a par with returns for comparable 
resources employed elsewhere; 

2. The processes of adjustment and impediments to improvements in 
resource use; 

3. The effects of alternative public policies and programs on resource 
allocation and income distribution in the South. 

The institute program is an educational program, not a policy-making 
program. The principal ways by which these objectives are pursued include: 

1. Conferences, workshops and seminars; 

2. The preparation and dissemination of educational publications; 

3. Fellowships and training programs. 

All of these activities are undergirded by established research programs 
at North Carolina State University and other land-grant institutions 
throughout the nation. Most of the institute's programs are carried for- 
ward in active cooperation with other agencies interested in Southern 
adjustment problems. 

INSTITUTE OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

The Institute of Biological Sciences is an organization within the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences of the Departments of Bio- 
chemistry, Botany, Entomology, Genetics, Microbiology, Plant Pathology, 
Zoology and the faculties of biological engineering, biomathematics, cell 
biology and physiology. Its function is to encourage and promote research 
and teaching in basic biology and to coordinate interdepartmental activi- 
ties. Program-type grants are administered by the institute and enable 
grant support to be provided to discipline and subject matter areas in- 
volving faculties in several departments. 

Summer institutes are administered by the Institute of Biological 
Sciences. These have included the National Science Foundation-sponsored 
Summer Institutes in Genetics and Pesticide Toxicology for College 
Teachers, Biology for High School Teachers, and Biology, Chemistry, and 
Mathematics for High School Students. Academic Year Institutes in 
Biology for High School Teachers have also been sponsored. 

The Biological Sciences Undergraduate Curriculum and the Under- 
graduate Research Participation for Biological Sciences are cooperative 
programs administered by the institute. These programs have had an 
outstanding record in the percentage of individuals going into graduate 
study. 

This organization provides a mechanism for strengthening research and 
instruction in existing graduate programs, and for developing new inter- 
disciplinary areas. Interdepartmental cooperative graduate programs 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 19 

have become increasingly important within the basic biological sciences 
and among the biological, physical and engineering sciences. The insti- 
tute plays an important role in encouraging the full utilization of the 
faculties and facilities for graduate research and instruction. 

INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at Raleigh 
and the other at Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State, the institute 
provides statistical consulting services to all branches of the institution, 
sponsors research in statistical theory and methodology, and coordinates 
the teaching of statistics at the undergraduate and graduate levels. The 
instructional and other academic functions are performed by the De- 
partment of Experimental Statistics, which forms a part of the institute. 

The purpose of the institute is to provide extra depth, efficiency and 
strength in the development and use of modern statistical procedures 
throughout the University. This involves cooperative efforts with many 
schools, departments and agencies. The establishment of a nationally 
recognized program in quantitative genetics and continuing develop- 
ments in the field of biomathematics illustrate the coordinating role the 
institute plays in the quantitative sciences. 

In addition to these local activities, the institute maintains close and 
continuing contact with statistics scholars, research programs and 
graduate instruction programs throughout the world. It has helped 
develop an international abstracting journal for statistical articles. The 
institute is the point of contact for grants and contracts in statistics. It 
has been active in organizing and maintaining a strong Southern Regional 
Cooperative Graduate Summer Session in statistics. Approximately 15 
graduate assistantships in statistics are made available annually through 
the efforts of the institute. All of these contributions have added sub- 
stantially to the vigor of the entire graduate program of North Carolina 
State University. 

WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTITUTE 

The Water Resources Research Institute is a unit of the Consolidated 
University of North Carolina, located on the campus of North Caro- 
lina State University at Raleigh. The deans of the Graduate School, 
School of Engineering, and School of Agriculture and Life Sciences at 
North Carolina State University and two faculty members from the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill serve as a board of di- 
rectors. Faculty members from the Raleigh and Chapel Hill campuses 
serve on the technical committee and participate in its research and 
educational programs. The institute was established to promote a multi- 
disciplinary attack on water problems, to develop and support research 
in response to the needs of North Carolina, to encourage strengthened 
educational programs in water resources, to coordinate research and edu- 
cational programs dealing with water resources, and to provide a link 
between the state and federal water resources agencies and related 
interests in the Universitv. 



20 THE GRADUATt: CATALOG 

Research and educational activities are conducted through established 
departments and schools of the University. All senior colleges and uni- 
versities of North Carolina are eligible to participate in the institute's 
research program. Applications for research grants must be received by 
December 1 preceding the fiscal year for which funds are requested. Basic 
support for the institute's program is provided by the Ottice of Water Re- 
sources Research, U. S. Department of the Interior, under the Water 
Resources Research Act of 1964. 

The institute has sponsored a graduate minor in water resources 
which offers a strong water resources program with the major in any of 
the basic disciplines contributing to water resources planning, conser- 
vation, development and management. This capitalizes on the combined 
training resources of the Chapel Hill and Raleigh campuses of the Uni- 
versity and offers these in an organized way to graduate students seeking 
interdisciplinary training in this important field. Additional information 
concerning the program is presented elsewhere in this catalog. 

The institute also sponsors research and educational symposia and semi- 
nars, encourages the development of specialized training opportunities, 
and provides a means for the continuing evaluation and strengthening of 
the University's total watei- resources program. 



SPECIAL LABORATORIES AND FACILITIF:S 

COMPUTING FACILITIES 

There has recently been a complete changeover of the equipment in 
the Computing Center, and of the computing organization in the Research 
Triangle area. Duke University, the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University have joined together 
to form the Triangle Universities Computation Center (TUCC). This 
center, equipped with a large computer (IBM System 360, Model 75), is 
located in the Research Triangle Park. Each campus is equipped Avith 
a high-speed computer-terminal, and several intermediate and low-speed 
units. In the case of North Carolina State University, an IBM System 360, 
Model 40 (512K with a 2314 disc system i is located in the Computing 
Center, and operates simultaneously as a high-speed teleprocessing terminal 
and a stand-alone computer. In addition, the Computing Center supports 
two medium-speed computer-terminals (IBM 1130 i; one in the School of 
Engineering and the other in the School of Physical Sciences and Applied 
Mathematics. Other low-speed terminals (IBM lOoO, and teletypes) are 
located in departments and projects on the campus. In addition, analog and 
analog-digital equipment is available on the campus. 

One of the principal rea.sons for expansion to the above computer con- 
figuration was to take care of the heavy graduate student training and 
research requirements on the campus. The present computer system provides 
for a wide range of computing needs in graduate training and research. 
Programming courses of both the regular credit type, as well as short 
courses, are offered by the Department of Computer Science and the 
Computing Center personnel. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21 



NUCLEAR SERVICE FACILITIES 



Specialized nuclear service facilities are available to the Universitj' 
faculty and students, and industry for teaching, research and services. 
The purpose of these facilities is to further the use of nuclear energy in 
engineering and scientific programs. The facilities include: a 10-kilowatt 
reactor with a variety of testing facilities; a 26,000-curie Cobalt 60 gamma 
irradiation source with controlled environment; intermediate hot labora- 
tories with hoods, junior caves and glove boxes; activation analysis 
laboratory with solid-state detectors; counting and photographic rooms; 
and pulsed neutron source. Future facilities under design are a one- 
megawatt steady state and pulse type reactor (PULSTAR), and 50,000 
square foot Nuclear Science and Engineering Research Center. 

PESTICIDE RESIDUE RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory is a facility in the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences devoted to research on pesticide residues 
in animals, plants, soils, water and other entities of the environment of 
man. The laboratory is located in the Department of Entomology but also 
serves the Departments of Crop Science, Plant Pathology, Horticultural 
Science, Soil Science, Animal Science, Poultry Science and Zoology on re- 
search projects requiring assistance on pesticide residue analyses. 

The laboratory functions as a focal point for residue research involving 
interdepartmental cooperation, but faculty in the laboratory also conduct 
separate research of their own interest on persistence and decomposition 
of pesticides in soils and plants, absorption and translocation in plants, 
distribution in the environment, and contamination of streams, estuaries 
and ground water. 

The modern laboratory is equipped with the latest analytical instru- 
ments. Graduate study can be undertaken in any aspect of pesticide resi- 
dues either in the Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory or in one of 
the cooperating departments. 

REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory, Department of 
Animal Science, includes four environmental control rooms designed to 
provide constant levels of air temperature, humidity and light for animals 
involved in studies on reproduction. Facilities and equipment are available 
for .^urgery, /;/ vitro growth of embryos, isotnpe labeling in embryo metab- 
olism or transfer of embryos between females. 

Support for research at both the master's and the doctoral levels is avail- 
able. Students may elect to take a comparative approach to a specific- 
problem in mammalian reproduction, working with several species, or they 
may choose to work with a single species. Generally students select a prob- 
lem associated with the identification of factors influencing early 
prenatal development, the endocrine control of ovarian function or 
some aspect of elucidation and control of aberrations in mammalian 
reproduction. 



22 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Students whose work is concentrated in reproductive physiology major 
in either animal science or physiolog-y with a minor in related disciplines. 

SOUTHEASTERN PLANT ENVIRONMENT LABORATORIES 

The Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories operate as a co- 
operative association between North Carolina State and Duke University 
with one unit, commonly called a phytotron, located on each campus. 
The laboratory is especially designed for research dealing with the re- 
sponse of biological organisms to their environment, and the high degree 
of control makes it possible to duplicate any climate from tropical rain 
forest to arid desert or arctic cold. 

Research in the North Carolina State unit concentrates on problems 
encountered in the agriculture of the southeastern United States. How- 
ever, the ability to control all phases of the environment allows inclusion 
of research dealing with space, pollution and tropical agriculture as well 
as basic physiological and biochemical investigations. 

The facilities are available to the resident research staff, participants 
in North Carolina State's graduate research program and to domestic and 
foreign visiting scientists. 

SPECIAL TRAINING PROGRAMS 

CELL BIOLOGY PROGRAM 

Many present-day biologists seek a basic understanding of biological 
phenomena at the cellular and subcellular or molecular level. They recog- 
nize that principles and concepts developed in one system may apply to 
the cells of many varieties of organisms and may help to explain the more 
complicated activities of more highly organized systems such as organs 
and tissues, individuals and populations. These biologists need not only 
a thorough training in one or more of the traditional disciplines, but also 
need a broader training than might be provided by the customary major 
and minor. 

North Carolina State University provides a program of training for 
this through an interdisciplinary minor. Students major in one of the 
many graduate programs in the area of biology, but select a thesis problem 
that involves research at the cellular or subcellular level. The program 
of study includes a combination of required and elective courses to pro- 
vide an appropriate minor program in cell biology. The core courses that 
are required for this minor and the list of suitable elective courses are 
determined by a cell biology committee. 

molfx ular toxicology and comparative biochemistry 
pro(;ram 

Increasing concern for environmental contamination has stimulated 
interest at the state, federal and international levels to support basic 
training which will interest students in careers directed toward an under- 
.standing of the significance of chemicals introduced into our environ- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 23 

ment, both directly and indirectly — -agricultural chemicals, food additives, 
industrial wastes, etc. An interdisciplinary program in molecular toxi- 
cology and comparative biochemistry is available to graduate students 
whose interests are directed toward an explanation of the effects of 
toxicants at the molecular and cellular levels. 

Students select majors and or minors from the following programs: 
biochemistry, cell biology, entomology, experimental statistics, genetics, 
physiology and plant physiology. A core course in Fundamentals of 
Molecular Toxicology and a seminar series orient the students to the 
basic research problems and serve to coordinate the program. Assistant- 
ships and fellowships are available from P.H.S., N.S.F. and N.D.E.A. 

NUTRITION PROGRAM 

The nutrition advisory committee for the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences is an organization composed of graduate faculty who are 
participating in nutritional teaching and research in the Departments of 
Animal Science, Biochemistry, Food Science, Poultry Science and Ex- 
tension Home Economics. The objective of this organization is to develop 
an interdepartmental graduate program. Lecture and laboratory courses 
are provided to train graduate students in the fundamental aspects of 
nutrition. The minor phase of the graduate program may be obtained 
in the basic disciplines of biochemistry, physiology, biostatistics and 
microbiology as well as in the represented departments. Financial as- 
sistance is available for qualified students. 

RESEARCH PROGRAM AT THE OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED 
UNIVERSITIES 

North Carolina State is one of the sponsoring institutions of the Oak 
Ridge Associated Universities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through this 
cooperative association, North Carolina State's graduate research pro- 
gram has at its disposal the facilities and research staff at Oak Ridge 
National Laboratory. Extensive research programs are under way there 
on physical and biological effects of radiation, radioisotope utilization and 
many other areas of nuclear science and engineering. When master's 
and doctoral candidates have completed their resident work, it may be 
possible, by special arrangement, for them to do their thesis research 
at Oak Ridge. In addition, it is possible for the staff members of this 
University to go to Oak Ridge for advanced study in their particular 
fields. 

GRADUATE INSTITUTE OF EXTENSION EDUCATION 

The Graduate Institute of Extension Education provides an inter- 
disciplinary program by drawing together basic concepts from the be- 
havioral sciences and education relevant to adult and extension edu- 
cation. The institute is available on campus to serve instructional needs 
as well as the need for basic and applied research in the field. 

The institute is administered by a five-man board of directors includ- 
ing: the dean of the Graduate School; deans of the Schools of Agriculture 



24 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



and Life Sciences, Education and Liberal Arts at North Carolina State; 
and the dean of the School of Home Economics at the University of 
North Carolina at Greensboro. Supplementing the efforts of the board 
of directors is an advisory committee representing the eight departments 
involved in this interdisciplinary instructional and research program. 



A number of active research projects in the area of radiation 
are under way by the Departmei\t of Physics at North Carolina State University. 




GENERAL INFORMATION 



ADMISSIONS 

Graduate School admission may be to full, provisional or unclassified 
status. Applications for admission to the Graduate School must be accom- 
panied by official transcripts from all colleges previously attended. 

FULL GRADUATE STANDING 

For admission in this category a student must have a bachelor's degree 
from a recognized college or university regarded as standard by a 
regional or general accrediting agency, and must have at least a "B" grade 
average in his undergraduate major. 

PROVISIONAL ADMISSION 

Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack under- 
graduate work considered essential for graduate study in the major 
field. Course work, without graduate credit, will be required to make 
up such deficiencies before admission to full graduate status can be 
granted. 

Graduates from nonaccredited institutions may be granted provisional 
admission when their academic records warrant this status. Additional 
course work will be required of such students when deficiencies in their 
previous training are apparent. 

Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are 
below the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be 
admitted provisionally when unavoidable extenuating circumstances af- 
fected their undergraduate averages or when progressive improvement 
in their undergraduate programs warrant provisional admission. All such 
students are required to take the Graduate Record Examination and to 
submit scores to the Graduate School office in support of their appli- 
cation.- The National Teacher Examination may be substituted for the 
Graduate Record Examination if recommended by the department head. 
Information as to the dates on which the Graduate Record and the 
National Teacher Examinations are given may be obtained at the Gradu- 
ate School office. 

Graduate students admitted to provisional status may attain full gradu- 
ate standing when the deficiencies responsible for their provisional status 
are corrected. They also must have maintained a satisfactory academic 
record in all course work taken as part of their graduate program. Change 
from provisional to full graduate standing is effected only on written 



• Most of the advanced dcKree-Kranting departments in the University strongly encourage sub- 
mission of Graduate Record Examination scores. The followinR departments will not act on an 
application unless it is accompanied by ORE scores: biomathematics, Engrlish, history, mathe- 
matics, politics, psycho'ojty and zooloKy- 



26 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

recommendation from the department in which the student is seeking his 
degree. 

UNCLASSIFIED GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate degrees. 
They may take courses for graduate credit but may not apply more than 
10 credits earned while in the unclassified status to any program lead- 
ing to an advanced degree at this institution. Unclassified graduate stu- 
dents are expected to meet the same admissions requirements that apply 
to graduate students in full standing. 

Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on file in 
the Graduate School oflice at least 30 days in advance of the registration 
date for the term in which the student wishes to enroll in the Graduate 
School. 

Public school personnel (primary teachers, secondary teachers or ad- 
ministrators) registering at North Carolina State for the first time who 
are interested primarily in "Certification Credit" may enroll as graduate 
students for a maximum of six semester hours without forwarding official 
transcripts of previous work to the Graduate Office. If, however, appli- 
cation is not made through normal channels for graduate credit in the 
session in which the course or courses are taken, the student will not 
be permitted to apply the credit toward an advanced degree at North 
Carolina State, or elsewhere. 

In all cases where the teacher's interest is primarily in approval for 
certification credit, the School of Education will be responsible for assess- 
ing the adequacy of the teacher's qualifications for enrollment in the 
University in the particular course or courses. The School of Education 
will also be responsible for advising all such students early in each school 
session that if they wish their credits to be applied in due course to a 
higher degree at North Carolina State, or elsewhere, normal admission 
procedures will be required. 

All teachers who have previously attended North Carolina State Uni- 
versity and earned six semester hours of credit and wish to enroll for 
additional courses for graduate credit will be required to make applica- 
tion for admission to the Graduate School in the usual manner, if they 
have not already done so. 

In all cases a "B" level of academic performance or better is required. 

GRADUATE-SPECIAL 

This classification is used primarily for students enrolling in special 
institutes such as the summer institutes regularly held for college 
teachers, high school teachers and graduate students, or special graduate 
training programs for separate groups such as our summer offerings for 
extension staff. 

The following rules apply to students registered as graduate-special: 

1. All must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution of higher learning; 

2. Official transcripts need not be submitted to the Graduate Office for 
enrollment in this classification but the appropriate institute or pro- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 27 

gram director must file with the graduate dean well in advance the 
nature of the program, the criteria and methods used in selection 
of the students, and assurances that the students have adequate 
preparation for the course contemplated; 

3. Placement in this classification carries with it no implication that 
students will be admitted to the Graduate School in any of the other 
classifications; 

4. Graduate credit will be allowed, not to exceed six hours of course 
work at the 500 or 600 level ; 

5. If the student is in due course admitted to the Graduate School, 
graduate credit obtained under this classification may apply to an 
advanced degree, if in the judgment of the advisory committee the 
course (s) is germane to the particular program of work, and 
performance was at an adequate level; 

6. Students who have received as much as six hours of graduate credit 
under this classification must make application for admission to the 
Graduate School before permission will be granted to enroll for ad- 
ditional graduate work. 



REGISTRATION 

The Office of Registration must have written authorization from the 
dean of the Graduate School before any graduate student will be given 
a permit to register. This authorization will be sent to the Office of Regis- 
tration by the graduate dean at the time the student is notified of his 
acceptance. 

REGISTRATION FOR COURSES IN OTHER BRANCHES 
OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Graduate students working toward an advanced degree at North Caro- 
lina State University may find it desirable to enroll for certain courses in 
one of the other branches of the University. The following principles and 
procedures apply in such cases: 

1. A graduate student shall be considered to remain in the Graduate 
School of the branch of the University to which he is admitted for 
a specific degree program, to be under the control of his department, 
to be advised by his department and to be enrolled by that Graduate 
School for any graduate work which he may take for credit in his 
own branch or any other branch of the University. 

2. A graduate student at one branch of the University who is taking 
work at some other branch of the University for credit toward his 
degree at the University branch to which he has been admitted 
shall be enrolled for all courses, including those at the other branch 
of the University, in his home Graduate School. This Graduate 
School shall consider courses taken at the other branch of the Uni- 
versity as a part of the student's normal load and shall use such 
enrollment in computing the total billing which the home University 
will make to the student. 



28 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

3. A student at one branch of the University who is by this method 
enrolled in one or more graduate courses at some other branch of 
the University will be admitted to these courses, provided space exists 
in these classes, by the Graduate School of the other branch upon 
normal notification by the Graduate School of the student's branch 
that the student has been properly enrolled for these courses and 
has the approval of the home branch for this program of study. 

4. During the summer sessions, approval of the courses to be taken 
shall be asked, but the billing procedures shall be those regularly 
used for visiting students. 

5. No student enrolled as a regular graduate student in any branch of 
the University shall be admitted to courses at another branch of the 
University without the presentation by the student of written per- 
mission from the Graduate School of the branch to which the student 
was originally admitted. 

PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS 

All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical exami- 
nation preferably given by the family physician and the results recorded 
on forms provided by the University. When this is not done the exami- 
nation may be given by the North Carolina State physician during regis- 
tration for a fee of $10. 

COURSE LOAD 

A full-time graduate load is considered to be nine to 15 credits per 
semester. This course load restriction is made so that graduate students 
may have time for reading and contemplation well beyond the limits set 
for satisfactory undergraduate work. In exceptional cases one or two 
additional credit hours may be added to the roster if necessary in order 
to get prerequisite work not taught in subsequent terms, provided the 
corresponding adjustment in course load is made in the other terms. 
Rosters with additional credit hours beyond 15 should be accompanied 
by a special note from the head of the major department indicating the 
reasons for the additional work. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-time 
employees of the University who hold membership in the Teachers' and 
State Employees' Retirement System may register for credit or audit one 
course in each semester and one course during one of the two summer 
sessions with free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only 
during the period of one's normal employment and do not include such 
other charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each 
applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit through 
regular administrative channels a form provided by the University. A 
maximum of eight semester hours may be taken during the academic year. 

Employees having academic rank higher than that of instructor may 
register for graduate work for credit to be transferred to other insti- 
tutions. They may not undertake programs for graduate degrees at the 
Consolidated University of North Carolina. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 29 

Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a maxi- 
mum course load of nine credits per semester unless corresponding adjust- 
ments are made in their service obligations during the same semester. If 
the appointment is for the academic year of nine months, half-time assist- 
ants are restricted to a maximum of 18 credit hours of work during the 
nine months of their appointment. Half-time graduate assistants whose 
appointments are for 12 months may not exceed a total of 24 credits dur- 
ing the 12-month period of their appointment. Three-quarter time gradu- 
ate assistants whose appointments are for 12 months may register for a 
total of 16 credits during the calendar year. A total of six credits is the 
maximum load in a regular semester. 

A member of the North Carolina State senior class may, upon approval 
of the dean of the Graduate School, register for courses in the 500 group 
for graduate credit to fill a roster of studies not to exceed 15 credits in 
any semester. No more than six hours of graduate credit may be acquired 
by an undergraduate student. Courses listed with numbers in the 600 
series are not ordinarily open to undergraduates. Occasional exceptions 
may be made for "honor" students. 



TUITION AND FEES 

Tuition rates for students enrolled in the Graduate School at North 
Carolina State are as follows: 

North Carolina Resident — $9 per semester hour of enrollment up 
to and including nine semester hours; for 10 semester hours or 
more, $87.50 for the semester; 

Nonresident — $37.50 per semester hour for each semester hour of 
enrollment up to and including nine semester hours ; for 10 semes- 
ter hours or more, $350 for the semester. 

Incidental fees and charges are levied for purposes and services avail- 
able to all graduate students whether or not the student takes advantage 
of them. 

The full amount of incidental fees and charges will be collected, not- 
withstanding the number of semester hours of credit for which the stu- 
dent may enroll. 

For the academic year 1967-68, fees are as follows: 

First semester $89.50 

Second semester $88.50 

In cases of occasional or part-time graduate students not in residence, 
application for cancellation of nonacademic fees may be made if it is 
clear that the student could not use the services covered. Application 
forms are available in the Graduate School and the Ofl^ce of Business 
Affairs. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-time em- 
ployees of the University who hold membership in the Teachers' and State 
Employees' Retirement System may register for credit or audit one course 
in each semester or one course during one of the two summer terms with 



30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only during the 
period of one's normal employment and do not include such other charges 
as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each applicant for 
free tuition privileges must complete and submit through regular admin- 
istrative channels a form provided by the University. A maximum of 
eight semester hours may be taken during the academic year. 

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be permitted 
to take more than one course per semester upon the recommendation of 
their dean and the approval of both the dean of the Graduate School and 
the Provost. In these cases tuition and fees will be the same as those 
for part-time graduate students computed at residence rates. 

Maximum permissible course loads for graduate students holding part- 
time appointments are as follows: three-quarters time, six hours; half- 
time, nine hours; quarter-time, 12 hours. 

Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class discus- 
sions, quizzes or examinations must register for this privilege as auditors. 
Visiting classes tcithout registration is nx)t permitted. Graduate students 
may register for one course as an audit in any semester without charge 
when the audit is certified by the dean of the Graduate School as a part of 
course work for which tuition charges are made (this does not apply in the 
summer sessions). 

Graduate students often mistakenly assume that registration for an 
audit carries with it the privilege of irregular or infrequent attendance. 
This is not correct I When audits are recommended by departmental ad- 
visors or appear on the student's plan of work, regular attendance is ex- 
pected as in courses taken for credit. Failure to attend on a regular 
basis will be so noted on the student's permanent record. 

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experi- 
ence will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads. 
Audits taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are con- 
sidered at one-half their credit value in calculating course loads. With 
the single exception of foreign language audits, all audit registrations 
must fall within the maximum permissible course loads. Audits are not 
permitted students registering for thesis preparation. While audit regis- 
trations are evaluated for purposes of determining permissive course 
loads in terms of the above regulations of the Graduate School, the 
Office of Business Affairs considers all audits, excepting the one permitted 
free of charge, in terms of full credit value in calculating the tuition for 
graduate students. 

All graduate students holding appointments of one-third service obli- 
gation or more and receiving a regular monthly salary check are 
charged the resident or "in-state" rate of tuition. 

Graduate students who have completed all course work, research and 
residence requirements and who are in residence for the purpose of 
writing a thesis or dissertation may register for "thesis preparation." 
The tuition charge for this registration is $15. Students registering for 
thesis prepartion will pay. in addition, fees of $89.50 in the fall semester 
and $88.50 in the spring semester. When not in residence these charges 
will be $15 plus $7 registration fee or $22. 

Graduate students in master's programs not requiring a thesis, who have 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31 

completed all requirements except the final oral examination by the begin- 
ning of the semester in which the degree is to be awarded, will be required 
to register for "examination only." The tuition charge for this registration 
is $8. Students registering for examination only will pay, in addition, 
fees of $89.50 in the fall semester and $88.50 in the spring semester. 
When not in residence these charges will be $8 plus $7 registration fee, 
or $15. 

Graduate students not in residence who have completed all requirements 
for the degree sought, including the final examination and submission 
of the thesis in final form to the Graduate School, will be required to 
register for "degree only" in the semester in which the degree is 
awarded. The charge for this registration is $10. 

A diploma fee of $12 is charged all students receiving a master's degree 
and a fee of $17 is charged all students who receive a doctorate. A fee of 
$21 is charged all doctoral candidates for microfilming their dissertations. 

Anyone who feels a mistake has been made in his bill may discuss the 
matter with the Office of Business Affairs. Any further appeals should be 
made to the Committee on Refund of Fees. Forms for this appeal may be 
obtained from the Office of Business Affairs. 

All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice. 

FEES FOR SUMMER SCHOOL 

Registration Fee $23.50 

Tuition (in-state students per credit hour) $ 7.50 

Tuition (out-of-state students per credit hour) $21.00 
Audits (ner credit hour) $ 7.50 

RESIDENCE STATUS 

General: The tuition charge for legal residents of North Carolina is less 
than for nonresidents. To qualify for in-state tuition, a legal resident 
must have maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least the 
six months next preceding the date of first enrollment or reenrollment 
in an institution of higher education in this State. 

Minors: The legal residence of a person under 21 years of age at the time 
of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in this 
State is that of his parents, surviving parent, or legal guardian. In 
cases where parents are divorced or legally separated, the legal resi- 
dence of the father will control unless custody of the minor has been 
awarded by court order to the mother or to a legal guardian other than 
a parent. No claim of residence in North Carolina based upon resi- 
dence of a guardian in North Carolina will be considered if either 
parent is living unless the action of the court appointing the guardian 
antedates the student's first enrollment in a North Carolina institution 
of higher education by at least 12 months. 

A minor student whose parents move their legal residence from 
North Carolina to a location outside the State shall be considered to be 
a nonresident after six months from the date of removal from the 
State. 



32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

For the purpose of determining residence requirements under these 
rules, a person will be considered a minor until he has reached his 
21st birthday. Married minors, however, are entitled to establish and 
maintain their residence in the same manner as adults. Attendance at 
an institution of higher education as a student cannot be counted as 
fulfilling the six-month domicile requirement. 

Adults: A person 21 years of age or older is eligible for in-state tuition if 
he has maintained continuous domicile in North Carolina for the six 
months next preceding the date of enrollment or reenrollment, exclusive 
of any time spent in attendance at any institution of higher education. 
An in-state student reaching the age of 21 is not required to reestablish 
residence provided that he maintains his domicile in North Carolina. 

Married Students: The legal residence of a wife follows that of her hus- 
band, except that a woman currently enrolled as an in-state student in 
an institution of higher education may continue as a resident even 
though she marries a nonresident. If the husband is a nonresident and 
separation or divorce occurs, the woman may qualify for in-state tuition 
alter establishing her domicile in North Carolina for at least six 
months under the same conditions as she could if she were single. 

Military Personnel: No person shall be presumed to have gained or lost 
in-state residence status in North Carolina while serving in the Armed 
Forces. However, a member of the Armed Forces may obtain in-state 
residence status for himself, his spouse, or his children after maintain- 
ing his domicile in North Carolina for at least the six months next 
preceding his or their enrollment or reenrollment in an institution of 
higher education in this State. 

Aliens: Aliens lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent 
residence may establish North Carolina residence in the same manner 
as any other nonresident. 

Property and Taxes: Ownership of property in or payment of taxes to the 
State of North Carolina apart from legal residence will not qualify one 
for the in-state tuition rate. 

Change of Status: The residence status of any student is determined as 
of the time of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education 
in North Carolina and may not thereafter be changed except: (a) in 
the case of a nonresident student at the time of his first enrollment 
who, or if a minor his parents, has subsequently maintained a legal 
residence in North Carolina for at least six months, and (b) in the 
case of a resident who has abandoned his legal residence in North 
Carolina for a minimum period of six months. In either case, the 
appropriate tuition rate will become effective at the beginning of the 
term following the six-month period. 

Responsibility of Student: Any student or prospective student in doubt 
concerning his residence status must bear the responsibility for secur- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 33 

ing a ruling by stating his case in writing to the admissions officer. 
The student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a 
change in classification, whether from out-of-state to in-state or the 
reverse, has the responsibility of immediately informing the Office of 
Admissions of this circumstance in writing. Failure to give complete 
and correct information regarding residence constitutes grounds for 
disciplinary action. 

Adjustments: Discretion to adjust individual cases within the spirit of 
these regulations is lodged in the Vice-president and Finance Officer 
of the University. 



FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE 
ASSISTANTSHIPS 

FELLOWSHIPS 

Graduate fellowships and traineeships provide funds to graduate 
students to assist in the support of their programs of advanced study. 
Holders of fellowships have no service obligation to the University and 
may devote full time to their graduate programs. 

Some of the agencies sponsoring fellowships at North Carolina State 
University are the Aluminum Company of America, the Atomic Energy 
Commission, Chemstrand, Douglas Aircraft Company, Dow Chemical Com- 
pany, DuPont Company, E. Sigurd Johnson, Eastman Kodak Company, 
Ford Foundation, General Electric, General Food Corporation, Honor 
Society of Phi Kappa Phi, Kellogg, National Aeronautics and Space Ad- 
ministration, National Institutes of Health, National Lumber Manu- 
facturing Association, National Science Foundation, North Carolina 
Grange (E. G. Moss Fellowship), North Carolina Textile Foundation, 
Office of Education (Department of Health, Education, and Welfare), 
Public Health Service (U. S.), R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Re- 
search Corporation, Rockefeller Foundation, Scholler Foundation, Shell 
Oil Company and Wachovia Bank and Trust Company. 

Information relative to stipends, areas of research study supported by 
specific fellowships, and application forms may be obtained from the 
Graduate School or from the heads of the appropriate departments. 

ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Graduate assistantships are granted to selected students who normally 
devote half-time to service duties for the University. Teaching assistant- 
ships carry stipends ranging from $2,700 to $3,600 for the academic 
year and permit the holder to enroll for 60 percent of a full course load. 
The stipends for research assistantships range from $2,700 to $.3,600 for 
a calendar year appointment. 

The University offers 717 assistantships requiring a service obligation 
in either teaching or research. Some of these are supported by funds 
granted by the following agencies: the Air Force Cambridge Research 
Laboratories. Air Force Office of Scientific Research, the American Mu- 
seum of Natural History. American Potash Institute, Army Missile Com- 



34 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

mand, Army Research Office (Durham;, the Atomic Energy Commission, 
Best Foods, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Campbell Soup Company, 
the Chilean Nitrate Education Bureau, Inc., Gerber Products Company, 
Graham Manufacturing Company, Hercules Powder Company, Depart- 
ment of Labor, the Lilliston Implement Company, the Lilly Company, 
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Cotton Council, 
National Institutes of Health, National Science Foundation, North Caro- 
lina Agricultural Foundation. North Carolina Dairy Foundation, North 
Carolina Milk Commission, North Carolina Motor Carriers Association, 
Pacific Coast Borax Company, Peanut Growers Association, the Petroleum 
Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, Pulp and Paper Foun- 
dation, Inc., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, the Ralston-Purina Com- 
pany, the Solvay Process Division of the Allied Chemical Company, 
Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissions, the Tennessee 
Corporation, U. S. Department of the Interior, U. S. Office of Education, 
U. S. Public Health Service and the Weyerhaeuser Foundation. 

Students interested in applying for a fellowship or assistantship may 
indicate their interest on the application forms submitted. 



OTHER FINANCIAL AID 

LONG TERM, LOW-INTEREST LOANS 

Graduate students who are American citizens are eligible for con- 
sideration for long-term, low-interest loans. Applications are made to 
the Financial Aid Office, 205 Peele Hall. To qualify, a student must 
demonstrate clear financial need and must be making satisfactory progress 
academically. 

National Defense Student Loans: Graduate students may qualify for up 
to $2,500 per year in loans from this source, with a cumulative maxi- 
mum of $10,000. Interest at three percent begins to accrue and repay- 
ment of principal begins nine months after the student's last enroll- 
ment for at least half-time college study. Repayment may be ex- 
tended over a 10-year period. For the most part, long-term loans are 
approved as supplementary to fellowships and assistantships. A 
student is expected to accept an assistantship if one is available, 
before seeking loan help. 

Federal Guaranteed Loan Program: This program provides for loans from 
private lenders, with interest paid by the federal government in 
cases of medium or small family income. Graduate students may 
borrow up to $1,500 per year with an aggregate limit of $7,500. Appli- 
cation procedures differ with state of residence. A North Carolina 
resident obtains forms at the financial aid office of the institution 
which he is attending and submits them through the financial aid 
office to the College Foundation. Inc., which acts as the agency for 
all private lenders in North Carolina who participate. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 

Work-study jobs under a federal program are available to graduate 
students as well as undergraduates. Again, however, the graduate student 
is expected to accept an assistantship in preference if one is available. 
The same application procedure and eligibility requirements are in effect 
as in the case with National Defense and institutional long-term loans. 
In fact, consideration for both or either kind of financial aid is obtained 
by one application. Available jobs are normally on campus. The student is 
limited to 15 hours per week while attending classes and to 40 hours per 
week during vacation periods. Rates of pay vary; each job awarded is 
given an approximate dollar value. Usually a work-study job is offered 
as alternative to a long-term loan of like value. 

SHORT-TERM EMERGENCY LOANS 

Usually in amounts of $50 or less, loans to be repaid within 30 to 60 
days may be obtained on short notice at the Financial Aid Office. Stu- 
dents are asked to limit such requests to actual emergency situations 
where alternative sources of funds are unavailable. 



HOUSING 

North Carolina State University strives to provide suitable accommo- 
dations in which students may live in an atmosphere conducive to the 
pursuit of academic excellence and personal development. This includes 
the provision of comfortable physical facilities, appropriate recreational 
activities and competent resident supervision. The University operates 
14 residence halls for 5,133 men, two residence halls for 558 women, 300 
apartments for married students and 12 on-campus fraternity houses for 
480 men. A residence hall complex consisting of three buildings, which 
will accommodate 1,100 men or women students, is now under construc- 
tion and will be open in the spring of 1968. 

RESIDENCE HALLS 

Students are assigned to the residence hall of their choice, insofar as 
possible, regardless of their classification or curriculum. Residence halls 
are supervised by staffs appointed by the Student Housing Office. These 
staffs are to aid residents in their personal development and adjustment, 
to develop and maintain suitable conditions for study, rest and meaningful 
group living experiences, and to encourage high academic achievement. 
These staffs have overall responsibility for the operation and conditions in 
the residence halls. 

HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

Three hundred University-owned apartments in McKimmon Village are 
available for married students. Privately owned apartments and houses 
available for rent to University students are listed in the Housing Rental 



36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Office in Leazar Hall. University-owned efficiency, one- and two-bedroom 
units rent for $45, $59.50 and $71 per month, respectively. These rental 
fees do not include utilities except water. Information may be obtained on 
University-owned apartments by writing to the Housing Rental Office, Box 
5505. North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N. C, 27607. The Univer- 
sity does not operate a trailer parking area; however, privately owned 
parks are available within a reasonable distance of the campus. 

ROOM RESERVATIONS 

Rooms in residence halls are reserved in the order in which applications 
are received as long as space is available. Full payment of the semester 
rent is required to reserve a room. Roommate preferences will be honored 
if possible, provided both applicants make written requests and send their 
payments in the same envelope to the Office of Business Affairs. If no 
roommate preference is indicated, students enrolled in a similar curriculum 
and of the same classification are assigned together, if possible. 

ROOM RENTALS 

Rooms in the men's residence halls rent for $133 per semester and in the 
women's halls $158 per semester. Rent is payable prior to the beginning 
of each semester as announced by the Housing Rental Office. Students 
assigned rooms during the fall semester may leave personal belongings in 
the rooms between semesters provided they reserve the room for the spring 
semester. Rooms not reserved for the spring semester must be completely 
vacated and the keys turned in to the Housing Rental Office at the end of 
the fall semester. 

REFUND OF ROOM RENT 

If a reservation is cancelled at the Housing Rental Office, Leazar 
Hall, in person or in writing at least seven days prior to the first day of 
classes (date of cancellation is date notification is received at that office), 
the rent paid will be refunded less a $25 reservation fee. After this date, 
no refund will be made for any reason other than failure to register or 
official withdrawal from the University. If a reservation is cancelled for 
these reasons, the rent paid will be refunded less a $25 reservation fee or a 
daily charge of $2 for men and $2.25 for women from the seventh day 
preceding the first day of classes to the date of cancellation, whichever 
amount is greater. If a student fails to check in and secure his keys on or 
before the first day of classes, his reservation will be subject to cancellation 
and no refund will be made except as stated above. 

FURNISHINGS AVAILABLE 

Rooms are furnished with beds, mattresses, chairs, study tables, dress- 
ers and closets. The student must bring his own study lamp if not 
assigned to Bragaw, Lee or Sullivan Halls. Janitorial service is supplied 
by the University. Linen, blankets and pillows are available through the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 37 

linen rental service operated by the Auxiliary Services Office. Laundry 
rooms with washers and dryers are located in the women's residence 
halls. 

The residence halls are not equipped with kitchen facilities for meal 
preparation. 

FOOD SERVICES 

Food service is provided at three conveniently located facilities — Erdahl- 
Cloyd Union, Leazar Cafeteria and Harris Cafeteria. Cost depends on the 
individual's requirements and the selection of food. A typical student, pay- 
ing cash for each meal, will spend $400 to $500 per academic year. 

The Students Supply Stores operates soda fountain snack bars for the 
convenience of resident students in five areas. There is an additional snack 
bar located in the Nelson Textile Building. 

LINEN RENTAL SERVICE 

The linen service provides for the initial issue of two sheets, one pillow 
case and three towels. The student may exchange his linen weekly at a 
cost of $20 per year. Pillows may be rented for $1.50 per year. A regular 
blanket rents for $3 per year, and the N. C. State monogrammed blanket 
rents for $5. These services are available to both campus and off-campus 
students. Application may be made in the Auxiliary Services Office in Hol- 
ladav Hall. 




The School of Agriculture and Life Sciences coTuiiicte 

complex research endeavors in many fields of study accounting for a 

large portion of the $15 million annual research expenditure of the University. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 



Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission to 
candidacy for a graduate degree. Application for admission to candidacy 
for graduate degrees must be submitted to the Administrative Board of 
the Graduate School. Applications of students preparing for the master's 
degree may not be filed before the satisfactory completion of one full se- 
mester of graduate study and must be presented before the end of the 
first week of the last semester in residence. Approval of the application will 
be determined by the quality of the scholastic record and on the certifi- 
cation by the major department that the student is qualified to continue 
advanced work. Admission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon 
satisfactory completion of the qualifying or preliminary examinations. 

The Graduate School at North Carolina State University offers work 
leading to the Master of Science degree and the Professional Master's 
degree in certain specialized fields in the Schools of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences, Education, Engineering, Forest Resources, Physical Sciences 
and Applied Mathematics, and Textiles; and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree in certain fields of agriculture and life sciences, engineering, 
forest resources, physical sciences and applied mathematics, and textiles. 
Work leading to the Master of Arts degree is offered in economics, English, 
history and politics. 

A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the require- 
ments for the degree for which he is a candidate and is held responsible for 
the fulfillment of these requirements. This applies to the last dates on which 
theses may be accepted, the dates for examinations, the proper form of theses 
and all other matters regarding requirements for degrees. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Master of Science degree is awarded at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity after a student has completed a course of study in a specialized 
field in agriculture and life sciences, education, engineering, forest re- 
sources, physical sciences and applied mathematics or textiles, has demon- 
strated his ability to read a modern foreign language, has completed a 
satisfactory thesis and has taken comprehensive examinations in the chosen 
field of study. 

In addition to complying with these requirements, the candidate for 
the Master of Science degree is expected to achieve high levels of scholar- 
ship. Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate work by its 
emphasis upon independent research. The graduate student is more inter- 
ested in the significance of facts than in the accumulation of data. He is 
concerned with the materials of learning and the organization and inter- 
pretation of these materials. 



40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to provide a 
comprehensive view of some major field of interest and to furnish the 
training essential for successful research in this field and related areas 
of knowledge. As great a latitude is permitted in the selection of courses 
as is compatible with a well-defined major interest. The program of course 
work is selected with the object of making possible a reasonable mastery 
of the subject matter in a specialized field. Training in research is pro- 
vided to familiarize the student with the methods, ideals and goals of 
independent investigation. Since there are many possible combinations 
of courses, the administration of graduate programs calls for personal 
supervision of each student's plan of work by a special advisory com- 
mittee of the graduate faculty. The program of course work to be followed 
by the student as part of the requirements for the master's degree, and 
the thesis problem selected, must be approved by the student's advisory 
committee and the dean of the Graduate School. 



MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE 

The Master of Arts degree is awarded in economics, English, history 
and politics. The above discussion concerning the Master of Science 
degree applies equally well to the Master of Arts degree. 

CREDITS 

1. For the Master of Science degree or the Master of Arts degree a 
minimum of 30 semester hours is required. 

2. No more than six of the academic credits required for the degree 
will be accepted from other institutions. 

3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate 
credit from another institution. 

4. All work credited toward a master's degree must be completed within 
six calendar years. 

5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspondence. 
A maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in extension 
study in the field of education, provided the extension courses are 
taught by a member of the graduate faculty and provided the courses 
are given graduate ranking by the Graduate School. Courses taken 
by extension are accepted for graduate credit only when the student 
has been admitted to the Graduate School and when notice of his 
registration is filed with the Graduate Ofl^ce. Credit for extension 
courses reduces the amount of credit that may be transferred from 
other institutions by the amount of graduate credit granted. 

The 30 semester hour requirement for the master's degree represents 
the minimum quantity of work acceptable. The credit hours required of 
graduate students usually exceed the minimum requirements. Inadequate 
preparation and thesis research frequently make additional work neces- 
sary. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 41 



COURSES OF STUDY 



The program of the student may include no more than six hours of 
research study nor more than two hours of departmental seminar. At 
least 20 semester hours must come from the 500- and 600-level group. 
Courses at the 400-level counted toward the minimal 30-hour require- 
ment, may not ordinarily come from the major field. 

During the first term in residence an advisory committee of at least 
three faculty members, one representing the minor field, will be appointed 
by the dean, after consultation with the head of the major department, 
for each student engaged in a program of work leading to the master's 
degree. The advisory committee will meet with the student and prepare a 
program of course work to meet the requirements of the student's graduate 
objectives. Four copies of the program, prepared on forms provided for 
this purpose, must be approved by each member of the committee, by the 
head of the major department and by the dean of the Graduate School. 
After approval in the Graduate Office, three copies will be returned to 
the department head — one for his files, one for the chairman of the ad- 
visory committee and one for the student. 

The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well- 
rounded but unified plan of study. This means that the program of re- 
search and course work shall be divided between a major and a minor 
field. While there are no inflexible rules which govern the number of 
credit hours that must constitute the major and minor, in general, it 
is expected that approximately two-thirds of the course work will fall 
in the major and one-third in the minor. The detailed course requirements 
for each graduate student program are left to the judgment of the advisory 
committee. 

RESIDENCE 

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of Science 
or Master of Arts degree are required to be in residence, pursuing gradu- 
ate work, one full academic year. 

CLASS WORK 

A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative in exploring 
the possibilities of the subject matter presented in the courses he takes 
than is the undergraduate. He is also expected to recognize the signifi- 
cance of facts and to assume a responsibility for relating data to theo- 
retical concepts. In preparation, attendance and in all the routine of 
class work the graduate student is subject to the regulations observed 
in other divisions of the University. 

GRADES 

A minimum grade of "C" must be made on all formal course work to 
obtain graduate credit. An average of "B" must be obtained on all course 
work taken as part of the student's graduate program. Failure to main- 
tain a "B" average will place the student on probation. Any student whose 



42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

academic record tails to meet the "B" average requirement for two con- 
secutive terms will not be permitted to continue a graduate program 
without the written approval of the graduate dean. 

Grades in research, seminar and special problems courses are given in 
terms of "S" (satisfactory) or "U" (unsatisfactory) in place of the sym- 
bols used for formal course work. 

The grade incomplete may be used in research and laboratory courses 
when circumstances beyond the control of the student have prevented com- 
pletion of the work by the end of the academic term. A grade of incomplete 
may be given only after approval of the graduate dean and must be con- 
verted to one of the usual symbols before the end of the next academic se- 
mester in which the student is in residence. 

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language (Ger- 
manic, Romance or Slavic) is required of candidates for the Master of 
Science or Master of Arts degree. 

The language requirement must be satisfied before a student can be 
admitted to candidacy. 

Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of Modern 
Languages: 

1. By traditional reading knowledge examination at any time requested 
by the student. 

2. By taking course work (audit; especially designed for graduate 
students who have no previous foreign language experience or who 
wish to refresh work formerly done. The department offers special 
courses beginning with elementary grammar and proceeding, dur- 
ing the semester, to general scientific reading. Pronunciation is 
emphasized to the degree in which it will help in translating from 
the language into English. This first course is followed by a second 
course in which the student selects work from scientific publications 
touching as nearly as possible his major interest. He will then be 
assigned a particular instructor with whom he will read in indi- 
vidual conferences. VV^hen the conference instructor is satisfied that 
the student has demonstrated his knowledge of intricate grammatical 
problems, a decrease in the time required for reading, and a confi- 
dence in his ability to use the language, he will be certified with- 
out further examination. The completed translations may then, de- 
pending upon their merit, be edited and prepared for permanent fil- 
ing with the various translation libraries throughout the country. 

Graduate students who expect to complete the requirements for the 
Master of Science or Master of Arts degree should confer with the head 
of the Department of Modern Languages soon after registration to formu- 
late plans for meeting the language requirement of the degree. 

Students whose native language is other than English may meet the 
foreign language requirement for the Master of Science or Master of Arts 
degree by demonstrating a satisfactory mastery of English. Examinations 
in English are conducted by the Department of Modern Languages. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 43 



THESIS 



A candidate for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must 
prepare a thesis representing an original investigation. The subject of the 
thesis must be approved by the head of the department in which the major 
work is done and by the student's advisory committee. Three copies of the 
thesis in final form, and five copies of the abstract, must be filed in the 
Graduate Ofl^ce at least one month before the degree is awarded. Detailed 
instructions as to form and organization of the thesis may be obtained at the 
Graduate Office. 

EXAMINATIONS 

All candidates for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must 
pass, with a grade of "A," "B" or "C," all formal course work specified as 
part of the requirements for the degree. Graduate credit for research, semi- 
nar, and special problems courses is granted when a grade of "S" is recorded 
in the Registration Office. In addition, the candidate must pass a compre- 
hensive oral examination that is held to satisfy the examining committee 
that the candidate possesses a reasonable mastery of knowledge in the major 
and minor fields and that this knowledge can be used with promptness and 
accuracy. This examination may not be held until all other requirements, 
except completing the course work of the last semester, are satisfied. 
Application for the comprehensive oral examination must be filed with the 
graduate dean by the chairman of the advisory committee at least two 
weeks prior to the date on which the examination is to be held. 

The oral examination will be conducted by an examining committee ap- 
pointed by the graduate dean. The chairman of the examining committee 
will be the chairman of the student's advisory committee. At least two 
additional members will be appointed to represent the major and minor 
fields. The comprehensive oral examination is open to all faculty mem- 
bers who care to attend but the decision as to the candidate's fitness rests 
solely with the examining committee. 

At the discretion of the examining committee, written examinations 
covering the subject matter in the major and minor fields also may be 
required of the candidate. Written examinations, when required, may not 
be held earlier than the end of the first month of the last semester in resi- 
dence and not later than one week before the comprehensive oral examina- 
tion. See Summary of Procedures for the Masters Degree, page 46. 

MASTER'S DEGREE IN A 
PROFESSIONAL FIELD 

This degree is offered for students who are interested in the more 
advanced applications of fundamental principles to specialized fields 
rather than in the acquisition of the broader background in advanced 
scientific studies which would fit them for careers in research. Students 
working for this degree ordinarily will terminate their graduate work 
at this point. 

Examples of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon completion 



44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of the course of study in a professional field are Master of Economics, 
Master of Education, Master of Forestry, Master of Biological and Agri- 
cultural Engineering. Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Experi- 
mental Statistics, Master of Electrical Engineering, Master of Mechanical 
Engineering and Master of Textile Technology. 

The chief characteristic of these degrees is that the changes made in 
requirements permit, in greater measure, the satisfaction of what are 
represented as professional needs than do the requirements for the con- 
ventional Master of Science or Master of Arts degree. 

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

The candidate for a master's degree in a professional field is exempt 
from the requirement of a reading knowledge of a modern foreign 
language. 

THESIS REQUIREMENTS 

In the School of Education the thesis requirement for the master's 
degree in each of the specialized fields may be waived by the department 
in which the degree is sought. When the thesis requirement is waived 
the student must complete the course "Introduction to Educational Re- 
search" or a departmental course in research, and a problem report. A 
thesis is not required in the Master of Forestry, Master of Applied 
Mathematics, Master of Experimental Statistics. Master of Electrical 
Engineering. Master of Mechanical Engineering or Master of Textile 
Technology programs, nor for professional degrees in the departments of 
the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

OTHER REQUIREMENTS 

The other requirements for the master's degree in a professional field 
are the same as for the Master of Science degree. 

MASTER OF AGRICULTURE DEGREE 

This plan is offered for students interested in advanced training in the 
broad field of agriculture but whose responsibility is not in research. The 
requirements lor the degree are designed to provide an opportunity for 
professional training without narrow specialization for those who plan 
to devote their lives to some phase of practical agriculture. Among the 
individuals interested in this degree are agricultural extension workers 
and foreign students who are in action or educational programs. The pro- 
posed plan differs from the plan for the Master of Science or Master of 
Arts degree in the following principal respects: 

1. A total of 36 semester hours is required. 

2. A minimum of four semester hours in special problems is required. 
Not more than six semester hours in special problems will be al- 
lowed. This work replaces the research thesis requirement for the 
Master of Science or Master of Arts degree. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 45 

3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600 group. 

4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not required. 

In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agriculture 
degree are the same as those for the Master of Science degree. 

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE 
PROFESSIONAL MASTER'S DEGREE 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or 
department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application forms and transcripts by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student 
stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic 
standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate 
School. When the student's academic record fails to meet the mini- 
mum scholastic standards of the Graduate School, provisional ad- 
mission may be granted upon submission by the student of evidence 
of a satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record or National 
Teacher Examination. The National Teacher Examination is accepted 
only when approved by the department head and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an 
advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with 
departmental advisor. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of whom 
represents the minor field, appointed before the end of the first 
semester of graduate study by the Graduate School after consultation 
with the department head. If departmental written examinations are 
required by the major department, there may be a minimum of two 
members on the advisory committee (one from the major field and 
one from the minor) . 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation 
with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate 
School by the end of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies re- 
turned to the department head. One copy is kept in department files, 
one goes to the advisor and one is given to the student. Students 
preparing themselves for the professional degree in specialized 
fields of education should consult the chairmen of their committees 
with reference to their problem report. 

12. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's degree. 
Application must be filed before the end of the first week of the last 
semester in residence. 



46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

13. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and by 
the graduate dean and. if appn»ved, the student becomes a candidate 
for the degree. 

14. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination is 
requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before the 
examination. 

15. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and exam- 
ing committee appointed. The report on the final examination should 
be filed with the Graduate School as soon as the examination has 
been completed. 

16. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the 
Administrative Board of the Graduate School that all requirements 
for the degree have been met and recommends the awarding of the 
degree. 

17. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

18. Student must be registered in semester or session in which degree 
is to be awarded. 



SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE 

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE AND 

THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or 
department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student 
stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic 
standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate 
School. When the student's academic record fails to meet the mini- 
mum scholastic standards of the Graduate School, provisional ad- 
mission may be granted upon submission by the student of evidence 
of a satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record or National 
Teacher Examinations. The National Teacher Examination is ac- 
cepted only when approved by the department head and the graduate 
dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an 
advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with de- 
partment advisor. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of whom 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47 

represents the minur field, appointed before the end of the first se- 
mester of graduate study by the Graduate School after consultation 
with the department head. 

10. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed research 
submitted to the department head and to the student's advisory 
committee. 

11. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation 
with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate 
School by the end of the first semester in residence. 

12. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies re- 
turned to the department head. One copy is kept in department 
files, one goes to the advisor and one is given to the student. 

13. Student passes language examination. The language requirement 
must be satisfied before admission to candidacy can be granted. 

14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's degree. 
Application must be filed before the end of the first week of the 
last semester in residence and may not be filed before the language 
requirement is satisfied. 

15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and 
by the graduate dean and, if approved, the student becomes a candi- 
date for the degree. 

16. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the chair- 
man of the student's committee for criticism. 

17. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chairman 
of the student's advisory committee submits a corrected draft of the 
dissertation to members for review. 

18. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination 
is requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before the 
examination, and must be accompanied by a certification that the 
thesis is complete except for such revisions as may be necessary as a 
result of the final examination. 

19. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and exam- 
ing committee appointed. The report on the final examination should 
be filed with the Graduate School as soon as the examination has 
been completed. 

20. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each member of 
the student's advisory committee and signed by the advisor must 
be submitted to the Graduate School at least four weeks before the 
end of the semester or summer session in which the degree is to be 
conferred. 

21. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the general 
faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and 
recommends the awarding of the degree. 

22. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

23. Student must be registered in term in which degree is to be awarded. 



48 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in the following fields 
of study: 



Animal Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Biochemistry 

Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering 

Botany ( in the fields of physi- 
ology and ecology) 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Crop Science 

Economics 

Electrical F^ngineering 

Engineering Mechanics 

Entomology 

Experimental Statistics 

Fiber and Polymer Science 



Food Science 

Forestry 

Genetics 

Industrial Engineering 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Mineral Industries (in the field of 

ceranlic engineering) 
Nuclear Engineering 
Physics 
Physiology 
Plant Pathology 
Psychology 
Rural Sociology 
Soil Science 

Wood Science and Technology 
Zoology 



The doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is capable 
of undertaking original research and scholarly work at the highest 
levels without supervision. Therefore, the Doctor of Philosophy degree 
is not granted on the basis of successful completion of a given amount of 
course work, but rather upon the demonstration by a candidate of a 
comprehensive knowledge and high attainment in scholarship and re- 
search in a specialized field of study. These attainments are determined 
by the quality of the dissertation which the candidate prepares to report 
the results of original investigations and by passing successfully a series 
of rigorous and comprehensive examinations on the special and related 
fields of study. 

DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the 
Ed.D. degree for majors in adult education and occupational education. 
Details are presented on page 106. The philosophy and requirements for 
the Ed.D. degree are the same as those expressed herein for the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree except that mastery of one foreign language, rather 
than two, is required. 



COURSE OF STUDY 

At the time of admission the student should, with the advice of the 
chairman of the department, elect a major field. During the student's 
first semester in residence, an advisory committee of at least four mem- 
bers will be appointed by the graduate dean, after consultation with the 
department head, to prepare with the student a plan of graduate work. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 49 

Four copies of the program, signed by all members of the advisory com- 
mittee and the department head or graduate administrator, are referred 
to the graduate dean for approval. When approved, three copies are re- 
turned to the department head, one being retained in the department 
files, a second copy is given to the chairman of the advisory committee, 
and the third copy is given to the student. The subject of the dissertation 
must appear on the plan of work and any subsequent changes in the 
subject of the thesis or in the plan of graduate work must be reported 
to the Graduate School for approval. 

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the doctor's 
degree. 

Major and Minor Fields: The Ph.D. degree is never granted for a program 
of miscellaneous studies. The program of work as a whole must be 
rationally unified and all constituent parts must contribute to an 
organized program of study and research. Courses must be selected 
from groups embracing one principal subject of concentration, called 
the major; and from cognate fields, called the minor. The minor program 
of study may be either a specific minor or interdisciplinary minor. 

Specific Minor: Supplementary to his major study a candidate is required 
to offer a minor in a single discipline or field which, in the judgment of 
the student's advisory committee, provides relevant cognate support to 
the major field. 

Interdisciplinary Minor: When an advisory committee finds that the needs 
of a doctoral student will be best served by preparation not available 
as a departmental minor, it has the alternative of developing a special 
program in lieu of the usual minor. To meet the requirements of this 
option a student may be required to complete courses in two or more 
departments outside his major, in related courses selected for their 
relevance to his particular area of concentration. Thus an appropriate 
program for a major in genetics might include courses in experimental 
statistics, biochemistry and physiology. In the case of a split minor 
the two pertinent disciplines may be so identified on the "program of 
work" forms. 

RESIDENCE 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree and the Doctor of Education degree, 
the student is expected to be registered for graduate work for at least six 
semesters beyond the bachelor's degree at some accredited graduate school. 
The amount of work from other institutions credited to the fulfillment of 
degree requirements will be determined by the dean after consultation with 
the student's advisory committee at the time the plan of graduate work is 
filed. 

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured in con- 
tinuous residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as a graduate 
student at some branch of the Consolidated University of North Carolina. 
Failure to take work during the summer does not break the continuity; how- 
ever, summer school work can be used to fulfill this requirement. 



50 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Residence credit is based on the number of credits of graduate work 
beyond the bachelor's degree carried in a given term. During a regular 
semester, residence credit is calculated in the following manner: 

Semester Credits Residence Credits 
9 or more 1 

6-8 % 

less than six* Va 

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is only one-half the 
corresponding amount for a regular semester; i.e., six semester hours 
carry one-third residence credit and less than six credits, one-sixth resi- 
dence credit. If a student registers for a 12-week summer term, the resi- 
dence credit is computed as for regular semesters. If a student registers 
for both 12-week and six-week summer terms, the residence credit is com- 
puted separately for each type and totaled, with the stipulation that no 
more than one residence credit can be earned in a given summer. 

The candidate must complete all requirements for the degree, includ- 
ing the final examination on his dissertation, within a period of seven 
calendar years from the date of admission to candidacy for the degree. 

LANGUAGES 

A reading knowledge of scientific literature in two modern foreign 
languages or a comprehension in depth of one language is required for 
the Doctor of Philosophy degree. For the Doctor of Education degree 
a reading knowledge of only one language is required. 

Comprehension in depth is to be interpreted as a proven ability 
in the oral and composition elements of a particular language as well 
as the reading knowledge normally required. Ph.D. students desiring 
to offer one language in depth should consult with the head of the Depart- 
ment of Modern Languages as to the specific courses to be followed to 
achieve this comprehension. Specific arrangements may differ, depending 
upon the student's previous background in the language. It is emphasized 
that students choosing to achieve competence in depth in one language 
will generally find this alternative more rigorous than proof of reading 
ability in two languages. 

If the student elects to work in two languages, the languages may be a 
combination of Romance and Slavic, Romance and Germanic, or Slavic and 
Germanic. 

Students whose native tongue is some language other than English may 
use English as one of the languages required for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. When English is submitted in partial fulfillment of the language 
requirements, the native language may not be used to satisfy one of the 
language requirements. 

THE DISSERTATION 

The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the candidate's 
original investigations in the field of his major interest. It must represent 



* IncludinK reKi>tratton for thesis preparation on campus. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51 

a contribution to knowledge, adequately supported by data and written 
in a manner consistent with high standards of excellence in scholarship. 
Detailed instructions relating t-o the thesis may be obtained from the 
Graduate Office. 

Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is 
expected. Each copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an abstract of 
approximately 500 words. 

The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examining 
committee and must receive their approval to be acceptable to the Gradu- 
ate Office. 

Two copies of the dissertation in final form, signed by all members 
of the student's advisory committee, and five copies of the abstract must 
be presented to the Graduate School not later than four weeks before the 
date on which the degree is to be awarded. 

North Carolina State now has an agreement with University Microfilms, 
Inc., of Ann Arbor, Michigan, by which all doctoral dissertations are 
microfilmed and abstracts of the dissertations are published in "Disser- 
tation Abstracts." 



EXAMINATIONS 

Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate study and not 
later than the midpoint of the semester immediately preceding that in 
which the degree is expected, each doctoral student is required to pass 
general comprehensive examinations (known as the qualifying or pre- 
liminary examinations;. If summer sessions are involved, the two con- 
secutive summer sessions are, for these purposes, considered as equivalent 
to one semester. The examinations are given by an examining committee of 
graduate faculty members appointed by the graduate dean after consul- 
tation with the head of the department in which the student's major work 
has been taken. The examining committee usually consists of the student's 
advisory committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but may 
include other members of the graduate faculty. The examinations are 
open to all members of the graduate faculty who may care to attend. 

Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the Gradu- 
ate School by the chairman of the student's advisory committee when the 
major part of the student's program of course work has been completed 
and when, in judgment of the committee, the student is prepared to de- 
vote the greater part of his time to the prosecution of his research study. 
Members of the examining committee will be notified of their appointment 
by the Graduate Office. Official printed forms will be supplied to the 
chairman of the examining committee for a report of the results of the 
examination. 

The examination consists of two parts — ^written examinations and 
an oral examination held before the entire examining committee. 
When, in the judgment of the chairman of the student's advisory com- 
mittee, the student is ready for the written examinations, arrangements 
may be made. Two approaches are acceptable. In the first, the chairman re- 
quests examination questions from each member of the examining com- 
mittee. Each set of questions is given to the student by the chairman in 



52 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

any order that may seem appropriate. The questions, together with the 
student's answers, are then returned to the members of the committee 
for grading. This procedure is still used by departments having a relatively 
small number of doctoral candidates. Many <jf the larger departments, 
however, have found it impractical to have separate written examinations 
prepared by each student's committee and have instituted departmental 
written examinations to be used for all candidates. These examinations 
are given several times during the year and scheduled dates are an- 
nounced well in advance. Where written departmental examinations of 
this kind are made available, the student majoring or minoring in the field 
of the department will be expected to make arrangements for taking these 
examinations. Questions on written examinations may cover any phase of 
the course work taken by the student during the period of his graduate 
study or any subject logically related and basic to an understanding of 
the subject matter of the major and minor areas of study. They should 
be designed to measure the student's mastery of these subject matter fields 
and the adequacy of his preparation for research investigations. 

Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the student 
must pass an oral examination before the entire examining committee. 
This examination is usually held within a week after the chairman of the 
examining committee has certified to the Graduate School that the student 
has completed satisfactorily the written examinations. The members of 
the examining committee will be notified by the Graduate School of the 
time and place arranged for the oral examination. The oral exami- 
nation is designed to test the student's ability to relate factual knowledge 
to specific circumstances. In the oral examination the student is ex- 
pected to use his knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to demon- 
strate that his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work. 

A unanimous vote of approval is required for passing the preliminary 
examination. Approval may be conditioned, however, upon the completion 
of additional work in some particular field to the satisfaction of the com- 
mittee. In case a single dissenting vote is cast, the course of action to be 
taken will become a matter for decision by the Administrative Board. 
Upon receiving the approval of the examining committee the student is 
admitted to candidacy for the doctorate. 

A final oral examination is also required. During a normal academic 
year, an interval of at least eight months must elapse between ad- 
mission to candidacy and the final oral examination. If summer sessions 
are involved, this interval may be interpreted to include two consecutive 
summer sessions and one academic semester. 

This examination is held after the dissertation has been completed and 
consists of a defense by the candidate of the methods used and the con- 
clusions reached in his research study. The examination is conducted 
by an examining committee. The examining committee usually includes the 
student's advisory committee, plus a representative of the Graduate 
School, although this procedure is not always adopted. The examining 
committee is appointed by the graduate dean after consultation with 
the head of the student's major department. 

Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final exami- 
nation terminates his graduate work at this institution unless otherwise 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53 

recommended by the examining committee. No reexamination may be 
given until at least one full semester has elapsed since the first exami- 
nation. Only one reexamination is permitted. 

See Summary of Procedures for Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of 
Education Degrees below. 

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY 

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has successfully passed the 
preliminary examinations. The language requirements must be fulfilled 
before permission to take the preliminary examination is granted. Admis- 
sion to candidacy must be obtained not later than the midpoint of the 
semester immediately preceding that in which the degree is expected. 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A booklet containing detailed instructions about the form of the disser- 
tation may be obtained from the Graduate School. 

Further information concerning graduate work at North Carolina State 
University may be secured from Dr. Walter J. Peterson, Dean of the Gradu- 
ate School, North Carolina State University at Raleigh, Raleigh, North 
Carolina 27607. 



SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY AND 

DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREES 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or 
department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student 
stating curriculum in which he will work. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic 
standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate 
School. 

7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an 
advisor, and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with 
departmental advisor. 

9. Advisory commitee of at least four members is appointed in the first 
term of graduate study by the graduate dean after consultation with 
the department head. 

10. Plan of work is prepared by the advisory committee in consultation 
with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate 
School by the end of the first semester in residence. 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

11. Plan of work is approved by the graduate dean and three copies re- 
turned to the department head. One copy is kept in department files, 
one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the student. 

12. A dissertation subject is selected and an outline of the proposed 
research submitted to the department head and the student's 
advisory committee. 

13. Student passes language examinations. 

14. When the student has completed satisfactorily all the courses in 
the minor field on his plan of work, he may. with the consent of the 
chairman of his committee, take the written qualifying examination 
in the field of his minor. If desirable, this examination may be taken 
if all but one of the courses in the minor field have been completed 
and the student is taking the last such course during the semester in 
which the examination is held. The results of this examination will 
be reported to the Graduate School. The examination in the minor 
field may be combined with the examination in the major field. 

15. The written examination in the major field may be scheduled upon 
approval of the dean of the Graduate School not earlier than the 
end of the second year of graduate study and not later than the 
midpoint of the semester immediately preceding that in which the 
degree is expected. The results of this examination will be reported 
to the Graduate School. 

16. When all written examinations have been completed satisfactorily, 
the oral qualifying examination may be held. The Graduate School is 
notified two weeks in advanced of the time and place of this exami- 
nation. The report of the examination is sent to the Graduate 
School. If the report is favorable, the student is admitted to candi- 
dacy. 

17. A copy of the preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted 
to the chairman of the student's committee for criticism. 

18. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chairman 
of the student's advisory committee submits a corrected draft of the 
dissertation to members for review. 

19. Eight months (or two terms) after admission to candidacy or later, 
permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination is 
requested of the Graduate School by the chairman of the candidate's 
advisory committee. Requests should be filed at least two weeks 
before the date of the examination and must be accompanied by a 
certification that the thesis is complete except for such revisions as 
may be necessary as a result of the final examination. 

20. Permission is granted by the graduate dean if the student's record 
is in order. A date is set and examining committee appointed. The 
report on the examination should be filed with the Graduate School 
as soon as examination has been completed. 

21. Two copies of the thesis in final form and five copies of the abstract 
must be submitted to the Graduate School not later than four weeks 
before the date on which the degree is to be awarded. It must carry 
the signatures of all members of the advisory committee. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55 

22. The Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the 
general faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met 
and recommends the awarding of the degree. 

23. All requirements must be completed within seven calendar years 
from date of admission to candidacy for the doctoral degree. 

24. The student must be registered in the term in which the degree is 
to be awarded. 



W^W-^:^: 



=r^' ^f 



ilillillll 




A major attraction at iitatc is the mall at the center of 
the campus. When xvtather permits, it also sen'es as a pleasant place for study. 



FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION 



The course descriptions are planned for the academic years 1968-69 
and 1969-70, unless indicated otherwise. Specific courses may not be 
offered, however, if registration for a course is too low, or if faculty 
or facilities are not available. 

Courses in the 500 series are open to seniors and graduate students. 
All courses in this series carry full graduate credit. Courses in the 600 
series are open to graduate students only. Master's programs must include 
not less than 20 semester hours from courses in the 500 and 600 series. 

In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the num- 
ber of actual lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, and the 
term or terms in which the course is offered are shown in this manner: 
2(1-2) FS Sum. or 1-3 FS Sum. 

The 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given for satis- 
factory completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the course 
meets for one hour of lecture and for two hours of laboratory work each 
week. The 1-3 indicates that a maximum of three and a minimum of one 
semester hours credit can be earned. This is to be arranged with the in- 
structor. The F designates the course to be given in the fall semester. Like- 
wise, the S designates spring and the Sum., summer. 



ADULT EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor EDGAR J. BoONE. Head 

Professors: J. B. Adair, Emily H. Quinn; Associate Professoi-s: Dewey 

A. Adams, Robert J. Dolan; Assistant Professors: Lacy G. Hall, 

Charles J. Law, Jr., George D. Russell 

The Department of Adult Education offers programs of study leading to 
the Master of Education and Master of Science degrees and the Doctor of 
Education degree with a major in adult education. 

The program is based upon an interdisciplinary approach and is designed 
to provide graduate students the opportunity to develop a broad and compre- 
hensive understanding of adult education and a high level of professional 
competence in conducting research. Bolstering the interdisciplinary base of 
the graduate program is the Graduate Institute of Adult Education, ad- 
ministered by an Administrative Board, which includes the deans of the 
Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education, Liberal Arts, the 
Graduate School at North Carolina State University and the dean of the 
School of Home Economics at the University of North Carolina at Greens- 
boro. 



58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

A candidate for an advanced degree in adult education must acquire a 
comprehensive understanding of the adult and society, and the theories of 
learning, social action, group processes, communication and planning requi- 
site to eflFecting change among people. While a basic comprehension of these 
relevant theories is the first essential, the candidate must also understand 
their interrelationships and how they apply to adult education. The degree 
candidate must present a thesis or dissertation based on his own research. 

The basic aspects of the behavioral sciences as related to adult education 
is the central theme of the Department of Adult Education's graduate pro- 
gram. The varied but coordinated interests of the department's faculty with 
their research programs offer a variety of opportunities for graduate stu- 
dent training that is found in few institutions. 

The Department of Adult Education is housed in Ricks Hall. It has a 
modern and well-equipped department library including all major profes- 
sional journals in adult education and the behavioral sciences. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 501 (SOC 501) Leadership 3(3-0) S 

(See Sociology, page 237.) 

ED 502 (PS 502) Public Administration 3(3-0) S 

(See Politics, page 226.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ED 501, consent of instructor 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic theories 
and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will be given to the 
general framework in which programming is done, the organization needed and 
the program roles of both professional and lay leaders Mr. Boone 

ED 510 Adult Education; History. Philosophy, 

Contemporary Nature 3(3-0) F 

Prerequi.site: Graduate standing 

A study of the historical and philosophical foundations of adult education from 
ancient times to the present, giving attention to key figures, issues, institutions, 
movements and programs, including consideration of the relationship between 
adult education's historical development and prevailing intellectual, social, eco- 
nomic and political conditions. Consideration of adult education's contemporary 
nature, present-day schools of thought on its objectives and trends. Mr. Russell 

ED 513 (SOC 513) Community Organization 3(3-0) S 

(See Sociology, page 238.) 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours in education 

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories and con- 
cepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will be given to 
the interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature of the subject 
matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The applicability of relevant 
principles and pertinent research findings to adult learning will be thoroughly 
treated. Mrs. Quinn 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits Arranged 

Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and preparation 

of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration 

IN Adult Education I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 503, PS 502, SOC 541 

Theory of organization relating to adult education social systems as a basis 
for understanding administrative behavior. An in-depth analysis of the struc- 
ture, function and process of adult education social systems, patterns of organi- 
zational growth and change, behavior patterns of functionaries and reciprocal 
influence of the adult education system and other social systems in the society. 

Mr. Dolan 

ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration 

IN Adult Education II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 600 

Philosophy of administration as a basis for administering an adult education 
institution. Theory relevant to administration of such an organization. Principles 
of administration as they relate to planning, organizing, staffing, initiating, dele- 
gating, integrating, motivating, decision-making, communicating, establishing 
standards, financing and budget defense and control, and measuring results. 
Administrative behavior of the adult education executive. Messrs. Boone, Adams 

ED 696 Seminar IN Adult Education 1(1-0) FS 

Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems relevant 
to adult education. Credit for this course will involve the active participation of 
the student in a formal seminar and the scientific appraisal and solution of a 
selected problem. The course is designed to help the student acquire a broad 
perspective of issues confronting adult educators and to acquire experience in 
the scientific analysis and solution of specific issues. Graduate Staff 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor CLARENCE C. SCARBOROUGH, Head 

Professors: J. Bryant Kirkland, John K. Coster; Associate Professors: 
Harry G. Beard, Texton R. Miller; Assistant Professors: William 
J. Brown, Jr., Charles D. Bryant, Charles L Jones, Charles H. 
Rogers 

The Department of Agricultural Education offers programs of study 
leading to the Master of Science, the Master of Education and the Doctor 
of Education degrees. Graduate programs are designed to meet the needs of 
individual students for further study and research as well as to prepare 
for educational leadership roles in teaching, administration, supervision and 
research. All programs emphasize research. As part of the graduate pro- 
gram, each student must complete a thesis or a research problem. 

In addition to the manv resources available to all North Carolina State 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

graduate students, agricultural education students have an additional re- 
source available in administrative and supervisor>' staff members of the 
State Department of Public Instruction and the Department of Community 
Colleges in Raleigh. 

A number of graduate assistantships are available, both teaching and 
research. A concerted effort is made to insure that the assistantship experi- 
ences are related to the career plans of individual students. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Analysis of theory of planning and change. Consideration of the need for 
planning programs in agricultural education; objectives and evaluation of com- 
munity programs; use of advisory groups; organization and use of facilities; 
role of the leader. Mr. Scarborough, Graduate Staff 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to study 
some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups. Particular 
attention will be given to the leadership role in educational programs for adults. 

Mr. Scarborough, Graduate Staff 

ED 593 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance of the 
staff. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

An examination of educational philosophies and their relation to current edu- 
cational programs in agricultural education. Mr. Scarborough, Graduate Staff 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent 

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of super- 
visory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective supervision in agri- 
cultural education at different levels. Mr. Scarborough, Graduate Staff 

ED 693 Advanced Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: ED 593 or equivalent 

Study of current and advanced problems in the teaching and administration 
of educational programs, evaluation of procedures and consideration for improv- 
ing. Graduate Staff 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education 1(1-0) FS 

A critical review of current problems, articles and books of interest to students 

of agricultural education. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Ira D. Porterfield, Hiad 

Professors: Elliott R. Barrick, Edward G. Batte, Robert F. Behlow, 
Lemuel Goode, George Hyatt, Jr., James G. Lecce, James E. Legates, 
Gennard Matrone, Harold A. Ramsey, Frank H. Smith, Hamilton 
A. Stewart, Samuel B. Tove, Lester C. Ulberg, George H. Wise, Mil- 
ton B. Wise; Associate Professors: Albert J. Claw^son, Donald G. 
Davenport, Emmett U. Dillard, Eugene J. Eisen, James M. Leather- 
wood, Robert L. McGuire, John J. McNeill, Richard D. Mochrie, 
Daniel J. Mongol, Allen H. Rakes, Odis W. Robison ; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: William L. Alsmeyer, Edward V. Caruolo, Evan E. Jones, 
James R. Jones, Richard M. Myers, John H. Nicolai, Jr., Frank D. 
Sargent 

The Department of Animal Science offers programs leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in three sections — 
animal breeding, animal diseases and nutritional biochemistry — that are 
functionally oriented and in two sections — animal husbandry and dairy 
husbandry — that are commodity oriented. The interrelationships among 
these are such that a student choosing one benefits from close association 
with the others. The goals of all are to provide challenging programs, offer- 
ing him an opportunity to develop his creative ability to such an extent 
that he will have the knowledge and motivation to contribute significantly 
to his chosen profession or closely related fields. 

The availability of a variety of modern laboratories, specialized equip- 
ment and experimental subjects enables the student to become familiar with 
research tools and their use in expanding knowledge in the several segments 
of animal science. The research experience gained in fulfilling the require- 
ments for degrees, more than any other single factor, determines the 
specialization characteristics in animal science. 

Students in animal breeding concentrate on problems pertaining to the 
efficient utilization of superior germ plasm. Emphasis is given to both 
quantitative genetics and reproductive physiology. Experimental subjects 
include livestock and small animals. Among the modern facilities is a labora- 
tory designed specifically for the study of the various factors affecting 
reproduction. 

Students in the animal disease area may specialize in pathology, para- 
sitology, veterinary microbiology, virology or other phases of disease. A 
modern building, including appropriate laboratories and equipment, is pro- 
vided for research and training in these subjects. 

Students in nutritional biochemistry are trained, primarily, in the funda- 
mental aspects of this field. Programs are oriented toward the basic phases 
of nutrition, including the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and 
minerals; the biochemistry, physiology and microbiology of digestion; and 
the mechanisms of control of biosynthesis and biodegradation. Excellent 
laboratory facilities are available. 

Students in animal husbandry may select problems in nutrition, develop- 
mental physiology, carcass quality, production efficiency and the interre- 



62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

lationships of breeding, feeding and management of those species of live- 
stock classified as meat animals. 

Dairy husbandry graduate students have options of nutrition, physiology 
or dairy cattle management for major emphasis in their programs. 

In the husbandry sections, livestock, farms, feeding facilities and labora- 
tories are such that a variety of problems may be used effectively in gradu- 
ate programs. 

Strong collateral support, through course offerings and research cooper- 
ation, is available in the areas of biochemistry, physiology, genetics, micro- 
biology, statistics, economics and food science; hence graduate programs 
in animal science afford opportunities for the multidimensional develop- 
ment of students. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Current concepts of physiology as related to mammalian reproduction. 
Emphasis is placed upon understanding physiological processes, how they are 
influenced by external forces and their importance in reproductive performance. 
The student is required to select, design and conduct a special research project. 

Messrs. Myers, Ulberg 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of modern principles and practices in beef cattle care and management. 
Special emphasis is placed upon the application of the principles of genetics, 
ruminant nutrition and animal health to cow-calf programs and to stocker 
and feeder cattle operations. Mr. Wise 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3(2-3) 9 
Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and managerial 

factors affecting the operation of modern swine enterprises. Mr. Clawson 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of practical dairy fai-m management, including feed acquisition and 
utilization, breeding and selection, health and sanitation, herd replacements and 
dairy farm buildings. Particular emphasis is placed upon the consequences of 
management alternatives and the importance of herd and farm business records. 

Mr. Davenport 

ANS 405 Lactation 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Gross and microscopic anatomy of the developing and the mature mammary 
gland. Physiological processes involved in milk secretion and removal of milk 
from the gland. A special research project is required. Mr. Mochrie 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3(2-3) F 
Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, genetic, nutritional, physiological and managerial 

factors affecting the operation of the modern sheep enterprise. Mr. Goode 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63 

ANS 410 Horse Management 2(2-0) F 

Application of fundamentals of selection, nutrition, breeding and animal health 

to light horses. Managerial details of horse care are covered. Mr. Barrick 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1(1-0) S 

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature pertaining 

to all phases of animal science. Mr. Porterfield 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 503 (GN 503) Genetic Improvement of Livestock 

AND Poultry 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent 

The application of genetic principles to the economic improvement of animal 
agriculture. Phenotypic and genetic relationships among economic traits as well 
as mode of inheritance and method of measurement of the traits. The roles of in- 
breeding, outbreeding and selection methods in producing superior genetic 
populations. Mr. Robison 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103 

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and mechanical 
disease processes. Mr. Batte 

ANS 513 Needs and Utiuzation of Nutrients by Livestock 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 312 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects of nutrient utilization, including digestion, absorption 
and metabolism, relationships of energy metabolism to energy source, body func- 
tion and other factors affecting its control. Mr. Leatherwood 

ANS 5b0 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 FS 

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of animal 

science. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS 603 (GN 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 512 

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its effects, 
and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates 

ANS 604 Experimental Animal Physiology 4(2-4)F 
Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals in physi- 
ological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise 

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays. The interrelationship of logical 
principles, designs and analyses is emphasized. Graduate Staff 

ANS 653 (BCH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) F 

(See Biochemistry, page 65.) 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1(1-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of seminar leaders 

Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and general 

research methodology. Graduate Staff 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits Arranged 

A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the master's degree; no limitation 

on credits in doctorate program. Graduate Staff 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Gennard Matrone, Head 

Professors: Ian S. Longmuir, A. Russell Main, Samuel B. Tove; Asso- 
ciate Professors: Frank B. Armstrong, H. Robert Horton, Joseph 
S. Kahn, Edward C. Sisler 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professor: Leonard VV. Aurand; Associate Professor: Samuel G. Levine; 
Assistant Professor: Evan E. Jones 

The field of biochemistry applies and extends the concepts of chemistry 
and physics to the investigation of biological problems. The Department 
of Biochemistry offers courses of study leading to the degrees, Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 

A student entering into graduate study in biochemistry should have a 
bachelor's degree in chemistry or a biological science. The undergraduate 
program of studies should include two semesters of organic chemistry, one 
of quantitative analysis and two semesters of physical chemistry. Students 
who lack undergraduate courses considered essential for graduate study 
in biochemistry may be admitted to the graduate program; however, appro- 
priate course work to make up academic deficiencies must be successfully 
completed early in their graduate studies. 

Courses in General Biochemistry (BCH 551) and Intermediary Meta- 
bolism (BCH 655 and BCH 657) are required as part of the program leading 
to advanced degrees (majors and minors) in biochemistry. 

In addition to completing a program of studies approved by his advisory 
committee, a candidate for an advanced degree in biochemistry is expected 
to participate regularly in biochemistry seminars throughout his graduate 
residence, and to engage in independent research leading to the completion 
of a scholarly thesis. Research programs are currently being conducted in 
biochemical genetics, enzyme structure and mechanisms, inhibition kinetics, 
biochemical aspects of toxicology, biochemical control mechanisms, photo- 
synthesis, developmental biochemistry of plants, methylation reactions in 
plants, lipid metabolism, volatile fatty acid metabolism, biochemical role of 
copper, metal ion interactions in vivo and in vitro, and oxygen transport 
mechanisms. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Three years chemistry, including CH 223; CH 431 strongly recom- 
mended 

Principles of modern biochemistry, including a study of structural and meta- 
bolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and 
coenzymes. Mr. Jones 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques IN Biology 2(1-3). F 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 or CH 433 or CH 435 

The theory and application of the radioisotope techniques used in biology. 
The different modes of radioactivity are correlated with methods of measure- 
ment. Emphasis is placed on the use and limitations of various instruments and 
techniques and on their application to research problems. Mr. Matrone 

BCH 557 Introductory Enzyme Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, MA 201 or MA 212 

The basic principles of chemical kinetics, applied to the development of enzyme 
kinetics. Limitations of the Michaelis equation are considered in the light of the 
general rate equation. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects of tempera- 
ture and elucidation of mechanisms are also considered. Mr. Main 

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: GN 505 or consent of instructor 

A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and microbial 
genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used in research 
in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Mr. Armstrong 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BCH 651 Physical Biochemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or CH 435 

Structural and physical properties of biological macromolecules, and the appli- 
cation of physical methods to their study. Messrs. Kahn, Longmuir 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques 3(0-8) F 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, CH 215 or CH 411, or equivalent 

Instrumentation and techniques for separation, identification and characteri- 
zation of biochemical constituents; laboratory methods of isolation, assay and 
characterization of enzymes; kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions. 

Mr. Kahn, Graduate Staff 

BCH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions, re- 
action mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone 

BCH 655 Intermediary Metabolism 1 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

A study of carbohydrate, lipid and energy metabolism. Mr. Tove 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

A study of amino acid, protein and nucleic acid metabolism. Mr. Horton 



66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BCH 659 (CH 659) Natural Products 3(3-0) F 

(See Chemistry, page 85.) 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biochemistry 

Critical study of special problems in modern biochemistry. Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Francis J. Hassler, Head 

Professors: HENRY D. BowEN, William E. Splinter; Associate Professojs: 
James W. Dickens, David H. Howells, Barney K. Huang, William 
H. Johnson, David A. Link, Charles W. Suggs, Ralph E. William- 
son, Edward H. Wiser; Assistant Professors: Ervin G. Humphries, 
George J. Kriz, William F. McClure, Cliff R. Willey, James H. 
Young 

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering offers pro- 
grams of study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Master 
of Biological and Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in 
agricultural engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equivalent 
provides the necessary background for graduate study. 

For those interested primarily in a broadened background in existing 
engineering technology without the necessity for preparing a thesis, the 
Master of Biological and Agricultural Engineering program permits selec- 
tion from a variety of advanced technical courses. Such study is appro- 
priate to certain supervisory and managerial positions, technical sales, 
service and promotional work. 

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing rigor 
of modern science and engineering. Emphasis here is on mathematics and 
theory as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent fields of 
knowledge in the biological and physical sciences, and as prerequisites to 
effective engineering advances in biological and agricultural areas. As the 
student acquires competence in the advanced methods of science, he applies 
his knowledge by conducting an original research investigation and by 
writing and defending a thesis. 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the Master of 
Science program with an additional year of formal study followed by a 
period of independent research to satisfy dissertation requirements. Doctoral 
research is expected to be an original and valuable addition to the existing 
body of scientific and technical knowledge. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participation 
in departmental research programs. Current projects include: watershed 
hydrology; drainage and irrigation; crop processing and materials handling; 
functional development of field machinery; fruit and vegetable mechani- 
zation; pesticide application; human engineering; operations research; 
biological instrumentation; and engineering aspects of plant and animal 
physiology. 

Graduate students have access to well-equipped research laboratories, 
controlled-environment chambers, a research shop manned by competent 
mechanics, and excellent analog and digital computing facilities. 

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships may be obtained 
from the head of the department. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: BAE 211, PY 211 or PY 221 

This course is designed to provide students in agricultural engineering tech- 
nology with a knowledge of the operations of manufacturing and distribution 
organizations of farm machinery and their places in these organizations. In- 
cluded is a practical course in farm tractors and engines with emphasis on 
familiarizing the student with component parts — their application, operation 
and maintenance, as well as with the selection of these units from the stand- 
point of power, performance and ratings. Mr. Fore 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: BAE 341 

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of har- 
vested crops and crop products, as they define the requirements for the best 
preservation of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, the appli- 
cation of heat to air and crops, the characteristics and use of fans and heaters, 
the air flow requirements and measurement for crop preservation and materials 
handling will be studied. Feed preparation, mixing and handling are included 
in the course. Mr. Weaver 

BAE 453 Bio-engineering Parameters 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisites: BAE 303, BAE 352, MA 301 

Physical properties and response characteristics of plant materials are studied 
in their relationship to engineering analysis for production, harvesting and 
processing operations. Topics include germination, growth dynamics, physical 
properties for harvesting and materials handling, biological response criteria, 
environmental effects, theory of curing and drying, and quality evaluation. 

Mr. Johnson 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Production Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205, MA 201, ST 361 

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering students. 
Intermediate economics analysis, with particular emphasis on farm machinery 
economics; materials-handling problems; activity network and scheduling prob- 
lems; techniques of obtaining and processing systems data. Mr. Link 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 361, BAE 461. MAE 301, SSC 200 

A study of the modern farm tractor and field machines. The emphasis of the 



68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

course is on the translation of measurements of biological and physical factors 
of the agricultural production system into machine specifications that can be 
effectively converted into production machines by engineers of the manufacturing 
industry. Mr. Bowen 

BAE 471 Soil AND Water Conservation Engineering 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ST 36l or consent of instructor 

General aspects of agricultural hydrology, including precipitation, classification 
of climate, rainfall disposition, methods of estimating runoff and fundamental 
soil and water relationships will be given. Included also are factors affecting 
erosion and drainage, irrigation methods and economic aspects of irrigation in 
the Southeast. Mr. Wiser 

BAE 481 Design of Farmstead Engineering Systems 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 453, BAE 461, BAE 491 

Application of conditioning principles to provide the required environment for 
optimum agricultural production is stressed. Environmental requirements imposed 
by the biological materials in farmstead systems are related to the first principles 
of physiology. Consideration of labor reduction and replacement of human 
decisions with control mechanisms are formalized. Environmental requirements, 
proper arrangement, material flow, equipment selection and control, and esti- 
mation of external loads are presented to indicate design procedures for a 
sound, functional building. Mr. Young 

BAE 491 Electrotechnology for Agricultural Production 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 331, EE 332 

Principles of operation of sensors and transducers and their use in measuring 
environmental and physical variables. Typical circuits will be used to illustrate 
how sensing devices are employed, to illustrate the use of circuit analysis tech- 
niques, and to study the operational characteristics. Control circuits with appli- 
cations of transient analysis for environment control and switching circuits for 
materials handling systems. Relevant power distribution techniques, wiring codes 
and power machinery will be studied in relation to agricultural production prob- 
lems. Mr. McClure 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and 

Processing 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301 

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers. Cali- 
bration and use of standards. Use of electronic and solid state circuits in ampli- 
fiers, recorders and controllers. Special circuits for agricultural processing. 

Mr. Splinter 

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write a 
technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to his 
particular interest in any area of study in biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing. Graduate SUff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 69 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



BAE 654 Agricultural Process Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 441 

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's relations to 
provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems that include 
life processes. Mr. Johnson 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of 

Agricultural Machinery 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The course attempts to develop those mathematical and analytical techniques 
and principles found to be essential in the analysis and design of machines and 
systems which encompass both the biological and the physical domains and their 
interfaces. Analytical treatment of physical and biological systems and the 
functional analysis of machine components are studied to bridge the gap between 
theories and applications. Control systems synthesis and design are treated 
with emphasis on quantitative dynamic relations between elements and system 
response using transfer function and computer simulation techniques. 

Messrs. Bowen, Huang 

BAE 671 (SSC 671) Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 513 

Physical concepts and properties of fluids and porous media are discussed in 
relation to soil water movement. The fundamental laws and equations governing 
saturated flow in porous media are derived and discussed. Mathematical solutions 
of steady-state and transient flow equations are analyzed to determine their 
applicability to drainage problems. Analogs and models of particular drainage 
problems are considered. Mr. Kriz 

BAE 674 (SSC 674) Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: BAE 671 or equivalent 

Forces involved and theories utilized in saturated flow in porous media are 
discussed in relation to soil moisture movement. Steady-state and transient un- 
saturated flow equations for horizontal and vertical moisture movement are 
developed and solved. The solutions are applied to present-day laboratory and 
field technology. Molecular diffusion and hydrodynamic dispersion are considered 
in light of current tracing techniques. Mr. Kriz 

BAE 681 Analysis of Function and Design of Farmstead 

Systems 4(4-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: BAE 481 

A study of the parameters of a farmstead system with economic criteria per- 
taining to a formal design procedure. Graduate Stafl" 

BAE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 
A maximum of two credits is allowed. 

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to profes- 
sional interest through presentations of personal and published works; oppor- 
tunity for students to present and critically defend, ideas, concepts and infer- 
ences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and analogies between prob- 
lems in biological and agricultural engineering and other technologies, and to 
present the relationship of biological and agricultural engineering to the socio- 
economic enterprise. Mr. Hassler 



70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a master's degree; no limitations 
on credits for doctorate program. 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to biological and agri- 
cultural engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and 
culminate with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff 



BOTANY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Glenn R. Noggle, Head 

Professors: Donald B. Anderson, Ernest A. Ball, Ernest 0. Beal, 

Robert J. Downs. Herbert T. Scofield; Emeritus Professor: Bertram 

W. Wells; Associate Professors: Arthur W. Cooper, James W. 

Hardin, Heinz Seltmann, James R. Troyer. Ralph E. Williamson; 

Assistayif Professors: CHARLES E. ANDERSON, ROGER C. FiTES, ROYALL 

T. Moore, Harold E. Pattee 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Clarence L. McCombs, Donald E. Moreland; Associate Pro- 
fessor: Joseph S. Kahn 

The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the Master of 
Botany, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the areas 
of plant physiology, ecology, anatomy, morphology, mycology, phycology 
and systematic botany. 

Excellent physical facilities and equipment are available for teaching and 
research in all phases of the department's program. Greenhouse facilities 
and field plots are readily accessible. The Phytotron (part of a two-unit 
phytotron facility in collaboration with Duke University) offers unex- 
celled opportunities for research in experimental taxonomy, ecology, mor- 
phology and anatomy, and plant physiology. The department maintains an 
electron microscope laboratory equipped with two Siemens electron micro- 
scopes. A fine herbarium supports studies in systematics and ecology. The 
availability in North Carolina of a wide range of habitats with an accom- 
panying diversity of flora provides opportunities for research problems in 
ecology, mycology, phycology and taxonomy. 

Graduate students terminating their work at the master's level will find 
employment opportunities in state, federal and industrial lalx)ratories and 
experiment stations. Academic positions are available in junior and com- 
munity colleges, as well as in four-year colleges. Holders of the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree will find opportunities for academic positions in col- 
leges and universities, for research positions in federal and state labora- 
tories and experiment stations, and for research and development work with 
private industrial research institutions. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 200 

A comprehensive survey of the evolutionary diversity and phylogeny of the 
plant kingdom. Emphasis is placed on the evolutionary trends and the basis for 
assumed relationships, considering fossils as w^ell as living forms. Some time 
is spent observing plants in their native habitats, and on a consideration of adap- 
tations to various environments and modes of existence. 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4(2-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, termi- 
nology and general evolutionary relationships. 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomy 3(2-4) S 

Prerequisite: BO 200 or equivalent 

The cells, tissues and organs of plants will be considered from the standpoint 
of their functions, patterns of differentiation and location. Emphasis will be 
given to the flowering plants. Students will be expected to develop several micro- 
technique skills during the laboratory. 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4(3-3) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 223, PY 212 

A study of the chemical and physical bases of cellular structure and function 
with emphasis on methods and interrelationships. 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4(3-3) FS 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water and solute 
relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and development. 

BO 442 (ZO 442) General Ecology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or equivalent 

The general principles of the interrelationships among organisms and between 
organisms and their environment — ^land, fresh-water and marine. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 522 Advanced Systematics of Angiosperms 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of angiosperm fami- 
lies. Special emphasis is g^iven to detailed morphology, phylogeny and critical 
identification in the laboratory and field. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hardin 

BO 537 Physiology of Plant Cells 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: BO 414, or BO 421 and organic chemistry, or consent of instructor 

A discussion of physiological processes of plants at the cellular level with 

emphasis on theoretical principles. Mr. Troyer 

BO 538 Laboratory in the Physiology of Plant Cells 1(0-3) F 

Prerequisite or corequisite: BO 537 

Selected laboratory exercises to accompany BO 537 Physiology of Plant Cells. 
Topics will include cytochemistry, plant enzymes, physiology of stomata, plant- 
water relations, photophysiology and plant growth regulators. Mr. Troyer 



72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BO 544 Plant Geography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 403. BO 442, GN 411 or equivalents 

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data 
from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. In- 
cludes a survey of the present distribution of major vegetation types throughout 
the world, a discussion of the history and development of this present pattern of 
vegetation, and a discussion of the principles and theories of plant geography. 
(Offered in 1968-69 and alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 545 Advanced Plant Ecology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BO 421, BO 442 or equivalents 

An advanced consideration, through class discussions and individual projects, 

of the principles, theories and methods of plant ecology. (Offered in 1967-68 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 555 Plant Chemistry 3(2-3) S 
Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Composition of plants; properties, nature and classification of plant con- 
stituents; changes occurring during growth, ripening and storage of plant 
products. Mr. Noggle 

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introduction to the structure, reproduction and importance of organisms 
which may be included in the algae. Considerable time is devoted to the local 
fresh-water and marine floras and the ecology of important species. 

Mr. Whitford 

BO 575 (MB 575, PP 575) THE Fungi 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 400 or equivalent 

A review of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. 
Lectures, while covering the major groups systematically, will also include 
ancillary material such as aspects of ultrastructure, environmental adaptions, 
sexuality, ontogeny and economic, including historical, importance. Laboratory ses- 
sions will provide for study of both known and unknown material to familiarize 
the student with the characteristics of the fungi and to develop an appreciation 
of the problems and methods of their classification. Mr. Moore 

BO 590 Topical Problems 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields of ecology, 
anatomy and morphology, taxonomy and cell biology. May be repeated with change 
in topic for a maximum of six credits. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 612 Morphology OF Vascular Plants 4(3-3) F 
Prerequisite: BO 400 or equivalent 

Form, reproduction, vegetative structure and phylogeny of the vascular 

plants. Interpretations based on the current literature. Mr. Ball 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73 

BO 613 Micro and Ultrastructure of Vascular Plants 4(3-3) S 
Prerequisite: BO 400 or equivalent 

Micro and ultrastructure of cells, tissues and organs of vascular plants. 

Interpretations based on the current literature. Mr. Ball 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: BO 522, consent of instructor 

A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of taxonomy, 
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic literature, taxonomic 
and biosystematic methods, and monographic techniques. (Offered 1968-69 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 632 Plant Nutrition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: BO 414 or BO 421, organic chemistry 

An advanced course in plant physiology covering the subcellular organization 
of plants, photosynthesis, inorganic and organic metabolism, and respiration. 

Mr. Noggle 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: BO 414 or BO 421, organic chemistry 

An advanced course in plant physiology covering plant growth, development, 

differentiation, senescence and biological control mechanisms. Mr. Fites 

BO 636 Discussions IN Plant Physiology 1(1-0) FS 
Prerequisites: BO 414 or BO 421, organic chemistry 

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current interest 

in plant physiology. Graduate Staff 

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of interest 

to botanists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student credit is allowed if 

one paper per semester is presented at the seminar. Graduate Staff 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits Arranged 

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a thesis prob- 
lem but designed to provide experience and training in research. Graduate Staff 

BO 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis or a doctoral dis- 
sertation. Graduate Staff 



CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information 
see Mineral Industries, page 199.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIC 415, 416 Ceramic Engineering Design 3(1-5) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIC 306 

A two-semester study to encourage creative solutions to problems of current 
interest and need in the ceramic profession. Discussion of sources of data, 



74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

di'sitjn principles, creativity, optimization, economic value analysis and decision- 
makinfj. Individual and tfam study involving interdependence of plant layout, 
processes, equipment and materials in the design of engineering systems or sub- 
systems. Study of factors in utilization of ceramics in materials systems. 

MIC 430 Research and Control Methods 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MIC 306 

Interpretation of results, instrumental methods applied to research and product 
development. Statistical quality control. 

MIC 431 Reaction Kinetics in Ceramic Systems 4(3-3) S 

I'rerequisites: CH 431, MIM 201 

A study of reactions taking place during thermal treatment of ceramic sys- 
tems. Such topics as thermodynamics, heterogeneous phase equilibria, diffusion, 
solid-state reactions, nucleation and grain growth are treated. 

MIC 432 Principles of the Glassy Phase 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the glassy state to include the structure, properties and types of 
glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity, color and devitrification. Nature 
of the glassy phase in kiln-fired ceramics. 

MIC 433 Ceramic Micro-structure and Properties 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the properties and behavior of processed ceramics from the stand- 
point of their phase characterization, atomic, micro- and macro-structure. Charac- 
teristics of ceramics are interpreted in terms of basic mechanisms affecting 
thermal, electronic, magnetic, mechanical, optical and nuclear properties. 
Emphasis is placed on process treatment and environmental effects. 

MIC 451 Principles OF Ceramic Engineering 3(3-0) F 

PrerequisiU>: CH 433 or MAE 302 or CHE 315 

An advanced treatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic ma- 
terals, processes and properties. Designed to provide an adequate background 
for students from other engineering and physical science curricula to permit 
effective study of ceramic engineering at the graduate level. 

MIC 491 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Literature survey of selected topics in ceramic engineering. Oral and written 
reports, discussions. 

FOR (JRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIC 501, 502 Ceramic Structural Analysis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: GY 331 

Basic laws of crystal structures. Arrangements of ions in crystals. Estimation 
of phases present in multicomponent systems utilizing X-r<iy techniques. Analysis 
of glass structure. Correlation of structure with composition and properties. 

Mr. Hamme 

MIC 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3(2-3) F 

Prerecjuisite: GY 331 

Transmitted and reflected light techniques for the systematic study of ceramic 
materials and products. Interpretation and representation of results. 

Graduate StafT 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75 

MIC 506 Electron Microscopy 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MIC 503 or PY 404 or EE 507 

The theory of the realization of electrostatic and magnetic lenses for electron 
microscopy. Major emphasis is placed on interpretation of electron diffraction and 
surface replications of ceramics and metals Graduate Staff 

MIC 509 High Vacuum Technology 3(2-3) Sum. 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or MAE 301 

Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance and 
measurement of high vacuum; design, construction and operation of high 
vacuum, high temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of materials which 
are processed, tested and/or utilized in high vacuum environments. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 527 Refractories in Service 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important re- 
fractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory furnaces. 

Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MIM 201 

Effect of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical properties of 
inorganic materials; relationships between micro-structure and high temperature 
properties; uses of ceramics, cermets and metals at extremely high temperatures. 

Mr. Stoops 

MIC 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: MIC 416, MIC 433 

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes and 
systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems and the 
development of new concepts of manufacturing. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 540 Glass Technology 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: MIC 432 

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties and 

application of the principal types of commercial glasses. Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 548 Technology of Cements 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture, con- 
trol and uses. Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 596, 597 Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MIC 430 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MIC 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, lattice 
energy, defect structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases and silicate 
melts. Graduate Staff 



76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MIC 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: MIC 431, MIC 501 

Fundamental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions such 

as diffusion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystalization, phase transformation, 

vitrification and sintering. Mr. Stoops 

MIC 611 Ceramic Process Anai^ysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MIC 502 
Corequisite: ST 516 

Analysis of experimental and production data for ceramic processes. Quanti- 
tative evaluation of the effect of materials, materials preparation, heat dis- 
tribution, composition and other variables on properties. Sampling from pro- 
duction. Linear programming to compound glass and cement batches. 

Graduate Staff 

MIC 621 The Vitreous State 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MIC 540 

An advanced study of the structure of binary and ternary silicate and borate 
glasses. Influence of structure on properties of vitreous systems. 

Mr. Manning 

MIC 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Corequisites: MIC 501, MIC 502 or MIM 521, MIM 522, EM 501, EM 502 or 
PY 503, PY 552 

Lattice structures and lattice energies in crystalline ceramics; relationships 
with elastic, optical and thermal properties. Effects of constitution and micro- 
structure on lattice-sensitive properties. The defect crystalline state in ceramics; 
vacancies, color centers, dislocations, boundaries. Crystal growth. Plastic defor- 
mation processes, including creep and fatigue; the ductile-brittle transition. 
Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline, vitreous and composite ceramics; 
effects of constitution, micro-structure and non-stoichiometry. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 635, 636 Electronic Ceramics 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 441, PY 407 or PY 414 or EE 531 

Lattice energy, dielectric and optical properties of insulators, ferroelectrics, 
magnetic oxides, electron distribution in insulators and semiconductors; elec- 
tronic properties of alkali halides. Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIC 695 Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and allied fields. 

Graduate Staff 

MIC 697 Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1-3 per semester 

Special studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. Credit will vary with 
the topic. Graduate Staff 

MIC 699 Ceramic Research Credits Arranged 

An original and independent investigation in ceramic engineering. A report of 
such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor James K. Ferrell, Head 

Professors: Leonard G. Austin, Kenneth 0. Beatty, Jr., Richard 

Bright, Warren L. McCabe, Edward M. Schoenborn, Vivian T. 

Stannett; Associate Professors: David B. Marsland, Donald C. 

Martin, John F. Seely, Edward P. Stahel; Assistant Professor: 

Harold B. Hopfenberg 

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of advanced 
.study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. The chemical engineering faculty seeks to provide a 
close association between faculty and students, to promote a common inter- 
est in advanced professional study, and to encourage intensive investigation 
and top-level creative activity. 

Graduate work in chemical engineering is of increasing importance since 
it enables the student to attain a higher degree of specialized competence 
and at the same time to secure greater mastery of the sciences underlying 
the quantitative aspects of chemical technology. The demand for chemical 
engineers with advanced training is greater now than at any time since the 
beginning of the chemical industry. 

Students with one or more years of training beyond the baccalaureate are 
especially needed for fundamental and applied research, process development 
and design, production, and even for management, technical service and 
sales. Consulting work and careers in teaching usually demand a period 
of advanced study well beyond the normal four-year undergraduate program. 

Students entering graduate work in chemical engineering should have 
a bachelor's degree in chemical engineering or its equivalent. Programs can 
be worked out to accommodate students with bachelor's degrees in chemistry, 
physics and other branches of engineering. 

At present, major emphasis in the department is concerned with basic 
studies of unit operations such as fluid dynamics, heat transfer, boiling 
heat transfer and two-phase flow, mass transfer, distillation, solvent ex- 
traction and crystallization. These are supported by programs in thermo- 
dynamics, reaction kinetics, phase equilibria and process measurement 
and control. The department has also recently developed strong research 
programs in polymer science and in electrochemical engineering and 
powder technology. The varied interests of an exceptionally well-qualified 
staff provide guidance for advanced study in any phase of chemical engi- 
neering. Strong supporting programs are available in mathematics, statis- 
tics, phy.sics, chemistry, nuclear engineering, metallurgy, the life sciences, 
textiles and other fields of engineering. 

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies the four-story east 
wing of the Riddick Engineering Laboratories Building. Modern, well- 
equipped laboratories are provided with all necessary services for both 
teaching and research. A wide variety of special facilities such as analog 
and digital computers, X-ray equipment, spectrophotometers, electron micro- 
scope, electromechanical testing machine, electronic controllers and re- 
corders are available for graduate research. 



78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Members of the chemical engineering staff conduct a number of important 
research projects which are supported by industry, state and federal 
agencies. Graduate students assisting on these projects not only acquire 
financial assistance but gain valuable research experience on problems of 
current interest. 

In addition to research assistantships, the department offers each year a 
number of graduate assistantships for part-time work in the department. 
These may be for teaching, laboratory preparation or research, as the need 
arises. Appointments are for one academic year of nine months for half- 
time work and, at present, carry a stipend of $2,700 renewable upon evidence 
of satisfactory performance. Summer work is also available. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 421, 422 Reactor Energy Transfer I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

Thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow with emphasis on the problems 
and methods used in the design and analysis of nuclear reactors. 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

Theory and application of methods for measuring, recording, transmitting and 
controlling process variables. The techniques of analysis, beginning with process 
elements in automatic control and proceeding through systems analysis, are em- 
ployed. Analog and digital computers are used in the study and solution of prob- 
lems. 

CHE 427, 428 Separation Processes I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

A study of the principles underlying such unit operations as absorption, ex- 
traction, distillation, drying, filtration, etc., with emphasis on procedures and 
economic considerations. 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 3(1-5) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experiments 
are designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and to develop 
proficiency in the writing of technical reports. 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II 3(1-5) FS 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

A continuation of CHE 431. 

CHE 433 Chemical Engineering Laboratory III 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: CHE 427 

A continuation of CHE 432. 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

A basic study of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reactions, and of 
catalysis. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79 

CHE 495 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest in 
chemical engineering. 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 2(0-6)FS 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies 
of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of reports. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301 

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formulation and 
solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient phenomena in unit oper- 
ations, process dynamics and thermodynamics. Study and use of analog com- 
puter solutions of these problems. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 315 or equivalent 

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their application to 
chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macroscopic viewpoint 
but consideration will be given to some aspects of the statistical viewpoint 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy and matter with 
emphasis on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled heat 
and mass transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 446 

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions. 
Emphasis will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods and 
mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction systems. 

Mr. Stahel 

CHE 640 Electrochemical Engineering 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Physical chemistry 

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, 

electroanalysis, electroplating and metal refining. Mr. Austin 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion 
products. Emphasis placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic fibers, 
films, lacquers and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture and applications of synthetic resins. 

Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Seely 



80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CHE 551 Thermal Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 or MAE 303, or CHE 311, or equivalent 

The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the power 
from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat transfer, and 
many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions to these problems are 
severely aff"ected by the influences of radiation on heat transfer media, hazards of 
handling radioactive substances, etc. The course considers the thermal problems of 
nuclear reactor design and the principles of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary 
to their solutions. The course is intended for engineers and science students with 
backgrounds in physics, mathematics and elementary thermodynamics. 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 412 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CHE 610 Heat Transfer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids and 
solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, conduction, heating 
and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 621 Mass-Transfer Operations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

Application of transport theory and empirical devices to the analysis, synthesis 
and design of mass-transfer equipment. The operations of absorption, extraction, 
distillation, humidification and drying will be considered. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 622 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 517 

An advanced study of ideal and real reactor systems. The approach employed 
is twofold: characterization of actual systems by empirical rate expressions 
coupled with fundamental analysis; simulation of coupled physical and chemi- 
cal processes in a reactor by solution of various types of physical models. 

Mr. Stahel 

CHE 623 Fluid and Particle Dynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

The principles of fluid dynamics and their application to laminar and turbulent 
flow, flow in closed channels, flow in packed beds and porous media, particle tech- 
nology, industrial rheology and two-phase flow. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 624 Process Dynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 511 

A detailed study of the dynamic response of typical chemical process equip- 
ment including instrumentation and process control devices. Fundamental con- 
cepts of automatic control of process variables such as temperature, pressure 
flow and liquid level. Mr. Martin 

CHE 625 Thermodynamics II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 513 

A consideration of various thermodjmamic topics of special interest to chemical 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81 

engineers. The effects of high pressures and high temperatures on equilibria, re- 
lationship of thermodynamics to rate process, thermodynamics of the steady state 
including coupled transfer process and experimental methods in thermodynamics 
would be typical. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 631 Chemical Process Design 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CHE 428 

Design and selection of process equipment, through solution of comprehensive 
problems involving unit operations, kinetics, thermodynamics, strength of ma- 
terials and chemistry. Graduate Staff 

CHE 671 (TC 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 1-3 F 

(See Textile Chemistry, page 245.) 

CHE 690 Readings in Chemical Engineering Credits Arranged FS 

A comprehensive survey of the literature in a specified area, and an exhaustive 
survey on a chosen topic within that area, under the direct guidance of the thesis 
advisor. This course has the goals of (a) mature selection of a research topic, and 
(b) preparation for a research proposal in fullest possible detail. 

Graduate Staff 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 FS 

A study of recent developments in chemical engineering theory and practice, 

such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distillation, hydrogenation, 

fluorination. The topic will vary from term to term. Graduate Staff 

CHE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Literature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engineering 

and allied fields. Graduate Staff 

CHE 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem. A 

report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



CHEMISTRY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Z Zimmerman Hugus, Jr., Head 

Professors: George 0. Doak, Carl L. Bumgardner, David M. Gates, Leon 
D. Freedman, Richard H. Loeppert, Assistant Head, Walter J. 
Peterson, Willis A. Reid, Henry A. Rutherford, Paul P. Sutton, 
Raymond C. White; Adjunct Professor: Monroe E. Wall; Associate 
Professors: Lawrence H. Bowen, Alonzo F. Coots, Forrest W. Get- 
ZEN, Chester E. Gleit, Forrest C. Hentz, Jr., Louis A. Jones, Samuel 
G. Levine, G. Gilbert Long, Graduate Administrator, William P. 
Tucker; Assistant Professors: Halbert H. Carmichael, M. Keith 
DeArmond, Marion L. Miles, Charles G. Moreland, George H. Wahl, 
Jr.; Instructor: Thomas M. Ward 

The Department of Chemistry offers the degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. Students may major in analytical, inorganic, organic 
or physical chemistry. 

A student entering into graduate work in chemistry should have a 



82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

bachelor's degree in chemistry or its equivalent. Minimum course require- 
ments include the equivalent of four basic year courses in general, organic, 
physical and analytical chemistry, and semester courses in inorganic 
chemistry and qualitative organic analysis. At least one year of college 
physics and two year.s of mathematics, including differential equations, are 
also required. Students who fail to meet the requirements may in some cases 
be admitted on a provisional basis. 

Some areas of active research in which thesis work may be done include 
organic and inorganic syntheses, structure and properties of organometallic 
compounds and transition metal complexes, stereochemistry of natural and 
synthetic compounds, kinetics and mechanisms of reactions, radiochemistry, 
tracer studies, micro-analysis, polymer and fiber chemistry, and infrared 
and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. 

The department is well equipped with standard instruments and apparatus 
for research and teaching. Many items of specialized equipment are avail- 
able, including recording spectrophotometers covering the range from far 
infrared to ultraviolet, a Varian HA-100 nuclear magnetic resonance spectro- 
meter, temperature-programmed and preparative gas chromatographs, auto- 
matic fraction collectors, refrigerated centrifuges, an automatic C, H, N 
analyzer, micro-balances, Mossbauer effect apparatus and a hydrogen cryo- 
stat. The department has particularly well-equipped spectrographic and 
radiochemical laboratories. 

Teaching and research assistantships and fellowships are available for 
qualified applicants. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the periodic 
system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symmetry. A knowledge 
of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 432 
Corequisite: CH 433 

An introduction to analytical chemistry, including the design, execution and 
interpretation of quantitative chemical measurements. Chromatographic, gravi- 
metric and related techniques of separation are presented. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

Methods of quantitative analysis based on solution chemistry, electrochemistry 
and the interactions of radiation with matter. Specific topics include acid-base, 
potentiometric and coulometric titrations and absorption spectroscopy. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of 
physical properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification tests and 
preparation of derivatives. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, FY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

CH 431, 433, 435 provide an intensive study of physical chemical principles. 
CH 431 emphasizes states of matter, thermodynamics and physical and chemical 
equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1(0-3) F 

Corequisite: CH 431 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizing properties of solutions, electrochemistry 
and reaction kinetics. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1(0-3) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 433. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431 emphasizing molecular structure and chemical bond- 
ing. 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 220 

Adsorption; preparation, properties, constitution, stability and application 
of sols, gels, emulsions, foams and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan membrane equili- 
brium. 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic procedures 
will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in both inorganic 
and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry 2-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The stu- 
dents will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will present 
written reports of their findings. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information required 
for the solution of chemical problems. 

CH 499 Senior Research 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research problem 
under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 



84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. 
Chemical periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond and 
electronegativity, crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the metallic 
state, conduction and semiconductors, and the preparation and properties of 
illustrative compounds. Mr. Long 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecular 
orbitals and hybridization, dipole moments and magnetic properties, the theory 
of acids and bases, nonaqueous solvents, coordination compounds, carbonyl and 
quasiaromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transition metals, lanthanides 
and actinides. Mr. Long 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to 
chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, visible and 
infrared spectra. Mr. DeArmond 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 or CH 435 

Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydro- 
carbons. The molecular orbital treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, 
the conformational interpretation of cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity and 
the application of optical isomerism to the study of reaction mechanisms will 
be emphasized. Mr. Wahl 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CH 521 

An introduction to acid-base theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as 

applied to synthetically useful organic reactions. Mr. Miles 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 or CH 435 

Application of physical methods to the solution of structural problems in or- 
ganic chemistry. Emphasis will be on spectral methods including infrared, ultra- 
violet, nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramagnetic 
resonance, X-ray and electron diffraction and optical rotatory dispersion. 

Graduate Staff 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real gases, 
ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems and ir- 
reversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics and the 
estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. Mr. Sutton 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with emphasis 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85 

on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic theory 
and theory of the transition state. Applications to gas reactions, reactions in 
solution and mechanism studies. Messrs. Bowen, Carmichael 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface phenomena. 
Formulations of basic theories are presented together with illustrations of their 
current applications. Mr. Getzen 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 433 or PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time 
dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, par- 
ticularly chemical bonds. Mr. Coots 

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The applications of radioactivity to chemistry and the applications of chemistry 
to the radioactive elements, particularly the transuranium elements and fission 
products. Mr. Coots 

CH 562 (TC 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers-Bulk 

Properties 3(3-0) S 

(See Textile Chemistry, page 245.) 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: CH 523, CH 433 

Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics and free energy 

relations to organic problems. Mr. Jones 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: CH 523, CH 433 

A study of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and rates 

of organic reactions. Mr. Bumgardner 

CH 627 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Preparation, properties and reactions of compounds containing the carbon- 
metal bond, with a brief description of their uses. Messrs. Doak, Freedman 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 531 

Statistical interpretation of thermodynamics; use of partition functions; intro- 
duction to quantum statistics; application of statistical mechanics to chemical 
problems, including calculation of thermodynamic properties, equilibria and rate 
processes. Messrs. Bowen, Sutton 

CH 659 (BCH 659) Natural Products 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 523, CH 525 or consent of instructor 

Illustrative studies of structure determination, synthesis and biosynthesis of 
natural substances. Modern physical methods and fundamental chemical concepts 



86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

are stressed. Examples are chosen from such classes as alkaloids, tcrpenes, 
steroids and antibiotics. Mr. Levine 

CH 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of interest 
to chemists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Two of the following: CH 531, CH 533, CH 535, CH 537 

An intensive treatment of selected topics of importance in current physical 
chemical research. Graduate Staff 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of head of department 

Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry. 

Graduate Staff 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of six 
semester credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limitation on 
credits in the doctorate procrram. Graduate Staff 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Donald L. Dean, Head 

Professors: Paul Z. Zia, Associate Head, Charles R. Bramer, Paul D. 
Cribbins, Ralph E. Fadum, Abdel-Aziz I. Kashef, Carroll L. Mann, 
Jr., Charles Smallwood, Jr., Graduate Administrator, Mehmet E. 
Uyanik; Associate Professors: Michael Amein, John F. Ely, Charles 
P. Fisher, Clinton L. Heimbach, John W. Horn, Leonard J. Lang- 
felder, Wesley G. Mullen, Harvey E. Wahls; Assistant Professors: 
William S. Caller, Jehangir F. Mirza; Adjunct Assistayit Professor: 
Donald R. Johnston; Visiting Scholar: Masanobu Shinozuka 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study leading to 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Students may major 
in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering, trans- 
portation engineering or sanitary and water resources engineering. 

The basic objective of graduate study in civil engineering is to provide 
the student the knowledge and skills essential to a successful career in a 
variety of activities such as teaching, research, development and advanced 
design. In addition to the formal course work, the student is brought into 
close contact with the graduate faculty through participation in research 
projects. 

The department is actively engaged in a broad area of research in which 
a student may undertake his thesis work. The current research activities 
of the department include investigations in structural theories, both de- 
terministic and probabilistic; continuum and discrete field mechanics; limit 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87 

analysis and design in metal and in structural concrete; structural models; 
structural dynamics; plate and shell theory and design; soil dynamics; 
fundamental behavior of soils; highway safety; traffic flow theory; land use 
and urban planning; hydraulics and hydrology; waste disposal and pol- 
lution control. Many of these investigations are sponsored by industries, 
federal and state agencies including the continuing North Carolina Cooper- 
ative Highway Research Program. 

The department is housed in a new air-conditioned building with adequate 
office and laboratory spaces assigned to graduate students for study and 
research. The various laboratories of the department are well equipped with 
standard instruments and apparatus for research and teaching. In addition, 
there are several specialized facilities including a large universal structural 
test floor; a fatigue machine with programmed repeated loading; a Hele- 
Shaw apparatus for study of salt-water intrusion; facilities for chemical 
and biological research; a wave generator for research in coastal wave 
motion; a test vehicle equipped with drivometer and speed-and-delay recorder 
for measuring driver and vehicle performance in highway safety research; 
facilities for airphoto interpretation and photogrammetry ; a resonant 
column apparatus used in conjunction with the triaxial equipment for the 
study of dynamic properties of soils; and gyratory equipment for the study 
of compaction of soils and bituminous materials. 

The department cooperates with other divisions of the Consolidated Uni- 
versity in a number of joint programs. Qualified students may schedule 
their courses in this department and in the Department of City and Regional 
Planning at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill to receive a 
dual degree in Master of Science with major in transportation engineering 
and Master of Regional Planning. Multidisciplinary study and research 
program.s are also available through the North Carolina Highway Safety 
Research Institute, Water Resources Research Institute and the Coastal 
Studies Institute. The department is also engaged in the interdisciplinary 
research programs in mechanics and materials as the result of a National 
Science Foundation Science Development Program grant. 

Students in other disciplines also find opportunities for developing minor 
areas of study within the framework of course offerings of the depart- 
ment. In particular, courses of instruction in stream sanitation and in- 
dustrial waste disposal provide the types of training in pollution control 
often in great demand by industry. 

A brochure and supplementary information, describing in greater detail 
the opportunities for graduate study and research in the Department of 
Civil Engineering, are available upon request from the head of the depart- 
ment. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 405, 406 Transportation Engineering I, II 4(3-2) FS 

Prerequisites: CE 201 for CE 405; CE 342 for CE 406 

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of transpor- 
tation systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport modes, 
including highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated from the 
viewpoint of the civil engineer. 



88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

An introduction to basic concepts of structural design. Elastic and inelastic 
analysis and design of structural members and connections in metal. Application 
of the principles in a design project of metal structure. 

CE 422 Structural Design IIA 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425 

Principles of design and analysis of reinforced concrete members with emphasis 
on the ultimate strength theory. Application of the principles in a design project 
of a reinforced concrete structure. 

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

A treatment of classical theories of indeterminate structural analysis with an 
introduction to relaxation and matrix methods, and nonlinear analysis. 

CE 429 Structural Design IIB 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421 

Principles of structural design in reinforced concrete and timber with appli- 
cation to a design project including construction falsework. 

CE 443 Foundations 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: CE 422 or CE 429 

Identification and classification of soils; geological aspects of foundation engi- 
neering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water; types 
of foundations; legal aspects of foundation engineering. 

CE 461 Project Planning and Control I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 362 

Project costs and estimates; analysis of construction plant layout requirements 
and performance characteristics of equipment. 

CE 462 Project Planning and Control II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 461 

Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects, including critical 
path techniques. 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; owner- 
engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and contract perform- 
ance; labor laws. 

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

The hydrological cycle is studied with particular emphasis on those phases that 
are of engineering significance. The occurrence and distribution of water; rain- 
fall, runoff, ground water. The development and control of water resources. 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

A synthesis of mechanics, chemistry and hydrology in the design of elements 
of water resources systems. Water supply, treatment and distribution. Waste 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89 

watei' collection, treatment and disposal. Consideration of flood control and 
stream flow regulation. 

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application to 
problems in construction engineering. 

CE 487 (GY 487, OC 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

(See Geosciences, page 154.) 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and concepts for engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, in- 
cluding analysis of soils and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. Wahls 

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 507 

Continuation of CE 507 with applications to highway and airport projects. 

Mr. Wahls 

CE 509 Photogrammetry 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 201 

Elements of aerial photogrammetry as applied to civil engineering, surveying 
and mapping, geometry of aerial photographs, flight planning for aerial photogra- 
phy and stereoscopic plotter instruments, especially the Kelsh Plotter. 

Mr. Wahls 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning 

and city engineering. Messrs. Horn, Smallwood 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn 

CE 517 Water Transportation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 405 

The planning, design, construction and operation of waterways, ports, harbors 
and related facilities. Development of analytical techniques for evaluating the 
feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin projects. The design of 
marine structures and civil works that are significant in civil engineering, includ- 
ing locks, dams, harbors, ports, and contractive and protective works. 

Mr. Cribbins 



90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3(3-0) F 

Corequisite: CE 425 

Theory and design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry 
walls subjected to lateral loads. Messrs. Bramer, Mirza 

CE 525, 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

A study in depth of classical structural theories, including generalized stiffness 
and flexibility methods. Treatment of secondary stresses and highrise structures. 

Messrs. Bramer, Dean 

CE 527 Numerical Methods IN Structural Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CE 425, consent of instructor 

Numerical solution of problems in structural mechanics, including matrix 
operations, relaxation, iteration, numerical integration, finite difference and finite 
element methods. Mr. Ely 

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 425, consent of instructor 

Theoretical and experimental techniques for the analysis of strain and 
stress including mechanical and electrical strain gages, brittle coating, grid 
method and an introduction to photoelasticity. Structural analysis by indirect 
and direct models. Messrs. Bramer, Mirza, Zia 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Theory of plastic behavior of steel structures; concept of designi for ultimate 
load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design of components of steel 
frames including bracings and connections. Mr. Bramer 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

The principles and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic 
and ultimate strength analyses for flexural, shear, bond and deflection. Principles 
of concordancy and linear transformation for indeterminate prestressed structures. 
Application of prestressing to tanks and shells. Messrs. Mirza, Zia 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; 
control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations; caisson and cofferdam 
methods of construction. Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engineer- 
ing purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of fundamental prob- 
lems. Mr. Wahls 

CE 648 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineering, 
including properties of soil solids, basic physicochemical concepts, classification, 
identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabilization. Laboratory 
work includes classification, permeability and compaction tests. 

Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain 
relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work includes con- 
solidation and shear strength tests. Mr. Langfelder 

CE 570 (MB 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MB 401 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and re- 
lated to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. 
Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from 
a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

Mr. Smallwood 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Waste Treatment 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

Study of the physical, chemical and biological principles underlying water 
and waste treatment processes; including diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium 
and ionization, aerobic and anaerobic stabilization processes, sludge conditioning 
and disposal. Mr. Galler 

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in Wastes Engineering 3(1-6) S 
Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in wastes engineering; including sedimentation, 
coagulation, filtration, adsorption, biological treatments, softening and new 
developments. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Wastes 3(1-6) F 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and wastes and interpretation of re- 
sults. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood 

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3(2-3) FS 
Prerequisite: PY 407 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of radio- 
active wastes. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

An examination of civil engineering systems and their design optimization. The 
systems to be studied include water resources engineering, structural engineering, 
transportation engineering and construction. Mr. Galler 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimensional 
analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, 
energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and model studies. 

Mr. Amein 

CE 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 303, consent of instructor 

A rigorous treatment of the engineering aspects of physical oceanography. The 
theory for the propagation of waves, methods of wave forecasting and the 
analysis of wave spectra are presented. The applications of physical oceanography 
to the design of marine and coastal installations are shown. Mr. Amein 



92 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1-6 FS 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR (JRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CE 515 

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various transpor- 
tation engineering facilities. Mr. Cribbins 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 516 

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects. 

Mr. Heimbach 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 3(2-3) F 

Corequisite: CE 515 

The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities. 

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

Planning and design of urban transportation systems as related to compre- 
hensive urban planning; principles of land use planning, urban thoroughfare 
planning and regional planning. Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CE 422, CE 526 

Elastic theory of single- and multi-span arches with various boundary conditions 
Development of design criteria for steel and concrete arches. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and Folded 

Plates 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CE 525, EM 511 or consent of instructor 

Treatment of roof structures in the form of folded and curved surfaces. Mem- 
brane and bending stress analysis of folded plates, shells of revolution, cylindri- 
cal and conical shells and free-form systems. Numerical and closed-form solutions. 
Design criteria for concrete and metallic structures. Messrs. Dean, Uyanik 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 422 
Corequisites: CE 525, CE 526 

Complete structural designs of a variety of projects including comparative study 
of alternative structural systems, synthesis and optimization. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 627 Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CE 526, EM 555 

Thi- study of respon.se of structures and structural elements subjected to 
dynamic loadings such as wind, earthquake and blast. Critical examination of 
design criteria for earthquake and blast-resistant structures. Mr. Dean 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93 

CE 631 Field Analysis of Structural Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 525 or consent of instructor 

Primarily an exposition of the techniques of discrete field mechanics for the 
analysis of structures. Emphasis is on the closed-form analysis of regular struc- 
tural lattices or nets and ribbed or reinforced continuous systems. Additional 
topics include: a cursory study of special continuous field solutions; and open- 
form solutions for irregular systems. Mr. Dean 

CE 635 Advanced Theory of Concrete Structures 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 536 or consent of instructor 

Inelastic theory of structural concrete members under flexure, axial load, 
combined flexure and axial compression, shear and torsion. Yield line theory of 
slabs. Limit analysis of beams and frames of reinforced and prestressed con- 
crete. Behavior and strength of structural concrete members under dynamic 
loading. Mr. Zia 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction between 
solids and water, and problems in elasticity and plasticity pertaining to earth- 
work engineering. Mr. Wahls 

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized porous 
media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. Mr. Kashef 

CE 646 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 641 

The application of vibration and wave propagation theories to soil media, the 
review of existing experimental data and empirical procedures for analysis of 
foundation vibrations, the prediction of soil responses to impulse loads, dynamic 
properties of soils and methods for their determination, design procedures for 
foundations subjected to dynamic forces. Mr. Wahls 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Waste Water Disposal 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to water supply and waste collection. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Wastes Treatment 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to the treatment of water and wastes. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3(3-0) FS 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes. 

Mr. Galler 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 3(3-0) FS 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanitation 
and stream use. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood 



M THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

The study of special advanced topics of particular interest in various areas of 
civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits Arranged FS 

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a report 

of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 

CROP SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Paul H. Harvey, Head 

Professors: Charles A. Brim, Douglas S. Chamblee, Donald A. Emery, 
Dan U. Gerstel, Walton C. Gregory, Harry D. Gross, Guy L. Jones 
Kenneth R. Keller, Roy L. Lovvorn. Thurston J. Mann, Philip A. 
Miller, Robert P. Moore, Donald E. Moreland, Lyle L. Phillips, 
Donald L. Thompson, David H. Timothy, Joseph A. Weybrew; Pro- 
fessor Emeritus: Gordon K. Middleton; Associate Professors: Carl 
T. Blake, William K. Collins, Will A. Cope, William B. Gilbert, 
George R. Gvvynn, Joshua A. Lee, William M. Lewis, Charles F. 
Murphy, Jerome B. Weber, Arch D. Worsham; Assistant Professors: 
Joseph C. Burns, Thaddeus H. Busbice, Frederick T. Corbin, Wil- 
liam T. FiKE, Kenneth E. Fry, Howard G. Small, Earl A. Werns- 
man 

The Department of Crop Science offers instruction leading to the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the fields of plant breeding, 
crop production, forage crops ecology, weed control and plant chemistry. 
For students who wish general training, the Master of Agriculture degree 
is offered. 

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each student 
is assigned office and laboratory space. Many special facilities such as 
preparation rooms for plant and soil samples, cold storage facilities for 
plant material, air-conditioned rooms for studying the physical properties of 
cotton fiber and tobacco leaf, and soil and plant analytical service labora- 
tories are available. Greenhouse space and growth control chambers are 
provided for projects which require these facilities. Sixteen farms are owned 
and operated by the state for research investigations. These farms are 
located throughout North Carolina, and include a wide variety of soil and 
climatic conditions needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop man- 
agement, forage ecology and weed control. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase opportunities for broad 
and thorough training. Included among those departments in which gradu- 
ate students in crop science work cooperatively or obtain instruction are 
botany, chemistry, entomology, genetics, horticultural science, mathematics, 
plant pathology, soil science and statistics. 

In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 percent of its agricultural 
income from farm crops, the opportunities for the well-trained agronomist 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 95 

are exceedingly great. Recipients of advanced degrees in crop science at 
North Carolina State are found in positions of leadership in research and 
education throughout the nation and the world. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

An appreciation course in plant breeding. Discussion topics include reproductive 
systems of higher plants; the evolution and utilization of natural and induced 
genetic variability; the development of appropriate selection and breeding 
methods; and the distribution and maintenance of improved varieties. 

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on 
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Identification 
of common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Worsham 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest research 
problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will be discussed. 

Mr. Collins 

CS 512 Grassland Dynamics 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 421, ZO 421 or equivalent 

A discussion of forage production practices of national and international 
importance. An attempt will be made to relate the seemingly divergent practices 
to fundamentals of physiology and ecology. The dynamic relationship among soil, 
plant, animal and man, as it affects production practices and research, will be 
emphasized. (Offered by arrangement.) Graduate Staff 

CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 506, ST 511 recommended 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and 
concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy 

CS 542 (GN 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 
Prerequisite: CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breeding tech- 
niques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. Mr. Harvey 

CS 545 (GN 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: CS 541 or GN 540 

Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential cultivator; man's anatomy, 
physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; spread of agriculture in 
terms of various theories; interactions of crops and environments with reference 
to crop evolution; special attributes of cultigens; modern aspects of evolution 
(breeding). (Offered in 1968 and alternate years.) Mr. Lee 



96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CS 550 The Chkmistry OF Tobacco AND Smoke 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 421, CH 220 or equivalent 

The course emphasizes the composition of smoke, the combustion process and 
factors modifyinff the composition of smoke; the composition of tobacco and 
factors affecting the composition of tobaccos during growth, curing and ageing. 

Mr. Weybrew 

CS 591 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Special problems in various phases of crop science. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current 
research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY* 

CS 611 Forage Crop Ecology 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 442 

A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage crops. 
Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecologfy. Mr. Chamblee 

CS 612 Special Topics in Weed Control 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites or corequisites: BO 588, CH 223, CS 414 

Detailed examination of current concepts and literatui-e of weed control. The 
chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment and tech- 
niques used in weed control research will be discussed. Messrs. Corbin, Weber 

CS 613 (GN 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CS 541 or equivalent, GN 513, ST 512 (A course in quantitative 
genetics is recommended.) 

A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with special emphasis 
on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability, mode of repro- 
duction and effectiveness of different selection procedures. The latest experi- 
mental approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as well as standard pro- 
cedures. Messrs. Miller, Wernsman 

CS 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, however, ad- 
ditional credits toward the doctorate are allowed. 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of 
interest to agronomists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CS 699 Research Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but no re- 
strictions toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



ECONOMICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor WILLIAM D. TOUSSAINT, Head 

Professors: CHARLES E. BISHOP, GEORGE L. Capel, ARTHUR J. COUTU, WlL- 



• Students »re expected to conHult the instructor before reKistration. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97 

LiAM R. Henry, H. Brooks James. Paul R. Johnson, Richard A. King, 
James G. Maddox, Bernard M. Olsen, Walter H. Pierce, Charles R. 
PuGH, Ernst W. Swanson, Thomas D. Wallace, James C. William- 
son. Jr.; Associate Professors: ROBERT C. BROOKS, WILLIAM M. Cross- 
WHITE, Magdi M. El-Kammash, Leigh H. Hammond, Cleon W. Har- 
RELL. Dale M. Hoover, Loren A. Ihnen, Edgar W. Jones, Gene A. 
Mathia, Thomas E. Nichols, Jr., Ernest C. Pasour, Jr., Ralph J. 
Peeler, Jr.. Coordinator of Master's Programs, James A. Seagraves, 
Richard L. Simmons. Carl B. Turner; Adjunct Associate Professor: 
A. MoAZZUMUL HuQ; Assistant Professors: David S. Ball, Joe S. 
Chappell, Robert M. Fearn, Christopher Green, Charles Y. Liu, 
Fred A. Mangum. Ronald A. Schrimper, Donald A. West; USD A 
Agricultural Economist: Joseph G. SUTHERLAND 

The Department of Economics offers programs of study leading to the 
Master of Economics, the Master of Arts in economics, the Master of Science 
in agricultural economics and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The cur- 
riculum includes courses in economic theory, history of economic thought 
and fields of specialization, including econometrics, marketing, agricultural 
economics, international trade, economic development and business manage- 
ment analysis. Special attention is given in the curriculum to the develop- 
ment of quantitative analysis skills in economics and to an understanding of 
economic factors and public policies as they affect regional, national and 
international development. 

Collateral fields of study include statistics, history, politics, sociology, 
psychology, education and other related fields. 

The increasing emphasis being placed on economic growth and develop- 
ment in the South, the nation and throughout the world has resulted in 
an increased demand for well-trained workers in economics. Graduates of 
the department with a Master of Economics or a Master of Science degree 
have opportunities to work in industry, for federal and state agencies and 
to teach, particularly in the rapidly expanding community college or junior 
college systems. 

Doctor of Philosophy graduates have opportunities for employment as 
teachers and research workers in universities throughout the nation. Many 
also find excellent opportunities in various agencies of federal and state 
government where they are involved in research and educational work. 
International development agencies employ some graduates, and others find 
employment as research workers with commercial firms. 

The department is located on the first floor of Harrelson Hall and the 
second floor of Patterson Hall. Graduate students on assistantships or 
fellowships are provided with office space and equipment, and other graduate 
students are provided ofllce space when it is available. The department has a 
modern and well-equipped departmental library, including all the major 
professional journals. Research reports from federal and state governmental 
agencies and from universities throughout the United States also are kept 
on file. 

Computational facilities are ideal for students whose research problems 
involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those students who want to 
learn to do their own programming. The department has a well-trained 



98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

clerical staff and has one-half interest in an IBM 1620 computer which is 
available to students. The full computer resources of the new tri-university 
center at the Research Triangle are available. The basic facility is an IBM 
360, Model 75 system, with inputoutput terminals on each campus including 
North Carolina State University. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 402 Financial Institutions 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the flow-of-funds among; the principal financial institutions 
in the American economy; the behavior of the money and capital markets; and 
the allocation of savinjfs flows into investment expenditures. Mr. Ufen 

EC 407 Business Law I 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, negotiable 

instruments, sales of personal property and insurance. Uniform commercial 

code considered under all titles applicable. Staff 

EC 408 Business Law II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, bailments, partnerships, corporations, chattel 
mortgages, mortgages on real estate, landlord and tenant, insurance, wills, 
suretyship, conditional sales and bankruptcy. Uniform commercial code con- 
sidered under all titles applicable. Mr. Dixon 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting for manufacturing, fabrication and construc- 
tion-type enterprises. The determination and allocation of costs of materials, 
labor and overhead. Special emphasis is placed on managerial analysis, interpre- 
tation and control of cost data. Mr. Fails 

EC 410 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206 and EC 301 recommended 

An analysis of the economic effects of government taxation and expenditure 
decisions. Major attention will be given to current tax policy issues both at the 
federal level and at the state-local level. A description of different types of 
budgets and the effect of budgetary policy upon the level of economic activity 
will also be included. Mr. Green 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing, market 

analysis; problems in marketing. Mr. Dornburg 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive be- 
havior and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and the theory 
of workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative content, judicial 
interpretation and economic effects of the antitrust laws. Mr. West 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99 

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3(2-1) F 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An analysis of the federal tax laws relating to the individual and business. 
Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of reporting them. 
Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns. Mr. Sandman 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs; a 
critical analysis of and practice in the use of farm appraisal procedures cur- 
rently used for land and buildings; review of the sources of and repayment 
practices used in short and intermediate credit in agriculture; consideration 
of the forces operating in the whole economy with an examination of the impli- 
cations of these changes for both the lender and borrower in agriculture. 

Mr. Neuman 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 312 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds, managing work- 
ing capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions and their 
work. Mr. Ufen 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management relation of 
finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting and statistics to production 
planning and control; analysis of economic, political and social influences on 
production. Mr. Wood 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the supervisor 
and the personnel specialists. A study of personnel policy and a review of the 
scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of employment, training, 
promotion, transfer, health and safety, employee service and joint relations. 

Mr. Wood 

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 311 

Principles of price formation; the role of price in the determination of eco- 
nomic activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricultural com- 
modities; methods of price analysis, construction of index numbers, analysis of 
time series data including the estimation of trend and seasonal variations in 
prices. Mr. Schrimper 

EC 4.31 Labor Economics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An economic approach to the labor market and to labor market problems 
including unemployment and the determination of wages, hours and working 
conditions under various labor market structures. An examination of the eco- 
nomic eff'ects of trade unions and an introduction to the theory of human 
capital. Messrs. Fearn, Hausman 



100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 212 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation by 
the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms of labor 
contracts and their implications for labor and management. An examination of 
labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and tactics. Problems 
of operating under the labor contract. Mr. Hartley 

EC 440 Economic Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the institutional background required for national economic 
development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations are compared 
with conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Conclusions are drawn 
from this comparison to provide an introduction to the theoretical models of 
growth. Mr. Maddox 

EC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a review 
of economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agriculture and 
the techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case studies of development 
programs in various countries will be discussed. Mr. Coutu 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during the 
past two centuries. Economics as a cumulative body of knowledge in a context of 
emerging technology, changing institutions, pressing new problems and the 
growth of science. Mr. Turner 

EC 446 Economic Forecasting 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 and EC 317 recommended but not required 

An examination of the basic principles and techniques of economics forecasting 
with strong emphasis upon the economic models upon which forecasting is based. 

Staff 

EC 448 International Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205 and EC 206 or EC 212 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon analytical 
and policy approaches, although some institutional material is included. Mr. Ball 

EC 451 Introduction to Econometrics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 and EC 317 or ST 311 

An introduction to the measurement, specification, estimation and interpre- 
tation of functional relationships through single equation least-squares tech- 
niques. Simple and multiple regression, curvilinear regression and various 
transformations will be used to measure: demand, cost, production, consumption 
and investment relationships. Mr. El-Kammash 

EC 470 (HI 470) Evolution of the American Economy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 206 and HI 112 or HI 348 or HI 412 

The continuing advances of modern industrialization are related to the develop- 
ment of the American nation. Contemporary problems and issues are analyzed 
with reference to their origins in the historical growth of the economy. 

Mr. Olsen 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 

A general study of diflferent economic systems. Concentration will be given 
to capitalist or market economies and these will be contrasted with collectivist 
types of systems. Emphasis will be given to the Soviet economy. Mr. Turner 

EC 487 (TX 487) Sales Management for Textiles 3(3-0) S 

(See Textile Technology, page 249.) 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 

The terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student is as- 
sisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to recognize 
problems and to select logically consistent means of solving problems. This is done 
on a small-group and individual basis. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 501 Price Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, 
including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive conditions 
and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive conditions. 

Mr. Pasour 

EC 502 Income and Employment Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with par- 
ticular reference to the role of fiscal and monetary policy in maintaining full 
employment without inflation. Graduate Staff 

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending and 
borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administrative practices 
and problems. Mr. Block, Graduate Staff 

EC 512 Agricultural Factor Markets 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

This course is oriented to the relative significance of land, labor and capital as 
factors of production in a modern agricultural economy, including major changes 
in the respective roles of these factors of production in recent years. The struc- 
ture and efficiency of markets for these factors, including relevance of the insti- 
tutional and attitudinal setting in each type of market and nature of the demand- 
supply equilibration, will be investigated. Public policies will also be reviewed. 

Graduate Staff 

EC 521 Markets and Trade 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their 
role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on the behavior 
of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of marketing agricul- 
tural products. Mr. King 



1U2 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Arka Adji'stmknts 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production problems 
on typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic analysis of 
the farm business; application of research findings to production decisions; 
development of area agricultural programs. Graduate Staff 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in making 
top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social and institutional 
pressures, and of the economic and noneconomic motivations, which impinge 
upon the individual and the organization. The problem of coordinating the ob- 
jectives and the mechanics of management is examined. Graduate Staff 

EC 531 Management of Industrial Relations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program. In- 
cludes a survey of the labor movement organization and structure of unions, 
labor law and public policy, the union contract and bargaining process, and 
current trends and tendencies of the field of collective bargaining. Mr. Fearn 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal 
government as regards both input supply and commodities, analysis of ob- 
jectives, principal means and observable results as regards resource use and 
income distribution within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest 
of the economy; appraisal of the effects alternative policy proposals would have 
on domestic and foreign consumption. Mr. Hoover 

EC 550 Mathematical Models IN Economics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302, MA 212 and MA 405 recommended but not 
required 

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal properties. 
The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special case in the 
theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the theory of the con- 
sumer, the theory of the firm and welfare economics will show the relevance 
of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set theory, partially and 
simply ordered systems, probability theory and game theory to economics. 

Mr. Harrell 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production func- 
tions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles; and the 
applications of these principles to farm and regional resources allocation, and 
to the distribution of income to and within agriculture. Graduate Staff 

EC 555 Linear Programming 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, MA 212, MA 405 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization. 
Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the firm. Appli- 
cations in the economics of industry and of agriculture. Mr. Harrell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103 

EC 561 (ST 561) Intermediate Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 501. ST 501 or MA 112 

The formalization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships and the 
application of appropriate statistical techniques will be emphasized. Major 
attention will be given to procedures applicable for single equation stochastic 
models expressing micro- and macro-economic relationships. Statistical considera- 
tions that are relevant in working with time series and cross sectional data in 
economic investigations will be covered. The use of simultaneous equation models 
and the available estimation techniques will be surveyed. Mr. Schrimper 

EC 585 (TX 585) Market Research in Textiles 3(3-0) S 

(See Textile Technology, page 250.) 

EC 590 Special Economics Topics Maximum 6 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor 

An examination of current problems in economics organized on a lecture-dis- 
cussion basis. The content of the course will vary as changing conditions require 
the use of new approaches to deal with emerging problems. Graduate Staff 

EC 598 Topical Problems in Economics Maximum 6 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An investigation of topics of particular interest to advanced students under 

the direction of faculty members on a tutorial basis. Credits and content will 

vary with the needs of the students. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EC 600 Advanced Price Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501, MA 212 

Alternative economic organizations and the role of prices; equilibrium and price 
determination in a market economy; theory of consumer behavior; derivation 
of individual demand curves and aggregation to market supply curves; demand 
for factors of production. Mr. Ihnen 

EC 601 Prices, Value and Welfare 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 600 

The supply of factors of production; alternative nonmonetary theories of 
capital and interest; productivity; income distribution; determinants of firm size; 
the nature of market organization; welfare economics topics, including ex- 
ternalities, compensation, social welfare function and consumer surplus. 

Mr. Hoover 

EC 602 Advanced Income and Employment Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 502 

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of 
income and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic fluctuations; 
and a critical examination of a selected macro-economic system. 

Graduate Staff 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501 and EC 502 or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic thought, 
designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate perspective for 
the understanding of contemporary economics. Mr. Turner 



104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 604 Monetary Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 602 

Consideration of the money market and portfolio management, the cost of 
capital, effects of monetary phenomena on investment and accumulation of wealth 
with emphasis throughout on problems arising from uncertainty; general equili- 
brium theory of money, interest, prices and output. Graduate Staff 

EC 610 Theory of Public Finance 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

An application of micro-economic and macro-economic theory to the budgetary 
policies of the governmental sector with emphasis on the welfare effects of 
taxation and expenditure policies and the impact on optimum allocation and dis- 
tribution of resources. Mr. Green 

EC 631 Human Capital 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

An examination of human resource development from an economic view. 
Emphasis is placed on recent research and theoretical developments related to 
the economics of education, on-the-job training, discrimination and migration. 

Mr. Ihnen 

EC 632 Economic Welfare and Public Policy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 601 

Description of the conditions defining optimal resource allocation; application 
of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic policies and 
programs affecting resource allocation and income distribution. Mr. Hoover 

EC 640 Analysis of Economic Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 502 

Theoretical and empirical studies of the processes of economic development 
are compared and analyzed. Contemporary developments in the theories of eco- 
nomic growth are related to the problems of underdeveloped countries. Policies 
and programs needed for effecting economic development are studied and evalu- 
ated for consistency. Mr. Olsen 

EC 641 Agricultural Production and Supply 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 601, ST 513 

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer be- 
havior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quantities of 
output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions in terms 
of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and income distribution; 
general interdependency among economic variables. Mr. Seagraves 

EC 642 Consumption, Demand and Market Interdependency 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 601, ST 513 

An analysis of the behavior of individual households and of consumers in the 
aggregate with respect to consumption of agricultural products; the impact of 
these decisions on demand for agricultural resources; the competition among 
agricultural regions and for markets; and the interdependence between agri- 
culture and other sectors of the economy. Mr. King 

EC 645 Planning Programs for Economic Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 550, EC 640 

Consideration is given to the necessary quantitative measures for basing plans 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105 

of national economic development. Models for program development and the 
techniques for their construction are studied. Mr. Olsen 

EC 648 Theory of International Trade 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

A consideration of the specialized body of economic theory dealing with the 
international movement of goods, services, capital and payments. Also, a 
theoretically oriented consideration of policy. Messrs. Ball, Johnson 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems, the role 
of information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems. 

Mr. Harrell 

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometrics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 600, ST 421, ST 502 

The role and uses of statistical inference in economic research; the problem of 
spanning the gap from an economic model to its statistical counterpart; measure- 
ment problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model and the 
nature of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of economic measure- 
ment from statistical techniques. Mr. Wallace 

EC 652 (ST 652) Topics in Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 651 (ST 651) 

Survey of current literature on estimation and inference in simultaneous 
stochastic equations systems. Techniques for combining cross section and time 
series data including covariance, error correlated and error component models. 
Lag models and inference in dynamic systems. Production functions, productivity 
measurement and hypotheses about economic growth. Complete and incomplete 
prior information in regression analysis. Nonlinear estimation in economic models. 

Mr. Wallace 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 501 

This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral 
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the business 
firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organization theory, 
information theory, reference group theory and decision theory. 

Messrs. Henry, Swanson 

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in economics under staff supervision and direction. 

Graduate Staff 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

James Bryant Kirkland, Dean 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the master's 
degree for students majoring in adult education, agricultural education, in- 
dustrial arts education, vocational industrial education, guidance and per- 
sonnel services, mathematics education, psychology and science education. 



106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Graduate students in education may pursue programs leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science or Master of Education. 

The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree and as 
preparation for further graduate study. Programs leading to the Master 
of Science degree are planned to include a major (20 semester hours) in 
some specialized area of education and a minor ( 10 or mure semester hours) 
in some other field such as psychology or agricultural economics. If two 
minors are chosen, a minimum of six semester hours will be required 
in each. 

The Master of Education degree is designed to meet the needs of students 
preparing to teach in the secondary schools and community colleges and to 
assume leadership positions in adult education programs. The program of 
study for the professional degree alU)ws a wider latitude in the choice of 
course work outside the major than is allowed by the Master of Science 
program. 

A problem may be substituted for a thesis if, in the opinion of the stu- 
dent's advisory committee, this alternative contributes maximally to the 
student's objective. Knowledge of a foreign language is not required for 
the Master of Education degree. 

Graduate programs leading to the Ed.D. degree are offered for majors 
in adult education and occupational education. The doctoral program is de- 
signed to meet the needs of such personnel as teachers, directors, super- 
visors and teacher educators affiliated with programs of vocational and 
industrial arts education at the local and state level; administrative officers 
of technical institutes and community colleges; directors of guidance and 
personnel services; directors of adult basic education; and cooperative 
extension personnel. Graduate programs will be planned in terms of edu- 
cational objectives, experience and preparation of the enroUees. However, 
each program will include courses in such areas as educational foundations, 
behavioral sciences and research in addition to the specialty area. 

Graduate programs leading to the Ph.D. degree are also offered for 
majors in psychology. The major objectives of this doctoral program are to 
prepare professional psychologists for careers in scientific research and pro- 
fessional academicians for an effective role in the university community. 
Programs will be planned in terms of the educational objectives and prepar- 
ation of the enrollees. However, all enrollees will pursue the courses compris- 
ing the core. Provisions will be made for specialization in any of the 
narrower disciplines through additional courses and the minor. 

The School of Education is located in Tompkins Hall where research and 
laboratory facilities are provided for graduate study. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available for 
qualified graduate students. National Defense Education Act loans are also 
available for graduate students needing financial aid. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to 

Vocations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of education 

This course is designed for teachers of Introduction to Vocations. Emphasis 
will be given to the place of the Introduction to Vocations program in the over- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107 

all school curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of teaching aids and 
use of student evaluation instruments. An overview will also be presented in 
the areas of community orjjanization, job markets, group procedures, occupational 
and educational information and the changing occupational structure in our 
society. Mr. Clary 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools and 
branches of universities: their development, status and prospects; policy and 
policy-making clientele, purposes, evaluation programs, personnel, organization, 
administration, financing, facilities, research and development functions. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 506 Education op Exceptional Children 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours in education or psychology 

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child with 
major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice will be 
given in curriculum instruction for groups of children, individual techniques for 
dealing with retarded children in the average classroom. Opportunity for indi- 
vidual work with an exceptional child will be provided. Mr. Corter 

ED 507 Analysis op Reading Abilities 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours in education or psychology 

A study of tests and techniques used in determining specific abilities; a study 
of reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. Mr. Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific I'eading skills or in overcoming 
certain reading difficulties ; a study of methods used in developing pupil vocabul- 
aries and work analysis skills; a study of how to control vocabulary burden of 
reading material. Mr. Rust 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded 

Children 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: ED 506 

Emphasis on understanding and correlating developmental levels of mentally 
retarded children and appropriate educational methods and materials. Use of 
individual child's diagnostic data; consideration of long and short range educa- 
tional goals; curriculum planning in terms of realistic usefulness; scheduling; 
teacher guidance of children toward social and emotional maturity. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education, consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under- 
stand how tools, materials and industrial processes may be used to vitalize and 
supplement the elementary school child's experiences. Practical children's projects 
along with the building of classroom equipment. Graduate Staff 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education including student teaching 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie course 
approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for effective 



108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

learning; relationship of learning and doing; responsibility for learning; evalu- 
ation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for effective teaching. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 602 Curriculum 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 535, ED 503 and/or comparable course in occu- 
pational education 

A course designed to equip the student with the conceptual tools and intellectual 
skills needed to develop and critically assess curricula in all educational fields. 
The elements of the curriculum development process that are studied in the 
course include: identification and formulation of educational objectives, selection 
of learning experiences, developing and implementing plans for evaluating learn- 
ing experiences and assessing educational outcomes, and staff-leader involvement 
in the curriculum development process. Mrs. Quinn 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts 

Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ED 527 or ED 554 or ED 609 or ED 630 or equivalent 

An intensive study of the principles of supervision and the applications of 
these principles to the vocational and industrial arts education programs being 
conducted in secondary, post-secondary and adult facilities. Emphasis is placed 
upon the competencies needed in supervisors in order to effectively discharge 
their responsibilities in such areas as teacher selection, teacher transfer and pro- 
motion, assistance in teacher professional growth, the conduct of workshops and 
in-service programs for professional and nonprofessional staff, self-evaluative 
processes in education, curriculum generation and modification, guidance and 
counseling provisions and action research. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts 

Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 527 or ED 554 or ED 609 or ED 630 or equivalent 

An intensive study of the major elements of administrative practice applied 
to vocational and industrial arts education, as it is being conducted in compre- 
hensive high schools, comprehensive community colleges, technical institutes and 
area vocational centers. Emphasis is placed upon leadership, personnel manage- 
ment, instructional program management and evaluation, public relations and 
financial management, in connection with preparatory, part-time supplementary, 
extension and adult education programs of vocational and industrial arts edu- 
cation. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices in Secondary 

Education 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education 

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education purposes, curriculum, 
organization, administration, and the place and importance of the high school 
in the community in relation to contemporary social force. Graduate Staff 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree. The 

purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning and purpose 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109 

of educational research and the research approach to problems; to develop the 
student's ability to identify educational problems, and to plan and carry out 
research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation of the research report. 
Special attention is given to tools and methods of research. Consideration is also 
given to the educator as a consumer of research. Graduate Staff 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education 

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. Special 
consideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher including the fol- 
lowing areas: planning for effective student teaching, observation and orientation, 
school community study, analysis of situation, evaluating student teachers and 
coordination with North Carolina State University. Graduate Staff 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Fifteen hours, consent of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 

NOTE: A description of the specialized courses offered by the several depart- 
ments in the School of Education may be found on the following pages: 
Adult Education, page 57; Agricultural Education, page 59; Guidance 
and Personnel Services, page 156; Industrial and Technical Education, page 
166; Mathematics and Science Education, page 183; Psychology, page 230. 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor George B. Hoadley, Head 

Professors: William J. Barclay, Arthur R. Eckels, Walter A. Flood, 
Donald R. Rhodes, John Staudhammer, William D. Stevenson, Jr., 
Associate Head and Graduate Administrator, Frederick J. Tischer; 
Visiting Professor: Makoto Itoh; Adjunct Professor: Gerhard K. 
Megla; Associate Professors: NoRMAN R. Bell, Edward G. Manning, 
Xeely F. J. Matthews, Wilbur G. Peterson; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessor: Erich Christian; Assistant Professors: John R. Hauser, 
Michael A. Littlejohn, John B. O'Neal, Jr.; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors: Larry K. Monteith, Charles C. Tappert 

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the Master of Electrical 
Engineering, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate 
work in electrical engineering at the first-year or master's level is limited 
to one or two areas of specialization. In the more advanced study for the 
doctorate a comprehensive understanding of all fields of electrical engi- 
neering is required, and specialization appears in the research problem 
undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature are required for 
those who plan to carry their advanced studies to the level of the doctorate. 
Minor sequences of study in advanced mathematics or physics are planned 
to fit the needs of individual students. 

The laboratories of the department are exceedingly well equipped for 
research in electromagnetics, electronic circuits, automatic controls and 



110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

solid-state materials and devices. Active research is in progress in these 
and other areas. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits 3(2-2) P 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 301 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method, the 
study of transient and sinusoidal steady-state response in terms of poles and 
zeros of network functions. 

EE 403 Electric Network Design 3(1-2) S 

Prerequisite: EE 401 

A continuation of EE 401. The study of design methods for such electric net- 
works as resonant systems, filters, feedback stabilizers, audio amplifier compen- 
sation and dividing networks. 

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering. 

Essential theory of electric circuits, electron tubes, solid-state devices, trans- 
formers and rotating machines as needed to supply the electrical background 
for instrumentation and control theory. Intended primarily for graduate students 
who do not have an electrical engineering undergraduate degree. 

EE 431 Electronic Engineering 3(2-3) F 
Prerequisite: EE 314 

Comprehensive coverage of circuits and equipment using electronic devices; 
variable frequency effects; amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, detectors, wave- 
shaping circuits, generators of non-linear waveforms; basic pulse techniques; 
principles of electronic analog computers. Emphasis on quantitative analysis 
and engineering desigrn. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 431 

Application of electronic circuits and equipment to radio and wire communi- 
cation systems. Elements of complete systems, wave propagation, antennas, 
transmitters, receivers, television, radar, electronic navigation systems, noise, 
special applications. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3(2-3)F 

Prerequisite: EE 305 

A study of industrial power supply and power factor correction; direct and 
alternating current motor characteristics, starting methods, dynamic braking and 
speed control; motor applications and industrial control apparatus. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 305 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of electric 
power. Line parameters by the method of geometric mean distances. Circle dia- 
grams, symmetrical components and fault calculations. Elementary concepts of 
power system stability. Applications of digital computers to power system prob- 
lems. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111 

EE 435 Elements of Control 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 305 or EE 430 

Introductory theory of open- and closed-loop control. Functions and performance 
requirements of typical control systems and system components. Dynamic analysis 
of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodulators, analog' components and 
switching devices. Component transfer characteristics and block diagram repre- 
sentation. 

EE 438 Instrumentation in Nuclear Technology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, EE 430 or EE 314 

Radiation detectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discriminators, 
counters, coincidence circuits. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to number 
systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory circuits, the 
application of electronic devices to switching cii-cuits and the design of computer 
control circuits. 

EE 442 Introduction to Solid-State Devices 3(3-0) S 

Pi-erequisites : MA 301, PY 407 

An introduction to the microscopic phenomena responsible for the operation 
of solid-state electronic devices. A qualitative description of the band model of 
solids is followed by a description of the transport properties of charge carriers. 
P-n junction diodes and transistors, solar cells, controlled rectifiers, tunnel 
diodes and unijunction transistors are treated along with more recently developed 
devices. 

EE 445 Introduction to Antennas 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304, EE 314 

An introduction to antenna engineering. Consideration will be given to 
radiation from single-element radiators, radiation patterns, directive properties, 
aperture concepts, gain and impedances. Multielement antennas and arrays with 
various amplitude distributions and phasings and thin linear antennas will be 
treated in some detail. Antennas of current usage such as cylindrical antennas, 
reflector systems, slots, horns, lenses, traveling wave antennas and frequency- 
independent structures will be discussed. 

EE 448 Introduction to Microwaves 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 304, EE 314 

A study of the elementary theory and special techniques required at micro- 
wave frequencies. Both passive and active circuits will be considered. Transmis- 
sion elements, special-purpose components, generators, to include klystrons, 
magnetrons, traveling wave tubes and amplifiers such as parametric devices and 
the maser will be discussed. The description of microwave networks by the 
scattering matrix will be presented. 

EE 491 Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1(0-2) F 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Weekly meetings for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics 
of current interest in electrical engineering. 



112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADL ATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Linear Network Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Analysis of linear networks, with emphasis on the system functions of the 
network in the frequency domain and response in the time domain. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 504 Lntroduction to Network Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 503, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A development of the methods of network synthesis of one-port and two-port 
passive structures based on partial fraction techniques. Mr. Stevenson 

EE 506 Dynamical Analogies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331, EM 301, MA 301. B average in EE, EM and MA 
A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and science 
with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated groups of 
devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as determined from 
equations basic to each. Analytical formulation of system problems in acoustical, 
electrical, mechanical and related fields and their solution by analog methods. 
Use of electronic analog computers for the solution of system problems. 

Mr. Eckels 

EE 507 Electromagnetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 303, EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis formulation, 
including static electric and magnetic fields. Maxwell's equations and appli- 
cations to guided waves. Mr. Matthews 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA 

Solid-state and vacuum electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems, 
oscillators, modulators, switching and wave-shaping circuits. Generation of non- 
linear waveforms; electronic instruments; circuits basic to electronic computers. 
Use of complex frequency concepts to obtain generalized response. Communication, 
power and industrial applications. Synthesis of circuits to satisfy system require- 
ments. Mr. Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 431 or EE 511, B average in EE and MA 

The frequency and time domain, modulation, random signal theory, autocor- 
relation, basic information theory, noise, communication systems. Mr. Barclay 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 401, EE 435 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities such 
as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems and 
servo-mechanisms. Steady-state and transient responses. Evaluation of stability. 
Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differential equation 
and operational methods. System compensation and introduction to design. 

Mr. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1(0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical 
quantities such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Characteristics of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113 

regulating systems and servo-mechanisms. The laboratory work is intended 
to contribute to an understanding of the theory developed in EE 516. 

Mr. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA 

A study of switching algebra, logic circuitry, systematic minimization, block 
diagrams, logic systems in computers, diode and transistor logic, symmetric 
functions, iterative networks, cascaded systems, sequential circuits and pulsed 
operation. Mr. Bell 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital systems includ- 
ing toggle circuits, gates and pulse circuitry. Analysis and synthesis of the 
major components of computers, including the logic section, counters, registers, 
storage devices, input-output and control. Mr. Bell 

EE 531, 532 Introduction to Solid-State Material Science 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 407 
Corequisite: MAE 301 

Elementary quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics and Boltzmann transport 
theory are first presented as basic tools. The study of direct and reciprocal 
Bravais lattices and of distributions of modes of lattice vibrations establishes 
the environment of electrons whose behavior in crystalline solids is then de- 
veloped by presentations of free electron theory and the band theory. Behavior 
of electrons and holes in both perfect and imperfect crystals is developed from 
basic classical and quantum mechanical principles. Mr. Littlejohn 

EE 533 Transistor Circuits 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, B average in EE and MA 

A study of the application of transistors to linear and switching circuitry. The 
electrical response of such systems is considered in the light of certain physical 
characteristics of the transistor, in addition to the piecewise linear model. Device 
characteristics, temperature stability, cascaded amplifiers and elementary switch- 
ing circuits are treated. Mr. Manning 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified students 
to explore areas of special interest. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EE 611, 612 Electric Network Synthesis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EE 504 

A study of modern network theory, with the emphasis on synthesis of both 
passive and active networks based on the work of Brune, Bode, Guillemin, Bott 
and Duffin, Darlington, Foster, Linville, Piloty and many others. Both the 
realization problem and the approximation problem will be treated. 

Messrs. Christian, Hoadley 



114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EE 516 

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical variables. 
Follower systems and reg-ulators. Mathematical and graphical description of 
systems. Frequency response and root locus methods for compensation and desifn*. 
Stability theory and performance criteria. The state variable concept. Continuous 
and discrete systems. Analysis of nonlinear systems. Mr. Peterson 

EE 615 Electromagnetic Waves 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 507 

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by electro- 
magnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, propagation in free space 
and material media, guided electromagnetic waves, common waveguides, skin 
effect, resonant cavities. Microwave network theory applied to measurement 
problems. Messrs. Barclay, Tischer 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Frequency limitations of conventional electron tubes. Microwave power gener- 
ration and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged particles 
and molecular energy levels, and by nonlinear reactances. Applications in kly- 
strons, magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, masers and reactance amplifiers. 
Measurement problems and techniques in microwave region. Mr. Barclay 

EE 617 Pulse, Switching and Timing Circuits 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 512 

Tube and transistor circuit techniques for the production, shaping and control 
of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits needed in pulse information 
systems, instrumentation and computers. Mr. Barclay 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Electromagnetic wave theory applied to radiating elements. Radiation from 
a small current element and multipoles. Arbitrary radiation fields. Radiation 
characteristics, gain, beamwidth, sidelobe levels of antennas. The reciprocity 
theorem, scattering, effective aperture and antenna temperature will be treated 
related to receiving type antnnas. Messrs. Rhodes, Tischer 

EE 6iy Guided Waves and Resonators 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

A study related to guided waves and resonators with emphasis on microwaves 
and millimeter waves. The effect of boundaries on wave propagation and the 
means of guiding waves will be discussed from a general viewpoint beginning 
with electromagnetic waves. The analogies with other types of waves such as 
acoustic and plasma waves will be considered. Nonconventional waveguide con- 
cepts. General relationships for resonators and for their incorporation in com- 
munication systems will be derived. Messrs. Barclay, Tischer 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 532 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A study of the electronic properties of solids. The energy levels of electrons 
in molecules and crystals will be discussed as well as the energy states of crystal 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115 

impurities and defects. The importance of all these in carrier transport and re- 
combination of excess carriers will be discussed. Optical properties and hot electron 
effects in solid-state materials will also be treated. Mr. Hauser 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-state Devices 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 532 

A study in detail of the static and dynamic terminal properties of a large class 
of solid-state devices. Boundary relationships at solid-state interfaces will be 
considered in considerable depth along with the determination of added carrier 
profiles in neutral and nonneutral bulk regions. The present technology of device 
fabrication will be discussed and demonstrated. Mr. Hauser 

EE 641 Advanced Digital Computer Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the circuits and components of modern digital computers, includ- 
ing basic logic systems, codes, advanced systems of circuit logic, vacuum tube, 
transistor and magnetic components. Memory devices, counters, converters, 
adders, accumulators, inputs, outputs and computer control systems will be 
analyzed. Mr. Bell 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

The study of neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, pattern- 
recognition devices, artificial intelligence, goal-directed behavior, self-i'epairing 
machines, the logic of automata and adaptive Boolean logic. Mr. Bell 

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 431, EE 503 

A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with special 
attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays, sensitivity, the 
use of feedback in electronic devices, automatic measuring systems and digital 
measuring systems. Mr. Hoadley 

EE 645, 646 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EE 615 or PY 503, MA 512 

A comprehensive study of electromagnetic theory with emphasis on field 
theory applications. Changes in both uniform and accelerated motion, field 
equivalence principles, anisotropic media, ferrite media, variational methods for 
waveguide discontinuities, periodic structures including Floquet's theorem, in- 
tegral transform and function-theoretical techniques, solid-state theory applied 
to quantum electronic devices. Mr. Itoh 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 401 or EE 503; EE 512 or MA 541 

Generalized waveform analysis including Fourier Transforms, correlation 
functions and other statistical descriptions of stationary random processes; 
manipulation of signal descriptions as affected by linear time-invariant networks; 
derivation of the optimum impulse response and transfer function of the general 
linear operator; optimum filter synthesis by the use of ortho-normal functions; 
problems to illustrate the applications of the theory. Mr. O'Neal 

EE 653 Fundamentals of Space Communications 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

An analytical study of communications related to space operations with 
emphasis on electromagnetics and antennas. Wave propagation along the trans- 



116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

mission path in nonuniform and nonisotropic media. Ionospheric propagation 
and plasma sheath effects. Antenna characteristics for space operations on 
ground and on vehicles. Large surface radiators, phased arrays and low noise 
structures. Vehicle-born antennas. Problems of signal transmission. Communi- 
cations by lasers. Mr. Tischer 

EE 655 Wave Phenomena In Plasma 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

An advanced analysis of wave phenomena and oscillations in plasma. Electron 
and ion orbits, plasma characteristics and their derivations. Statistical particle 
dynamics and wave interaction. Macroscopic theory of field interactions. Oscil- 
lations and waves, Landau damping. Relativistic effects. Wave propagation in and 
radiation from stationary and moving plasma. Mr. Tischer 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced graduate 

students to study advanced topics in their special fields of interest under the 

direction of qualified members of the professional staff. Graduate Staff 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in electrical engineering 

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional staff, 
invited guests and students who are candidates for advanced degrees. 

Graduate Staff 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering, consent of advisor 

Graduate SUff 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Patrick H. McDonald, Head 

Professors: TiEN-SuN Chang, Robert A. Douglas. Associate Head, Adol- 
PHUS Mitchell; Associate Professors: William L. Bingham, Maurice 
H. Clayton, John A. Edwards, John F. Ely, Vernon E. Holt, Clar- 
ence J. Maday; Assistant Professor: EDWARD D. GURLEY 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate programs lead- 
ing to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The 
faculty of the department offers a broad range of graduate courses both for 
its own students seeking advanced degrees and for inclusion in the graduate 
programs of students in allied areas of engineering and in the physical 
and mathematical .sciences. 

Graduate studies in engineering mechanics embrace several broad areas 
including fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, continuum mechanics, dynamics 
and structural mechanics. Each of these areas is of considerable importance 
in current research. Professional interests of the faculty are represented 
by courses devoted to the elastic and plastic behavior of solids, viscous and 
compressible fluid flow, the generalized behavior of matter when described 
as a continuum, and in sequences devoted to the theory of periodic and 
aperiodic vibrations and to space mechanics. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117 

Courses for individual programs may be chosen rather broadly from 
the listings indicated, and special attention is directed to the reservoir of 
courses appropriate to mechanics studies, selected from closely allied 
engineering specialties. Beginning graduate students ordinarily will choose 
a program to encompass several of the major areas, thus establishing a 
broad base for subsequent studies at the advanced graduate level, usually 
concentrated about one particular area of research. 

Interdisciplinary graduate programs in the areas of mechanics, electro- 
technics, and materials are encouraged. 

Graduate research in mechanics in any of the major areas outlined may 
follow the lines of either analytical or experimental investigations. The 
development of new research techniques for both types of endeavor is of 
prime concern to the field of mechanics and the laboratory complex of engi- 
neering mechanics includes a number of research laboratories. One of these 
is equipped for dynamic studies in viscoelasticity, one for research in frac- 
ture mechanics and another for static and dynamic studies in stress con- 
centration. Whether a student is inclined toward analytical or toward ex- 
perimental investigations, he ordinarily will gain experience in both types of 
endeavor prior to his independent research activity. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MAE 301, MA 405 

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor form. 
Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison of the analytical 
models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. The 
underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary 
value problems are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the 
theory. Mr. Chang 

EM 503 Theory of Elasticity I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 
Corequisite: MA 511 or MA 401 

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid are 
developed in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, as well as 
the St. Venant Problem of Bending, Torsion and Extension of bars are covered. 
Displacement fields, stress fields. Airy and complex stress functions are among 
the methods used to obtain solutions. Messrs. Douglas, Ely 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two-di- 
mensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; conformal 
transformations; free-streamline flows. Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations) ; general 
properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the Navier- 



118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate methods of 
solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers in axi- 
symmetric and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary layers. 

Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt 

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 304, MAE 302 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Introduction to compressible fluid flow; isentropic, one-dimensional flow; 
Rayleigh and Fanno line flows; generalized one-dimensional flow; normal shock 
waves; introduction to multidimensional, compressible flow. Mr. Edwards 

EM 507 Systems Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MA 511 

A course in the desigrn of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald 

EM 508 Systems Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 507 

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald 

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 511 

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and tra- 
jectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; reentry 
trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511 

Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. Basic 
sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory of stabilized 
platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 511 

Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in shells. 
Various methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by problems of practical 
interest. Mr. McDonald 

EM 521 Properties of Solids 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201, FY' 407 

Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory under- 
standing of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the grand canonical 
en.st-mble average of atomic behavior is employed to unify the characterization 
and interrelationships of material properties. Finally, phenomenological behaviors 
and coupled effects are described within the continuum concept. Mr. Holt 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress 
concentration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; 
prestress energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column de- 
sign; and membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Gurley 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119 

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 551, MA 301, MA 405 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. 
The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution 
of buckling problems by finite differences and the calculus of variations. The 
application of successive approximations to stability problems. Optimization ap- 
plied to problems of aeroelastic and civil engineering structures. Mr. Gurley 

EM 555 Dynamics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The theory of vibrations from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations 
of motion. Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, multiple 
degrees of freedom, coupled motion, normal mode vibrations, wave propagation 
in solid bodies. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 556 Dynamics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of the 
laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and Hamilton. Accelerated 
reference frames, constraints, Euler's angles, the spinning top, the gyroscope, 
precession, stability, phase space and nonlinear oscillatory motion. 

Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 601 

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value 
problems of continuous and noncontinuous media. Use is made of contemporary 
developments in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics and electro- 
dynamics to provide a unified foundation for the development of principles govern- 
ing the dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of elastic, plastic and viscoelastic 
solids, viscous fluids and rheological media. Messrs. Chang, McDonald 

EM 603 Theory of Elasticity II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 503 
Corequisite: MA 513 

An extension of EM 503 to include the Cauchy Integral methods for plane 
problems, three-dimensional problems, variational methods and the use of nu- 
merical methods. Messrs. Douglas, Ely 

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 503 

Analytical models are developed to represent the behavior of deformable solids 
in the plastic regime. Conditions of yielding and fracture which initiate and 
terminate plastic behavior are studied, with the special stress-strain relationships 
necessary in plasticity. The hyperbolic equations of slipline fields characteristic 
of plane strain theory are developed. Mr. Bingham 

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 506 

Continuation of EM 506, linearized theory of two-dimensional flow, method 
of characteristics for two-dimensional supersonic flow, oblique shock waves, un- 
steady one-dimensional flow, shock-wave boundary layer interactions and tran- 
sonic flow. Mr. Edwards 



120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 505 

Continuation of EM 505, phenonienological theories of turbulence, turbulent 
flow in ducts and pipes, turbulent boundary layer with and without pressure 
gradient, compressible boundary layer, boundary layer control and free viscous 
flow. Messrs. Amein, Edwards 

EM 621 Properties of Materials at Low Temperatures 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 521 or equivalent 

Recent developments in low-temperature theory and applications of materials 
are presented scartinfj with the theory of atomic processes which govern low- 
temperature behavior. A study of the current models of the dominant physical 
processes at low temperatures is applied to mechanical, thermal and electrical 
behavior, including superconductivity and superfluidity. Results are applied 
toward prediction and correlation of properties at higher temperatures where 
the governing physical processes are more interrelated. Mr. Holt 

EM 641 Optical Mechanics 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 402 or MAE 516 

Concepts of crystal optics applied to continua deformed statically or dynami- 
cally by mechanical or thermal loading; optical interference and its use as a 
measuring technique of absolute and relative retardations in various types of 
interferometers; relative retardation measurements; deformation measurements 
with diffraction gratings; Moire (mechanical) interference measurements. 

Mr. Bingham 

EM 656 Nonlinear Vibrations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 555 

Free and forced vibrations of systems with nonlinear restoring forces and 
self-sustained oscillations. Approximation techniques applied to nonlinear dif- 
ferential equations. Comparison with exact solutions when possible. Emphasis 
placed on understanding properties unique to nonlinear systems. Mr. Clayton 

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics 3(2-3) S 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary re- 
search in the areas of mechanics. Messrs. Bingham, Douglas, Edwards 

EM 697 Seminars in Mechanics 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 

The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary research 
in the frontier areas of mechanics. Messrs. Gurley, Maday 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

The study, by small groups of graduate students under the direction of mem- 
bers of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced phases of 
mechanics. Graduate Staff 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Individual research in the field of mechanics. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121 

ENGLISH 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Profes.sor LoDWicK Hartley. Head 

Professors: HENDERSON G. Kincheloe, Benjamin G. Koonce, Jr., Frank 
H. Moore, Guy Owen, Jr., Richard Walser; Associate Professors: 
Larry S. Champion, Edmund P. Dandridge, Jr., Max Halperen, 
Albert S. Knowles. Jr., William B. Toole, III, Porter Williams, Jr. 

The Department of English offers instruction leading to the Master of 
Arts degree with specialization in English and American literature. The 
program is designed either to provide the student with a terminal course 
of study or to serve as the first year toward a doctorate. 

A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate credit is required, though 
the program may be expanded to meet individual student situations. 

Assistantships for promising students are available. These students will 
take ENG 504 in the fall semester and devote half-time during two semes- 
ters to the teaching of courses in freshman composition under supervision. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

Directed study of the development of rhetorical skills in composition in class- 
room situations. Mr. Walser 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

An intensive study of English grammar, with attention to new developments in 
structural linguistics and with emphasis on current usage. Mr. Dandridge 

ENG 526 History of the English Language 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

A survey of the growth and development of the language from its Indo-Euro- 
pean beginnings to the present. Mr. Koonce 

ENG 551 Chaucer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ENG 2G1 or equivalent 

The intensive reading and analysis of Chaucer's major works, with attention 
to linguistic problems. Mr. Koonce 

ENG 561 Milton 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

An intensive reading of Milton with attention to background materials in the 

history and culture of seventeenth-century England. Mr. Moore 

ENG 562 The Eighteenth Century 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

The major figures in English literature between 1660 and 1790 against the 

background of social, cultural and religious change. Mr. Hartley 



122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EN'G 575 Southern Writers 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: ENG 265-266 or equivalent 

A survey of the particular contribution of the South to American literature, 

with intensive study of selected major figures. Mr. Kincheloe 

ENG 578 English Drama 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261-262 or equivalent 

Intensive study of the English drama from the beginnings to 1800. 



Mr. Champion 



FOR (iRADUATES ONLY 



ENG 608 Bibliography and Methodology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A course intended to provide the student with the materials of literary re- 
search and scholarship, to introduce him to varying scholarly approaches to liter- 
ary problems, and to develop his ability to evaluate and use with discrimination 
the work of scholars in his field. Mr. Champion 

ENG 659 Studies in Shakespeare 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 485 or equivalent 

An intensive study — textual and critical — of a limited group of Shakespearean 
plays requiring independent research. Mr. Champion 

ENG 690 Literary Criticism 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of the critical process as it leads to the definition and analysis 
of literature, together with attention to the main literary traditions and con- 
vi-ntions. Messrs. Halpern, Williams 

ENG 692 Special Topics in American Literature Maximum 6 FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

An intensive study, involving independent research and centering on some 

limited topic from American literature. Graduate Staff 

ENG 693 Special Topics in English Literature Maximum 6 FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

An intensive study, involving independent research and centering on some 

limited topic from English literature. Graduate Staff 

ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis) Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate advisor 

Independent investigation of an advanced literary or linguistic problem leading 
to the writing of a master's thesis. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor ERNEST Hodgson, Actinci Head 

Professors: CHARLES H. Brett, Frank E. Guthrie, Walter J. Mistric, Jr., 
Robert L. Rabb, Clyde F. Smith, David A. Young, Jr.; Professor 
Emeritus: Theodore B. Mitchell; Adjunct Professors: Louis M. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123 

Russell, Reece I. Sailer, David S. Wray, Jr.; Associate Professors: 
Richard C. Axtell, William V. Campbell, Walter C. Dauterman, 
Maurice H. Farrier, Herbert H. Neunzig, Thomas J. Sheets, 
Charles G. Wright. Robert T. Yamamoto; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessors: Albert L. Chasson, Edgar W. Clark; Extension Associate 
Professor: Gerald T. Weekman; Assistant Professors: Julius R. 
Bradley, Jr., Wayne M. Brooks, George C. Rock 

ASSOCIATE MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT 
Professor: Alexander R. Main 

The Department of Entomology offers graduate training leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The major areas for 
specialization are physiology, toxicology, ecology, behavior, nutrition, tax- 
onomy, economic entomology, medical and veterinary entomology and 
pathology. 

The department is particularly well qualified to provide intensive train- 
ing in areas requiring support by allied disciplines. The department is a 
participant in the program of the Institute of Biological Sciences (see page 
18) and the departmental staff includes members of the faculty of physi- 
ology, biochemistry and cell biology. 

The extensive program of research, supported by federal granting 
agencies, industry and the University, provides opportunities for graduate 
training through actual participation in research. 

Opportunities exist for training in both applied and fundamental phases 
of entomology. The applied phases are strongly influenced by the state's 
agriculture, in which tobacco, cotton, peanuts, livestock and forestry are 
important components. A cooperative arrangement with the School of 
Forest Resources provides for majors in forest entomology. 

Training in fundamental phases centers around programs such as the 
synthesis of lipids, comparative biochemistry, enzymology, toxicology, sen- 
sory behavior and nutrition. The program in medical and veterinary 
entomology provides the opportunity for training in minor subjects at the 
School of Public Health at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

The research program is supported by a complex of modern departmental 
facilities, including seven recently completed biotron units, four laboratories 
for biochemical research, together with supporting greenhouses and rear- 
ing rooms. The extensive facilities of the Nuclear Reactor Project are also 
available for support of departmental projects. Other on-campus research 
facilities are available, as well as some others in the Research Triangle 
area. 

The student is given wide latitude in the selection of his major and 
minor subjects from the varied programs offered. Stress is placed on 
development of independent thought, broad training in fundamentals and 
mastery of investigative techniques. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 401 Literature of Biology 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Enrollment as upperclassman, undergraduate or graduate 
A general course intended to acquaint students with literature problems 



» 

I 



124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of the Bcientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliogrraphies, 
abstract journals, taxonomic indexes and preparation of scientific papers in 
agriculture, forestry, biolojry and their subdivisions. Mr. Farrier 



FOK GRADUATES AM) ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 502 Fundamentals of Entomology A 5(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in biology, ENT 301 or ENT 312, or equivalent 

An intensive treatment of the general external morphology of insects and a 
survey of the adults and immatures of the orders and principal families of 
insects with attention to their bioloRy. Messrs. Neunzig, Rabb, Young 

ENT 503 Fundamentals of Entomology B 5(3-6) S 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in biology, nine hours in chemistry, ENT 301 or 
equivalent 

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects including 
considerations of their histology and function. Sensory physiology and behavior 
will then lead into the basic elements of insect behavior. 

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Yamamoto, Young 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3(1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases, with 
emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to specific problems. 
(Offered fall of 1967-68 and alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3(1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, designed to 
acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the student some ability 
in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Offered fall of 1968-69 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Young 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or ENT 503 or equivalent 

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development, habits, 
distribution and abundance. (Offered fall of 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects with 
emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is gnven to the 
larval stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is also included. (Offered 
fall of 1968-69 and alternate years.) Mr. Neunzig 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or ENT 301 and .senior standing 

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic causes 
of insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic aspects of insect 
attack and the fundamental methods employed in insect control. The second part 
deals with the critical chemical, physical and biological properties of compounds 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125 

used for insect control. The material presented in the course is directed toward 
obtaining fundamental knowledge of the scientific principles underlying modern 
methods of protection of food, clothing, shelter and health from arthropods. 

Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 551 Fundamentals OF Insect Control Laboratory 2(0-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 550 

A laboratory course designed to supplement ENT 550. The student will be 
introduced to specific insect problems including recognition and evaluation of 
damage. Practical procedures for design of field plots and statistical procedures 
for sampling pest management practices will be included. Selected laboratory 
experiments and demonstrations will include determination of the LD-50, choline- 
sterase inhibition, residue analysis, mass rearing and evaluation of application 
equipment. Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 552 Applied Entomology 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 502, ENT 503, ENT 551 

A course dealing with the organization of the field of applied entomology, the 
significance of other disciplines, research and extension methods, the concept 
of integrated control and the solution of economic problems. (Offered spring of 
1967-68 and alternate years.) Mr. Mistric 

ENT 572 Forest Entomology 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the methods of identification of forest pests, the factors governing 
their abundance, habits and control. (Offered spring of 1967-68 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Farrier 

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312; ZO 581 or equivalent 

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod 
parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior 
of vectors in relation to disease transmission and control will be emphasized. 
(Offered spring of 1967-68 and alterate years.) Mr. Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a thesis 
problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 

ENT 592 Acarology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or ZO 201 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, 
biology and control of the more common and economic forms attacking material, 
plants and animals including man. (Offered spring of 1968-69 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Farrier 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 511 

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy, designed 
to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and provide a foun- 
dation for taxonomic research. (Offered spring of 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Young 



126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 551 or equivalent 

The biochemistry of insects will be considered with primary emphasis on 
intermediate metabolism. Aspects in which insects show specialization will be 
treated in greater detail. The comparative treatment used necessitates some con- 
sideration of other animal groups. (Offered fall of 1968-69 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hodgson 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 551, CH 551 or equivalent 

The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action of 
toxicants used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant and animal 
systems, the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and other selective 
mechanisms and the analysis of insecticide residues will be discussed. (Offered 
spring of 1967-68 and alternate years.) Messrs. Dauterman, Guthrie 

ENT 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 

Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by seminar chairman. 

Graduate Staff 

ENT 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 
Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology. 

Graduate Staff 



EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor DAVID D. Mason, Head 

Profeasors: ROBERT G. D. Steel, Graduate Administrator, ANTHONY F. 
Bartholomay, Columbus C. Cockerham, Arnold H. E. Grandage, 
Robert J. Hader, Don W. Hayne, Henry L. Lucas, Jr., Francis E. 
McVay, Robert J. Monroe, Charles H. Proctor, Don L. Ridgeway, 
Jackson A. Rigney, Ralph W. Stacy, Hubertus R. van der Vaart, 
Thomas D. Wallace. Oscar Wesler; Visiting Professor: Melvin W. 
Carter; Adjunct Professors: ALVA L. Finkner, Walter A. Hendricks, 
Daniel G. Horvitz; Professor Emeritus: Gertrude M. Cox; Associate 
Professors: BiBHUTi B. Bhattacharyya, Harvey J. Gold, Laurence 
J. Herbst, Laurence A. Nelson, Charles P. Quesenberry, John 0. 
Rawlings. Jerry A. Warren; Adjunct Associate Professors: David 
W. Gaylor, William A. Glenn; Assistant Professors: Monica L. 
Chang, Ardell C. Linnerud, John L. Wasik 

The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading to the 
Master of Science, Master of Experimental Statistics (nonthesis) and 
Doctor of I'hilosophy degrees. This department has a working arrangement 
with the Department of Biostatistics in the University of North Carolina's 
School of Public Health at Chapel Hill, whereby graduate students can 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127 

major in experimental statistics and minor in the Division of Health Affairs. 
The Department of Experimental Statistics maintains a close liaison with 
the Department of (Mathematical) Statistics at Chapel Hill in order to 
supplement the offerings in statistical theory. (See University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill courses listed below.) Introductory courses in 
the three departments are coordinated so that it is easy for a beginning 
statistics graduate student to transfer from one institution of the Consoli- 
dated University to another. The three deparments are affiliated with the 
Institute of Statistics (see page 19). Some doctoral theses in experimental 
statistics are directed by members of the graduate faculty of the two sta- 
tistics departments at Chapel Hill. 

Members of the department conduct research in biomathematics, nonlinear 
systems, time series and spectral analysis, operations research, probability 
and stochastic processes, nonparametric inference, the development of 
statistical theory and techniques of design and analysis for surveys and 
experiments, and the development of physical and biological stochastic 
models. At least one staff member consults with researchers in each of the 
following fields and conducts his own research on statistical problems which 
are encountered: the various agricultural sciences, quantitative genetics, 
wildlife science (game and fish), industrial development and engineering, 
physical sciences, and social sciences and economics. 

A graduate student who majors in experimental statistics may specialize 
in any one of these fields, with his minor in the associated departments, or 
with a strong mathematical background he may prefer to minor in mathe- 
matics or mathematical statistics. For the graduate student who wishes to 
minor in statistics, the department has developed a curriculum tailored to 
his needs. Many employers are offering added inducements for research 
personnel who have such a minor. The department cooperates with other 
graduate departments in order to provide the type of courses needed for 
their students and to provide a staff to participate in their graduate pro- 
grams. 

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and postdoctoral 
levels recently has been initiated in the Department of Experimental Sta- 
tistics. This program requires that the student become well grounded in 
four areas — mathematics, statistics, physical science and some phase of 
biology. Fellowships and assistantships are available for doctoral students 
and several fellowships for postdoctorals. Mathematical biology and related 
areas are now developing rapidly and there is much opportunity for 
properly trained people. 

The department is also cooperating with eight other departments at 
Raleigh and Chapel Hill in the development of a strong minor program in 
operations research at both the master's and doctoral levels. Details regard- 
ing the operations research graduate program are presented on page 208. 

In addition to its consulting services, the department provides computer 
programming and other assistance to the Agricultural Experiment Station 
staff in close cooperation with the campus Computing Center. This work 
is currently augmented by a computer facility grant from the National 
Institutes of Health. The department also provides a desk calculator com- 
puting service for sets of data not economical to program for the digital com- 
puter. It furnishes several federal agencies, other states and private con- 



128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

cerns with research and consulting services on a contract basis. This work 
supplies live problems on which graduate students may acquire experience 
and maturity. 

The Department of Experimental Statistics is located in a new building 
convenient to classroom and central library facilities. Ample space for 
graduate students is provided adjacent to faculty offices. A well-equipped 
desk computing laboratory is conveniently located in the graduate student 
area. 

The Computing Center is equipped with an IBM System 360-Model 40 
computer which serves in a dual capacity simultaneously as a stand-alone 
computer, and as a teleprocessing terminal unit to the Triangle Uni- 
versities Computation Center IBM System 360-Model 75 computer. While 
this is the only high-speed terminal currently planned for the campus, 
several medium- and low-speed terminals have been or will be installed. In- 
stallation of an IBM 1130 computer, which can be used as a telecommuni- 
cations terminal or as a stand-alone computer, has been installed in the sta- 
tistics building, where it is convenient for use in computer programming 
courses and student research. In addition, an Ambilog 200, a hybrid analog- 
digital computer, has recently been purchased for the biomathematics 
research and training program, and is also located in the statistics build- 
ing. 

The department has approximately 20 graduate fellowships and assistant- 
ships at stipends adjusted to the previous training and experience of the 
recipients. Included among these have been industrial fellowships, National 
Science Foundation traineeships. National Aeronautics and Space Agency 
fellowships. National Institutes of Health fellowships in biomathematics 
and National Defense Education Act fellowships in econometrics jointly 
with the Department of Economics. Students who have a major in an ap- 
plied field and who have a minimum of one year of calculus, or students 
who have a major in statistics or mathematics are encouraged to apply 
for these fellowships and assistantships. Students who have no advanced 
calculus or matrix algebra are advised to make arrangements to take these 
courses in the summer prior to entrance in the graduate program. If a 
graduate assistant has a satisfactory course record, he can complete the 
requirements for the master's degree in two years (in less time if he takes 
courses during the summer). A graduate assistant with a master's degree 
in statistics can complete the requirements for the doctorate in two years. 
Graduate fellows may be able to complete the requirements in somewhat less 
time. 

Most fields of research, development, production and distribution are 
seeking persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The demand is 
equally strong from universities, agricultural and engineering experimental 
stations, national defense agencies, other federal agencies and a wide variety 
of industrial concerns. There is a need for experimental statisticians with 
the master's degree as well as for those with the doctorate. 

North Carolina State University is represented on the Committee on Sta- 
tistics of the Southern Regional Education Board. This committee sponsors 
a continuing series of graduate summer sessions. In 1968, the host insti- 
tution is Texas A & M University, and the 1969 session is tentatively sched- 
uled for Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Each of the sponsoring institutions 
will accept the credits earned by students in the summer session as residence 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129 

credit. The courses are arranged to provide consecutive work in successive 
summers. Information regarding these courses may be obtained from the 
Department of Experimental Statistics or the Dean of the Graduate 
School. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending 
to take further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to probability, 
common theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating functions, sam- 
pling distributions (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation, hypothesis testing 
concepts, decision theory concepts and elements of general linear model theory. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical 
measures, estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary design 
and sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis of discrete data 
and other topics. Intended primarily for statistics majors and Ph.D. minors and 
not intended as a service course for other departments. Mr. Steel 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, statistical 
measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance and elementary 
experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. Graduate Staff 

ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, concepts of experimental design, factorial 
experiments, individual degrees of freedom, confounded factorial and split plot 
designs. Graduate Staff 

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample data, 
distributions, confidence limits, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance, regression, 
correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental designs. Mr. McVay 

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys; 
sampling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted, stratified, 
systematic and multistage selections; analysis of variance continued; multiple 
regression; covariance; experimental designs. Mr. Proctor 

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing 

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in 



130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, measure- 
ment of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of significance, analysis 
of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life-testing experiments and 
experimental designs. Mr. Hader 

ST 517 Applied Least Squares 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Use of least squares estimation in developing numerical descriptions with 
linear models. Regression, analysis of variance and covariance are considered in 
a unified manner that does not require an extensive statistical background. 
Emphasis is placed on the application of these techniques to experimental situ- 
ations and in broadening the range of problems to which they can be applied 
(particularly in terms of unequal numbers). A computer will be used for some 
as.^igned problems such as matrix inversion. (Minors only.) Mr. Warren 

ST 531 Design of Experiments 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Review of completely randomized, randomized complete block and Latin 
square de.«igns, and the basic concepts in the techniques of experimental design. 
Designs and analysis methods in factorial experiments, confounded factorials, 
response surface methodology, change-ovei- design, split-plot experiments and 
incomplete block designs. Examples will be used to illustrate application and 
analysis of these designs. Mr. Hader 

ST 541 (MA 541) Theory of Probability 1 3(3-0) F 

(See Mathematics, page 178.) 

ST 542 (MA 542) Theory ok Pkobabii ity II 3(3-0) S 

(See Mathematics, page 178.) 

ST 551 Basic Statistical Inference 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: MA 511 
Corequisite: MA 405 

Frequency distributions and moments; sampling distributions; introductory 
theory of point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses. Mr. Grandage 

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and Variance 

Components 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 551 

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and co- 
variance; experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance com- 
ponent models. Graduate Staff 

ST 561 (EC 561) Intekmediate Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

(See Economics, page 103.) 

ST 571 (BMA 571, BS 571, MA 571) Kiomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

(See Biomathematics, page 137.) 

ST 572 (BMA 572, BS 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

(See Biomathematics, page 138. » 

ST 591 Special Problems 1-3 FS 

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in connection 

with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131 

U.N.C. ST 111 Methods of Mathematical Statistics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Introductory treatment of special mathematical techniques of particular im- 
portance in probability and statistics, including topics from combinatorial mathe- 
matics, Fourier and Laplace transforms, contour integration, special inequalities 
and finite differences. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 131 Elementary Probability 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Fundamentals of probability theory and distribution theory essential for the 
study of mathematical statistics, including: axiomatic treatment of probability 
models, combinatorial probability, conditional probability and independence, 
random variables, distribution and density functions, moments and generating 
functions, combined random variables. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 132 Intermediate Probability 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134 

Laws of large numbers, characteristic functions and central limit theorems. 
Elements of stochastic processes and their applications, including random walks, 
Markov chains, recurrent events, Brownian motion and elementary queueing 
theory. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 134 Statistical Theory I 5(4-2) F 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

U.N.C. ST 131 plus regression and correlation theory, convergence and ap- 
proximation, common distributions, functions of random samples, multinormal 
theory and random normal sampling. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 135 Statistical Theory II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134 

Fundamentals of statistical inference and statistical decision theory, including: 
the decision and inference problem, sufficient statistics, point estimation (un- 
biasedness, Bayes and minimax methods, maximum likelihood and large sample 
theory), hypothesis testing, interval estimation, chisquare tests and introduction 
to nDnparametric, Bayesian and sequential methods. Linear estimation, analysis 
of variance and regression are largely excluded. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 150 Analysis of Variance with Application 

TO Experimental Designs 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear estimation. Nonestimability. The best linear estimate and its variance. 
The Gauss-Markov theorem. Sums of squares. Analysis of variance and the 
generalized t and F tests. Unified mathematical theory of the intrablock analysis 
of incomplete block designs. Applications to balanced, lattice, partially balanced 
and Latin square designs. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 170 Order Statistics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 or equivalent 

Distribution theory of order statistics. Moments, exact and approximate. Esti- 
mation of location and scale parameters, censored data. Life-testing and scale 
parameters, censored data. Life-testing and reliability. Shortcut procedures, 
quality control. Tests for outliers and slippage. Multiple decision procedures 
based on order statistics. Asymptotic and extreme-value theory. Graduate Staff 



132 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR (iKADLATES ONLY 

ST tUiG (MA GOG, OR GOG) Mathkmatical Programming II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505) 

This c >urst' is intended for those who desire to study linear and nonlinear 
profrramminj: from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special attention 
will be paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of current research 
problems in the field of mathematical programming, including linear program- 
ming and game theory, theory of graphs, discrete linear programming, linear 
proj; ramming under uncertainty and nonlinear programming. 

Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 611, 612 Intermediate Statistical Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 512, ST 551 

This course will provide the additional theory, above that of ST 551, needed 
for many advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of ST 551 will be developed 
more rigorously, with more attention paid to mathematical aspects. Advanced 
probability theory; limit theorems, distribution theory, multinomial distributions. 
Statistical decision theory, theory of estimation, confidence regions, theory of 
tests of hypotheses, sequential tests, nonparametric methods. Mr. Quesenberry 

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 552 

Statistical analysis of realizations of second-order stationary random processes, 
and mathematical specifications of the underlying processes, with emphasis 
throughout on the spectrum. Discussions of applications are given to illustrate the 
theory and methods. Topics include second-order stationary parent sequences, 
correlation analysis, autoregressive series, moving averages, hidden periodicities 
models, spectral analysis, estimation of the correlogram and the coefficients of 
autoregressive schemes, the periodogram, estimation of the spectral density; 
serial correlation theory, goodness-of-fit tests. Mr. Herbst 

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II 3(3-0) F 

PrerequisiU's: ST 542 (MA 542), ST 613 

Cross-covariance analysis of two time series, cross-spectral analysis of two 
time series, estimation of co-spectral density, quadrature-spectral density, co- 
herence and phase, interpretations and applications of coherence analysis, de- 
tection and estimation of periodicities in variances of time series, spectral repre- 
sentation theory for second-order stationary processes, further discussion of 
spectral estimation. Mr. Herbst 

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and 

Advanced Probability 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 541 or equivalent 

Modern measure and integration theory in abstract spaces, probability 
measures, random variables and expectations, conditional probability and con- 
ditional expectations, distribution functions, characteristic functions, modes of 
convergence, weak and strong laws of large numbers, central limit theorems and 
other limit laws, introduction to stochastic processes. Mr. Wesler 

ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) 

Characteristic functions, infinitely divisible and stable laws, factorizations of 
probability distributions, law of iterated logarithm, random walks, fluctuation 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133 

theory, martingales, ergodic theory, Markov processes, the Poisson process, fur- 
ther topics in stochastic processes, applications. Mr. Wesler 

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experimental 
designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of animal research, 
relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data required for specified 
accuracy, student reports on selected topics. (Offered fall of 1969-70 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Lucas 

ST 622 (ANS 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3(3-0) S 

(See Animal Science, page 63.) 

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing and executing field and 
greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border effects; 
selection of experimental material; estimation of size of experiments for specified 
accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; subsampling plots and yields for labora- 
tory analysis. Mr. Mason 

ST 626 (GN 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 512 
Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances, with 
special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection, inbreeding, 
masinitude and nature of genotypic and nongenotypic variability; experimental 
and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantitative inheritance. 

Mr. Cockerham 

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 422 or ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles for interpretation and design of sample surveys. Biases, variances 
and costs of estimators. Comparisons among simple random sample, ratio esti- 
mation, stratification, varying probabilities of selection, multistage, systematic 
and cluster sampling, double sampling. Response errors. Mr. Proctor 

ST 641 (SOC 641) Statistics in Sociology 3(3-0) S 

(See Sociology and Anthropology, page 240.) 

ST 651 (EC 651) Econometrics 3(3-0) F 

(See Economics, page 105.) 

ST 652 (EC 652) Topics in Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

(See Economics, page 105.) 

ST 671 Advanced Topics in Least Squares and 

Variance Components 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

L^se of nonbalanced designs to estimate variance components; comparison of 
estimators; problems with finite populations. Least squares procedures for non- 
standard conditions; unequal variances, correlated errors, nonadditivity, measure- 
ment errors, nonnormality. Functional relationships. Factorial experiments with 
continuous factor levels; incomplete blocks. Mr. Gaylor 



134 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST 672 Special Advanxed Topics in Statistical Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

P^nunu-rution data; cjvariance; nonlinear models; discriminant functions 
and other multivariate techniques. Mr. Monroe 

ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and Analysis 

OF Experimental Designs 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Interblock analysis of incomplete block designs, partially balanced desigrns, 
confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple factor designs, 
change-over trials, analysis of groups of means. Graduate Staff 

ST 682 Statistical Analysis for Linear Models 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Review of basic least squares, partitioning sums of squares, weighted least 
squares; regression coefficients as random variables; models with redundancies, 
use of generalized inverses; models with restrictions; applications to dispro- 
portionate data, incomplete blocks designs and covariance analysis; arithmetic 
items; application to nonlinear models. Mr. Lucas 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in lecture 
series as unique opportunities arise. Graduate Staff, Visiting Professors 

ST 694 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

ST 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

A maximum of nine semester hours is allowed toward the Master of Science de- 
gree; no limitation on semester hours in doctorate programs. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 200 Applied Multivariate Analysis I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequi.«ite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Relations between multiple regression, analysis of variance, multivariate 
analysis and factor analysis. Tests with discriminant functions. The generalized 
student ratio. Use of roots of determinantal equations. Classification problems. 
Distance and group constellations. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 202 Methods of Operations Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting lines 
and queues. Applied probability, recent developments, applications of results to 
specific problems. Case studies. (Offered fall of 19G8-69 and alternate years.) 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 212 Methods of Mathematical Statistics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Measure and integration theory, with special reference to random variables, 
distribution functions, probability measures, and including Fubini's Theorem, 
the Radon-Nikodym Theorem, conditional probability, conditional expectation and 
modes of convergence. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135 

U.N.C. ST 220 Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 4(4-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212 

Bayes procedures for estimation and testing. Minimax procedures. Sufficient 
statistics. Optimal unbiased estimators. Most powerful similar tests. Admissi- 
bility. Invariance. Confidence sets. Large sample theory. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 221 Sequential Analysis 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135 

Hypothesis testing and estimation when the sample size depends on the 
observations. Sequential probability ratio tests. Sequential design of experiments. 
Stochastic approximation. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 222 Nonparametric Inference 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212 

Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population distribution 
is unknown. Rank and sign tests. Tests based on permutations of observations. 
Power of nonparametric tests. Optimum nonparametric tests and estimators. 
Nonparametric confidence intervals and tolerance limits. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 231 Advanced Probability 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: random variables and expectations, 
distributions and characteristic functions, infinitely divisible distributions, cen- 
tral limit theorems, laws of large numbers and stable laws. (Offered fall of 
1968-69 and alternate years.) Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 232 General Theory of Statistical Decision 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, ST 212 

Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on the 
work of Abraham Wald. (Offered spring of 1968-69 and alternate years.) 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: separability of a process, processes 
with orthogonal random variables, Markov processes, martingales and processes 
with independent increments. (Offered spring of 1969-70 and alternate years.) 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 251 Combinatorial Problems of the Design 

OF Experiments 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Application of Galois fields and two-dimensional finite geometries to the con- 
struction of complete sets of orthogonal Latin squares. Finite hyperspace 
geometries and balanced incomplete block designs obtainable from them. Factorial 
designs. Theory of confounding. Construction and analysis of symmetrical 
factorial designs with confounding. Construction and analysis of symmetrical 
fractionally replicated designs. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 252 Information Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 132 
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 212 

Transmission of information. Entropy. Simple message ensembles. Discrete 
sources. Transmission channels. Channel encoding and decoding. Encoding for 
binary symmetric channels. Encoding for discrete constant channels. 

Graduate Staff 



130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

U.N.C. ST 253 Error Corrkcting Codes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 

Linear codes and their error correction capabilities. Some important linear 
codes. Linear switching circuits. Cyclic codes, Bose-Chaudhuri codes. Codes 
for burst error correction. Recurrent codes. Codes for checking arithmetic oper- 
ations. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 254 Special Topics in Design of Experiments I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Response surface designs. Conditions for rotatability. Construction and analysis 
of rotatable designs of the second and third order. Interblock analysis. General 
analysis of covariance. Missing plot techniques. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 255 Special Topics in the Design 

OF Experiments II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 

Combinatorial properties and construction of balanced, group divisible and 
partially balanced designs. Impossibility proofs. Ortho^ronal Latin squares of 
nonprime power orders. Orthogonal arrays. Asjrmmetrical fractionally replicated 
designs. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 260 Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, matrices 

Characterization and properties of a multivariate normal distribution, random 
samples from this distribution. Tests and confidence intervals related to the 
hypotheses of equality of two or more dispersion matrices against various types 
of alternatives. Multivariate analysis of variance, covariance and regression, 
under a linear model with fixed effects against various types of alternatives, and 
associated tests and confidence bounds. Association between subsets of a multi- 
variate normal set, including several kinds of independence. Factor analysis. 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 261 Advanced Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Distribution problems connected with the tests and confidence intervals dis- 
cussed in U.N.C. ST 260. The properties, in terms of statistical inference, of 
the tests and confidence intervals against different classes of alternatives. Ad- 
vanced multivariate analysis of variance under a linear model with random 
or mixed-type effects against various kinds of alternatives. Multivariate designs 
for problems of MANOVA and for patterned dispersion matrices. Problems of 
classification. Some applications. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 262 MiLTiFACTOR Multiresponse Experiments 

with Responses not Necessarily Normal 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Unstructured and structured factors. Unstructured and structured responses 
based on a single or a product multinomial or hypergeometric distribution. Hypo- 
theses against alternatives, analogous to those discussed in U.N.C. ST 260 for 
the multivariate normal case. Large sample tests and the associated confidence 
intervals. One or more structured responses based on a continuous c.d.f., and 
the appropriate hypotheses against alternatives in this situation. Exact and 
asympUjtic tests. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 137 

U.N.C. ST 263 Advanced Multifactor Multiresponse Experi- 
ments WITH Responses not Necessarily 
Normal 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 262 

Properties, in terms of statistical inference, of the tests and confidence inter- 
vals discussed in U.N.C. ST 262. Generalization of univariate or multivariate 
analysis of variance to the case of normal error and random effects not neces- 
sarily normal. Desig:n and analysis of factorial experiments with one or more 
normal response-types, treated as a problem in structured hypothesis. Relation 
to the classical design and analysis of factorial experiments and to those based 
on the response surface approach. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 300, 301 Seminar in Statistical Literature 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 310, 311 Seminar in Theoretical Statistics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 321, 322 Special Problems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 331, 332 Advanced Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Graduate Staff 



BIOMATHEMATICS 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BMA 501 Mathematical Biochemistry I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, CH 433, BCH 551 or consent of instructor 

Emphasis is placed on the kind of biochemically relevant information and 
insight that may be obtained through the use of physical theory and mathe- 
matics. Examination of basic principles and underlying assumptions of quantum 
chemistry, statistical mechanics and nonequilibrium thermodynamics as applied 
to biochemical systems. (Offered 1969-70 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. (Jold 

BMA 502 Mathematical Biochemistry II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BMA 501 

Continuation of BMA 501. Coupling of diffusion and chemical reactions. Mathe- 
matical description of enzyme control, coupled sequences of enzyme reactions, 
feedback loops and oscillatory reactions. Experimentally oriented topics include 
theory of chemical relaxation and tracer dynamics. (Offered 1969-70 and spring 
of alternate years.) Mr. Gold 

BMA 571 (BS 571, MA 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405 or equivalent 

Linear time-invariant operators and their Laplace transforms, with a discussion 
of homogeneous and nonhomogeneous linear differential equations and their 
analysis in time domain and frequency domain; applications to the study of 
input and output in biological systems; systems of linear and nonlinear differential 
equations and their perturbation equations, especially with reference to the study 
of population dynamics and growth processes, stability of biological systems and 
tracer kinetics. Mr. van der Vaart 



138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BMA 572 (BS 572. MA 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BMA 571. ST 541 (MA 541) or equivalent 

Continuation of topics in BMA 571. The general framework for mathematization 
of bioIoRncal problems; deterministic and stochastic models; birth and death 
processes with application to physiology and population dynamics; desirable 
features of mathematical models in biology. Mr. van der Vaart 

HMA 591 Special Topics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports as directed by need 
and interest of student; new 500-level courses during the developmental phase. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADl'ATES ONLY 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports at an advanced level 
as dictated by need and interest of student; new 600-level courses during the 
developmental phase. Graduate Staff 

BMA 694 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Faculty recommendation 

Presentation by faculty, students and visiting scientists of current and his- 
torical topics. Maximum credit: 1 in master's programs. 2 additional (3 total) 
in doctoral programs. Graduate Staff 

BMA 699 Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: As required 

Research associated with master's thesis or doctoral dissertation. Maximum 
credit: 6 for master's programs, 9 additional (15 total) for doctoral programs. 

Graduate Staff 



FOOD SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

I^rofts.sur William M. Rohkrts. Head 

Professors: Lkonard W. Aurand. Thomas A. Bell, Thomas N. Blumer, 
Eloise S. Gofer, John L. Etchells, Daniel Fromm, Maurice W. 
Hoover, Ivan D. Jones, Marvin L. Speck, Frederick G. Warren, 
James C. Williamson, Jr.; Associate Professors: Harris B. Craig, 
Victor A. Jones. Albert E. Purcell, Harold E. Swaisgood. Fred R. 
Tarvir. Jr., Neil B. Webb; Assistayit Professors: Robert J. Bingham, 
William Y. Cobb, Richard A. Cowman, Raghunath S. Dahiya, 
Henry P. Fleming, William W. Walter, Jr.; Imtmctor: Stanle:y 
E. Gilliland 

Graduate programs of study leading lu the Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees are offered for students interested in the field of food 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 139 

science. The professional degree, Master of Food Science, can be earned by 
students who do not plan further graduate study and who wish to deempha- 
size research in their graduate study. The programs are conducted by 
members of the Graduate Faculty in the Department of Food Science with 
corollary training in the biological and physical sciences. The student has the 
opportunity to develop concepts in the various areas of food science based on 
fundamental principles in the physical and biological sciences. Supporting 
course work and cooperative research are offered in areas such as chemistry, 
biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, physics, engineering, statistics and 
economics. 

Areas of study and research include food chemistry, food microbiology, 
food engineering, and food process and product development. These areas in- 
volve all foods, including dairy products, fruits, meats, poultry products, 
seafood, nut-meats and vegetables. Consolidation of the study and research 
on foods has been made possible through the formation of the Department 
of Food Science. 

In order to pursue graduate study in the field of food science, the student 
must possess adequate information in the fundamentals of the area in 
which he expects to specialize. The student's undergraduate education 
should have prepared him in mathematics, chemistry, biological and physi- 
cal sciences, as well as in the humanities and language skills. 

The department also participates in the Institute for Environmental 
Health Studies of the University of North Carolina. This is a broad inter- 
departmental program designed to give students training for careers in re- 
search, teaching and practice in environmental health. Students will gen- 
erally enroll in the department of their specialty and select courses in 
other departments to obtain a broad understanding of environmental 
problems and their solution. This program in food science is directed 
toward the disciplines of the biological and physical sciences, with special 
orientation to food science, technology, environmental sanitation and public 
health. 

The Department of Food Science is housed in the Food Science Building 
which was completed in early 1968. This building provides integrated facili- 
ties for the entire program of the department. Included are research labora- 
tories for chemistry, engineering and microbiology; teaching laboratories 
and lecture halls; and pilot equipment for the processing of various foods. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 400 Foods AND Nutrition 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability of his 
body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that promote optimal 
nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry to utilization of 
foods. 

FS 401 Market Milk and Related Products 3(2-3) F 

Principles of processing, distribution and quality of fluid milk and related 
products. 



14U THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FS 403 Ice Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: FS 401 

Choice, preparation and processing: of ingredients and freezing of ice cream 
and other frozen desserts. 

FS 404 (PO 404) POULTRY PRODUCTS 3(2-3) F 

(See Poultry Science, page 229.) 

P'S 410 Food Products Evaluation 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or equivalent 

A comprehensive study of problems encountered in new food product develop- 
ment with consumer acceptance. A study of the nature of sensory responses with 
emphasis on taste, smell and appearance (color) as related to foods; design and 
methodology of small and large consumer panel testing; and the application of 
appropriate mathematical procedures to food acceptance testing and methodology. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 502 Food Chemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

The basic composition, structure and properties of food, and the chemistry 
of changes occurring during processing and utilization of food. Interpretation 
and integration of widely published data in the food field with basic principles 
of chemistry. Mr. Bingham 

FS 503 Food Analysis 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 351, CH 215, FS 502 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantitative 
physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results of analysis 
will be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and governing regu- 
lations. Mr. Cobb 

FS 505 (MB 505) Food Microbiology 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402 

The relationship of habitat to the occurrence of microorganisms on foods; 
environmental factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in foods; 
microbiological action in relation to food spoilage and food manufacture; physical, 
chemical and biological destruction of microorganisms in foods; methods for 
microbiological examination of foodstuffs; and public health and sanitation 
bacteriology. Mr. Speck 

FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3(0-9) S 

Prerequisite: FS 505 or equivalent 

Ecology and physiology of microorganisms important in the manufacture and 
deterioration of various classes of foods; the identification of representative 
species of such microorganisms isolated from natural environments; principles 
of nutrition, .symbiosis and bacteriophage activity in culture maintenance for 
food production. Mr. Speck 

FS 521, 522 Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402 

Comprehcn.sive treatment of principles and methods of preservation of fruits 
and vegetables, including studies of commercial plant operations, and visits to food 
processing plants. Mr. Hoover 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141 

FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing, consent of instructor 

A review and discussion of scientific articles, progress reports in research 
and special problems of interest. Graduate Staff 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current interest 
in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. The prob- 
lems are designed to provide training and experience in research. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1(1-0) FS 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports of re- 
search and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science Credits Arranged 

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to provide 

experience in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research in Food Science Credits Arranged 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or Doctor 

of Philosophy degree. Graduate Staff 



SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Richard J. Preston, Dean 

Professors: RoY M. Carter, Charles B. Davey, John W. Duffield, Eric L. 
Ellwood, Thomas L Hines, Joe 0. Lammi, T. Ewald Maki, Alfred J. 
Stamm, Vivian T. Stannett, Bruce J. Zobel; Adjunct Professors: 
George H. Hepting, Benjamin A. Jayne, Louis J. Metz, Thomas H. 
Ripley, Stanley K. Suddarth; Associate Professors: Aldos C. Bare- 
foot, Jr., Wyn Brown, Arthur W. Cooper, Ellis B. Cowling, Maurice 
H. Farrier, William L. Hafley, James W. Hardin, Clarence A. Hart, 
Robert G. Hitchings, Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Gene Namkoong, 
Thomas 0. Perry, Richard J. Thomas, Leroy C. Saylor; Assistant 
Professors: Larry F. Grand, Gordon A. Hammon, Chester G. Landes; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Jerome W. Koenig, Elmer G. Kuhlman, 
Roy W. Stonecypher 

The School of Forest Resources, through its Departments of Forestry 
and Wood Science and Technology, offers graduate work leading to the 
master's and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Two types of master's pro- 
grams are available to the graduate student. 

The professional degrees of Master of Forestry and Master of Wood 
Technology are offered for students interested in advanced applications of 



142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

fundamental principles to the specialized fields of forestry. The course pro- 
gram emphasizes professional specialization. 

The degree of Master of Science is offered for the student who wishes 
to undertake the scholarly disciplines required in the mastery of literature 
and preparation of a thesis in a specialized field. The course of study for 
this degree provides for a comprehensive knowledge of forestry or 
wood science and technology and furnishes the training essential for 
successful research in these fields. Education is broadly based and empha- 
sizes fundamental science. There is both a thesis and language require- 
ment. 

Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry may secure the master's 
degree in two academic years or less provided they have met the forestry 
curriculum requirements in mathematics and the biological, physical and 
social sciences. Candidates for the degree of Master of Forestry or Master 
of Science in forestry who do not hold an undergraduate degree in forestry 
may be required to start their programs with the summer camp. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to students of high intel- 
lectual capacity who can demonstrate the ability to undertake original 
research and scholarly work at the highest levels. 

Joint faculty appointments with other departments provide exceptional 
opportunities for graduate study in biometry, botany, ecology, entomology, 
genetics, plant pathology, soil science, wildlife science, wood and polymer 
chemistry, and chemical engineering. Strong programs also exist in eco- 
nomics, hydrology and public administration. 

Students concerned with the problems of restoring and improving the 
quality of our environment may find appropriate graduate study based in 
the School of Forest Resources. Programs are available which provide for 
concentration in such areas as pollution control and abatement, water re- 
sources management and aesthetics. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT 
OF FORESTRY 

Graduate programs in the general area of resources and their manage- 
ment are usually organized with a major in forestry and a minor in disci- 
plines such as botany, economics, entomology, experimental statistics, horti- 
culture, plant pathology, public administration, soil science or zoology. 
Alternatively, the interdisciplinary nature of resource studies may be recog- 
nized by co-major structuring of graduate programs, with co-chairmen 
drawn from the Department of Forestry and the appropriate cooperating 
department. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT OF 
WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Faculty members lecture and conduct research in wood and paper 
physics, wood and paper chemistry, wood structure and biology, wood 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143 

engineering, wood processing, wood industry econometrics, operations re- 
search, pulp and paper processing, and paper coatings. 

A graduate student majoring in the department may choose to concentrate 
his major in either wood science, pulp and paper science or wood chemistry. 
He also elects a minor in complementary fields such as chemistry, textile 
(polymer) chemistry, biology, biochemistry, statistics, mathematics, engi- 
neering (several options), economics or operations research. A feature of the 
program is its flexibility and the opportunity to undertake interdisciplinary 
work. The department works with each student to formulate a program 
suited to his needs. Prior training at the undergraduate level in wood science 
and technology is not mandatory for several of the graduate programs, 
providing the student has a sound background in the natural sciences 
and mathematics. 



FACILITIES 

The School of Forest Resources is now housed in three modernly equip- 
ped buildings on the west side of the campus. A new building, to replace the 
facilities in Kilgore Hall and the Field House is to be ready for occupancy 
early in 1969. Among the unique facilities at present available in Kilgore 
Hall is a remote outlet to an IBM 360-75 computer of the Triangle Univer- 
sities Computer Center. Facilities for forest biological research include two 
greenhouses, a small experimental nursery and an off-campus laboratory 
equipped for the study of carbon and water metabolism of tree seedlings. 
The experimental and production forests of the school total more than 
80,000 acres. The Hofmann Forest on the coastal plain, the Goodwin Forest 
at the edge of the sandhills, and the Schenck, Hope Valley and Hill forests 
in the Piedmont provide a variety of forest types and problems in the 
management of timber, water, wildlife and recreational resources. The 
Hill and Schenck forests include natural areas, excluded from normal 
management operations, for the study of forest ecology. 

The Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory is one of the most 
completely equipped laboratories for education and research in wood science 
and technology. This structure houses machining, drying, gluing, finish- 
ing, preserving, testing equipment and specialized research laboratories in 
addition to a primary wood conversion plant. Optical and electron micro- 
scope facilities are available in addition to isotope radiation sources else- 
where on the campus. 

The Reuben B. Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory is unique in the 
South and provides equipment for wood prepartion, pulping, paper testing, 
coating and coloring, in addition to a pilot paper machine. Equipment avail- 
able for wood chemistry studies also includes spectrophotometers, an ultra- 
centrifuge and nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. 

The School of Forest Resources has exceptionally close working relations 
and cooperative programs of research and development with public agen- 
cies, both federal and state, and with the forest industries of the south- 
eastern states. The U. S. Forest Service has located four scientists in the 
school to work jointly with other faculty in teaching and research. 



144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 403 Paper Process Analysis 3(0-6) F 

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to stock 
preparation, sizinfr, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested physi- 
cally and chemically and evaluated from the standpoint of quality and in com- 
parison with the commercial products they are intended to duplicate. 

FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and Planning 6(2-12) S 

PrerequisiU-: FOR 531 

Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization practices on 
assigned areas. Resource inventory and compilation of resulting data. Each stu- 
dent must make a forest survey of an individual area and submit records and a 
plan for management. 

FOR 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PY 202 or PY 212, CHE 302, FOR 322 

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment in the 
pulp and paper industry. 

FOR 413 Paper Properties and Additives 4(1-9) F 

Physical, chemical and microscopic examination of experimental and com- 
mercial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility of the product 
tested. 

FOR 422 Forest Products 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 220, FOR 202 

The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest products 
other than lumber. 

FOR 423 Logging and Milling 3(2-3) F 

Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs; safety and 
supervision; manufacturing methods; log and lumber grades. 

FOR 432 Merchandising Forest Products 2(2-0) F 

Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the products 
obtained from wood; organization and operation of retail, concentration and 
wholesale outlets. 

FOR 434 Wood Operations I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

Organization of manufacturing plants producing wood products including 
company organization, plant layout, production planning and control. Analysis 
of typical manufacturing operations in terms of process equipment, size and 
product specification. The organization and operation of wood products markets. 

FOR 435 Wood Operations II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management de- 
cision-making in the wood products field. Choice of products to manufacture. 
Allocation of production resources. Development of product distribution systems. 

FOR 441 Design of Wood Structures 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145 

strength tests; toughness; timber fastenings; design of columns; simple, lami- 
nated and box beams; trusses and arches. 

FOR 444 Introduction to Quality Control 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

A study of methods used to control quality of manufactured wood products. Con- 
trol charts for variables and attributes. Acceptance sampling techniques. 

FOR 451 Forest Recreation Policy and Management 2(2-0) F 

Analysis of outdoor recreation policies in the United States and their signifi- 
cance to forest land management; evaluation of the recreation potential of forests 
and other wild lands; examination of the relationships between federal, state and 
local government and private enterprise in providing outdoor recreation oppor- 
tunities. 

FOR 452 Silvics 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100 or BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or PY 212, MA through cal- 
culus 

Physiological ecology of the plants composing forest communities, including 
consideration of genotypic and phenotypic variation. Plant responses to environ- 
mental factors, including plant interactions, as a basis for techniques for manipu- 
lating forest communities and their productivity, protective and aesthetic values, 
or suitability as wildlife habitats. 

FOR 461 Paper Converting 1(1-0) S 

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board are 
fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use. 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2(1-3) S 

Production collection, extraction and storage of forest tree seeds; nursery 
practice; field methods of planting. 

FOR 463 Plant Inspections 1(0-3) S 

One-week inspection trips covering representative manufactures of pulp paper 
and papermaking equipment. 

FOR 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4(1-9) F 

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The influence of 
the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality are studied experi- 
mentally and these data evaluated critically. 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: BO 200, BS 100, junior or senior standing 

The concepts and problems of coordinated use and management of the re- 
newable resources: namely soil, water, vegetation and fauna. Man as a biological 
factor interacting with other components of terrestrial ecological systems, par- 
ticularly forests and related communities. The interrelationships of forests, 
water, range-land, wildlife and outdoor recreation are studied and their aesthetic 
and economic values considered. Resource inventory and management techniques 
are examined and resource and economics policies are discussed. 

FOR 481 Pulping Processes and Products 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220, FOR 202 

Wood pulp manufacturing processes and equipment; wall insulation and con- 
tainer board products; manufacture of roofing felts; pulp products manufactur- 
ing; resin and specialty products, lignin and wood sugar products. 



146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR 482 Pulp and Paper Mill Management 2(2-0) S 

A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by a study 
of the work of the several departments of a paper mill organization and the 
functions of the executives who administer them. 

FOR 491, 492 Senior Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: For FOR 492. FOR 491 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or tech- 
nology. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 511 Silvkulture 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: FOR 452 or BO 442 

The principles and techniques applied in regulating the regeneration, species 
composition, growth and quality of woody vegetation; the use of planting, 
seeding, cutting, fire and herbicides in regulation of vegetation. The application 
of silvicultural techniques in selected regions of the United States. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 201, FOR 372 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of and demands for forest 
products; land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics of 
the forest industries. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 513 Tropical Woods 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 203, FOR 301 

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical woods, 
especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3(2-3) FS 
Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 426, FOR 202, PY 212 

Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and wood components; pulping 

principles; electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Stamm 

FOR 531 Forest Management 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: FOR 372 
Corequisite: FOR 511 

Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest taken as 
the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest. Graduate Staff 

FOR 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: FOR 202 

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the United 
States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features and laboratory 
techniques. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 3(2-1) S 

Prerequisite: FOR 472 or FOR 531 or consent of instructor 

The stereoscopic use of aerial photographs for land use and vegetation interpre- 
tation will be emphasized. Some developments in remote sensing of environment 
will be reviewed, including infrared light, thermal infrared, microwave and radar 
imagery. Laboratory exercises include identification of plant cover and culture, 
measurement of elevations and heights of objects, determination of tree cover 
densities and volumes, road location and rudimentary mapping. Mr. Lammi 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, ST 311 

Study of cyclical variation in growth of individual trees and stands; analysis of 
stand structures in even-aged versus all-age stands; general concepts of growing 
stock levels on yields; evaluation of growth prediction methods. Mr. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: FOR 472 or ZO 221 or consent of instructor 

Analysis of the attitudes of selected private groups and public agencies toward 
multiple resource development. Special attention is directed to the trends in de- 
velopment of forest resource policies, timber management objectives, private in- 
dustry activity in forestry development, recreation and multiple use, education, 
research, watersheds, governmental activity, interaction in international forestry 
affairs and the role of professional foresters and related specialists in multiple 
use resource management. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the fields of silviculture, logging, lumber 
manufacturing, wood science, pulp and paper science, wood chemistry or forest 
management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consideration of 
selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot technique. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR 603 Technology of Wood Adhesives 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisites: CH 425, CH 426, FOR 433 

The fundamentals of adhesives as applied to wood-to-wood and wood-to-metal 
bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic adhesives. 
Testing of adhesives and evaluation of quality of adhesives and bonded joints. 

Mr. Hart 

FOR 604 Timber Physics 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: FOR 441 

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical 
properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal, sound, light 
and electrical properties of wood. Messrs. Ellwood, Hart 

FOR 605 Design and Control of Wood Processes 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: FOR 604 

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood. Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 606 Wood Process Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: FOR 512, FOR 604 

Analysis of wood process through the solution of comprehensive problems 
involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations. Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 607 Advanced Quality Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 606, ST 515 

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing. Mr. Hart 



148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR 611 (GN 611) Forest Genetics 3(3.0) p or S 

Prerequisites: GN 411, consent of instructor 

Application of trenetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp utili- 
zation. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for selection 
and desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breeding. 

Messrs. Saylor, Zobel 
FOR 612 (GN 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite.s: GN 611, GN 626 or GN 603 or consent of instructor 

Advanced topics in statistics and population genetics pertinent to current 
research problems in genetics with special applications to forestry. Basic statistical 
and genetic theory is to be reviewed as bases for intensive study of selection 
theory and experimental and mating design evaluation. The genetics of natural 
populations are also to be studied for evolutionary interest as well as for their 
implications to breeding theory. The format shall be part lecture and part student 
and faculty discussion of current research. Mr. Nankoong 

FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture 3(2 d p 

Prerequisite: FOR 511 or consent of instructor 

Critical examination of selected topics, with special emphasis on concepts and 
phenomena which distinguish forests from other biotic communities and silvi- 
culture from other fields of applied biology. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar 1(1-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in forestry or closely allied fields 

Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special problems 
and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields. Graduate Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing ^.reaits Arranged 

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 693 Advanced Wood Technology Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing '-reaics Arranged 

Selected problems in the field of wood technology. Graduate Staff 

FOR 699 Problems in Research PrpHits Ar,.or,„ a 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing ^""^^'^ Arranged 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff 

GENETICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Thurston J. Mann, Head 

Professors: Carky H. Bostian, Daniel S. Grosch, Warren D. Hanson. 
Dale P. Matzinger, Robert H. Moll, Harold F. Robinson, Benjamin 
vy. J5MITH Stanley G. Stephens; Associate Professors: Lawrence 
un^^^^i <^"ARLEs S. Levings. Ill, Lawrence E. Mettler, Gene Nam- 
KOONG, leroy C. Saylor. Anastasios C. Triantaphyllou; Assistant 
Professors: Wesley E. Kloos, Henry E. Schaffer, Robert H. 
bCHAiBLE. Wilfred M. Schutz, Charles VV. Stuber 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Jay L. Apple, Ernest 0. Beal, Charles A. Brim, Fred D. 
Cochran. Columbus C. Cockerham, John W. Duffield, Donald A. 
Emery, Dan U. Gerstel, Edward W. Glazener, Walton C. Gregory, 
Paul H. Harvey, Frank L. Haynes, Jr., Teddy T. Herbert, Guy L. 
Jones, Kenneth R. Keller, James E. Legates, Phillip A. Miller, 
Lyle L. Phillips, Daniel T. Pope, Nathaniel T. Powell, Hamilton 
A. Stewart, Donald L. Thompson, David H. Timothy, Nash N. Win- 
stead, Bruce J. Zobel; Associate Professors: Frank B. Armstrong, 
William L. Blow, Will A. Cope, Emmett U. Dillard, Eugene J. 
EiSEN, Gene J. Galletta, George R. Gwynn, James W. Hardin, 
Joshua A. Lee, Charles F. Murphy, Thomas 0. Perry, John 0. 
Rawlings, Odis W. Robinson; Assistant Professors: Burton J. Lang, 
Earl A. Wernsman 

Graduate study under the direction of the genetics faculty may enable 
the student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. A candidate for the master's degree must acquire a thorough 
understanding of genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines 
and must present a thesis based upon his own research. In addition to a 
comprehensive knowledge of his field, a candidate for the doctorate must 
demonstrate his capacity for independent investigation and scholarship in 
genetics. 

At North Carolina State University there are no sharp divisions along 
departmental lines between theoretical and applied aspects of genetics 
research. The members and associate members of the genetics faculty are 
located in different departments of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences, the School of Forest Resources and the School of Physical Sciences 
and Applied Mathematics. They are studying an extremely wide range of 
genetic problems and are utilizing not only the "classic" laboratory material 
(Drosophila, Habrobracon, maize and mice) but also farm animals and 
agricultural and horticultural plants of the region. A student has, therefore, 
a wide choice of research problems in any of the following fields: cytology 
and cytogenetics, microbial and biochemical genetics, physiological and de- 
velopmental genetics, evolution and speciation, quantitative and population 
genetics, and the application of genetics to breeding methodology. 

The offices and laboratories of the department are located in Gardner 
Hall with greenhouse facilities adjacent to the building. A genetics garden 
for use in intensive research with plants and teaching functions is located 
three miles from the departmental offices. The departmental staff and the 
associate faculty members in animal science, biochemistry, botany, crop 
science, horticultural science, microbiology, poultry science, plant pathology, 
experimental statistics and forest management are most fortunate in being 
able to draw upon the extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ON 411 The P*rinciples of Genetics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; genes 



150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

as functional and structural units of heredity and development; qualitative and 
quantitative aspects of genetic variation. 

ON 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1(0-2) FS 

Prerequisite or corequisite: GN 411 

Experiments and demonstrations to provide an opportunity to gain practical 
experience in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic materials including 
two generations of Drosophila. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 503 (ANS 503) Genetic Improvement of Livestock 

AND Poultry 3(2-3) F 

(See Animal Science, page 63.) 

GN 504 Human Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 301 or GN 411, or equivalent 

The basic principles needed for an understanding of the genetics of man will 
be presented. Current knowledge and important areas of research in human 
genetics will be surveyed. This course will not be accepted in the core require- 
ments for an advanced degree in genetics but is intended to serve the needs of 
advanced undergraduates and graduates other than majors in genetics. 

Messrs. Bostian, Schaffer 

GN 505 Genetics I 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent 

Part I of a course sequence designed to serve as a foundation for graduate 
programs in genetics. As such, a balanced and comprehensive survey of each 
of the major fields of genetics must be presented in integrated form. Concepts 
based upon family analysis and a study of individual organisms will be pre- 
sented here. Coverage will include general plant and animal genetics, biochemical 
and microbial genetics, and physiological and developmental genetics. 

Mr. Grosch, Graduate Staff 

GN 506 Genetics II 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisite: GN 505 or consent of instructor 

This course represents the second portion of a two-semester sequence in general 
genetics, which is presented at the intermediate level and directed primarily to 
beginning graduate students. Emphasis is placed on the basic principles and 
modern concepts of cytogenetics, population genetics and quantitative genetics. 
These subjects are integrated with those of the first semester course as much as 
possible, with the primary synthesis being directed toward the dynamic apects 
of evolutionary theory, including both intra- and inter-populational phenomena. 

Mr. Mettler, Graduate Staff 

GN 513 Cytogenetics 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Classical and contemporary problems of chromosome structure, behavior and 
transmission. Euchromatin and heterochromatin. Recombination. Structural and 
numerical aberrations of chromo.somes and the effects upon breeding systems of 
plants and animals. Interspecific hybridization. Polyploidy. 

Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151 

GN 520 (PO 520) Poultry Breeding 3(2-2) F 

(See Poultry Science, page 229.) 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects OF Radiations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or GN 301 or consent of instructor 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological 
aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology and morphogenesis. 

Mr. Grosch 

GN 540 (ZO 540) Evolution 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: GN 411 or consent of instructor 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and 

consequences of organic diversity. Mr. Smith 

GN 541 (CS 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

(See Crop Science, page 95.) 

GN 542 (CS 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 
(See Crop Science, page 95.) 

GN 545 (CS 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2(2-0) S 
(See Crop Science, page 95.) 

GN 550 (ZO 550) Experimental Evolution 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Experimental evolution deals primarily with micro-evolutionary processes 
examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review of the results 
from experimental population studies and analyses of natural populations con- 
cerning variation patterns and adaptation, natural selection, polymorphism, intro- 
gression, population breeding structure, isolating mechanism, etc., is made and 
interpreted in relation to Neo-Darwinian concepts of the origin of species. 

Mr. Mettler 

GN 561 (BCH 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: GN 505 or consent of instructor 

The course will include the development of the fields of biochemical and microbial 
genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and concepts utilized in current 
research. Mr. Armstrong 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN 603 (ANS 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3(3-0) F 
(See Animal Science, page 63.) 

GN 611 (FOR 611) Forest Genetics 3(3-0) S 

(See Forest Resources, page 148.) 

GN 612 (FOR 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3(3-0) F 
(See Forest Resources, page 148.) 

GN 613 (CS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

(See Crop Science, page 96.) 



152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GN 626 (ST 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3(3-0) S 

(See Statistics, paRe 133.) 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 506, ST 511, or consent of instructor 

History of mathematical biology, role of mathematical concepts in the develop- 
ment of genetic science, theory of genetic recombination, dynamics of genetic 
population. (Offered in 1967-68 and alternate years.) Mr. Hanson 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 505 or equivalent 

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to litera- 
ttire on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of heredity and 
environment in the expression of the characteristics of higher organisms. 

Mr. Grosch 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by the instructor. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 

Original research related to the student's thesis problem. A maximum of six 
hours for the master's degree, by arrangement for the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff 



GEOSCIENCES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor CARLTON J. Leith, Acting Head 

Professors: HENRY S. BROWN, John M. Parker, III; Associate Professor: 
Charles W. Welby 

Graduate programs in geology are available leading to the Master of 
Science degree. Candidates for admission should hold a bachelor's degree 
in geology or a satisfactory equivalent, preferably with a strong background 
in physics, chemistry and mathematics. The graduate program consists of a 
minimum of 30 semester hours credit, of which six may be granted for re- 
search, a research thesis and reading competence in an appropriate foreign 
language. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153 

Financial aid is available through laboi-atory teaching assistantships, 
assistantships on current research projects conducted by the staff and part- 
time employment by a unit of the General Hydrology division of the U. S. 
Geological Survey. Industrial concerns provide part-time geologic employ- 
ment from time to time. Small grants from the state commonly help with 
thesis expenses. 

The graduate programs in geology are directed to the advanced training 
of qualified students interested in the scientific aspects and economic appli- 
cations of the geosciences. Occupational opportunities include the location 
and evaluation of mineral deposits, the provision of satisfactory water sup- 
plies, the disposal of fluid and solid wastes, and the assessment of geologic 
conditions affecting conservation and civil engineering projects. Many 
professional problems in geology today require more specialized and quan- 
titative methods than can be included in an undergraduate curriculum. Stu- 
dents with advanced training find ready employment with petroleum, mining 
and construction companies, various state and federal government agencies, 
and educational and research institutions. 

A great variety of interesting research problems having both field and 
laboratory aspects is to be found within a radius of some 50 miles of Raleigh. 
Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrology, hydrogeology, 
economic geology, mineral beneficiation and engineering geology. Related 
minors may include study in water resources, oceanology, soil science, sta- 
tistics, civil engineering or other appropriate fields. Excellent collections of 
geological literature are available in the Research Triangle area. Consul- 
tation with geologists of the federal and state agencies in Raleigh, as well 
as with the staffs of the neighboring universities, is encouraged. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 440, GY 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics and geochemistry to the 
discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral exploration and 
development progams based on knowledge of the unique thermodynamic, geo- 
chemical and tectonic features that control mineral formation and concentrations 
in well-known mining districts, especially those yielding ferrous, base and precious 
metals. Review of economic and technological factors governing the value of 
mineral deposits. 

GY 440 Endogenic Materials and Processes 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high temperatures and 
pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma, or by solid-state 
recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of thermodynamics and 
of phase-rule chemistry, and the results of modern high pressure-temperature 
laboratory research on the stability fields of crystalline phases, to an understand- 
ing of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Identification, classification, occurrence, 
origin and economic value of the principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

GY 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 



154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin and economic value 
of minerals, rocks and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemical and biological 
processes at low temperatures and pressures at and near the earth's surface. 
Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposition, settling velocities and size 
sorting, chemical and biochemical precipitation from aqueous solutions, principles 
of division of stratified terraines into natural units, correlation of strata, identi- 
fication of depositional environments and facies analysis. 

GY 461 Engineering Geology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 120 or GY 220 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis of 
geological factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. 

GY 462 Geological Surveying 3(1-5) S 

Prerequisite: GY 120 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments in 
surface and underground work; representation of geologic features by maps, 
sections and diagrams. Laboratory hours include field work. 

GY 465 Geological Field Procedure 6 Sum. 

Prerequisite: GY 351 or special consent 

A six-week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instruments 
commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral deposits, solving 
engineering problems involving earth materials and drawing scientific conclusions. 
Observation of geologic phenomena in their natural setting. Large- and inter- 
mediate-scale geologic mapping of surface features and large-scale mapping 
underground in mine workings. 

GY 472 Elements of Mining Engineering 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, junior standing in geology 

Introduction to mining; surface and underground methods of development and 
production; explosives, drilling and blasting; ore loading, transport and hoisting; 
drainage and ventilation; mine surveying and sampling; fire assaying; mining 
law, organization, administration and safety. Laboratory hours include field 
inspections. 

GY 486 Weather AND Climate 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 211-212 or PY 221 

A discussion of basic principles of meteorology and climatology. Topics dis- 
cussed include the atmosphere, radiation, moisture, pressure and wind, atmospheric 
equilibrium, air mas.ses and fronts. Macro- and micro-climate and the climate of 
North Carolina are also covered. 

GY 487 (CE 487, DC 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 212 

An introduction, on an advanced level, to the principles of physical ocean- 
ography. Subjects to be covered are: history of physical oceanography; the 
geological and astronomical background for the field; tides and waves; fluid 
mechanics; characteristics of sea water; advective and convective processes; 
current measurements; laboratory models; and specific problems in physical 
oceanography. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155 

GY 491, 492 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics 1-3 FS 

Reports and discussion of geological topics of current interest, with attention 
to methodology', bibliography and research techniques. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: GY 452 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. 

Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly in the 

United States. Mr. Leith 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy 3(0-6) S 

Prerequisite: GY 331 

The theory and technique of microscopic investigation of opaque ore minerals, 
ores and mill products produced by beneficiation of ores. Studies of compositions 
and textures of materials in polished surfaces are based on observations of optical 
and physical properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Mr. Brown 

GY 542 Microscopic Petrography 3(1-4) S 
Prerequisites: GY 331, GY 440 

Systematic study by microscopic techniques of the constitution and origin of 

consolidated rocks. Mr. Parker 

GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 351, PY 208 or PY 212 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and 
instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical and other 
methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous potential, 
resisitivity, radioactivity, temperature and other geophysical logging methods. 
Study of applications and interpretations of results. Mr. Leith 

GY 563 Applied Sedimentology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Advanced treatment of the geological aspects of erosion and sediment trans- 
port and deposition, especially as related to engineering works, and to land 
and water utilization. Analysis of physical, mineralogical and some chemical 
properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks; interpretation of these properties 
in terms of depositional basins and environments. Mr. Leith 

GY 565 Hydrogeology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationship of sur- 
face water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting infiltration, movement, 
lateral and vertical distribution and quality of ground water. Determination of 
permeability, capacity, specific yield and other hydraulic characteristics of 
aquifers. Legal aspects of water supplies. Mr. Welby 

GY 567 Geochemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 231 or CH 433 

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere 
and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium and re- 



156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

sultant chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical applications of 
Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. Mr. Brown 

GY 571, 572 Mi.ning and Mineral Dressing 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: GY 472 

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting:, sampling, develop- 
ment, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; administration, sur- 
veying, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing. Graduate Staff 

GY 581 Geomorphology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes and stages 
of development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, map interpre- 
tations and field trips. Mr. Welby 

GY 584 (OC 584) Marine Geology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 or GY 120 plus appropriate background 

Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their diverse features 
and their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical properties of the 
oceans, sedimentation in the marine environment, and near-shore features. The 
economic potential of mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. Mr. Welby 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

Special study of some advanced phases of geology. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GY 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: GY 440, GY 452 

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. 

Mr. Brown 

GY 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to geologists 
and geological and mining engineers discussed. Graduate Staff 

GY 699 Geological Research Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Lectures, reading assignments and reports; special work in geology to meet 

the needs and interests of the students. Thesis problem. Graduate Staff 

GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor WILLIAM E. Hopke, Head 

Professors: Roy N. Andkrson, Charles G. Morehead 

The department offers work leading: to the Master of Science, Master of 
Education and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in the field of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157 

guidance and personnel services (or counselor education). Each of these 
degrees is designed to prepare individuals for guidance and personnel 
positions at various levels in elementary and secondary schools, junior 
and community colleges, trade and technical schools and institutes, insti- 
tutions of higher education, agencies (such as employment and rehabili- 
tation offices), as well as guidance and personnel work in business, industry 
and government. The student may specialize in one of several areas depend- 
ing upon his career goals. 

It is desirable for an applicant to have had undergraduate or graduate 
course work in economics, education, psychology, sociology or social work. 
Students accepted into the department are those who anticipate devoting 
full or part-time to guidance and personnel work. Teachers, administrators 
and others who wish to increase their knowledge of guidance and personnel 
work may enroll for courses as a graduate minor or for certification re- 
newal. Previous academic achievement, personal characteristics, emotional 
maturity and educational philosophy, as well as vocational goals are con- 
sidered in admitting a candidate to the department. 

The master's and doctoral programs include a core of guidance and 
personnel courses to be selected according to the student's vocational goals. 
Students may select their minor from the following areas: anthropology, 
economics, education, psychology and sociology. A master's student may 
select a program which meets the requirements for the Counselor's Certifi- 
cate issued by the North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction 
as well as counselor certification in many other states. 

The department also provides service courses in guidance and personnel 
for undergraduate students in the School of Education. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available annually 
in the School of Education and through the Division of Student Affairs. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 520 Personnel AND Guidance Services 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and practices of person- 
nel and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services with the purposes 
and objectives of the school and the curriculum. Graduate Staff 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers and 
personnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how to collect, 
classify, evaluate and use occupational and educational information. This will 
include a study of the world of work, sources of occupational information, 
establishing an educational-occupational information library, using educational, 
occupational and social information, and sociological and psychological factors 
influencing career planning. Graduate Staffs 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators and others 
who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance activities, to 



158 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

understand the theory and principles of effective group work, to develop skill in 
using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and organize group activities in 
the secondary school and other institutions. Graduate Staff 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of 

Guidance Services 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed for school guidance counselors, prospective counselors, 
personnel and guidance directors, and school administrators. The philosophy and 
scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and responsibilities of 
personnel involved; basic principles and current practices in planning, developing, 
operating, and supervising guidance and personnel services will be studied. 
Administrative relationships, utilization of school staff, interrelationships of 
guidance services with instruction and evaluation of guidance services will be 
considered. Graduate Staff 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 520. PSY 535, or equivalent 

Use of group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement in educational and 
career planning and in placement. Theories of intelligence and interest will be 
followed by laboratory in evaluating, administering and interpeting widely used 
group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement. Emphasis is on the use of 
group tests in group guidance. Graduate Staff 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent 

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major problems 
in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet the interests 
of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby special projects, 
reports and research will be developed by individuals and by groups. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 631 Educational and Vocational Guidance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psychology 
or sociology 

The development of a philosophy and point of view of vocational guidance from 
an interdisciplinary approach — economics, education, psychology and sociology. 
The course aims to provide basic understandings for counselors in educational 
settings, employment offices, personnel workers, rehabilitation settings and social 
workers, who are aiding individuals with vocational decision-making and 
vocational adjustment problems. The course will cover the basic functions per- 
formed in vocational and educational guidance. Graduate Staff 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psychologfy 
or sociology 

This course is designed to aid the personnel worker in the secondary school, 
college, employment office or social agency to develop an understanding and to 
develop skill in counseling techniques; philosophies, theories, principles and 
practices of counseling will be considered. Students will become acquainted with 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159 

counseling techniques through lectures, demonstrations, case histories and tape 
recordings. Attention will be given to both diagnosis and treatment. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ED 520, ED 540, PSY 535, or equivalent 

Use of individual tests in the individual counseling of normal students. 
Theories of aptitudes and personality will be followed by laboratory in evaluat- 
ing, administering and interpreting individual tests of intelligence, special 
aptitudes and personality. Graduate Staff 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual counseling ex- 
perience under supervision in a school, college, social service agency, employment 
office and business or industrial establishment. The student may observe and 
participate in some personnel and guidance services and may study the organi- 
zation and administration of the program. Graduate Staff 



HISTORY 



GRADUATE FACULTY 



Professor Ralph W. Greenlaw, Head 

Professors: Burton F. Beers, Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Doris E. King, Stuart 
NOBLIN; Associate Professor: Murray S. Downs; Assistant Profes- 
sors: John M. Riddle, Mary E. Wheeler 

The history department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts 
degree in history. Although there are no specific requirements for admis- 
sion to the program beyond the bachelor's degree, preference will be given 
to candidates who offer at least 18 hours in history and a total of 30 hours 
in the social sciences. 

Normally a degree candidate will concentrate his work in either European 
or American history with the required total of 30 hours being made up of 
nine to 12 hours of course work at the 500 level or above; six hours of 
research seminar (600 level i ; up to six hours of research and preparation of 
thesis (600 level j ; and six to nine hours of course work in a field related 
to the candidate's area of concentration (500 or 600 level). Under special 
circumstances a candidate may be permitted to include a 400-level course 
in his program if it has particular relevance to his program objectives. 

Candidates concentrating in American history have the advantage of the 
excellent source materials available nearby at the State Department of His- 
tory and Archives. It should be noted that a candidate's degree program can 
include a two-semester sequence in the history and administration of 
archives, a field in which there is considerable demand for well-trained 
people at this time. For master's candidates interested in teaching in the 
public schools, the education and other courses required for the state cer- 
tificate are available but inclusion of these will in most cases extend the 
time needed for the degree to three or four semesters. 

It is expected that fellowships may be available by the fall of 1968 and 



160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

inquiry concerninjr these should be addressed to the history department office. 
109 Harrelson Hall. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERfJRADUATES 

HI 401 History of Russia to 1881 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

This course surveys the history of Russia from its origins through the great 
reforms (mid-nineteenth century) with emphasis on the political, religious and 
cultural trends that underlie the development of the Russian state and society 
during this period. 

HI 402 History of Russia since 1881 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history 

This course surveys the history of Russia and the Soviet Union from the great 
reforms of the nineteenth century to modern times, with emphasis on the poli- 
tical, religious and cultural trends that underlie the development of the Russian 
state and society and the position of the U.S.S.R. in the world today. 

HI 407 France SINCE THE Revolution 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

An examination of the major trends in French history since the downfall of 
Napoleon I. Cultural, economic, social and intellectual trends are stressed as well 
as the political. The ways in which France has been a seedbed for new move- 
ments in Europe are particularly noted. 

HI 413 United States Foreign Relations since 1898 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

An examination of the origins of American foreign policy and the conduct of 
diplomacy in the era since the United States became a world power. 

HI 422 History OF Science 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with par- 
ticular attention given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected aspects 
of western civilization. The course provides a broad perspective of scientific 
progress and shows the interrelationship of science and major historical develop- 
ments. 

HI 427 European Intellectual History since 1800 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

Covering the period since the French Revolution this course examines major 
trends in European thought influencing the course of history. Special attention 
is given to the development of the social sciences. The growth of a distinct 
intellectual class and the role of its ideas in European political and social life is 
emphasized. 

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or consent of department 

The course traces the development of educational institutions and practices 
and analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and critics. Ap- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161 

proximately equal time is given to each of the following- areas: the Greeks to the 
Reformation, Modern Europe and the United States. 

HI 470 (EC 470) EVOLUTION OF THE American Economy 3(3-0) S 

(See Economics, page 100.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 505 The Roman Revolution, 133 B.C.-27 B.C. 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the economic, cultural and political factors which caused a 
breakdown of the Roman republican constitution. Mr. Riddle 

HI 506 History of the Roman Empire, 27 B.C.-180 A.D. 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

The course traces the evolutionary development of the government of the 
empire from Augustus through Marcus Aurelius. Mr. Riddle 

HI 529 Revolutionary Europe, 1760-1792 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An intensive study of the background of revolutionary ideas and events in 
Europe during the period indicated Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 530 Revolutionary Europe, 1792-1815 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An intensive study of revolutionary events in France and especially of their 
impact upon Europe in this period. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 531 History of Great Britain, 1714-1820 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and insti- 
tutions in eighteenth century Britain. Mr. Downs 

HI 532 History of Great Britain, 1820-1914 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and institutions 
of nineteenth century Britain. Mr. Downs 

HI 535 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1878 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An analysis of the nature of European diplomatic relations from the Congress 
of Vienna to the Congress of Berlin. Mr. Brown 

HI 536 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1878-1939 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 



162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

A study of diplomatic history of Europe from the Congress of Berlin through 
the reemergence of the system of balance of power and the repercussions of im- 
perialism, the diplomatic aspects of the World Wars, and the attempts at solving 
world problems by means of diplomacy. Mr. Brown 

HI 549 Recent U. S. History, 1912-33 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the opening 
years of the twentieth century. Mr. Beers 

HI 550 Recent U. S. History, 1933-PRESENT 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the middle 
years of the twentieth century. Mr. Beers 

HI 561 History and Principles of the Administration of Archives 

AND Manuscripts 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the nature, importance and use of original manuscript resources; the 
history and evolution of written records and the institutions administering them. 

Mr. Jones 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of Archives 

AND Manuscripts 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

Internship training in the application of the principles and practices of 
archival management. Mr. Jones 

HI 561 U. S. Far Eastern Policy, 1842-1922 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from their origin to their incorporation in treaties at the 
Washington Disarmament Conference. Mr. Beers 

HI 562 U. S. Far Eastern Policy, 1922-present 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from the end of World War I to the present. Mr. Beers 

HI 563 Social and Economic History of the United States to 

I860 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in Ameri- 
can life from the colonial period up to the Civil War. Miss King 

HI 564 Social and Economic History of the United States since 

I860 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in American 
life since the beginning of the Civil War. Miss King 

HI 571 History of Soviet Russia to 1930 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163 

An analysis of the origins and effects of the 1917 revolutions and the domestic 
and foreign policies of the new Soviet regime to 1930. Mrs. Wheeler 

HI 572 History of Soviet Russia since 1930 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An analysis of the domestic and foreign policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 
with special emphasis on the period since 1945. Mrs. Wheeler 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HI 601 Historiography and Historical Method 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

A study of the major steps in the development of historical investigation and 
writing from classical times to the present, as well as an analysis of the elements 
of good historical research and writing with some discussion of the methodology 
used by the contemporary scholarly historian. Graduate Staff 

HI 602 Seminar in American History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Open to graduate students in history only 

A small research seminar on special topics in American history. Graduate Staff 

HI 604 Seminar in European History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite : Open to graduate students in history only 

A small research seminar on special topics in European history. 

Graduate Staff 

HI 606 Seminar in Diplomatic History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Open to graduate students in history only 

A small research seminar on topics in diplomatic history. Mr. Brown 

HI 699 Research in History Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Open to graduate students in history only 

Individual research under graduate thesis supervisor. Graduate Staff 



HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Clive W. Donoho, Jr., Head 

Professors: Walter E. Ballinger, Fred D. Cochran, Frank L. Haynes, 
Jr., John M. Jenkins, Jr., Leaton J. Kushman, Clarence L. Mc- 
CoMBs, Daniel T. Pope; Associate Professors: Thomas F. Cannon, 
Gene J. Galletta, Warren R. Henderson, Roy A. Larson, Conrad H. 
Miller; Assistant Professor: Paul V. Nelson 

The Department of Horticultural Science offers the Master of Science 
degree and the professional degree, Master of Horticulture. Evidence of 
high scholastic achievement in the basic biological sciences is particularly 
desirable for students who expect to study for the Master of Science degree 
in horticulture. 

The department has excellent greenhouses, laboratories, cold storages and 
access to adequate field plots for graduate training in crop production, plant 



164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

propagration. nutrition and physioiogry, biochemistry, morphology, plant 
breeding:, cytology and post-harvest physiology. The greenhouse range 
covers over 30,000 square feet and has 21 sections, each containing indi- 
vidual temperature and light control equipment. Laboratory facilities 
include four analytical laboratories, two cytological and anatomical labora- 
tories, one soil testing laboratory for greenhouse control, one radioisotope 
laboratory and one landscape laboratory. Post-harvest facilities include, 
additionally, 14 controlled temperature storage rooms and grading, washing 
and packaging equipment. These combined facilities provide a wide variety 
of opportunities in basic and technical research in the horticultural field. 
An extensive and varied assortment of plant materials is available for use 
in graduate programs. 

The wide variations in climate and soils in North Carolina, from the 
coast to the mountains, make possible the study of plant responses under 
these varied conditions. Land and facilities for horticultural research are 
available on 10 of the outlying stations located throughout North Caro- 
lina. 

The opportunities for employment after advanced training include teach- 
ing and research in state and privately endowed educational institutions; 
research and regulatory positions with the United States Department of 
Agriculture, both foreign and domestic; extension specialists and county 
agents; research, production and promotional work with food, chemical and 
seed concerns; orchard, nursery and greenhouse supervisors; and inspectors 
and quality control technologists. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 411 Nursery Management 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management and 
marketing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field trips will be 
taken. (Offered fall of 1968-69 and alternate years.) 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation and methods of production and marketing 
of the principal trees and small fruits. Modern practices as related to selection 
of sites, nutritional requirements, management practices and marketing pro- 
cedures will be discussed. 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships and 
principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. 

HS 441 Floriculture I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic 
principles and practices involved in the production and marketing of flowers 
grown in the greenhouse and in the field. (Offered fall of 1967-68 and alternate 
years.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165 

HS 442 Floriculture II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in the green- 
house and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, temperature and light 
relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing of cut flowers and pot 
plants. (Offered spring of 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

HS 471 Arboriculture 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of orna- 
mental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of insects and 
diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered spring of 1967-68 
and alternate years.) 

HS 481 Breeding of Horticultural Plants 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetics and other biological sciences to the improvement of 
horticultural crops. 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in horticultural science 

Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research and special 
problems in horticulture and related fields. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 541 (CS 541, GN 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

(See Crop Science, page 95.) 

HS 542 (CS 542, GN 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 
(See Crop Science, page 95.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of nutrient-elements, water, light, temperature and growth 
substances on growth and development of horticultural plants. Mr. McCombs 

HS 562 Post-Harvest Physiology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during handling, 
transportation and storage which affect the quality of horticultural crops. 
Consideration will be griven to pre- and post-harvest conditions which influence 
these changes. Mr.Ballinger 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the instructor. 
The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and procedures, critical 



166 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

review of literature and scientific writing. The problem may last one or two 
semesters. Credits will be determined by the nature of the problem, not to 
exceed a total of four hours. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HS 613 (CS 613, GN 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

(See Crop Science, pag^e 96.) 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their appli- 
cation to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evaluation of scien- 
tific publications. Compilation, organization and presentation of data. 

Mr. Cochran 

HS 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Required of all horticultural science graduate students. 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be required 
to present one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, consent of advisory committee 

chairman 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree; no 

limitation on credits in doctoral program. 

Original research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable and ornamental 

crops. Graduate Staff 



INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor DuRWiN M. Hanson, Head 

Professors: JOSEPH T. Nerden, Delmar W. Olson, Coordinator, Graduate 
Studies in Ind. Arts; Associate Professors: Talmage B. Young, Co- 
ordinator, Undergraduate Studies in Industrial Arts, Carl A. MoEL- 

LER 

The Department of Industrial and Technical Education offers graduate 
work leading to the degree.s of Master of Science, Master of Education and 
Doctor of Education. The rapid development of industrial arts education 
and industrial and technical education in North Carolina and throughout 
the nation provides many opportunities for teachers, supervisors and ad- 
ministrators who have earned advanced degrees. 

The facilities at the University afford an excellent program of supporting 
courses at the graduate level in the related fields of science, mathematics, 
guidance and personnel services, psychology, sociology, economics, statistics 
and engineering. The prerequisite for graduate work in the Department of 
Industrial and Technical Education is a proficiency in the undergraduate 
courses required for the bachelor's degree in industrial arts education, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 167 

industrial or technical education, or a substantial equivalent. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships and fellowships 
are available for qualified graduate students. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours in education, consent of instructor 

Methods in organizing and conducting local and regional surveys, and pro- 
cedures in making evaluations of the data gathered in these surveys for the 
planning of programs of vocational and technical education. Economic, sociologi- 
cal and other demographic factors are explored, and procedures for obtaining 
valid data concerning these factors are studied. Mr. Hanson 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3(3-0) P 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of determining 
teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial and technical 
course organization based on occupational analyses covering instruction in skills 
and technology and including course outlines, job sequences, the development of 
instructional materials and schedules. Mr. Hanson 

ED 527 Philosophy OF Industrial and Technical Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 422, ED 440 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical edu- 
cation in relation to the broad field of vocational education; philosophies of 
vocational education and the resulting types of programs; trends and problems 
related to vocational-industrial education; study of local, state and federal legis- 
lation which pertains to vocational education. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 525 

This course deals with the procedures used in analyzing skills, technical knowl- 
edge and general education which has a bearing upon the ultimate development 
of curriculum for programs of vocational education. Emphasis is placed upon 
the selection and organization of curricula used in vocational and technical edu- 
cation, and also the development of curricula and instructional materials. 

Mr. Hanson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate work, consent of department head 

Directed study, other than a thesis problem, in order to provide individualized 
instruction and analysis in a specialized area of industrial or technical education. 
Under guidance, the graduate student may select a problem which has equal 
value from the standpoint of scholarship and utilitarian purposes, and develop 
the problem into a practical document. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

lA 510 X)ESiGN for Industrial Arts Teachers 3(2-2) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Six hours of drawing, lA 205 or equivalent 

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the re- 
lationship of material and form in the selection and designing of industrial 
arts projects. Graduate Staff 



168 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

lA 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts 

Education 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education and teaching experience 

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts education. 
It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing new concepts 
and new content based on the changes in technology. They will be required to 
reevaluate their programs in the light of these new concepts and the new 
content. Mr. Olson, Graduate Staff 

lA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced majors 
in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their knowl- 
edge and abilities through investigation and research in the various fields of 
industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, ceramics or electricity-electronics. 

Graduate Staff 

lA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the subject matter experiences in 
the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving curriculum, investigation or 
research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. Graduate Staff 

lA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 

A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of in- 
dustrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and 
practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. Enrollees 
will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do intensive research 
work on individual and group problems. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts 

Education 3(3-0) F 

(See Education, page 108.) 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Educational 

Programs 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 344, ED 420, ED 440, ED 516, PSY 304 

Principles of planning and procedures in organizing programs of vocational 
and technical education, especially those dependent upon state and federal legis- 
lation. Professional course for coordinators and directors of local systems of 
vocational education, and for supervisors and administrators of vocational and 
technical programs on the county, regional and state levels. Emphasis is placed 
upon the organization of high school, post-high school and adult technical edu- 
cation programs. Course includes a survey of educational needs, plans for 
constructing, equipping and maintaining buildings, with special attention given 
to the financing of the program of technical education, the staffing and manage- 
ment aspects. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts 

Education 3(3-0) S 

(See Education, page 108.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 169 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational 

Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of legislation (national and state) which applies directly 
to vocational education. Basic social and economic issues which precipitated the 
legislation are studied in depth; also the socioeconomic impact of the legislation 
is reviewed. Emphasis is placed upon the organizational structure and the operat- 
ing policies under which national and state legislation is converted into programs 
of vocational and technical education. Mr. Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational 

Education Programs 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the factors which affect the financing of programs of 
vocational education. Special emphasis is placed upon the social, economic, 
political and power factors which impinge upon the procedures which are gen- 
erally followed in financing vocational and technical education. Study is made 
of the matter of financing new vocational enterprises, as well as the study of 
the continuing costs of established programs. Costs of operation, procedures for 
the purchase of equipment, costs of new building construction and other aspects 
of finance in vocational education are studied in detail. 

Mr. Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 630 Philosophy of I ndustriai. Arts 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education 

Required of all graduate students in industrial arts education. 

Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical concepts, 
functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning experiences, 
laboratory organization, student personnel program, community relationships, 
teacher qualifications and problems confronting the industrial arts profession. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision in Industrial Arts 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education 

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and supervision 
in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection of teachers 
and their improvements in service, and methods of evaluating industrial arts 
programs. Mr. Young 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

Reviews and reports of topics of special interest to graduate students in 
industrial and technical education. The course will be offered in accordance with 
the availability of distinguished professors, and in response to indicated needs 
of the graduate students. Mr. Hanson 

ED 692 Se.minar IN Industrial Arts Education 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial arts 
education. Graduate Staff 



170 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Clifton A. Anderson, Head 

Professors: Robert G. Carson, Jr., Salah E. Elmaghraby, Jay Goldman, 
Robert W. Llewellyn*; Associate Professors: Raul E. Alvarez, 
John R. Canada, John J. Harder, R. G. Pearson; Assistant Pro- 
fessor: H. A. Knappenberger 

The Department of Industrial Engineering offers programs of graduate 
study leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. While each individual student's plan of study is specifically tailored 
to meet his own personal desires and professional needs, the departmental 
course offerings stress three main themes of industrial engineering. These 
focal points are quantitative decision-making, human factors and work sys- 
tems design, and production processes. Courses and research in each of 
these areas are available within the department. 

Each candidate is expected to include within his study plan, one or more 
minor areas of study. The minor departments cooperate in many inter- 
disciplinary research projects and make their facilities available to in- 
dustrial engineering graduate students. The Triangle Universities Comput- 
ing Center also provides a facility second to none in the world. The equip- 
ment consists of an IBM System/360, Model 75 Computer as the main 
unit with an IBM System 360, Model 30 as a high-speed remote terminal 
on the N. C. State campus. 

The course offerings shown below reflect the latest technology as applied 
to planning, operating and controlling manufacturing, distribution and 
service enterprises. In addition, the department's educational philosophy 
allows for maximum flexibility while providing the depth of understanding 
80 necessary in a graduate research program in industrial engineering. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 353, MA 405 

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in industrial 
engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling in trans- 
portation and production problems; the simplex method and its applications 
in production planning, production scheduling and allied fields; upper bound, 
integer, parametric and primal-dual methods with their typical applications; the 
interrelationships between linear programming and game theory. 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement theory, 
sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic programming and 
their applications. 



• On le«ve of abaenre. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 171 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and discrete 
cybernetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite queuing models; 
industrial control methods and industrial dynamics. 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 352, introductory course in computer programming 

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems 
necessary for effective management of production. It will include the methods of 
systems design, the basic concepts of computer processing systems, the design of 
control procedures and reports, and their application to mechanized and elec- 
tronic data processing equipment. Major emphasis will be placed on the design 
of control procedures for production scheduling, labor performance and quality 
control. Systems flow charts, block diagrams and program statements in com- 
piler form will be used for each system application 

IE 441 (PSY 441) Human Factors in Equipment Design 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: IE 352 or PSY 337 or EC 426 or consent of instructor 

An introduction to methodology in laboratory research, equipment design, 
anthropometry, and accident study. Man's sensory, motor and decision-making 
abilities are related to problems of systems design, operator efficiency, and safety 
as these involve displays, controls, workplace layout, and environment stressors. 

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: IE 352 

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply the basic 
principles contained in the prerequisite course to the design of plantwide pro- 
duction programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement, layout and 
implementation of such programs. It will include operations sequencing, tooling 
and equipment selection, materials handling, systems design, manpower and 
facilities forecasting. Suitable cases will be drawn from both mass production 
and jobbing operations. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear pro- 
gramming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete 
development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as 
well as a discussion of a number of applications. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 311, ST 421 

Analysis of project economy models with certainty assumed, advantages and 
limitations of models, effects of income tax and depreciation methods. Risk 
analyses employing probability concepts, sensitivity studies and measures of 
utility. Estimation techniques and use of accounting information, time series 
analysis and judgment factors. Planning and uses of capital funds. Mr. Canada 



172 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing pro- 
gram. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, methods, 
standards, costs and control functions of manufacturing. Laboratory problems 
covering producer and consumer products. Mr. Harder 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product, pro- 
cess and controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of automation. 

Mr. Harder 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

This course presents the problems and techniques required for systematic 
control of the production process and the business enterprise. This includes 
the determination of control factors, the collection and recording of data, and 
the processing, evaluation and use of data. The course will illustrate the appli- 
cations and use of data processing equipment and information machines in 
industrial processes. Case problems will be used extensively. Graduate Staff 

IE 522 (OR 522) Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to servo- 
mechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of large non- 
linear, multiloop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; methods of determining 
modifications in systems desig^i and/or operating parameters for improved 
system behavior. Graduate Staff 

IE 540 (PSY 540) Human Factors in Systems Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 441 (PSY 441), ST 513 or ST 515 or consent of instructor 

Introduction to problems of the systems development cycle, including man- 
machine function allocation, military specifications, display-control compatability, 
the personnel subsystem concept, and maintainability design. Detailed treatment 
is griven to man as an information processing mechanism. Mr. Pearson 

IE 543 Standard Data 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 332 

Theory and practice in developing standard data from stop-watch observations 
and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from data; 
application of standard data in cost control, production planning and scheduling, 
and wage incentives. Mr. Goldman 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized as well as its 
economic implications. Mathematical derivations of most of the formulas used 
aro given. Samplinjr techniques are treated extensively and many applications 
of this powerful technique are explained. Mr. Knappenberger 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 173 

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and continuous 
distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation, reliability struc- 
ture models, reliability demonstration and decision, and reliability growth models. 
Example of reliability evaluation and demonstration programs. 

Mr. Knappenberger 

IE 591 Project Work 2-6 FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in the 

fifth-year curriculum in industrial engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IE 607 (MA 607, OR 607) Selected Topics in Mathematical Programming 

3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: IE 505 

This course is a continuation of IE 505 (MA 505). Special techniques like the 
decomposition principles, network problems, diophantine programming as well as 
its applications to industrial problems are studied. An introduction to dynamic 
programming will also be covered. Multistage decision problems will be worked 
using linear and dynamic programming. The theoretical foundation of these 
techniques will be covered but emphasis will be in the applications to planning 
problems. Graduate Staff 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 or EC 555 

The application of linear programming to large problems of a practical nature; 
product mix, diet, scheduling and blending problems; problem generation, con- 
trol of accuracy, report generation. Stress is laid on post-optimal studies; 
multiple-objective functions and right-hand sides; parametric programming on 
the right-hand side, the objective functions, the rim and the interior. Decompo- 
sition and piecewise linear applications in specialized problem areas. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 621 (OR 621) Inventory Control Methods I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 402, MA 511, ST 421 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points and 
production schedules. Simple inventory models with restrictions, price breaks, 
price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction to the smoothing 
problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications of linear and dynamic pro- 
gramming and zero-sum game theory. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 621 

A continuation of IE 621; stochastic inventory systems of lot size-reorder type; 
periodic review and single period models. Application of dynamic programming 
theory to deterministic and stochastic cases. Graduate Staff 

IE 631 Production Control Systems I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 521, ST 421 

The application of analytical techniques and computer simulation to the prob- 
lem of devising systems for the control of production processes. Transition 
matrices describing the flow of work through productive facilities provide for 
expression of the entire spectrum of organizations for production, from pure 
assembly lines to pure job shops. Emphasis will be placed on the cost versus 



174 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

eflFectiveness of various techniques for planning: shop forecasts, daily versus 
longer-horizon schedules and production order flow. Graduate Staff 

IE 632 Production Control Systems II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 631 

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply analytical 
techniques to a spectrum of production control problems. The course will provide 
insight into the problems inherent in applying advanced techniques to operating 
situations. The effects of data and model inadequacies will be covered in produc- 
tion situations ranging from assembly line balancing to job shop sequencing. 
Students will develop analytical or simulation models in case studies. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 640 (PSY 640) SKILLED Operator Performance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540) or consent of instructor 

Theories of the human operator are considered with regard to the classical 
problems of monitoring, vigilance, and tracking. Factors such as biological 
rhythm, sleep loss, sensory restriction, environmental stress and time-sharing are 
considered as they interact with and determine overall systems efficiency. (Offered 
in alternate years.) Mr. Pearson 

IE 641 Biotechnology in Systems Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540) or consent of instructor, ZO 421 recommended 

Study of major problem areas, methodology, theory and experimental work in 
biotechnology; interaction among engineering, biological and behavioral factors 
in design for safety and survival; physiology and biomechanics of acceleration, 
deceleration and pressure altitude; consideration of operator effectiveness in 
submarine, extraterrestrial, arctic and desert environments; techniques in 
evaluation of crash dynamics and pathology; closed-ecological systems. (Offered 
in alternate years.) Mr. Pearson 

IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups of 
students to undertake studies of special areas in industrial engineering which fit 
into their particular program and which may not be covered by existing industrial 
engineering graduate level courses. The work would be directed by a qualified 
staff member who has particular interest in the area covered by the problem. Such 
problems may require individual research and initiative in the application of 
industrial engineering training to new areas or fields. Graduate Staff 

IE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate students. 

Case analyses and reports. Mr. Goldman 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Graduate research in industrial engineering for thesis credit. Graduate Staff 



MATHEMATICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor HUBERT V. Park, Acting Head 

Professors: RoHERTs C. Bullock, John M. Clarkson, John M. Danby, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175 

Walter J. Harrington, Jack Levine, Paul E. Lewis, Carey G. 
MUMFORD, Howard M. Nahikian, Graduate Administrator, Paul A. 
Nickel, Hans Sagan, Herbert E. Speece, Raimond A. Struble, 
HUBERTUS R. VAN DER Vaart, Oscar Wesler, Lowell S. Winton ; 
Adjunct Professors: Alan S. Galbraith, Ian N. Sneddon; Visiting 
Professors; Makoto Itoh, Cornelius Lanczos; Associate Professors: 
John W. Bishir, Ernest E. Burniston, Richard E. Chandler, 
Kwangil Koh, John W. Querry, Joseph D. Zund; Assistant Prof- 
sors: Donald J. Hansen, Joe A. Marlin, David F. Ullrich 

The Department of Mathematics offers graduate studies in applied mathe- 
matics leading to the Master of Applied Mathematics, the Master of Science 
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Applied Mathematics 
degree requires a departmental paper, but does not require a thesis or a 
foreign language. In all other respects it is the same as the Master of 
Science degree. Students who are admitted to the Graduate School to pursue 
studies in applied mathematics are expected to have had a strong under- 
graduate major in mathematics, including a year of advanced calculus and 
a year of modern algebra including abstract algebra and matrices. Those 
students who do not have these courses will be required to take them in 
addition to the minimum number required for the master's degree. The 
areas of application require that the student offer a minor in some mathe- 
matically oriented area such as physics, the engineering sciences, genetics 
or statistics. 

Individuals with graduate training in applied mathematics are in great 
demand in industry, governmental laboratories and college teaching po- 
sitions. Opportunities are many and varied in this field and include work 
as a member of a research team in such areas as satellite orbit theory, 
viscoelasticity, biomathematics, thermodynamics, aerodynamics, acoustics, 
solid-state physics, nuclear reactor theory, geophysics and in applications 
of computers in business. 

The department has available a number of teaching and research 
assistantships (a student holding a half-time assistantship is allowed to 
carry a study load of nine semester hours). Also available for those graduate 
students studying toward the doctoral degree are a limited number of NSF, 
NASA and Ford Foundation Fellowships. The Department of Mathematics 
requires that Graduate Record Exam scores, including the advanced test 
in mathematics, be submitted by all applicants. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential Equations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Infinite series and integrals; linear differential equations; special functions. 

MA 403 Fundamental Concepts OF Algebra 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 (one year of calculus) 

Natural numbers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups. 
Boolean algebra, general algebraic structures. 



176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 (one year of calculus) 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric trans- 
formations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Properties of determinants; theorems of Laplace and Jacobi; systems of linear 
equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, rank, characteristic 
roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms. 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geometry; 
analytical geometry from a vector point of view; elementary geometry from 
an advanced standpoint. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or consent of department 

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analysis, 
Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional prob- 
ability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, binomial, Poisson 
and normal distribution, the probability integral, random variables, expectation. 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern mathe- 
matics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 

MA 481 Special Topics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2-6 FS 

Prerequisites: Membership in honors program, consent of department head 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 505 (IE 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0) F 

(See Industrial Engineering, page 171.) 

MA 508 Mathematical Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 222 or equivalent 

A course designed primarily for mathematics majors as preparation for the 
study of real variable theory. Sets, functions, countability, the real numbers, 
Cartesian spaces, norms, metrics, point set topology, sequences of constants and 
functions, series of constants. Graduate Staff 

MA 509 Mathematical Analysis II 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MA 508 

Continuation of MA 508. Continuous functions, differentiation, integration, 

series of functions. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, preferably a B average in all mathematics courses 

Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector differential 
calculus. Definite integral. Graduate Staff 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: MA 511 

Vector integral calculus, infinite series, integral calculus of functions of several 

variables. Graduate Staff 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, 
definitions and properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power 
series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. Graduate Staff 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Introduction to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference 

equations. Graduate Staff 

MA 516 Principles OF Mathematical Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The real number system, elements of set theory, limits, continuity, differ- 
entiation, Reimann-Stieltjes integration, sequences of functions, fundamentals 
of Lebesque theory, topological and metric spaces. Graduate Staff 

MA 517 Introduction to Point Set Topology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 509 or MA 512 

A study of basic set-theoretic and general topological notions of modern 
mathematics. Topics include set theory and cardinal numbers, topological spaces, 
metric spaces and elementary discussion of function spaces. Graduate Staff 

MA 521 A Survey of Modern Algebra 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite : MA 403 or consent of instructor 

Elementary theory of groups including permutation groups, orbits, subgroups, 
factor groups, conjugate classes, Abelian groups, solvable nilpotent groups and 
Sylow subgroups. Elementary theory of rings including ideals and quotient rings, 
the field of quotients of an integral domain, Euclidean rings and polynomial rings. 
Elementary theory in fields. The elements of Galois Theory. Graduate Staff 

MA 524 Boundary Value Problems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Theory of the first variation with applications to various physical phenomena 
(vibrating string, vibrating membrane, heat conduction, wave propagation) ; 
Bernoulli's separation method with applications to vibration and heat conduction 
problems, Fourier series, the Sturm-Liouville Problem. Graduate Staff 

MA 525 Boundary Value Problems II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 524 

Theory of orthogonal functions as eigenfunctions of a Sturm-Liouville boundary 
value problem, Legendre and Bessel functions, extremum properties of eigen- 
values, the method of Rayleigh-Ritz, Schrodinger's equation and spherical har- 
monics, nonhomogeneous boundary value problem and Green's function. 

Graduate Staff 



178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 527 Numerical Analysis I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors, finite- 
differences tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical integration, numeri- 
cal differentiation and elements of difference calculus. Graduate Staff 

MA 528 Numerical Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Difference operators, summation procedures, numerical solution of ordinary 
differential equations, least-squares polynomial approximations and Gaussian 
quadrature. Graduate Staff 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

First order equations, linear n'*" order equations with constant coefficients and 
with continuous coefficients. Green's functions, solution of linear equations with 
analytic coefficients, second order linear equations with regular singular points, 
systems of first order equations, uniqueness theorems, existence theorems of Picard 
and Peano, stability of solutions of linear plane autonomous systems, numerical 
solutions. Graduate Staff 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

Introduction to symbolic logic and Boolean algebra; finite state-valued calculus 
and its application to combinational networks; sequential finite-state machines 
and their mathematical formulation; analysis and synthesis problems of sequential 
machines. Mr. Itoh 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 536 

The sequential machine and its characteristic semi-group; micro-programmed 
computers; general purpose computers and special-purpose computers; Turing 
machine and infinite-state machines; nondeterministic switching system and 
probabilistic automata. Mr. Itoh 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 508 or MA 511 

Axioms, discrete and continuous sample spaces, events, combinatorial analysis, 
conditional probability, repeated trials, independence, random variables, expec- 
tation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability and moment 
generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, branching 
processes, recurrent events, random walk. Mr. Bishir 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory OF Probability II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541 

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death processes, 
queuing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian motion. 

Mr. Bishir 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of department 

Logic and the axiomatic approach, the Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other 
systems, algebra of .sets and order relations, equivalents of the Axiom of Choice, 
one-to-one correspondences, cardinal and ordinal numbers, the Continuum 
Hypothesis. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 179 

MA 555 (PY 555) Principles of Astrodynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or EM 312 

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their integrals; 
orbit theory; integrals of the n-body; differential equations of motion of natural 
and artificial satellites and their approximate solutions. Mr. Danby 

MA 556 Applications OF Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 555 

Computations in Keplerian Motion; methods of numerical integration; geo- 
metrical and statistical bases of differential corrections and space navigation; 
and the practical application of general theories from an analytical point of view. 
Solutions by digital computer will be employed. Mr. Danby 

MA 571 (BMA 571, BS 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

(See Biomathematics, page 137.) 

MA 572 (BMA 572, BS 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

(See Biomathematics, page 138.) 

MA 581 Special Topics 1-6 

Prerequisite: Consent of department Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing in mathematics or consent of instructor 

Equations in two independent variables: first order equations, boundary value 
problems for the principal second order types, theory of characteristics. Existence 
and uniqueness by majorant series and by successive approximations. Maximum 
principle. Approximation methods. Mr. Struble 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 602 

Continuation of MA 602. Equations in many independent variables: relation- 
ships with the calculus of variations, generalizations of the concept of a solution 
and unifying concepts, applications. Mr. Struble 

MA 605 Non-Linear Differential Equations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 509 or MA 512, MA 532 

Phase-plane and phase-space concepts; existence and uniqueness theorems; con- 
tinuity, analytic and differentiability properties of solution; properties of linear 
systems; stability in nonlinear systems; topological methods; perturbations of 
periodic solutions; asymptotic methods and resonance problems. Mr. Struble 

MA 606 (ST 606, OR 606) Mathematical Programming II 3(3-0) FS 

(See Statistics, page 132.) 

MA 607 (IE 607, OR 607) Selected Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3(3-0) FS 

(See Industrial Engineering, page 173.) 



180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 608 Integral Equations 3(3-0) Alternate Sum. 

Prerequisite: MA 509 or MA 512 

Linear Volterra integral equations of the first and second kinds. Relationship 
to linear differential initial value problems. Special Volterra equations of the 
convolution type. Singular Volterra equations. Linear Fredholm integral equations 
of the first and second kind. Basic theory. Symmetric kernels. Hilbert-Schmidt 
theory (generalizations). Mr. Winton 

MA 611 Complex Variable Theory anu Applications I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 509 or MA 512, together with either MA 513 or consent of 
instructor 
Analytic functions, the Cauchy Riemann equations, and power series repre- 
sentations. Elementary conformal mappings, the group of Mobius transformations, 
elementary topology of plane and Riemann sphere; homology bases for plane 
regions. The integral theorem and formula of Cauchy. The calculus of residues. 

Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan 

MA 612 Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 611 

Analytic continuation. Entire and meromorphic functions. Picard's theorem, 
Ascoli's theorem and theory of normal families. The Riemann mapping theorem. 
Elementary theory of harmonic functions, and applications to potential theory. 

Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 516, MA 517, or equivalent 

Lebesgue measure on the real line and the Lebesgue integral; differentiation of 
monotone functions and of integrals; absolute continuity; topological, metric and 
L"" spaces. Mr. Harrington 

MA 616 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 615 

General measure and integration theory in terms of measure spaces and 
measurable functions; the Lebesgue-Stielges integral; Banach spaces and linear 
functionals. Mr. Harrington 

MA 617 (ST 617) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3(3-0) F 

(See Statistics, page 132.) 

MA 618 (ST 618) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3(3-0) S 

(See Statistics, page 132.) 

MA 619 (ST 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3(3-0) F 

(Sec Statistics, page 132.) 

MA 621 Introduction to Modern Abstract Algebra 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 521 or equivalent 

Elementary concepts of modules over a Euclidean ring. Elementary theories 
of indecomposable modules, injective modules and projective modules. Tensor 
products of modules, Hom and <S) as functors, exact sequences and flat modules. 
Quasi-Frobenius rings, and modules over Quasi-Frobenius ring.s. Mr. Koh 

MA 622 Linear Algebra 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 or equivalent 

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices, the 
characteristic and minimal polynomials of a matrix, functions of matrices, theory 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181 

of elementary divisors, canonical forms of a matrix, application to systems of 
differential equations. Messrs. Nahikian, Park 

MA 623 Theory of Matrices and Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 622 

Matrix equations; linear operators in a Unitary Space and their associated 
matrices; complex symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices and 
canonical types to which they are orthogonally similar; pencils of matrices; 
matrix inversion techniques; applications in the areas of differential equations, 
statistics and Markov chain theory. Messrs. Nahikian, Park 

MA 627 General Topology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 517 or consent of instructor 

An introduction to point-set topology from a mature viewpoint. The axiomatic 
method in mathematics and the interactions between topology and the foundations 
of analysis are stressed. Topics covered include compactness, separation, con- 
nectedness and local connectedness. Mr. Chandler 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theory and application to ordinary and partial dif- 
ferential equations arising from problems in engineering and physics. 

Messrs. Burniston, Harrington 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 632 

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their 
application to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, integral 
equations and difference equations; Z-transforms, othei- infinite and finite trans- 
forms and their applications. Messrs. Burniston, Harrington 

MA 634 Theory of Distributions 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 632 or consent of instructor 

Basic definitions and properties of testing functions and distributions in one 
or more variables, convei-gence and calculus of distributions, test functions of 
rapid descent and distributions of slow growth, convolution, Fourier transforms, 
applications in the area of differential and difference equations, etc. 

Mr. Burniston 

MA 635 Numerical Analysis III 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 528 
Corequisite: MA 405 or MA 622 

The development of methods for the solution of selected problems involving 
matrices, integral rational equations, ordinary and partial differential equations. 
Particular attention is paid to the question of convergence and stability. Examples 
are solved on the IBM 360 system. Graduate Staff 

MA 637 Differentiable Manifolds 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 521, MA G27 (corequisite) or consent of instructor 
An introduction to the topology and geometry of differentiable manifolds. 
Multilinear algebra, exterior differential forms, differentiable manifolds, theory 
of connexions, Riemannian manifolds. Mr. Zund 



182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 641 CALCULUS OK Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: MA 512 or MA 509, MA 532 

Normed linear function spaces and F'rechet differential, theory of the first 
variation, theory of fields and VVeierstrass' excess function, Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory and dynamic programming, terminal control problems and the maximum 
principle. Mr. Sagan 

MA 642 Calculus ok Variations and Theory ok Optimal 

Control II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 641 

The homogeneous problem, the general control problem of Mayer, isoperimetric 
problems, theory of the second variation, existence of extrema, direct methods of 
the calculus of variations. Mr. Sagan 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 615, MA 616 

Complete, separable and compact metric spaces, completeness of Lp, Hilbert 
spaces, Riesz-Fischer Theorem, linear operators on normed linear spaces. 

Mr. Sagan 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 647 

Linear functionals on normed linear spaces, Hahn-Banach theorem, representa- 
tion of linear functionals, completely continuous operators, self adjoint operators 
on a Hilbert space, inverse operators, spectral representation of self adjoint oper- 
ators, approximate solution of linear operator equations. Mr. Sagan 

MA 655 (PY 655) Mathematics of Astrodynamics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 532, MA 555, or consent of instructor 

Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics, Hamilton-Jacobi equation, two-body 
problem, canonical transformations, Delaunay variables, deduction of the method 
of variation of parameters from the canonical theory, theory of the gravitational 
potential, perturbation theories of Kazai and Brouwer-von Zeipel for orbits of 
artificial satellites. Mr. Danby 

MA 656 (PY 656) Mathematics of Astrodynamics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 655 

Theory of separable systems, including the spheroidal method for artificial 
satellites, the general and restricted three-body problems, Lagrange points and 
iibrational motion, lunar and planetary disturbing functions, lunar and planetary 
theories. Mr. Danby 

MA 661 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite.s: MA 508-509 or MA 511-512; MA 517 recommended or consent of 
instructor 

Concepts of classical and modern differential geometry presented from the 
point of view of tensor analysis and differential forms. Topics to include: theory 
of curves, tensor analysis and differential forms, intrinsic and extrinsic geometry 
of surfaces, Riemannian geometry. Messrs. Levine, Zund 

MA 662 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis II 3(3-0> 

Prerequisite: MA 661 
Continuation of MA 661 Messrs. Levine, Zund 

MA 681 Special Topics in Analysis 1-6 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 1-6 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 1-6 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry 1-6 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics 1-6 

The above courses, MA 681-MA 689, afford opportunities for graduate students 
to study advanced topics in mathematics under the direction of members 
of the graduate staff. These will, on occasion, consist of one of several areas such 
as, for example, advanced theory of partial differential equations, topology, 
mathematics of elasticity or of viscoelasticity, orbital mechanics, functional 
analysis, combinatorial analysis. Graduate Staff 

MA 699 Research in Mathematics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 

Individual research in the field of mathematics. Graduate Staff 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Herbert E. Speece, Head 

Associate Professor: NORMAN D. ANDERSON; Assistant Professor: Henry 
A. Shannon 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of Education, 
with a major in mathematics education or science education. Each student's 
program is individually planned by a graduate committee and will reflect 
his undergraduate preparation, teaching experience and future professional 
plans. Areas of specialization include mathematics, biological science, earth 
science, chemistry and physics. A minimum of 36 semester hours is required, 
of which 60 percent must be in the area of subject matter specialization 
and 20 percent in professional education. Candidates for the Master of 
Education degree are required to submit a scholarly research paper; candi- 
dates for the Master of Science degree must conduct an investigation 
culminating in a thesis. The Master of Science degree also requires a read- 
ing knowledge of one foreign language. 

Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Graduate School 
of North Carolina State University. Applicants must also have the approval 
of the Department of Mathematics and Science Education. To be admitted 
to the program without subject matter deficiencies, applicants must have 
completed a degree in which they have reached a level of undergraduate work 
closely approximating the following minimum: two years of English, one 
year of physics, one year of chemistry, one and one-half years in the histori- 
cal-philosophical and psychology foundations of education. In addition to 
the above, those specializing in mathematics should have had three years of 
mathematics; those specializing in science should have had one year of 
biology, one and preferably two years of mathematics and two years of ad- 
vanced work in one of the sciences. 

A limited number of assistantships are available. For those desiring 
financial assistance, inquiries should be directed to the Department of 
Mathematics and Science Education. 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3(0-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in mathematics teaching, with emphasis 
on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. 
Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be provided to 
initiate research studies. Mr. Speece 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3(0-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 476 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in science teaching with emphasis on 
areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. Specific 
problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be provided to initiate re- 
search studies. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education Maximum 2 FS 
Prerequisite: Departmental major or consent of instructor 

A critical analysis of issues, trends and recent developments in mathematics 

education. Mr. Speece 

ED 695 Seminar IN Science Education Maximum 2 FS 

Prerequisite: Departmental major or consent of instructor 

A critical analysis of issues, trends and recent developments in science edu- 
cation. Mr. Anderson 



MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Robert W. Truitt, Head 

Professors: Carl F. Zorowski, Associate Head, Norval W. Conner, Jesse 
S. DooLiTTLE, Graduate Administrator, Hassan A. Hassan, Richard 
B. Knight, M. Necati Ozisik, Robert M. Pinkerton, Frederick 0. 
Smetana, James E. Sunderland. James C. Williams, III, James 
Woodburn; Adjunct Professors: RoLF BUCHDAHL, ROBERT W. Graham; 
Associate Professors: JOHN A. Bailey, Bertram H. Garcia, Jr., 
Francis J. Hale. Franklin D. Hart, John N. Perkins, John K. 
Whitfield; Adjunct Associate Professor: E. Carson Yates. Jr.; As- 
sistant Professors: RoLiN F. Barrett. Thomas B. Ledbetter, Jerry 
S. Lee, Clifford J. Moore, Jr., Huseyin C. Topakoglu; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor: Hal L. Moses 

The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering offers graduate 
study leading to the Master of Mechanical Engineering, Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Entrance to the various programs in 
the department is normally based upon a pertinent, accredited baccalaureate 
degree. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185 

At present the major emphases in graduate study are thermal sciences, 
including classical thermodynamics, statistical thermodynamics, heat trans- 
fer, transport phenomena, cryogenics and direct energy conversion; gas- 
dynamics, including dynamics of compressible fluids, dynamics of viscous 
fluids, aerothermochemistry, plasmadynamics and rarefied gasdynamics; 
mechanical sciences, including vibrations, acoustics, mechanical transients, 
design synthesis, analysis and optimization, materials processing, fiber 
mechanics; aerospace sciences, including aerodynamics, chemical and electri- 
cal propulsion and flight vehicle design. 

The professional technological interests of the department are repre- 
sented by graduate courses in air-conditioning design, lubrication, vacuum 
technology, cryogenics, inertial navigation, photoelasticity, experimental 
stress analysis and machine design. 

Extensive laboratory facilities, including a helium cryostate, 48" oil diff- 
sion pumps and large Roots blowers (45,000 CFM) are available for research 
and training in the area of plasmagasdynamics, rarefied gasdynamics, 
boundary layers and heat transfer, aerodynamics and cryogenics. A modern 
laboratory for the study of vibrations and acoustics is also available. Under 
development are extensive laboratory facilities in heat transfer, direct 
energy conversion, vehicle propulsion, materials processing and fiber me- 
chanics. These experimental facilities coupled with availability of an IBM 
Model 360/75 computer provide the graduate students with outstanding re- 
search tools. 

Graduate programs in mechanical and aerospace engineering normally 
include substantial work in mathematics and physics. Graduate students 
are also encouraged to include study in related engineering departments 
in their programs. 

The fundamental objective of graduate study in this field is to prepare 
the student for leadership in the various areas of research, teaching and 
design. The graduate student is placed in close association with members 
of the graduate faculty who conduct individual research. Participation in 
a research project as a research assistant or employment as a teaching 
assistant is regarded as significant experience during residence. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A course on the conversion of energy for engineering purposes based upon the 
fundamentals leading to engineering decisions in the arrangement and selection 
of energy conversion equipment. The conventional type of plant for energy con- 
version and the unconventional types, in particular, direct energy conversion and 
the feasibility of such plants. Factors which affect the cost of power and elements 
entering into the problem of monetary rates. 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MAE 302 

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat trans- 
fer of conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase; mass 
transfer by diffusion and convection; simultaneous mass and heat transfer. 



186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 403 Air Conditioning 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisit<>: MAE 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including tempera- 
ture, humidity, air velocity and distribution. 

MAE 404 Refrigeration 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and multiple 
effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the absorption system of 
refrigeration. 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1(0-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 306 

The selection of appropriate instrumentation and the experimental analysis 
of small, predetermined engineering systems designed for flexibility and wide 
variation of parameters. Systems cover the gamut of mechanical engineering 
activity with emphasis on analysis of systems rather than characteristics of par- 
ticular systems. 

MAE 406 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 1(0-3) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 405 

Individual or small-group investigation of an original problem under the 
supervision of a faculty member with an interest in the problem area. The investi- 
gation may be experimental, analytical or both. Emphasis is placed on the 
philosophy and methodology of engineering research and on individual thinking 
and effort. 

MAE 410 Jet Propulsion 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MAE 352 or EM 303 

Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the mechanics 
of a compressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and the turbo-propeller 
aircraft; the effect of performance of components on performance of engines; 
analysis of engine performance parameters. 

MAE 411,412 Mechanical Design I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MAE 315, MIM 201 

Application of the engineering and material sciences to the analysis and design 
of mechanical components and systems. Consideration and utilization of the 
design process including problem definition, solution synthesis, design analysis, 
optimization and phototype evaluation through design project activity. 

MAE 421 Aerospace Propulsion Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 353 

A study of propulsion systems and their relation to the various flight regimes 
and space missions. The principles of thrust generation, the control and the 
performance of various propulsion systems will be considered. 

MAE 422 Direct Energy Conversion Devices 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 301, EE 202 or EE 332 

Theory and application of direct energy conversion devices, thermoelectric and 
thermionic converters, solar and fuel cells, magnetohydrodynamic power gener- 
ators, thermodynamic analysis, device characteristics and design considerations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187 

MAE 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301; MAE 302, EM 303 or MAE 352 

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing the flow 
of gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Mathe- 
matical relations are closely correlated with physical phenomena to emphasize the 
complimentary nature of theory and experiment. 

MAE 432 Boundary Layer Theory and Heat Transfer 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: C or better in MAE 352; MA 401 or MA 511 

The course is intended to give the student both a physical and mathematical 
understanding of the problems of skin friction and heat transfer in present-day 
aerospace engineering. 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Study of linear feedback control systems using transfer functions. Transient 
and steady-state responses. Stability analysis using root-locus, frequency response 
(Bode plots) and Nyquist techniques. Active and passive compensation methods. 
Preliminary design and analysis of typical mechanical and aerospace automatic 
control systems. 

MAE 447 Performance, Stability and Control of Flight Vehicles 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: C or better in MAE 352; MA 401 or MA 511 

A study of aerodynamic and inertial factors and how they influence the motion 
of flight vehicles and their performance. The transfer function approach is 
emphasized in the analysis of flight vehicle motion. 

MAE 450 Introduction to Vacuum Technology 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

An introduction to the physical phenomena and apparatus associated with 
vacuum technology and rarefied gas research. Instruction in the use of vacuum 
laboratory equipment and demonstration of basic rarefied gas phenomena will be 
emphasized. 

MAE 461 Aerospace Technology 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: MAE 353 

An introduction to the principles of flight in and beyond the atmosphere. In- 
cludes the elements of aerodynamics of flight, the reentry problem, flight dy- 
namics, guidance and control, power generation in space, manned and unmanned 
space flight and life support systems. 

MAE 465, 466 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory 1(0-3) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 306, MAE 352 

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, structural testing, 
environmental testing and instrumentation for flight in and beyond the at- 
mosphere. 

MAE 468 Spacecraft Structures 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 369 

Basic techniques and procedures in the analysis of stresses and strains caused 
by the extreme heating of reentry space vehicles as well as the dynamic and 
impulsive loads occurring during the launching and loading period of flight 
will be considered and the resulting efl'ects on the vehicle structure will be studied. 



188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 481 Flight Vehical Design 5(3-6) S 

Prerequisites: EE 202. MAE 421, MAE 447. MAE 461. MAE 468 

Integration of previous aerodynamic, heat transfer, materials, structures 
and dyTiamical theory in the design of typical air-supported space vehicles and 
their subsystems. 

MAE 495 Technical 5EMINAR 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics 
of current interest in mechanical engineering. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, EM 303 or MAE 352 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow 
passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine 
processes. Mr. Doolittle 

MAE 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of operation. 
The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propagation, normal and 
knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, valve and spark timing, and altitude 
effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray formation, fuel rating, auto- 
mization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion, pre-combustion and scavenging as 
applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. Mr. Ledbetter 

MAE 513 Vibration and Noise Control 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 315 or MAE 369 

This course will be devoted to a study of the nature and origin of vibration 
and noise in mechanical systems and design for their control. Considerations will 
include source reduction, isolation, transmission, damping and acoustic shielding 
techniques, through classroom discussions and laboratory demonstrations. 

Mr. Hart 

MAE 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 315 

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis with 
emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle coatings, grid 
methods and an introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory includes an investi- 
gation and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under the guidance 
of the instructor. Mr. Whitfield 

MAE 516 Photoelasticity 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 411 

Theory and experimental techniques of two- and three-dimensional photoelas- 
ticity including photoelastic coatings, photoplasticity and application of photo- 
elastic methods to the solution of mechanical design problems. Laboratory includes 
an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under 
the guidance of the instructor. Mr. Whitfield 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189 

MAE 517 Lubrication 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Sommerfield 
integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation for 
temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of bearings. 
Boundary lubrication. Mr. Barrett 

MAE 521 Aerothermodynamics 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisites: MAE 301; MAE 352 or EM 303 

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gasdynamics. Detailed development 
of the general equations governing gas motion in both differential and integral 
form. Simplification of the equations to those for specialized flow regimes. 
Similarity parameters. Applications to simpler problems in various flow regimes. 

Mr. Perkins 

MAE 531 Plasmagasdynamics I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 353, PY 414 

Study of basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied plasmas, 
hydromagnetic shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple engineering appli- 
cations. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 532 Plasmagasdynamics II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 531 

Quantum statistics and ionization phenomena. Charged particles interactions. 
Transport properties in the presence of electric and magnetic fields and non- 
equilibrium ionization. Graduate Staff 

MAE 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings of the 
compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special attention to the 
aerodynamic heating problem; application of theory in the analysis and design 
of aerospace hardware. Mr. Williams 

MAE 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I, II 2(0-4) FS 
Individual or small-group investigation of a problem stemming from a mutual 
student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a situation for ex- 
ploiting student curiosity. Graduate Staff 

MAE 550 Cryogenics I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 402 or MAE 432 

A study of the thermodynamic processes required to produce cryogenic fluids. 
Properties of materials at cryogenic temperatures. Insulation of cryogenic vessels 
and lines. Design of cryogenic systems. Mr. Smetana 

MAE 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 352 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathematical 
analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and comparison 
with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow theory. 

Mr. Pinkerton 



190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MAE 468 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special 
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate struc- 
tures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Topakoglu 

MAE 571 INERTIAL Guidance, Design and Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 401, MAE 435 or MAE 447 

Engineering design and performance analysis of inertial guidance components, 
subsystems and systems. Development of transfer functions and application of 
linear system techniques to determine stability, transient response and steady- 
state errors of gyros, accelerometers, stable platforms and initial alignment sub- 
systems. Error analysis and its significance. Preliminary design and analysis 
of typical inertial guidance systems for flight and marine vehicles. Mr. Hale 

MAE 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in hyper- 
sonic aerodynamics. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in mechanical engineering. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAE 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 302; MA 401 or MA 511 

Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of energy and the 
principles of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of thermodynamics; 
Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability criteria in different repre- 
sentations; general relations; chemical thermodynamics; multireaction system; 
ionization; irreversible thermodynamics; the Onsager relation; applications to 
thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and diffusional processes. Mr. Lee 

MAE 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical me- 
chanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to thermodynamics 
systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical thermodynamics are 
analyzed and established from the microscopic viewpoint. Mr. Lee 

MAE 603 Advanced Power Plants 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 401 

A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants, thermo- 
dynamics and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of development; study 
of recent developments in the production of power. Mr. Doolittle 

MAE 605 Aerothermochemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 511; MAE 601 or equivalent 

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including derivation of 
thermodynamic quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria for thermodynamic 
equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition and adiabatic flame tempera- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191 

ture. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics. Conservation equations for a 
reacting system, detonation and deflagration. Theories of flame propagation, flame 
stabilization and turbulent combustion. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521, MAE 601 

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential and 
integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, unsteady one- 
dimensional flows, the nonlinear problem of shock wave formation, isentropic 
flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow. Mr. Smetana 

MAE 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 402 

A generalized treatment of the methods of solution of transient and steady 
heat conduction in finite and infinite regions involving internal heat generation. 
Approximate methods and similarity transformation in the solution of heat 
conduction problems involving change of phase, variable thermal properties 
and nonlinear thermal radiation boundary conditions. Heat conduction in multi- 
layer regions and in anisotropic solids. Solutions with numerical methods. 

Mr. Ozisik 

MAE 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 608 

Advanced topics in steady and transient natural and forced convection heat 
transfer for laminar and turbulent flow of incompressible fluid through conduits 
and over bodies. Problems involving variable properties and interaction with 
thermal radiation. Mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow; simultaneous 
heat and mass transfer. Mr. Ozisik 

MAE 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 609 

This course constitutes a study of recent developments in heat transfer and 
related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will change from semester 
to semester. Mr. Ozisik 

MAE 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 412 

An advanced integrated treatment of stress analysis and materials engineering 
devoted to current rational methods of analysis and design applicable to me- 
chanical components. Primary attention placed on the determination and predic- 
tion of strength, life and deformation characteristics of machine components 
as dictated by performance requirements. Messrs. Garcia, Zorowski 

MAE 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 315; MA 512 or MA 402 

Advanced applications of dynamics to the design and response analysis of 
dynamic behavior of machines and mechanical devices. Emphasis on developing 
competence in transforming real problems in dynamics into appropriate mathe- 
matical models whose analysis permits performance predictions of engineering 
value. Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

MAE 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 315 or EM 545; MA 512 or MA 402 
A study of the forces and motions produced in mechanical systems by periodic 



192 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and transient inputs including shock and impact loading. Particular attention 
devoted to the application of the principles of vibration theory to problems en- 
countered in mechanical design. Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

MAE 615 Aeroelasticity I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511; MAE 411 or MAE 468; MAE 521 

Deformations of aerostructures under static and dynamic loads, natural mode 
shapes and frequencies; two- and three-dimensional incompressible flow, wings 
and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena. Mr. Topakoglu 

MAE 617 Mechanical System Design Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 611, MAE 613 

Lecture and project activity devoted to development of the ability to apply 
knowledge and experience in performing comprehensive design analysis of com- 
plete mechanical systems. Areas of interest to include critical problem recognition, 
system modeling, performance determination, and optimization and reliability 
evaluation. Mr. Zorowski 

MAE 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 617 

Application of the basic philosophy and methodology of the complete design 
process to advanced mechanical system design. Individual and group experience 
in the conception, synthesis, analysis, optimization and implementation phases 
of feasibility, preliminary and final design studies provided by means of compre- 
hensive system design projects. Mr. Zorowski 

MAE 619 Random Vibration 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: MAE 614 

Mathematical description of stochastic processes. The stationary and ergodic 
assumptions and response analysis of mechanical systems to random excitation. 
Simulation of and failure due to random environments. Mr. Hart 

MAE 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

An engineering study of the modern developments in the field of conversion 
of heat to power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermoelectric, 
thermomagnetic, thermionic, photovoltaic and magnetohydrodynamic effects and 
their utilization for energy conversion purposes, static and dynamic response, 
limitations imposed by the first and the second laws of thermodynamics. Energy 
and entropy balances, irreversible sources; inherent losses, cascading, design 
procedures, experimental studies to determine the response and efficiency of 
various systems. Mr. Lee 

MAE 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering Research 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: EE 332, MA 511 

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases and 
solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric and 
dielectric relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar cavitation, 
emulsification, soldering, welding and acoustic properties of gases, liquids and 
solids. Mr. Woodburn 

MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 554 

Corequisite: MA 511 

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of analysis 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 193 

are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduction to the 
effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional 
phenomena are considered. Mr. Pinkerton 

MAE 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521 

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion in one-dimensional motion, 
channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation and flows at transonic 
speeds. Mr. Pinkerton 

MAE 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MAE 521 

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of 

characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic airfoil 

theory and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 521 

Exact solutions to the Navier-Stokes Equations. Approximate solutions for 
low Reynolds numbers. Approximate solutions for high Reynolds numbers — incom- 
pressible boundary theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in theory 
and experiment. Flows separation. Mr. Williams 

MAE 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 654 

A continuation of MAE 654. Compressible laminar and turbulent boundary 
layers. Laminar and turbulent jets. The stability of laminar boundary layers 
with respect to small disturbances, transition from laminar to turbulent flow. 

Mr. Williams 

MAE 657 Measurement IN Rarefied Gas Streams 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 602 

A study of the basis for measurement of flow properties in rarefied gas streams. 
Included will be ionization gauges, hot wire anemometers and temperature 
probes, pitot and static tubes, Langmuir probes, electron scattering and electron 
beam density guages. Mr. Smetana 

MAE 658, 659 Molecular Gas Dynamics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 521, MAE 602 

Statistical mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of gas- 
dynamics from the microscopic viewpoint. Energy levels of atoms and molecules 
and their relation to equilibrium thermodynamic concepts, in particular, specific 
heats. Approximate solutions of the Boltzmann Equation. Treatments of viscosity, 
heat conduction and electrical conductivity. Collision processes. High-temperature 
behavior of multispecies gas mixtures. Mr. Williams 

MAE 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 521, PY 407, or equivalent 

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of space 
operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy sources and 
the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for propulsion and 
auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and materials. Mr. Truitt 



194 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 403, MAE 404 

The design of heating and air-conditioning systems; the preparation of specifi- 
cations and performance tests on heating and air-conditioning equipment. 

Mr. Knight 

MAE 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 542, MAE 582 

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria, acceler- 
ation tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria for con- 
figuration design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostructural design, 
boost phase, de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling entry, glide phase, 
maneuvering and landing, stability and control, thermal protection system, 
materials, instrumentation and life-support systems. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

Review of the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket-propelled vehicles. 
Thermodynamics of real gases at high temperature. Nonequilibrium flow in 
rocket nozzles. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 681 

A study of the design and performance of solid-propellant rockets; properties 
and burning characteristics of solid propellants. Internal ballistics of solid-pro- 
pellant rockets. Design and design optimization. Combustion instabilities. 

Mr. Hassan 

MAE 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 681 

The study and design of liquid-propellant rockets. Combustion of liquid fuels. 
Thrust chamber, propellant supply and injection system. Cooling of rocket 
motors. Low- and high-frequency instability in liquid rocket motors. Scaling laws. 

Mr. Hassan 

MAE 684 Ion Propulsion 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: MAE 531 

Study and design of ion motors, power sources and converters, missions for ion- 
propelled vehicles. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1-6 F or S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in contemporary 
mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff 

MAE 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) F or S 

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current research 

problems and advanced engineering theories. Graduate Staff 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering, consent of advisor 

Individual research in the field of mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 195 

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information see Mineral 
Industries, page 199.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIM 401, 402 Metallurgical Operations I, II 4(3-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the 
production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily with 
procedures and operations employed in chemical or extractive metallurgy. Part 
II covers the operations of physical and mechanical metallurgy. 

MIM 421, 422 METALLURGY I, II 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CH 103 

The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and non- 
ferrous metals and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat treat- 
ment; physical testing, corrosion and its prevention. 

MIM 423 Metallurgical Laboratory 1(0-3) FS 

Corequisite: MIM 421 or MIM 422 

Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, II. 

MIM 431, 432 Metallography I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination and cor- 
relation of the structure, constitution and properties of metals and alloys. 

MIM 491, 492 Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in metallurgical engineering 

Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering and re- 
lated subjects. 

MIM 495, 496 Experimental Engineering I, II 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or consent of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project in metallurgy, 
metallography or other experimental work. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIM 521, 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or MIM 432 

Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction rates 
in the solid state, and alloy influences; current heat treating practices; surface 
treatments; behavior of metals at high and low temperatures; special-purpose 
alloys; powder metallurgy; review of modern equipment and methods for the 
study of metals. Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIM 523, 524 Metallurgical Factors in Design 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using metals 
in design. Mr. Austin 



196 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MIM 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electrochemical 
nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors, 
methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. Mr. Austin 

MIM 561 Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles govern- 
ing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Correlation of these 
principles with physical, mechanical and chemical properties of materials. Par- 
ticular emphasis is placed upon materials of construction for nuclear reactors. 

Mr. Austin 

MIM 562 (NE 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: MIM 422, PY 410 or equivalent 

Those reactor component design considerations determined by materials pro- 
perties as well as by nuclear function will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed 
on radiation metallurgical processes in materials pertinent to fast reactors for 
either terrestrial or space applications. 

MIM 595, 596 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I, II 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or consent of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental project 
dealing with metallurgy or metallography. A seminar period is provided and a 
written report is required. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MIM 651, 652 Theory and Structure of Metals 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MIM 522 

An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic 
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theory of 
crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion and dis- 
location theory. Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIM 691, 692 Special Topics in Metallurgical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Special studies of advanced topics in metallurgical engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

MIM 699 Metallurgical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in metallurgical engineer- 
ing. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



MICROBIOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor James B. Evans, Head 

Associate Professors: Waltkr J. DOBROGOSZ, GERALD H. Elkan, Pat B. 
Hamilton, Jerome J. Perry; Assistant Professor: Harish C. Minocha 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 197 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: William V. Bartholomew, John L. Etchells, James G. 
Lecce, Marvin L. Speck; Associate Professors: Frank B. Armstrong, 
John J. McNeill 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Students applying for admission to the programs need not have had any 
formal, training in microbiology. Applicants should have a bachelor's degree 
in one of the biological or physical sciences vi^ith at least tw^o years of 
biology (preferably including a semester of microbiology), two years of 
chemistry (including a year of organic), two years of math (including a 
year of calculus), a year of physics and two years of a foreign language. 
Any deficiencies may be made up while in graduate school but will not be 
counted as credit toward a graduate degree. 

There are no specific departmental requirements regarding courses of 
study. Each program is tailored for the individual student by his graduate 
advisory committee. There is a core of basic courses in microbiology that 
will be on the programs of most graduate students. However, at least half 
of the courses in most programs will be basic courses in related areas such 
as biochemistry, chemistry, genetics and cell biology. 

All graduate programs in microbiology require a research thesis on some 
basic aspect of the science. At least one semester of half-time teaching ex- 
perience is required of all Ph.D. candidates. As a general rule the M.S. pro- 
gram requires two full years beyond the B.S. level and the Ph.D. program 
requires two or three years beyond the M.S. level. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 401 General Microbiology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 223 or CH 220 

A rigorous introduction to the basic principles and concepts of modern micro- 
biology. This course is recommended for students in the biological sciences 
and agricultural sciences curricula and for all students who plan to take further 
courses in microbiology. All students in this course should take the laboratory 
course MB 402 concurrently. Mr. Elkan 

MB 402 General Microbiology Lab 1(0-2) S 

Prerequisites: MB 401 (concurrently) or MB 301, CH 223 or CH 220 

An introduction to the basic laboratory techniques of microbiology. This will 
include methods of isolating, culturing, staining, quantitating and characterizing 
pure cultures of microorganisms. There will be one two-hour formal lab period 
and students will be expected to come in briefly at other times to make obser- 
vations. Mr. Elkan 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: MB 402 

A study in some depth of microbial structure and function, host-parasite 
relationships, microbial ecology and characterization of important groups of micro- 
organisms. Messrs. Lecce, Perry 



198 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MB 505 (FS 505) Food Microbiology 3(2-3) 

(See Food Science, page 140.) 

MB 506 (FS 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3(0-9) F 

(See Food Science, page 140.) 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisites: MB 402, BCH 351 or BCH 551 

A study of the physiology and metabolism of microorganisms and their regula- 
tory mechanisms. Messrs. Dobrogosz, McNeill 

MB 532 (SSC 532) Soil Microbiology 3(3-0) S 

(See Soil Science, page 242.) 

MB 555 (ZO 555) Protozoology 4(2-6) F 

(See Zoology, page 257.) 

MB 561 (BCH 561, GN 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 
(See Genetics, page 151.) 

MB 570 (CE 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3) S 

(See Civil Engineering, page 91.) 

MB 571 Virology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, MB 401 

An introduction to the fundamental aspects of virus-cell interactions. These 
include virus attachment and penetration, intracellular virus replication, metabolic 
changes occurring in cells as a result of virus infection and virus-induced cellular 
transformations. Mr. Minocha 

MB 574 (BO 574) Phycology 3(1-4) S 

(See Botany, page 72.) 

MB 575 (BO 575, PP 575) The Fungi 4(3-3) S 

(See Botany, page 72.) 

MB 590 Topical Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MB 632 (SSC 632) Ecology and Functions of Soil 

Microorganisms 3(3-0) S 

(See Soil Scii-nce, page 243.) 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Graduate Staff 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits Arranged FS 

Graduate Staff 

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits Arranged FS 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 199 

MINERAL INDUSTRIES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William W. Austin, Head 

Professors: Joe R. Beeler, William C. Bell, William W. Kriegel, James 

K. Magor, Hayne Palmour, III, Hans H. Stadelmaier, Robert F. 

Stoops; Adjunct Professor: Henry M. Davis; Visiting Professor: 

Joachim-Dietrich Schobel; Associate Professors: John V. Hamme, 

Charles R. Manning, Jr. 

The Department of Mineral Industries offers graduate programs leading 
to the degrees of Master of Science in ceramic engineering and metallurgical 
engineering, and to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with the major 
in ceramic engineering. Certain graduate courses are also offered for 
the benefit of students majoring in other areas who may be interested in 
pursuing advanced work in the mineral industries fields. 

Financial assistance is available to qualified graduate students in the 
Department of Mineral Industries. Graduate assistantships permit half- 
time studies in either ceramic engineering or metallurgical engineering, and 
half-time to be devoted to teaching or research. Also, certain sponsored 
fellowships and traineeships that permit full time to be devoted to gradu- 
ate studies are available on a competitive basis. Applications should be made 
to the department. 

CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

The unique characteristics of ceramics qualify them for many advanced 
engineering applications in space, nuclear and industrial technologies. Rapid 
expansion of this important materials discipline presents challenging oppor- 
tunities for engineering and research. Advanced study is fast becoming a 
prerequisite for careers in significant growth areas. North Carolina State 
University has been actively engaged in post-graduate teaching and re- 
search for more than three decades and, since 1950, has been the only insti- 
tution in the Southeast offering the Doctor of Philosophy degree in ceramic 
engineering. Recruitment for stimulating employment by nationally promi- 
nent industrial, educational and governmental organizations consistently out- 
strips available graduate degree recipients. 

The graduate program is predicated upon acquisition of fundamental 
understanding of the combined influence of material chemistry, defect 
structure in the solid state, process selection and kinetics, microstructure, 
environment and service conditions upon the ultimate performance of 
ceramic products. The research interests of the graduate faculty currently 
encompass a broad spectrum of the ceramic field. Included are materials 
synthesis, processing kinetics, phase relationships, constitution and struc- 
ture, mechanical and dielectric properties of crystalline and vitreous ma- 
terials, and design, development and applications of ceramics and ceramic 
composites. 

Well-equipped laboratories for graduate instruction and research are in 
active use and are being systematically enlarged and improved. Broad inter- 
disciplinarj' strengths are based upon related material activities in several 



200 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

other turricula in the School of Engineering and other schools of the Uni- 
versity. 

The prerequisite fur graduate study in ceramic engineering is a pro- 
ficiency in undergraduate courses leading to the bachelor's degree in ceramic 
engineering, or a substantial equivalent. A significant fraction of the cur- 
rent student body has come to ceramics with backgrounds in other science 
and engineering disciplines. 

For course descriptions, see Ceramic Engineering, page 73. 

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

The rapid development of space and nuclear technology and attendant 
materials problems has brought about a sharp increase in the demand for 
trained leaders in the materials fields. There is at present intense emphasis 
on advanced study and research on the fundamental behavior of metals and 
alloys. From this work will come urgently needed improvements in metallic 
materials of construction to withstand increasingly drastic service require- 
ments — higher stresses, higher temperatures, corrosive and radioactive 
environments. 

Opportunities for men with graduate training in metallurgy and 
metallurgical engineering are almost unlimited. Industry and universities 
today need approximately four times as many metallurgists with advanced 
degrees as are available. It has been estimated that by 1975 the electrical, 
chemical, aerospace and nuclear industries will require 50,000 research 
metallurgists and metallurgical engineers. The number presently available 
is approximately 12,000. Present ratios indicate that one-third to one-half 
of the 50,000 graduates needed should have advanced training beyond 
the bachelor's degree. The shortage of graduates with advanced degrees 
is further accentuated by the need for qualified college faculty members 
to provide adequate instruction in metallurgical and related fields. 

North Carolina State University is one of the few institutions in the 
South, and the only institution in North Carolina, prepared to offer gradu- 
ate instruction in metallurgical engineering. In this program special em- 
phasis is placed upon the application of basic physical metallurgy to problems 
encountered in various engineering disciplines including mechanical design, 
corrosive and reactive environments, and nuclear reactor applications. Ap- 
propriate opportunities for graduate thesis research are available in each 
of these areas. In addition to the advanced work in metallurgical engineer- 
ing, the School of Engineering also offers an excellent program of supporting 
courses at the graduate level in the related fields of physics, chemistry, 
mathematics, engineering mechanics and in mechanical, chemical, ceramic 
and nuclear engineering. 

For course descriptions, see Metallurgical Engineering, page 195. 

MODERN LANGUAGES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor GEORGE W. Poland, Head 

Professor: Edward M. Stack; Associate Professor: Harry Tucker, Jr.; 
Assistant Professor: Gloria M. Fry 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201 

The Department of Modern Languages offers courses to assist graduate 
students in preparing themselves to use modern foreign languages in re- 
search and advanced study. Students are given the opportunity of working 
a translation project in connection with their subject of major interest. They 
are encouraged particularly to seek useful foreign research related to their 
thesis or other research in progress. Although these courses do not carry 
graduate language credit, they may be taken as a means of attaining a read- 
ing knowledge. 

Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by the 
department with special permission of the Graduate School. 

MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) FS 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as rapidly 
as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLF 402 Scientific French 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussion on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) FS 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific German as rapidly 
as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLG 402 Scientific German 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussions of 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) FS 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish as rap- 
idly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by discussions on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Raymond L. Murray, Head 

Professors: Joe R. Beeler, .Jr., Raymond F. Saxe. Lloyd R. Zumwalt; 
Adjunct Professor: Ralph L. Ely, Jr.; Associate Professors: James 
R. Bohannon, Jr., Nuclear Operations Administrator, Albert Carne- 
SALE, Thomas S. Elleman, Graduate Administrator, Robin P. Gardner, 
William E. Kiker; Assistant Professors: Charles E. Siew^ert, 
Kuruvilla Verghese 



202 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: TiEN S. Chang, Wesley O. Doggett, James K. Ferrell, 
M. Necati Ozisik, Charles Smallwood, Jr., Arthur W. Waltner; 
Associate Professors: Lawrence H. Bowen, Alonzo F. Coots, Edward 
G. Manning 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate study leading to 
the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Courses and research are available within the department and cooperating 
departments in several areas of nuclear engineering, including reactor 
theory and analysis, radiation detection, nuclear materials, radiation effects, 
energy transfer and conversion, nuclear safety and instrumentation, and 
radiation applications. 

Among the available research facilities are: a 10-kilowatt heterogeneous, 
tank-type reactor, 26,000-curie Cobalt-60 gamma irradiation source; natural 
uranium subcritical assembly; 1-Mev pulsed van de Graaff accelerator; 
pulsed neutron generator; laboratories for neutron activation analysis, radio- 
chemistry, gaseous discharge, reactor noise analysis, diffusion in materials; 
high-pressure heat-transfer loop; and digital and alalog computers. Future 
facilities under design include a one-megawatt steady-state and pulse type 
reactor (PULSTAR) and a 50.000 square foot Nuclear Science and Engi- 
neering Research Center. 

Candidates for admission are expected to hold the bachelor's degree in 
one of the fields of engineering or the physical sciences. Experience in nuclear 
physics, advanced differential equations and basic reactor theory will reduce 
the time required for completion of the degree. Courses in these areas can 
be included in the initial phases of the graduate program. Thirty semester 
hours (including four for research) and a thesis are required for the Master 
of Science degree. Well-qualified students may study directly toward the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Interdisciplinary research programs may be 
arranged for graduate students in cooperation with departments in the 
Schools of Engineering, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering participates in the Nuclear 
Science and Engineering Fellowship Program of the Atomic Energy 
Commission. Students are also eligible for fellowships from the Ford Foun- 
dation, the National Science Foundation, the National Aeronautics and Space 
Administration, and others. Half-time graduate teaching or research assis- 
tantships are available in which a nine-hour load per semester is permitted. 

Graduates of the department find positions in industry, government and 
academic institutions. Opportunities include analysis, design, utilization 
and operation of nuclear facilities associated with the nuclear aerospace pro- 
gram, power reactors, research reactors and radoisotopes applications. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 404 Nuclear Energy Conversion I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 421 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful forms. 
Considers the reactor as a heat source for a heat engine cycle. Description and 
analysis of various reactor concepts and associated power plants. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 203 

NE 406 Nuclear Energy Conversion II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 422 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful forms. 
Considers isotope production and utilization, direct conversion techniques, nuclear 
propulsion concepts, research reactors and breeder reactors. 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor materials, 
reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and control. Uses of 
nuclear fission and its byproducts in research, industry and propulsion are re- 
viewed. The major engineering problems are defined and methods of approach 
are outlined. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 503 Nuclear Engineering Systems 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: NE 530 

Considers reactor as a system including aspects of reactor control, radiation 

protection, shielding and thermal design. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 511 Radiation Detection and Analysis 3(1-4) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Interaction of radiation with detectors. Characteristics of detectors and analysis 
equipment. Statistics of the counting process. Emphasis is on preparation for 
use of radiation counting equipment for research. Mr. Kiker 

NE 518 Radiological Safety 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: NE 530, PY 410 

Brief treatment of types of radiation and their interaction with matter, 
shielding and biological effects. More detailed study of safety considerations in a 
nuclear installation, including regulations, instrumentation used, overall de- 
tection system, emergency situations and radiation containment. An attempt will 
be made to gain an overall picture of the safety considerations in a nuclear 
installation. Mr. Elleman 

NE 530 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analysis of 
the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space distributions of 
flux, conditions for criticality, group theories and the time-dependent behavior 
of fissionable assemblies. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 531 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 2(0-6) FS 

Prerequisite: NE 530 

Observation and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear reactor behavior, 
the effectiveness of control and temperature and correlation with theory. Experi- 
ments on the motion and detection of neutrons and gamma rays, with emphasis on 
the research uses of nuclear reactor radiations. Messrs. Kiker, Verghese 



204 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

NE 532 Nuclear Engineering Laboratory 2(0-6) F 

Prerequisite: NE 419 

This laboratory course will provide a series of experiments that are fundamental 
to nuclear engineering. Special emphasis will be on experiments related to 
nuclear reactor theory, reactor kinetics, neutron physics, reactor heat transfer 
and radiochemistry applications. Several experiments in conjunction with an 
analog computer will be performed. Familiarization with research equipment will 
be gained through active participation of the student in setting up the various 
measurements. Mr. Saxe 

NE 540 Nuclear Reactor Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 503 or NE 530 

Considers nonsteady-state thermal and fast reactor behavior including reactivity 
effects due to temperature, poisoning and control rods. Uses elementary servo- 
mechanism theory in treating the reactor as a control element. Treats automatic 
control including control mechanisms and dynamic effect of power plant charac- 
teristics. Mr. Saxe 

NE 545 Nuclear Reactor Kinetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 503 or NE 530 

The kinetic behavior of thermal and fast nuclear reactors is carefully analyzed 
from both theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Solutions of the basic kinetic 
equations are developed and applied to specific reactor behavior. Temperature, 
void and xenon poisoning effects are considered. Digital and analog computer 
techniques are discussed and utilized. Correlation of theory with observed reactor 
behavior is made and safety consideration in reactor design is discussed. 

Mr. Saxe 

NE 550 Radiation Utilization 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 511 or equivalent 

Theory, industrial application and economics of nuclear radiation are dis- 
cussed. Emphasis is on the ability to choose appropriate forms of radiation and 
to design practical equipment. Subjects covered include: origin and economics of 
radiation, tracer techniques, activation analysis, food irradiation, chemonuclear 
processing, low- and high-level sealed source devices, and unique engineering as- 
pects. Messrs. Ely, Gardner 

NE 562 (MIM 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0)8 
Prerequisites: MIM 422, PY 410, or equivalent 

Those reactor component design considerations determined by materials proper- 
ties as well as nuclear function will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed 
on radiation metallurgical processes in materials pertinent to fast reactors for 
either terrestrial or space application. At present the most pressing problems are 
concerned with maintaining good mechanical property response during extended 
exposure to neutron irradiation. Mr. Beeler 

NE 570 Radiation Effects on Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MIM 202, PY 407 

A study of the interactions of different types of radiation with matter, with 
emphasis on the physical effects. Current theories will be evaluated and experi- 
mental techniques will be discussed. Annealing of defects and radiation induced 
changes in physical properties will be investigated in detail. Mr. Elleman 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 205 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

These courses will be used to explore unusual and /or specialized areas of nuclear 
engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 619 Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 503 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron slowing, resonance capture, Doppler effect and thermal 
flux distributions in heterogeneous nuclear reactors. Analysis of reactor control 
by temperature, effects of localized and distributed absorbers, fission products, 
fuel consumption and production. One-velocity neutron transport theory. 

Mr. Murray 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 503 

The physical theory and mathematical analysis of the penetration of neutrons, 
gamma-rays and charged particles. Analytical techniques include point kernels, 
transport theory, Monte Carlo and numerical methods. Digital computers are 
employed in the solution of practical problems. Mr. Siewert 

NE 630 Reactor Theory and Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 503 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron multiplication in uniform media with several dimensions, 
regrions and neutron energy groups. Reactor control by absorbers, time dependent 
reactor behavior, matrix treatment of perturbation theory, neutron thermalization, 
energy dependent neutron transport theory and multigroup machine methods. 

Mr. Murray 

NE 651 Advanced Reactor Theory 3(3-0) r 

Prerequisites: NE 619, NE 630 

A presentation of the latest advances in the mathematical analysis of nuclear 
reactor systems behavior, with special emphasis on neutron transport theory. 
Investigations of new reactor concepts, the development of experimental measure- 
ment techniques and methods of interpretation. Evaluation of computer methods 
for design calculations. Mr. Siewert 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3(3-0) S 

Corequisites: NE 619, NE 630 

A comprehensive analysis and design of a nuclear reactor system for a specified 
application will be performed. Considerations will include criticality, control, 
lifetime, thermal-hydraulic, shielding, economics, power conversion and opti- 
mization procedures. Selected application will be varied each year. 

Mr. Bohannon 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of recent developments in nuclear engineering theory and practice. 

Graduate Staff 
NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1(1-0) 

Discussion of selected topics in nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff 



206 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

OCEANOLOGY 

The oceans are perhaps man's last great frontier on earth. Recent develop- 
ments have made clear how little man really knows of this vast environment 
and its resources. Further understanding of the oceans and effective utili- 
zation of their resources depends upon a thorough knowledge of the 
geography of the sea and its logistics, the mineral resources of the sea and 
their extraction, the biological resources of the sea and their utilization, 
ocean pollution, and deep sea and coastal engineering. North Carolina is 
richly endowed with marine environments and resources. The state has over 
300 miles of shoreline which enclose almost 2,500 square miles of shallow 
sounds and associated habitats. In addition, an extensive continental 
shelf and proximity to the Gulf Stream and cold northern waters make 
for rich and varied opportunities for the study of marine science. 

North Carolina State University offers an individual majoring in an 
established departmental program the opportunity to minor in oceanology. 
Students in the Schools of Agriculture and Life Science, Engineering, and 
Physical Science and Applied Mathematics may major in a department ap- 
propriate to their primary subject matter interest and minor in ocean- 
ology. It is anticipated that opportunities for a full major in oceanology 
will soon exist. 

A variety of facilities are available to students wishing to minor in 
oceanology. North Carolina State University has laboratories on the coast 
at Hatteras and Aurora administered by the Department of Zoology. Stu- 
dents may also use the facilities of the Institute of Marine Science of the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the U. S. Fish and Wild- 
life Service Radiobiology Lab at Beaufort. Course offerings on the Raleigh 
campus are supplemented by courses at Chapel Hill and Duke University 
with which reciprocal tuition arrangements can be made. In addition, 
individuals with special interests in coastal engineering and protection, 
coastal geology and coastal ecology may participate in the research of mem- 
bers of the North Carolina Coastal Research Program. 

The minor program in oceanology is supervised by a steering committee 
composed of one member of the graduate faculty with competence in marine 
science from each cooperating department. The steering committee, plus 
other graduate faculty members with competence in marine science, compose 
the oceanology faculty. Departments cooperating at present are botany, civil 
engineering, food science, geology and zoology. 

A student minoring in oceanology will be expected to demonstrate compe- 
tence in the basic principles of the field. The following courses have been 
designated as the core of the oceanology program: 

00 487 (CE 487, GY 487) Physical Oceanography 

OC 529 (ZO 529) Biological Oceanography 

OC 584 (GY 584) Marine Geology 

OC 591, 592 Seminar in Oceanology 

A candidate for the Master of Science degree would normally take, as a 
recommended minimum, at least two of the core courses (or their equiva- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 207 

lents), at least one of the seminar courses and at least one other course 
from the recommended list of courses offered by cooperating departments 
or all three of the core courses plus the seminar. The recommended minimum 
3ore for the Doctor of Philosophy degree would normally include all 
three core courses (or their equivalents), at least one of the seminar 
courses and at least two other courses from the recommended list. The 
graduate committee for a student minoring in oceanology will always in- 
clude at least one member of the oceanology faculty. 

Communications concerning the oceanology program, including inquiries 
from students wishing to minor in oceanology, should be directed to the 
Chairman of the Oceanology Program Steering Committee, in care of the 
Graduate School, North Carolina State University or to a participating 
department. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OC 487 (CE 487, GY 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

An introduction to the principles of physical oceanography. Subjects to be 
covered are: history of physical oceanography; the geological and astronomical 
background for the field; tides and waves; fluid mechanics; characteristics of 
sea water; advective and convective processes; current measurements; laboratory 
models; and specific problems in physical oceanography. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OC 529 (ZO 529) Biological Oceanography 3(3-0) Sum. 

(See Zoology, page 256.) 

OC 584 (GY 584) Marine Geology 3(3-0))S 

(See Geosciences, page 156.) 

OC 591, 592 Seminar in Oceanology 1(1-0) FS 

A seminar desigrned to give perspective in the field of oceanology. Topics vary 
from semester to semester. In order to obtain credit a student must deliver a 
seminar. 

RECOMMENDED COURSES IN COOPERATING DEPARTMENTS 

BIOLOGICAL OCEANOLOGY 

BO 442 (ZO 442) General Ecology 

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 

MB 401, 402 General Microbiology 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 

ZO 517 Population Ecology 



208 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 519 Limnology 

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 

ZO 621 Fishery Science 

GEOLOGICAL OCEANOLOGY 
GY 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 
GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics 
GY 563 Applied Sedimentology 
GY 567 Geochemistry 
SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 

PHYSICAL OCEANOLOGY 
CE 517 Water Transportation 
CE 548, 549 ENGINEERING Properties of Soils I, II 
CE 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 
CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 
EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 
EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 
EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 
MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

(An interdepartmental graduate program.) 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH TECHNICAL COMMITTEE 

Professors: JOHN F. BoGDAN, ROBERT G. Carson, Jr., Frederick P. 
Brooks, Jr., Arthur R. Eckels, Salah E. Elmaghraby, Chairman, 
Paul E. Lewis, Howard G. Miller, George E. Nicholson, Jr., Walter 
J. Peterson, ex officio, Harold F. Robinson, ex officio; Associate 
Professors: BiBHUTi B. Bhattacharyya, William L. Hafley, Cleon 
Harrell, Richard I. Levin, David A. Link, Clarence J. Maday, 
Donald C. Martin,- Assistant Professors: William S. Galler, H. 
Allan Knappenberger 

ASSOCIATED GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: William J. Barclay, Fredrick P. Brooks, Arthur R. Eckels, 
Salah E. F^lmaghraby. Arnold H. E. Grandage, Robert J. Hader, 
William R. Henry, Robert W. Llewellyn, Robert J. Monroe, 
George E. Nicholson, Bernard M. Olsen, Charles H. Proctor, 
Hans Sagan, Walter L. Smith, Hubertus R. van der Vaart, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 209 

Thomas D. Wallace, Oscar Wesler; Visiting Professor: Makoto 
Itoh; Associate Professors: Raul E. Alvarez, Norman R. Bell, 
BiBHUTi B. Bhattacharyya, John W. Bishir, Richard Chandler, 
James H. Dornburg, William L. Hafley, Cleon Harrell, Laurence 
J. Herbst, Richard I. Levin, David A. Link, Clarence J. Maday, 
Donald C. Martin, Wilbur C. Peterson, James A. Seagraves, 
Edward H. Wiser; Assistant Professors: William S. Caller, H. 
Allan Knappenberger, Ronald A. Schrimper 

Operations Research is the application of scientific methods, techniques 
and tools to problems involving the operations of a system so as to provide 
those in control of the system with objective and quantitative bases for 
optimum solutions to the problems. In other words, Operations Research 
is the study of administrative systems pursued in the same scientific 
manner in which systems in physics, chemistry, engineering and biology 
are studied. The objective of the study is to gain understanding of these 
systems so that they may be more readily controlled and can, in fact, be 
harnessed to man's uses. 

A review of the brief history of Operations Research since World War 
II reveals that one characteristic is that it is interdisciplinary. It draws on 
techniques from mathematics, economics, physics, engineering and so on, 
and distills from among these techniques the ones which apply in the 
system being studied. Another characteristic is that, above all. Operations 
Research is an attitude of mind. The attitude of mind of an inquiring 
scientist who is not content with accepting a system as it is, but who 
wants to analyze it, find out 'what makes it tick', see how it responds to 
stimuli and encourage it to evolve in the best directions. 

Operations Research has found wide applicability in the military, where 
it originally started, in industry and in government, both at the state and 
federal levels. Operations researchers have been confronted with a wide 
spectrum of problems varying from the determination of the optimal 
inventory to be carried by a firm in the face of uncertain demand, to the 
planning of the allocation of national resources in the case of emergency. 

At North Carolina State University at Raleigh and the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, graduate courses in many areas of operations 
research have been offered by various departments for a number of years. 
In addition, numerous operations research theses have been directed by 
staff members of these departments. Recognizing the need to coordinate 
and expand these activities, an Operations Research Committee has been 
appointed, consisting of representatives from the Departments of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering, Economics, Electrical Engineering, Experi- 
mental Statistics, Industrial Engineering, Mathematics, Psychology, the 
School of Forest Resources and the School of Textiles at Raleigh and the 
Departments of Statistics, Information Science and the School of Business 
Administration at Chapel Hill. 

Because of the many-faceted nature of Operations Research and its 
applicability to a wide range of fields of study, the O.R. Committee has 
established a strong graduate minor program in O.R., with the major in 
any basic discipline which could contribute to or utilize Operations Research. 
It is recognized, as has been recognized by many other universities, that 



210 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

research in some major fields, such as industrial engineering and statistics, 
may be construed as research in O.R. This recognition has been reflected in 
the flexibility awarded to the design of the courses of study of any parti- 
cular M.Sc. or Ph.D. candidate by his master's or doctoral committee. 

It has also been reflected in the organization of courses for the minor in 
O.R. into 'Central' and 'Cognate' courses. The 'Central' courses represent 
the core of the body of knowledge which has come to be associated with 
Operations Research. The 'Cognate' courses are intended to assist the 
graduate student and his advisory committee in charting his program for 
optimal self-development and .^specialized education. 

A comprehensive study of O.R. usually implies intensive study and 
proficiency in at least a few of the following areas of knowledge: 
Mathematical Theories of Optimization 
Control Systems, Reliability and Cybernetics 
Econometrics and Economic Decision Theory 
Information and Computer Sciences 
Probability and Statistics 
If a student majors in a discipline which demands a high level of profici- 
ency in one (or more) of these areas, he would be expected to take courses 
from this area (or areas) as part of the major and select the O.R. courses 
from other areas. The student's committee is guided by the spirit of the 
need to complement the student's knowledge and to broaden his scope. The 
cohesive elements in the O.R. graduate program are to be the introductory 
survey to O.R. and the Seminar. 

The minimal course requirements for graduate minors in O.R. are as 
follows : 

Master's Degree — the introductory course, the seminar and two comple- 
mentary courses, with at least one from the central courses list; 
Doctoral Degrees — the introductory course, the seminar, and five comple- 
mentary courses with at least two from the central courses list. 
Prospective students should pay particular attention to the prerequisites 
for the courses chosen. A student minoring in operations research should 
have a good background in matrix algebra, advanced calculus and intro- 
ductory probability, or be prepared to take such courses early in his 
graduate program. The Departments of Electrical Engineering and In- 
dustrial Engineering have developed one-semester courses (EE 430, Es- 
sentials of Electrical Engineering; IE 510, Industrial Engineering 
Methods) to qualify nonengineers to enter certain courses in the areas 
of control systems and reliability and information and computer science. 
Such background courses cannot be counted as part of the operations re- 
search minor program. 



ADMISSION 

Prospective graduate students at either the Raleigh or the Chapel Hill 
campus of the Consolidated University of North Carolina should contact 
the graduate dean at the selected institution for Application for Admission 
forms and for a copy of the graduate catalog. Space is provided on the 
application forms to indicate a desire for an O.R. minor. The graduate 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 211 

catalog presents the requirements for admission to and the relations of the 
Graduate School and a description of departmental programs and course 
offerings. 

General information regarding the Operations Research Program can 
be obtained from 

Dr. Salah E. Elmaghraby, Chairman 

Operations Research Committee 

Box 5518 

Raleigh, N.C. 27607 
Information can also be obtained from the departments and schools re- 
presented on the O.R. Committee. 

Both teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified 
applicants each year from the departments and schools represented on the 
Operations Research Committee. Requests for such assistance should be 
directed to these departments and schools or to the Chairman of the O.R. 
Committee. 

CENTRAL COURSES IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH* 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 421, required of all O.R. minors 

O.R. Approach: Modeling, constraints, objective and criterion. The problem of 
multiple criteria. Optimization. Model validation. The team approach. Systems 
design. Examples. O.R. Methodology: Mathematical programming; optimum seek- 
ing; simulation, gaming; heuristic programming. Examples. O.R. Applications: 
Theory of inventory: economic ordering under deterministic and stochastic 
demand. The production smoothing problem: linear and quadratic cost functions. 
Waiting line problems: single and multiple servers with Poisson input and output. 
The theory of games for 2-person competitive situations. Project Management 
through PERT-CPM. Mr. Elmaghraby 

OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear 
programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who 
desire to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and 
complete development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this tech- 
nique as well as a discussion of a number of applications. Mr. Llewellyn 

OR 522 (IE 522) Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to servo- 
mechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of large non- 
linear, multi-loop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; methods of determin- 
ing modifications in systems design and/or operating parameters for improved 
system behavior. Mr. Knappenberger 

UNC ST 202 Methods of Operations Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: UNC ST 135 

Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting lines 



• Courses with numbers beginning with 1 or 2 are taught on the Chapel Hill campus ; others 
are taught at Raleigh. 



212 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and queues. Applied probability, recent developments, applications of results to 
specific problems. Case studies. Messrs. Nicholson, Smith 

OR 606 (MA 606, ST 606) Mathematical Programming II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and nonlinear 
programming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special attention 
will be paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of current research 
problems in the field of mathematical programming, including linear program- 
ming and game theory, theory of graphs, discrete linear programming, linear 
programming under uncertainty and nonlinear programming. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

OR 607 (IE 607, MA 607) Selected Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 

This course is a continuation of OR 505 (IE 505). Special techniques like the 
decomposition principles, network problems, diophantine programming as well as 
its applications to industrial problems are studied. An introduction to dynamic 
programming will also be covered. Multistage decision problems will be worked 
using linear and dynamic programming. The theoretical foundation of these 
techniques will be covered but emphasis will be in the applications to planning 
problems. Mr. Alvarez 

OR 621 (IE 621) Inventory Control Methods I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: IE 402, ST 421, MA 511 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points, and 
production schedules. Simple inventory models with restrictions, price breaks, 
price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction to the smooth- 
ing problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications of linear and dynamic 
programming and zerosum game theory. Mr. Alvarez 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR 505 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups of 
students to take on studies of special areas in O.R. which fit into their particular 
program and which may not be covered by other O.R. courses. The work will be 
directed by a qualified faculty member and in some instances by visiting 
professors. The subject matter in any year is dependent on the students and 
the faculty member. Graduate Staff 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Enrollment in O.R. minor 

Seminar discussion of operations research problems. Case analyses and 
reports. Graduate students with minors in operations research are expected to 
attend throughout the period of their residence. Mr. Elmaghraby 

SUGGESTED COGNATE COURSES 

ECONOMICS 
EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 
EC 555 Linear Programming 
EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 
EC 651, 652, (ST 651, 652) Econometric Methods I & II 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 213 

EC 655 Topics in Mathkmathai, Economics 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

EE 506 Dynamical Analogies 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II 

INFORMATION SCIENCE 

IS 160 Introduction to Automatic Digital Control 

IS 210 Processing of Natural and Artificial Languages 

IS 211 Tutorial in Information Retrieval 

MATHEMATICS 

MA 521 A Survey of Modern Algebra 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 

MA 617, 618, (ST 617, 618) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 

MA 619 (ST 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 

MA 622 Linear Algebra 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations 

STATISTICS 
U.N.C. ST 131 Elementary Probability 
U.N.C. ST 132 Intermediate Probability 
ST 611, 612 Intermediate Statistical Theory 
ST 613, 614 Time Series Analysis I & II 
U.N.C. ST 231 Advanced Probabiuty 
U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes 
U.N.C. ST 252 Information Theory 
ST 691 Special Topics (Queuing Theory, Fall 1968) 



214 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PHYSICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Frofutor Lewis W. Seagondollar, Head 

Profe»8ors: Willard H. Bennett, John M. A. Danby, William R. Davis, 
Wesley 0. Doggett, George L. Hall, Harry C. Kelly, Forrest W. 
Lancaster, Joseph T. Lynn, Graduate Administrator, Edward R. 
Manring, Jasper D. Memory, Arthur C. Menius, Jr., Raymond L. 
Murray, Arthur W. Waltner; Visiting Professor: Cornelius Lanc- 
zos; Professors Emeriti: Jefferson S. Meares, Rufus H. Snyder; 
Associate Professors: Friedrich G. Everling, Alvin W. Jenkins, 
Jr., Gerald H. Katzin, Marvin K. Moss. Richard R. Patty, David 
R. Tilley; Assistant Professors: Grover C. Cobb, Jr., David H. 
Martin, Jae Y. Park, George W. Parker, III, James W. York, Jr. 
Study in physics is available leading to the degrees Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. In addition to the areas of research listed below, 
thesis work may also be done in closely related departments in the fields of 
biophysics, environmental sciences, nuclear reactor theory and computer 
science. There are available to the department the computer facilities (in- 
cluding the IBM System 360/75 computer) of the nearby Triangle Univer- 
sities Computation Center which is jointly operated by Duke University, the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and N. C. State University. 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science degree require a 
minimum of 30 semester hours, including four credits of research and two 
of seminar. In addition, a thesis is required and a reading knowledge of 
Russian, German or French. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful completion of 
examinations, independent research and the submission of an acceptable 
dissertation. A minor area of study is required, mathematics usually 
being elected. The student is required to have a reading knowledge of two 
of the three languages Russian, German, French or a knowledge in depth 
of one of these. 

All graduate students and staff are expected to attend a weekly colloquium 
at which topics of current interest in physics are discussed. 

The Department of Physics participates in a number of fellowship pro- 
grams such as those of the National Science Foundation and the National 
Aeronautics and Space Administration. In addition, many teaching and 
research assistantships are available. Depending upwn the student's experi- 
ence, these pay from $2,700 to $3,600 for half-time duties during the nine- 
month school year and entitle the holder to in-state tuition rates. A student 
holding such a half-time assistantship may carry 60 percent of a full course 
load. 

StaflF and facilities are available for special study and research at both the 
master's and doctoral levels in the areas listed below. In most of these 
areas the work is supported by grants or contracts, and research assistant- 
ships are available. 

ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS 

A number of atmospheric problems, including the electromagnetic proper- 
ties of the upper atmosphere, are being investigated both theoretically 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 215 

and experimentally. An observing site remote from city lights has been 
constructed. 

MAGNETIC RESONANCE 

A Varian HA-100 spectrometer equipped with a CAT is used for studying 
high resolution NMR spectra of polycyclic and heterocyclic compounds and 
the relaxation mechanisms in complex spin systems. 

NUCLEAR PHYSICS 

In addition to reactor oriented research using pulsed neutrons which is 
carried out on the N. C. State campus, the department participates in 
research at the Regional Nuclear Laboratory which is located on the Duke 
University campus. This laboratory is under the direction of Professor 
Henry Newson of the Duke University physics department, and jointly 
staffed by Duke University, the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill and N. C. State University. The major facility there is a 15 MeV 
Model FN Tandem Van de Graaff accelerator with a 15 MeV cyclotron in- 
jector and on-line computer equipment. 

PLASMA PHYSICS 

The plasma research program is investigating various aspects of the be- 
havior of charged particle beams. The program is supported by well- 
equipped machine shops and tube-making facilities staffed with skilled 
technicians. Off-campus facilities available include a 10 million volt pulsed 
X-ray machine and auxiliary equipment. 

STATISTICAL AND SOLID-STATE PHYSICS 

The broad area of interest of the theoretical work is in the quantum 
theory of cooperative phenomena in solids. Although most of the work is 
analytical, computer facilities (including the IBM System 360/75) are 
available for numerical calculations. The experimental work is largely con- 
cerned with the optical properties of solids, particularly laser materials. 

RELATIVITY AND GENERAL FIELD THEORY 

At present, investigation is centered on the formulation of the differ- 
ential and integral conservation laws of the general theory of relativity and 
general field theory, and on the symmetry properties of Riemannian space- 
times. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics of this 
century. Among topics covered are: atomic and molecular structure, determination 
of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin of spectra, ion 
accelerators and nuclear reactions. 



216 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4(3-2) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of radiation 
with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and artificial radio- 
activity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion and the structure of simple nuclei. 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisites: MA Wl, PY 207 or PY 208 

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including the 
djmamics of particles and rigid bodies, gravitation and moving reference sys- 
tems. An introduction is given to advanced mechanics, including D'Alembert's 
Principle and Lagrange's equations of motion, with applications. 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in the principles of classical thermodynamics and the 
kinetic theory of gases with an introduction to statistical mechanics. Topics 
covered include equations of state, entropy, Maxwellian distributions, transport 
processes and the statistics of Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi- 
Dirac. 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 511 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic electricity and 
electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. Vector methods 
are introduced and employed throughout the course. 

PY 416 Physical Optics 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An intermediate course in physical optics with the major emphasis on the 
wave properties of light. Subjects covered include boundary conditions, optics of 
thin films, interference, diffraction and the Lorentz atom with applications to ab- 
sorption, scattering and laser emission. 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. Topics 
may be chosen for experimental or theoretical investigations, or a literature 
survey may be made. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or PY 414 

An introduction to the theory and methods of quantum mechanics, including the 
formalism of the theory and its interpretation, methods of approximation, and 
the application of the theory to simple physical systems. Mr. Jenkins 

PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 414 
An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation for 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 217 

graduate study. Emphasis is on classical mechanics of particles and continuous 
media and special relativity. Topics covered include variational principles, canoni- 
cal transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, the transition to quantum mechanics, 
and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms for fields. Mr. York 

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 415 

An introduction to the quantum mechanical treatment of atomic structure and 
spectra. Topics covered include the relativistic hydrogen atom, the helium atom, 
multielectron atoms, selection rules, etc. Mr. Parker 

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 414 

A study of the individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric 
and magnetic fields and through ionized gases, including the pinch effect, relati- 
vistic streams, conductivities and runaway electrons. Astrophysical concepts and 
approximations and the properties of plasmas, with applications, are included. 

Mr. Bennett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of the atomic nucleus as revealed by radioactivity, 
nuclear reactions and scattering experiments with emphasis on the experimental 
approach. The laboratory is designed to stimulate independent research and offers 
project work in nuclear spectroscopy and in neutron physics. Mr. Waltner 

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic 
theory. Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems; develop- 
ment of Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energy, force and momentum re- 
lations of an electromagnetic field; special relativity and the Lorentz covariant 
formulation of electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated charges. Mr. Katzin 

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 407, PY 412; PY 507 recommended 

Topics include the interpretation of infrared and Raman spectra for diatomic 
and simple polyatomic molecules; the effects due to vibration-rotation interaction, 
electronic motion and nuclear spin; nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The 
consequences of infrared absorption in the earth's atmosphere will be discussed. 

Mr. Patty 

PY 518 Radiation Hazard and Protection 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the principles of radiation dosimetry, radiation hazards to man and 
methods of providing protection. Graduate Staff 

PY 520 Physical Measurements in Radioactivity 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of experimental measurements on radioactive materials are 
presented and demonstrated through laboratory work. Emphasis is placed 
on the analytical interpretation of experimental data. Mr. Waltner 



218 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 552 Introduction TO THE Structure OF Solids 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 
Corequisite: PY 501 

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors and semiconductors. 

Mr. Parker 

PY 555 (MA 555) Principles of Astrodynamics 3(3-0) S 

(See Mathematics, page 179.) 

PY 599 Senior Research 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior honors pro^rram standing, except with special permission 

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members which may con- 
sist of literature reviews, experimental measurements or theoretical studies. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 507 

Gas dynamics of atmospheres with emphasis on recent results of rocket, 
satellite and interplanetary probes. Theories of the airglow, aurora and ionosphere 
are developed. Mr. Manring 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PY 503, PY 514 
Corequisite: MA 661 

The mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between various 
branches of physics is treated. The restricted theory of relativity, electrodynamics, 
classical field theory and the general theory of relativity are considered. 

Mr. Davis 

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: PY 510 

The experimental and theoretical aspects of nuclear processes at high energy 

are treated. Graduate Staff 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: PY 410 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include a 

review of the quantum theory of angular momentum, low energy nucleon- 
nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, polarization, direct reactions and current 

models of the nucleus. Mr. Park 

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 512, PY 502 

A treatment of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics at the advanced level, 
including an introduction to the relativistic quantum theory of Dirac particles 
and the methods of Feynman that are employed in his formulation of positron 
theory. Applications are made to scattering problems and to general problems 
of atomic and molecular structure. Mr. Moss 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611 

A general propagator treatment of Dirac particles, photons, and scalar and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 219 

vector mesons with an introduction to quantum electrodynamics and S-matrix 
theory. Applications of Feynman g:raphs and rules will be given illustrating 
basic techniques employed in the treatment of electromagnetic, weak and strong 
interactions. Renormalization theory, the effects of radiative corrections, and 
aspects of the general Lorentz covariant theory of quantized fields will also be 
considered. Mr. Moss 

PY 621 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: MA 512, PY 501, PY 503 

The theory of molecular motions, including velocity and density distribution 

functions; the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction and diffusion; equations 

of state; fluctuations. Mr. Patty 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 413 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A treatment of equilibrium classical and quantum statistical mechanics. Topics 
include the statistics of Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein; 
microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical ensembles; Boltzmann's H- 
theorem; ideal Bose and Fermi gases; density matrix formalism; the theory of 
nonidea! gases; cooperative phenomena. Mr. Park 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 661, PY 601 
Corequisite: PY 602 

This course treats the theoretical description of the phenomena of mechanics 
relatiiiK to noninertial frames of reference, with applications to space travel 
and the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to inertial guidance 
and electromagnetic-inertial guidance and electromagnetic-inertial coupling ef- 
fects are also considered. Mr. Davis 

PY 651 Mathematics of Solid-State and Many-Body Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 513, PY 502, PY 552 

Topics treated include multidimensional Fourier techniques, Schwartz dis- 
tributions, Green's functions, Brillouin zones, Fermi surfaces, correlation co- 
efficients, Patterson functions and dispersion relations. Mr. Hall 

PY 652 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 651 

Classical and quantum theories of equilibrium and transport properties of 
ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism and order-disorder in alloys. Statistical 
mechanic? of, and phase transitions in, these and other systems are treated. 

Mr. Hall 

PY 655 (MA 655) Mathematics of Astrodynamics I 3(3-0) F 

(See Mathematics, page 182.) 

PY 656 (MA 656) Mathematics of Astrodynamics II 3(3-0) S 

(See Mathematics, page 182.) 

PY 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Reports on topics of current interest in physics. Several sections are offered 
so that students with common reseai'ch interests may be grouped together. 

Graduate Staff 



220 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some selected 

field of physics. Graduate Staff 

physiolo(;y program 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: HENRY W. Garren, Lemuel Goode, Charles H. Hill, Ernest 
Hodgson, Morley R. Kare, Lester C. Ulberg; Associate Professors: 
Alastair M. Stuart. Robert T. Yamamoto 

Graduate study under the direction of the faculty for physiology may 
lead to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The 
faculty for the program is interdepartmental. For students in the program, 
a comparative approach to the study of problems in physiology is empha- 
sized. E.xperimental subjects range from insects and small rodents, to 
small and large domestic animals. Research laboratories and resources are 
available for studies, in depth, on specific physiological systems using specific 
species. 

Majors in the program usually have a minor in either biochemistry, 
genetics, statistics or in a related discipline. A strong basic knowledge 
in one of these areas is essential. 

COURSES 

ANS 604 Experimental Animal Physiology 
PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 
ZO 513 Comparative Physiology 
ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology 

OTHER SUPPORTING COURSES AVAH.ABLE 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiation 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 

PLANT PATHOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Don E. Ellis, Head 

Professors: Jay L. Apple, Robert Aycock, Carlyle N. Clayton, William 
E. Cooper, Charles B. Davey. Teddy T. Hebert, George B. Lucas, 
Lowell W. Nielsen, Charles J. Nusbaum, Nathaniel T. Powell, 
John P. Ross, Joseph N. Sasser, Hedwig H. Triantaphyllou, Nash N. 
WiNSTEAD; Visiting Professor: FREDERICK L. Wkllman; Adjunct Pro- 
fessors: George H. Hepting. Robert G. Owens; Professor Emeritus: 
Samuel G. Lehman ; Associate Professors: KENNETH R. BARKER, Ellis 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 221 

B. Cowling, Guy V. Gooding, Jr., Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Samuel F. 
Jenkins, Jr., David M. Kline, Robert T. Sherwood, David L. Strider; 
Assistant Professors: Larry F. Grand, Donald Huisingh, Charles E. 
Main, Robert D. Milholland, Royall T. Moore, Ronald E. Welty; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Jerome W. Koenigs, Elmer G. Kuhl- 
man 

The Department of Plant Pathology offers programs leading to both the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Strong foundation 
courses in mathematics, biology, chemistry, physics and soil science are 
usually prerequisite for admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. 

The principal objective of graduate education in plant pathology is to de- 
velop the student's ability to conduct independent research which leads to 
the development of new knowledge. There are many opportunities for 
employment, especially in research, extension and teaching at land-grant 
colleges and experiment stations. The United States Department of Agri- 
culture and industry also conduct programs which utilize plant pathologists. 
The rapid development of agricultural chemicals for disease control offers 
numerous opportunities in research, promotion and service. Plant patholo- 
gists also may participate in foreign service through international and 
federal organizations, as well as in commercial enterprises. 

In addition to excellent facilities for training in general phytopathology, 
separate, fully equipped laboratories for research in nematology, virology, 
physiology of pathogenesis and special biochemical problems are available to 
the student. In-depth training is available in all of these particular areas. 

The department has excellent greenhouse facilities and controlled environ- 
mental studies will be possible in the new Phytotron which will be avail- 
able in 1968. Student participation in the Plant Disease Clinic provides 
excellent training and experience in the diagnosis of all types of plant 
diseases. 

The wide range of soil types and climatic areas in North Carolina makes 
possible the commercial production of a variety of field, vegetable and orna- 
mental crops, as well as forest trees. Special facilities for experimental work 
on diseases of these crops are available at some 16 permanent research sta- 
tions located throughout the state. 

The department has a number of graduate fellowships and assistantships 
at stipends adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients. 
These have included commercial assistantships and fellowships. National 
Science Foundation Traineeships, National Defense Education Act fellow- 
ships, National Aeronautics and Space Agency fellowships, E. G. Moss fel- 
lowships, and Agricultural Foundation and departmental assistantships. 
Students applying for fellowships from the National Science Foundation, 
the National Institutes of Health and other granting agencies are invited to 
specify the department as host institution. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Advanced Plant Pathology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the economic importance, symptoms, disease cycles, 
epiphytology and control of major groups of plant diseases. 

Messrs. Jenkins, Kline 



222 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PP 503 Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 3(1-4) Sum. 

Prerequisites: One advanced course in plant pathology, consent of instructor 

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagrnosis with emphasis on 
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases. Consider- 
ation will be given to major sources of descriptive information on plant patho- 
gens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi. (Offered summer of 1968 
and alternate years.) Mr. Hodges 

PP 575 (BO 575, MB 575) The Fungi 4(3-3) S 

(See Botany, page 72.) 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 601 Phytopathology I 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is de- 
signed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation. Exercises 
will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature, laboratory and 
greenhouse experiments, and the evaluation and presentation of data. 

Mr. Jenkins 

PP 602 Phytopathology II 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology and control of plant 
diseases. Mr. Nusbaum 

PP 604 Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

A study of morphology, anatomy, physiology and taxonomy of plant parasitic 
nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant parts and other 
laboratory techniques used in the study and identification of nematodes will be 
considered. Mrs. Triantaphyllou 

PP 605 Plant Virology 3(1-6) F 

Prerequisites: ON 411, PP 315, a course in organic chemistry 

A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission, classi- 
fication, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical nature, 
structure and multiplication. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hebert 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings to 
the early part of the twentieth century. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Ellis 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research under 

Field Conditions 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of concepts involved, procedures used and evaluation made in current 
phytopathological research by plant pathologry staff. Visits to various research 
stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 223 

PP 611 Nematode Diseases of Plants 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration will be 
given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges and life cycles of the more 
important economic species. Principles and methods of control will be con- 
sidered. Mr. Sasser 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: PP 500, consent of instructoi- 

A study of interactions of pathogens and suscept plants. The following major 
topics will be considered: hydrolytic enzyme systems involved in tissue disinte- 
gration; role of enzymes, polysaccharides and toxins in wilting phenomena; mode 
of action of toxins in altering plant metabolism, role of growth regulators in 
hypertrophic responses; alterations in respiration and other physiological 
processes during pathogenesis; and nature and biochemical basis for disease 
resistance. (Offered 1968-69 and alternate years.) Mr. Huisingh 

PP 614 Fundamentals of Nematode Biology 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of the cytology, genetics, physiology and ecology of nematodes with 
emphasis on plant-parasitic forms. Exercises will include cytological, physiologi- 
cal and biochemical techniques and will extend to limited laboratory and green- 
house experiments. (Offered in 1968-69 and alternate years.) 

Messrs. Barker, Triantaphyllou 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1(1-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar chair- 
man. Graduate Staff 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff 



POLITICS 



GRADUATE FACULTY 



Professor William J. Block, Head 

Professors: FRED V. Cahill, Jr., John T. Caldwell, Preston W. Edsall, 
Abraham Holtzman; Associate Professor: Keith S. Petersen; As- 
sistant Professor: Harvey G. Kebschull 

The Department of Politics offers a program of graduate studies leading 
to a Master of Arts degree. 

A candidate for admission to this program must have demonstrated an 
aptitude for graduate study in politics; he may also be required to take 
certain further undergraduate courses to make up any deficiencies that 
mav exist in his record. 



224 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Each student will be required to complete 30 hours of graduate work. 
Eighteen to 21 of these, including three hours of thesis, will be in two 
major fields in the Department of Politics. Major fields are to be selected 
from the following: political theory, American politics, comparative politics, 
international relations and public administration. Nine to 12 hours will be 
in a minor field outside the Department of Politics, which may be con- 
centrated wholly in one related discipline or distributed among several de- 
partments. In either case a student's work in his minor field must constitute 
a unified pattern and must contribute to one or both of his major fields. 
Each student will be assigned to a graduate committee chairman for the 
preparation of his program of study which shall be subject to the approval 
of two other committee members, including one from outside the Department 
of Politics. 

Scope and Method of Politics (PS 509) is required of every candidate 
for a master's degree. In addition to this particular course, the candidate 
must: demonstrate reading proficiency in one modern language (normally 
German, French, Spanish or Russian) ; write a thesis in one of his major 
areas; and take a comprehensive written examination in his major fields 
and an oral examination on his thesis and the major field in which it is 
written and on his minor. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 3(3-0) F 

After a brief survey of those features of American government essential 
to an understanding of the political process, the course proceeds to examine 
the American electorate and public opinion and devotes its major attention to 
the nature, organization and programs of pressure groups and political parties 
and to their efforts to direct opinion, gain control of government and shape 
public policy. Special attention is given to party organization and pressure group 
activity at the governmental level and to recent proposals to improve the political 
party as an instrument of responsible government. 

PS 406 Problems in State Government 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

Selected problems arising from the operation of legislative, administrative and 
judicial machinery. In addition to acquiring a comprehensive view of these 
problems each student will make an intensive study of a special phase of one of 
them. Special attention will be given to North Carolina. 

PS 431 International Organization 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

A study of the evolving machinery and techniques of international organi- 
zation in the present century with particular emphasis on recent developments. 
The actual operation of international organization will be illustrated by the 
study of selected current international problems. 

PS 442 Government and Planning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or con.sent of instructor 

A study of the planning function at all levels of government in the United 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 226 

States, with particular attention to the problems posed for planning by the rapid 
growth of metropolitan areas. 

PS 461 Public Opinion in Democracies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 

The course is designed to develop a knowledge of the nature of public 
opinion and its functions in a democratic system of government. It focuses pri- 
marily on public opinion in the United States but also makes comparisons with 
other nations. The areas of emphasis are: theories concerning opinion formation 
and functions, public opinion research methodology, public opinion and policy 
development, and empirical studies on public opinion. 

PS 471 Latin America in World Affairs 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 376 or consent of instructor 

This course examines the role of the Latin American states in world affairs, as 
individual states and as a region acting through international organizations. 
Attention is given to the historical, political, economic, social and geographic 
forces conditioning the foreign policies of these countries. Emphasis is placed 
on the relations of the Latin American countries with the United States. 

PS 485 American Political Thought 3(3-0) S 

A study of the evolving currents and cross-currents of political thought that 
have helped to shape or to explain the actions of leaders and people from the 
Puritans to the New Frontiersmen, from John Winthrop and Roger Williams to 
John Dewey and J. K. Galbraith. 

PS 491, 492 Seminar in Politics 3(3-0) FS 

Emphasizing intensive independent work on selected topics, this seminar 
stresses familiarity with the literature and other resources of political science 
and further develops the student's skills in the methodology of the discipline. 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar 3-6 S 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, consent of the committee of selection 

Governmental internship involving formal seminars; lecture-discussions by 
political scientists, legislators, executives, judges, representatives of special 
interests and news media; four to six hours a day working on assignment to and 
under supervision of legislators or executives; formal report at completion of an 
internship covering the various aspects of the program. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 500 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

The emergence and development of the theories underlying or explaining the 
political aspects of behavior, approached through the study of the writings of 
the principal political philosophers from the days of the Greek city-state 
to the Reformation. Graduate Staff 

PS 501 Modern Political Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

A study of the state and its relationship to individuals and groups, approached 
through reading of selected passages from the works of outstanding philosophers 
from the Sixteenth century to the present. Mr. Holtzman 



226 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PS 502 Public Administration 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

A study of the factors which contribute to goal displacement in public agencies 
and the institutions, concepts and techniques which may be used in such agencies 
to reduce the effects of these factors. Mr. Block 

PS 509 Scope and Method of Politics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

This course reviews contemporary theories, concepts and methods fundamental 
to the study of politics. It emphasizes current empirical research and the col- 
lateral involvement in research activities aimed at the development of basic 
skills in this area. Graduate Staff 

PS 510 (EC 510) Public Finance 3(3-0) F 

(See Economics, page 101.) 

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

Basic constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial review, 
individual rights and political privileges, and national and state power. Special 
attention is given to the application of these doctrines to the regulation of busi- 
ness, agriculture and labor and to the rights safeguarded by the First, Fifth, and 
Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution. Graduate Staff 

PS 521 Problems in Urban and Metropolitan Area Government 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: PS 202 or consent of instructor 

This course examines theory and research on problems affecting governments in 
metropolitan areas. Principal attention is given to those problems which effect 
(or result from) governmental structure, institutions and politics and to the 
alternative approaches to their solution. Graduate Staff 

PS 531 The Legislative Process 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

A study of the formulation of public policy from the institutional and be- 
havioral viewpoints. Important current legislative problems at the congressional 
and state legislative levels will be selected and will serve as a basis for analyzing 
the legislative process. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 532 The Chief Executive 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

This course will focus upon three major concepts of the office of the chief 
executive, as developed under several incumbents. First are the institutions which 
surround that office and which facilitate the expansion of its power and oper- 
ations. Next are the various roles, which are played with more or less success 
by different chief executives. Last are the processes of leadership by which the 
chief executive can attempt to direct the machinery of government to achieve 
predetermined objectives. Mr. Block 

PS 533 The Judicial Process 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

A comparative examination of the judicial process in the United States, Eng- 
land and France. After a brief examination of the nature and main categories of 
law, the course will cover such matters as staffing of courts, the participants in 
litigation, the American judicial system, special consideration of the role of the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 227 

U. S. Supreme Court, court systems in the countries listed above and finally a 
thoroug-h examination of judicial review in action. Administrative tribunals will 
receive some attention. Graduate Stafl' 

PS 572 Seminar IN Comparative Politics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: One course in comparative politics 

This seminar will open with a survey of the problems and method.s of com- 
parative political analysis, after which students will be assigned a specific, 
limited subject to be examined within the framework of a systematic, analytical 
fchemo appropriate to the topic. Specific topics will be drawn from the subjects 
of political ideologies, political groups, political elites, and decision-making 
institutions and processes. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PS 601 Seminar in Party and Group Politics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PS 401, consent of instructor 

This course examines in depth such problems as mobilization of consent, re- 
cruitment of leaders, financing and conduct of campaigns, nomination processes, 
intc iparty and intraparty politics, party-interest group relations and ideology, 
and party-interest group relations with government and public policy. Short 
research papers will be required, some of which will be presented and evaluated 
in class. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 602 Seminar in Legislative Problems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

This seminar considers basic problems characteristic of American legislative 
systems : development and maintenance of formal and informal rules of the 
game; relationships between outside inputs (by parties, interest groups, con- 
stituents, executives, courts) and legislators; strategies and tactics of leader- 
ship; committee decision-making', roles and role behavior of legislators; bi- 
cameral and apportionment problems. Each student is required to do extensive 
reading, to interview legislators and those who seek to influence them, and 
to prepare reports. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 603 Seminar in Administrative Problems 2-4 S 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or equivalent 

An advanced course in administrative principles and methods. Students will 
perform individual or group research, under supervision, in specific adminis- 
trative topics within the context of those public agencies which function in their 
respective fields of technology. Mr. Block 

PS 604 Seminar in Jidicial Problems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, PS 533 or equivalent 

Building on previously acquired familiarity with the judicial process, this 
course requires the student to work in depth on one or more contemporary 
judicial problems and to use various research techniques in his study. 

Graduate Staff 

PS 621 Seminar in International Politics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Examination in depth of selected theories, practices and problems of inter- 
national politics. Mr. Petersen 



228 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PS 696 Seminar in Politics 2-4 F 

Prerequisite: Advanced g^raduate standing 

An independent advanced research course in selected problems of government 
and politics. The problems will be chosen in accordance with the needs and 
desires of the students registered for the course. Graduate Staff 

PS 699 Research in Politics Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 

Research for and writing of master's thesis. Graduate Staff 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Henry W. Garren, Head 

Professors: CLIFFORD W. Barber, Frank R. Craig. Edward W. Glazener, 
Charles H. Hill, Morley R. Kare; Associate Professors: William L. 
Blow; Harvey L. Bumgardner, William E. Donaldson. Pat B. Hamil- 
ton; Assistant Professors: JiMMY D. Garlich, Burton J. Lang 

ASSOCIATE MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT 
Professor: DANIEL Fromm 

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science degree 
in poultry science and doctoral programs in physiology, genetics and 
nutrition. 

The department occupies Scott Hall, a building containing well-equipped 
research laboratories, animal rooms, a library and offices. Additional 
research facilities are located on the University farms and on three out- 
lying farms in the western. Piedmont and eastern sections of North Caro- 
lina. New facilities for basic and applied research are under construction, 
both on campus and on the University farms. The research program is 
comprehensive and ranges from fundamental biochemical, physiological 
and genetic investigations to poultry management problems. 

The demand for men and women with advanced training in poultry science 
is far greater than the supply. Many opportunities, both domestic and 
foreign, exist for graduates. These include research and teaching positions 
in public and private institutions, civil service and industry. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4(3-2) S 

The major infectious, noninfectious and parasitic diseases of poultry are 
studied with respect to economic importance, etiology, susceptibility, dissemi- 
nation, symptoms and lesions. Emphasis is placed upon practices necessary for 
the prevention, control and treatment of each disease. Mr. Craig 

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4(3-2) S 

Principles of incubation of chicken and turkey eggs; hatchery management; 

organization and development of plants for the operation and maintenance of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 229 

a commercial poultry farm for meat and egg production; study of the types 
of buildings, equipment and methods of management currently employed by 
successful poultrymen in North Carolina. Mr. Brown 

PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 101 

Selection, processing, grading and packaging poultry meat and eggs. Factors 
involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs. 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Current topics and problems relating to poultry science and to the poultry 

industry are assigned for oral reports and discussion. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 520 (GN 520) Poultry Breeding 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Application of genetic principles to poultry breeding, considering physical 
traits and physiological characteristics — feather patterns, egg production, hatch- 
ability, growth, body conformation and utility. Mr. Blow 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

A study of energy, protein, carbohydrate, fat, mineral and vitamin require- 
ments for maintenance, growth and productive purposes. Emphasis will be on 
the nutritive requirements of the avian species, but the comparative aspects of 
nutrition will also be discussed. Carbohydrate, fat and amino acid digestion 
and metabolism will be presented in relation to nutritive requirements. 

Mr. Donaldson 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or ZO 414 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological importance 
to metabolism, growth and reproduction. Mr. Garren 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PO 602 Advanced Poultry Nutrition 3(0-6) 

Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent 

Students taking this course will conduct a research problem in poultry 
nutrition. The problem will involve the designing and carrying out of chick 
experiments based on biochemical considerations. The students will obtain 
practice in designing nutritional experiments to obtain insight into biochemical 
problems. Mr. Hill 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry science. 

Graduate Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards a master's degree. 

Appraisal of present research; critical study of some particular problem 



230 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

involving original investigation. Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition, disease, 
endocrinoloR^y, hematology or microbiology. Graduate StaflF 

PSYCHOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Howard G. Millkr, Head 

Professors: John 0. Cook, Harold M. Corter, Joseph C. Johnson, Slater 
E. Newman; Professor E7ueriti(s: Key L. Rarkley; Associate Pro- 
fessors: James L. Cole, Joseph W. Cunningham, Donald W. 
Drewes, Robert E. Lubow, Richard G. Pearson, Paul J. Rust; 
Adjuyict Associate Professor: Gilbert Gottlieb; Assistant Professors: 
Gerald S. Leventhal. Thomas E. LeVere, John Wasik, Bert W. 
Westbrook; Adjunct Assistant Professor: Ronald W. Oppenheim 

The Department of Psychology offers courses of study leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Specialization in 
animal behavior, human factors, learning, physiological psychology, social 
psychology, school psychology and human resource development is available. 
All courses of study are designed to provide the student with solid ground- 
ing in the basic areas of psychology. A set of required core courses includes 
the study of learning, cognition, perception, motivation, social behavior, 
personality, statistics, research methodology and the philosophy of science. 

Specialization in animal behavior, human factors, learning, physiological 
psychology and social psychology emphasize the development of proficiency 
in experimental methodology. Human resource development is concerned 
with research on human performance in vocational and educational settings. 
School psychology prepares for professional competence in the practice of 
school psychology and associated research. 

A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate credit is required for the 
master's degree. Though no minimum number of additional hours is re- 
quired for the doctoral degree, the student may expect to take 30 or more 
additional semester hours of graduate credit. In any case, both for 
master's and doctoral candidates, the actual graduate program for each 
student is determined on the basis of his individual needs, interests and 
accomplishments. 

Admission requirements for the beginning graduate student in the 
Department of Psychology are training in: experimental psychology and 
in mathematics and statistics; satisfactory grades in all undergraduate 
work and at least a "B" average in undergraduate psychology courses; 
satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination (including the 
advanced test in psychology) and the Miller Analogies Test; and three satis- 
factory letters of recommendation in regard to quality of work and character. 
In some cases, provisional acceptance is granted where some of the require- 
ments are not met. Admission requirements for students already possess- 
ing the master's degree who wish to obtain the doctorate in p.sychology are: 
a minimum of a "B" average in their graduate work and a substantial 
background in psychology or related fields; satisfactory grades in under- 
graduate studies; satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination 
(including the advanced test in psychology) and the Miller Analogies Test; 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 231 

and three satisfactory letters of recommendation in regard to quality of 
work and character. 

The physical facilities for the training of graduate students in psychology 
include laboratories for the study of animal behavior, human learning and 
cognitive processes, perceptual and motor skills, environmental stress, social 
interaction and psychological testing and for statistical analysis. 

In addition to teaching and basic research activities, faculty members of 
the Department of Psychology carry out research for industrial, military and 
other organizations. Basic and applied research projects are supported by 
the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Institute of Child 
Health and Human Development, the U. S. Office of Education, the Na- 
tional Science Foundation and the National Aeronautics and Space Adminis- 
tration. The Department of Psychology is closely associated with the Center 
for Occupational Education, a campus center having responsibility for con- 
ducting and coordinating extensive research activities in fields related to 
occupational education. The Department of Psychology also maintains close 
ties with Dorothea Dix Hospital, a state mental hospital in Raleigh, with 
the Rehabilitation Division of the North Carolina Commission for the Blind 
and with the Division of Research of the North Carolina Department of 
Mental Health which conducts basic and applied research in fields related 
to mental health. 

Research and teaching assistantships and fellowships are available to 
qualified graduate students. The assistantships are usually based on one- 
third time assignments but are occasionally for one-half time. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality develop- 
ment, communication, social conflict and social change. 

Messrs. Leventhal, Miller 

PSY 438 Industrial Psychology II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern in- 
dustry; with particular emphasis on human relations and supervision. 

Messrs. Cunningham, Miller 

PSY 441 (IE 441) Human Factors in Equipment Design 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: IE 352 or PSY 337 or EC 426 or consent of instructor 

An introduction to methodology in laboratory research, equipment design, 
anthropometry, and accident study. Man's sensory, motor and decision-making 
abilities are related to problems of systems design, operator efficiency, and 
safety as these involve displays, controls, workplace layout, and environment 
stressors. Mr. Pearson 

PSY 475 Child Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

The development of the individual child of elementary school age will be 
the inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed upon the 
intellectual, social, emotional and personality development of the child. Physical 
growth will be emphasized as necessary for an understanding of psychological 
development. Staff 



232 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture; emotional, 
social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 491, 492 Seminar in Psychology 3(0-3) FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of department 

This course is designed to provide the undergraduate psychology major with 
skill in designing and conducting independent research studies; knowledge of 
sources and skill in locating information pertaining to behavior; knowledge of 
major trends in selected areas of study; knowledge of the research techniques 
available to the psychologist; knowledge of the organization of psychology as a 
profession; and an understanding of the code of ethics for psychologists. 

Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 500 Perception and Cognition 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The first half of the course will be a summary and analysis of the major 
classes of variables affecting sensation and perception. The data will be examined 
in the context of the development of theories of perception with emphasis on 
the general problem of scientific method and theory construction as well as the 
specific content of perceptual theory. The second half of the course will sum- 
marize and analyze the major modes of thinking and the variables affecting 
the thinking process. Special emphasis will be placed on the relationship between 
perception and thinking, and a number of the theories of thinking will be 
evaluated. Graduate Staff 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of psychology, including PSY 200, PSY 300, PSY 310 
A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of co- 
ordination, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions and motivation. 

Mr. Levere 

PSY 503 Comparative Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, PSY 310, or consent of instructor 

Covers the history of the study of the comparative behavior of organisms; 
methodological and theoretical problems peculiar to comparative psychology, 
with emphasis on the ontogeny and evolution of behavior in vertebrate animals. 

Mr. Gottlieb 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant to 

educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 510 Learning and Motivation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A systematic analysis of some of the major classes of variables determining 
behavioral change. Learning variables arc analyzed within their primary experi- 
mental setting, and emphasis is upon the diversity of the functions governing 
behavior change rather than upon the development of some comprehensive 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 233 

theory. Both learning and motivational variables are examined as they con- 
tribute to changes in performance within the experimental setting. 

Messrs. Cole, Newman, Pearson 

PSY 514 Logical Foundations of Behavioral Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in psychology 

An analysis of fundamental considerations involved in the formulation and 
verification of theories of behavior. Such topics as operationalism, formalism, 
reductionism, logical analysis and the nature of truth in empirical sciences 
will be introduced and related to research in various areas of psychological 
interest. The objectives are to provide insight into the nature of scientific re- 
search, to foster capability to derive testable hypotheses and to promote effective 
writing and speaking about psychological theory and experimentation. 

Messrs. Cook, Drewes 

PSY 520 Personality and Social Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An analysis of the individual and the social systems in which he operates. 
Systems and concepts of personality, the problem of human variability, the 
development of personality structure and dynamics, and of human motivation 
will be considered. The organization of the individual's perception and attitude 
structure and their relation to his social roles and group memberships will be 
examined. Processes of conformity, social influence and socialization will also 
be studied. Messrs. Corter, Leventhal 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302 

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior and treatment of the major 
personality disturbances. Emphasis will be placed on theory, experimental 
psychopathology and preventive measures. Mr. Corter 

PSY 531 Mental Deficiency 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and special education 

This will be a course in description, causation, psychological factors and socio- 
logical aspects of mental retardation. Educational methods for the mentally re- 
tarded will be examined. The course is designed primarily for school psy- 
chologists and special-class teachers of retarded children, both educable and 
trainable. Mr. Corter 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisites: Six hours in psychology 

A study of the principles of psychological testing with emphasis on test 

construction, interpretation of test performance and use of standard tests 

in research and education. Mr. Westbrook 

PSY 540 (IE 540) Human Factors in Systems Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 441 (IE 441), ST 513 or ST 515 or consent of instructor 

Introduction to problems of the systems development cycle, including man- 
machine function allocation, military specifications, disolay-control comnat- 
ability, the personnel subsystem concept, and maintainability design. Detailed 
treatment is given to man as an information processing mechanism. 

Mr. Pearson 



234 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PSY 550 Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Six hours in psycholoj^y 

A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils; 

practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems in 

schools; case studies and research. Mr. Corter 

PSY 565 Organizational Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychologry 

A study of the application of behavioral science, particularly psycholo^ 
and social psychology, to organizational and management problems. 

Mr. Miller 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology, including PSY 475 or PSY 476 

A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior; parti- 
cularly of the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular at- 
tention to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental psychology. 

Mr. Johnson 

PSY 578 Individual Differences 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

Nature, extent and practical implications of individual differences and 

individual variation. Graduate Staff 

PSY 591 Individual Intelligence Measurement 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 520 

A practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the Wechsler- 
Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing and case studies. Mr. Corter 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PSY G03 Verbal Li-:arning and Verbal Behavior 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

This course will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of verbal- 
learning research studying acqui.sition, transfer and retention and the theories 
that have been proposed to explain the results of this research. Implications of 
findings from verbal-learning research for understanding concept learning, 
problem-solving and the acquisition and use of language will also be explored. 

Mr. Newman 

PSY 604 Classical Conditioning 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

The origins of classical conditioning theory and methodology will be traced 
from Sechenov, Bechterev and Pavlov through the recent Russian and American 
work. The influence of the classical conditioning paradigm on American psy- 
chology as expressed in learning theory and the conditioning therapies will 
be examined. Mr. Lubow 

PSY 605 Instrumental Learning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

A systematic analysis of various experimental techniques and alternative 
data languages for the study of instrumental learning. Primary orientation will 
be upon what is happening in the experimental situation rather than upon 
theoretical explanations of the data. Special problems, for example, discrinii- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 235 

nation, avoidance, chaining and reinforcement schedules, will be studied in 
depth. Various models for description of the data will be compared with special 
emphasis upon mathematical learning: models. Mr. Cole 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and statistics or concurrent with 
statistics 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PSY 607 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 610 Theories of Learning 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

The objectives of this course are to promote learning of the theories currently 
used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that testable consequences 
of these theories can be derived and so that the theories and their testable conse- 
quences are capably written and spoken about. Messrs. Cole, Lubow, Newman 

PSY 611 Social Psychology: Small Groups Research 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 520 

Factors that determine the pattern of interaction within small groups will 
be examined. Some factors to be considered are social norms, roles, communi- 
cation networks, power and status hierarchies and types of leadership. Con- 
formity behavior, affiliative behavior and techniques of interpersonal influence 
will also be analyzed. The role of interpersonal perception and individual dif- 
ferences in social behavior will be examined. Mr. Leventhal 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 511 or equivalent, twelve hours of psychology 

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and techniques 
in test construction. Mr. Drewes 

PSY 640 (IE 640) Skilled Operator Performance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PSY 540 (IE 540) or consent of instructor 

Theories of the human operator are considered with regard to the classical 
problems of monitoring, vigilance, and tracking. Factors such as biological 
rhythm, sleep loss, sensory restriction, environmental stress, and time-sharing 
are considered as they interact with and determine overall systems efficiency. 
(Offered in alternate years.) Mr. Pearson 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3(3-0) FS 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psychology 

and study of special problems of interest to graduate students in industrial 

psychology. Messrs. Cunningham, Drewes, Miller 

PSY 691 Special Topics in Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Course will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of advanced topical 
areas which, because of their degree of specialization, are not generally involved 
in other courses for example multivariate methodology in psychology, com- 



236 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

puter simulation, mathematical model buildinp. Some new 600-level courses will 
first be offered under this title during: the developmental phase and as such may 
involve lectures and /or laboratories. Graduate Staff 

PSY 692 Personajjty Measurement 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: PSY 520, PSY 591 

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and adults 
with emphasis on projective techniques, other personality measures, report writ- 
ing and case studies. Mr. Corter 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 FS 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and adminis- 
tration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with adults and 
children. Mr. Corter 

PSY G96 Advanced Problems in Perception 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: PSY 500. PSY 514 

Advanced topics in perception will be the .subject matter of this course. Topics 
will include a survey and analysis of contemporary trends in perceptual research 
and theory. Graduate Staff 

PSY 699 Research in Psychology Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is allowed 
toward the master's degree. Graduate Staff 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Selz C. Mayo, Head 

Professors: Glenn C. McCann, Graduate Administrator, C. Horace 
Hamilton; Professor Emeritus: Sanford R. Winston; Associate 
Professors: Lawrence W. Drabick, C. Paul Marsh, Charles V. 
Mercer, Horace D. Rawls, James N. Young, Robert J. Dolan, Harry 
G. Beard; Assistant Professors: B. Eugene Griessman, Man M. 
Sawhney 

The Department of Sociology and Anthropology offers the Master of 
Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in rural sociology. 

The graduate program is designed to provide the student with funda- 
mental grounding in the basic areas of sociology. Core courses required 
include sociological theory, inductive statistics and sociological research 
methods. Students may take courses and carry out research allowing 
specialization in such areas as the community, social psychology, educational 
sociology and the sociology of rehabilitation. 

The physical and educational resources of the department available to 
graduate students include a departmental library of bulletins, monographs 
and other materials consisting of several thousand items, accumulated over 
a period of 40 years and catalogued in indexed files. Laboratory equipment 
consists of calculating machines, drawing table and instruments, chart-mak- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 237 

ing materials, cameras, typewriters and statistical aids. Also at the disposal 
of the graduate student are automobiles for field surveys and facilities of 
the Computing Center. 

Applicants for the graduate program are required to submit Graduate 
Record Examination scores (verbal and quantitative) along with other 
application materials. A limited number of research and teaching assistant- 
ships are available annually. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ANT 252 or consent of instructor 

The course includes a review of the historical development of applied anthro- 
pology and a study of anthropology as applied in government, industry, com- 
munity development, education and medicine. The processes of culture change 
are analyzed in terms of the application of anthropological techniques to pro- 
grams of developmental change. Graduate Staff 

SOC 501 (ED 501) Leadership 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the 
various factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Particular 
attention is given to recreational, scientific and executive leadership procedures. 

Mr. Young 

SOC 502 Society, Culture and Personality 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through 
its development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with social 
norms. While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn upon, 
emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment of the 
individual to our society and to our culture. The dynamics of personality and 
character stmrture are analyzed in terms of the general culture patterns and 
social institutions of society. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 504 Education in Modern Society 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An analysis of education using basic sociological concepts. Varying emphases 
will be placed upon the historical development of education in the United 
States, cross-cultural comparisons of educational structure and function, pro- 
fessionalization of educators, investigation of the ecological factors affecting 
education, effects of group processes upon learning, and the effects of social 
processes and changes upon the educational institution. Mr. Drabick 

SOC 505 The Sociology of Rehabilitation I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and/or consent of instructor 

The area of disability and handicap is introduced from a conceptual and 
theoretical standpoint. Sociological and social-psychological aspects of handicaps, 
the rehabilitation processes, and rehabilitative organizations are stressed through- 
out. Particular attention is given to rehabilitation of the sociology of work in 
the rehabilitation processes. Socio-cultural factors in disability and handicap 
(residence, social class, family relationships, etc.) are analyzed in depth. 

Mr. Rawls 



238 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SOC 506 The Sociology of Rehabilitation II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standinp: and, or consent of instructor 

Students will be expected to eng^age in individual research projects on a 
specific handicap, a rehabilitation process, or a rehabilitative agency or sub- 
agency. An attempt will be made through lectures and discussions to give the 
student perspective concerning the actual work of rehabilitation in process 
while he is pursuing his specialized interest. Emphasis will be placed on 
sociological methods and techniques applicable to the study of the above aspects 
of social behavior. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 509 Population Problems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of population growth, rates of change and distribution. Considerable 
attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age, sex, race, resi- 
dence, occupation, marital status and education. The dynamic aspects of popu- 
lation are stressed: fertility, mortality and migration. Population policy is 
analyzed in relation to national and international goals. A world view is 
stressed throughout. Graduate StaflF 

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and 
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments and rules. This social 
system is viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The back- 
ground and functioning of industrialism are studied as social and cultural 
phenomena. Specific social problems of industry are analyzed. Graduate Staff 

SOC 511 Sociological Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Six hours in sociology, graduate standing or consent of instructor 
Study of the interdependence of theory and method; the major theoretical 
and methodological systems; and examination of selected cases of research in 
which theory and method are classically combined. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 512 Family Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

This course examines the basic theoretical and methodological frameworks in 
sociology within which contemporary family research is conducted. 

Graduate StaflF 

SOC 513 (ED 513) Community Organization 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desirable 
changes in community life. Community needs and resources available to meet 
these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action and principles 
of community organization are stressed, along with techniques and procedures. 
The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in community development are 
analyzed. Mr. Mayo 

SOC 523 Sociological Analysis of Agricultural Land Tenure 

Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural and land tenure 
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm 
ownership and tenancy in the United States. Graduate StaflF 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 239 

SOC 534 (HI 534) Agricultural Organizations and Movements 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: Three hours of sociology, American history, American government 
or a related social science or consent of department 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United States 
and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the Fanners' Alliance, 
the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm Bureau, the Equity societies, 
the Nonpartisan League, cooperative marketing, government programs and 
present problems. Mr. Noblin 

SOC 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite : Three hours of sociology 

A study of social agencies and programs and their implementation through 
specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom they serve. 
Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and programs to com- 
munity structure and forces in society; coordination of the several types of 
agencies and programs, professional leadership and participation. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 590 Applied Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of the research process with particular emphasis upon its application 
to action problems. The development of research design to meet action research 
needs receives special attention. Graduate Staff 

SOC 591 Special Topics in Sociology Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An examination of current problems in sociology organized on a lecture- 
discussion basis. The content of the course will vary as changing conditions 
require the use of new approaches to deal with the emerging problems. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

SOC 611 Research Methods in Sociology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SOC 416, ST 311 or equivalent 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, the 
interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques and their 
relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation equipment in re- 
starch. Mr. McCann 

SOC 621 Social Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology 

Treats the genetic development of the personality and the interrelationship of 
the individual and the society. Studies of social psychological factors related to 
leadership, morale, social organization and social change, and examines the 
attitudes and opinions of people on current local and national issues. 

Mr. McCann 

SOC 631 Population Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology 

yethods of describing, analyzing and presenting data on human popu- 
lations: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration and trends in re- 
lation to resources. Graduate Staff 



240 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SOC 632 Sociology of the Family 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame of 
reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely cultural and 
common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural comparisons; on 
historical explanations for variability in American families with special con- 
cern for the family; and on analyzing patterns of family stability and ef- 
fectiveness. Graduate Staff 

SOC 633 The Community 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology 

The community is viewed in sociological perspective as a functioning entity. 
A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimensions," with 
emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived from measuring 
each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on community integration and 
development is analyzed. Graduate Staff 

SOC 641 (ST 641) Statistics in Sociology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis on 
selecting appropriate models, instruments and techniques for the more frequently 
encountered problems and forms of data. Graduate Staff 

SOC 652 Comparative Societies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology 

Sociological analysis of societies around the world with particular reference 
to North and South America. Special emphasis is given to cultural and physical 
setting, population composition, levels of living, relationship of the people to 
the land, structure and function of the major institutions and forces making 
for change. Graduate Staff 

SOC 653 Theory and Development of Sociology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: SOC 511, consent of instructor 

Detailed analysis of methodological and substantive problems in utilizing 
sociological theories in varied areas, and an examination of events and trends 
in the development of sociology. Graduate Staff 

SOC 690 Seminar Credits Arranged FS 

A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree. 

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by students; 
progress reports on departmental research; review of developing research 
methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and conferences; other 
professional matters. Graduate Staff 

SOC 699 Research in Sociology Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate study committee chairman 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under 
supervision of graduate committee. Graduate Staff 

SOIL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor Ralph J. McCracken, Head 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 241 

Professors: Jack V. Baird, William V. Bartholomew, Charles B. Davey, 
James W. Fitts, Eugene J. Kamprath, William A. Jackson, James 
F. LuTZ, Charles B. McCants, Preston H. Reid, Richard J. Volk, 
William G. Woltz. William W. Woodhouse, Jr.; Associate Profes- 
sors: Stanley W. Buol, Maurice G. Cook, Fred R. Cox, George A. 
Cum MINGS, Robert E. McCollum, Sterling B. Weed; Visiting Associ- 
ate Professors: Robert B. Cate, Jr., Arvel H. Hunter, Donovan L. 
Waugh ; Assistant Professors: James W. Gilliam, Clifford K. Mar- 
tin; Visiting Assistant Professor: James L. Walker 

The Department of Soil Science offers training leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the fields of soil chemistry, 
soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, soil microbiology and soil conser- 
vation. 

Modern facilities are provided for soils graduate teaching and research 
in William Hall. Office and laboratory space is assigned each student. 
Literature relative to soils and related subjects is maintained in a depart- 
mental library. Facilities for graduate research include radioactive and 
stable isotope laboratories containing automatic recording scalers and liquid 
scintillation apparatus, a mass spectrometer, amino acid analyzer, X-ray 
diffraction apparatus with fluorescence, differential thermal analysis, infra- 
red spectrophotometer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, polarizing 
microscope, high-speed centrifuges, thin-sectioning apparatus and other 
modern equipment. Photomicrographic equipment is available for photo- 
graphing thin sections and microorganisms. 

Service laboratories for soil and plant analyses are available as well as 
special preparation rooms for solid and plant samples. Greenhouses and 
growth chambers situated at the rear of Williams Hall are easily accessible 
for controlled plant studies. Field experiments are made on the 16 research 
farms and four experimental forests owned or operated by the state. 
Located throughout North Carolina, the farms and forests include a wide 
variety of soil and climatic conditions. One of the largest and best-equipped 
soil testing laboratories in the United States is operated by the North 
Carolina Department of Agriculture in Raleigh. Special studies on various 
problems of soil testing can be made in conjunction with this laboratory. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate student's 
opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included among those 
departments in which graduate students in soil science work cooperatively 
or obtain instruction are crop science, biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing, botany, chemistry, economics, forestry, geology, mathematics, plant 
pathology, physics and statistics. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

SSC 511 Soil Physics 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisites: PY 212, SSC 200 

Physical constitution and analyses; soil stiucture, soil water, soil air and soil 
temperature in relation to plant growth. Mr. Lutz 



242 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 553, CH 433 or equivalent 

A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil 
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solva- 
tion of clays and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. Mr. Weed 

SSC 532 (MB 532) Soil Microbiology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220, MB 401, SSC 302 

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; decomposition 
of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification and nitrogen fixation. 

Graduate StafT 

SSC 541 Soil Fertility 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, SSC 341 

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and fertilizer 
interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients. Methods of 
measuring nutrient availability. Mr. Kamprath 

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GY 120, SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341 

Morphology: Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and chemical, 
physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing them. Genesis: 
Critical study of soil-forming factors and processes. Classification: Critical 
evaluation of historical development and present concepts of soil taxonomy with 
particular reference to great soil groups as well as discussion of logical basis 
of soil classification. Mr. Buol 

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341, GY 331 or equivalent 

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence and 
significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable silicates, 
layer silicate clays and sesquioxides. Mr. Cook 

SSC 560 North Carolina Soils and Their Management 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341 

Field studies of selected soil series in the coastal plain. Piedmont and mountain 
areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices that should be 
associated with the various soils under different types of farming. (Offered 
summer of 1969 and alternate years.) Messrs. Kamprath, McCracken 

SSC 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected or will 
be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current research. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR (iKADl ATES ONLY 

SSC 622 Physical and Chemical Properties of Soils 4(4-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, SSC 511, SSC 522, MA 301 or equivalent 

An examination in depth of current ideas in the field. Topics will include 
double-layer theory, molecular adsorption, ion exchange, diffusion of ions in 
soil-water systems, and relations between clay-mineral structures and their 
chemical properties. Mr. Weed 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 243 

SSC 632 (MB 632) Ecology and Functions of Soil 

Microorganisms 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MB 401, SSC 532 or equivalent 

A comprehensive examination of theories and concepts relative to ecology and 
functions of soil microorganisms. Topics include relationships of microbes to 
their environments, adaptive mechanisms, microbial processes in soil organic 
matter formation and degradation, and function of organic matter in soil 
systems. Subject emphasis will be determined by class interests and by current 
literature. (Offered 1968-69 and alternate years.) Messrs. Bartholomew, Davey 

SSC 651 Pedology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 522, SSC 511, SSC 551 or equivalent 

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and mor- 
phology; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering and 
clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis, functional 
analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible for soil profiles 
formed under various sets of soil-forming factors, classification theory and 
logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil classification schemes. 
Any of these topics may be emphasized, according to student interests. (Offered 
1969-70 and alternate years.) Mr. McCracken 

SSC 671 (BAE 671) Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow 3(3-0) S 

(See Biological and Agricultural Engineering, page 69.) 

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, SSC 522 or equivalent 

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development 
of crop plants. Segments of the course will treat soil transformation processes 
of both organic and inorganic constituents, concepts of nutrient availability 
and the relation of plant development indices to specific soil properties. (Offered 
1969-70 and alternate years.) Mr. Jackson 

SSC 674 (BAE 674) Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow 3(3-0) F 

(See Biological and Agricultural Engineering, page 69.) 

SSC 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. 

Scientific articles, progress reports in i-esearch and special problems of 
interest to soil scientists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

SSC 693 Colloquium in Soil Science Credits Arranged FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

Seminar-type discussions and lectures on specialized and advanced topics 

in soil science. Graduate Staff 

SSC 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of six semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but any 
number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



244 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

GKADLATK FACULTY 

Professor David \V. Chaney. Deati 

Professors: Clarence M. Asbill, Jr., John F. Bogdan, Kenneth S. Camp- 
bell, David M. Cates, Graduate Administrator in Textile Chemistry, 
Dame S. Hamby. Joseph A. Porter, Jr., Henry A. Rutherford, 
William E. Shinn, Robert W. Work; As.sociate Professors: James H. 
Dornburg. Thomas W. George, Richard D. Gilbert, George Gold- 
finger. Thomas H. Guion, Arthur C. Hayes, Solomon P. Hersh, 
Graduate Administrator in Textile Technology, William C. Stuckey, 
Jr.; Assistant Professors: Bhupender S. Gupta, William K. Walsh 

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master of Science 
degree in textile chemistry and in textile technology, the professional 
degree of Master of Textile Technology, and the Doctor of Philosophy in 
fiber and polymer science. 

The fundamental objectives of the graduate program in the School of 
Textiles are to provide the student with a sound education in a selected 
field and to develop his ability to initiate and conduct independent investi- 
gations which lead to the development of new knowledge. These objectives 
are accomplished through programs designed to give him a foundation in 
the basic sciences and to develop a broad and comprehensive understanding 
of a major field through study and research. 

Students with Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degrees with 
majors in the physical sciences or engineering, combined with a strong 
background in mathematics, will normally qualify for the graduate degree 
programs. 

The programs of study for the Master of Science degree include a mini- 
mum of 30 semester hours of advanced courses, including a thesis based on 
research conducted by the student, and proficiency in one foreign language. 
The plan of course work and the research activities for the Master of 
Science degree are designed to prepare the student for a career in research, 
development or other technical phases of the textile and allied industries. 
Students may minor in any one of a number of associated fields. 

The minimum requirement for a Master of Textile Technology degree is 
the satisfactory completion of 33 semester hours of advanced courses. 
There is no thesis or foreign language requirement. This program is de- 
signed to offer the student advar.ced professional training. Students pursuing 
this degree are encouraged to minor in economics with emphasis in the area 
of management. 

Programs of study may be arranged to develop a broad background in 
three general areas: advanced textile technology; marketing; textile 
chemistry. Those students interested in the first of these may emphasize 
areas such as fiber and yarn technology, fabric technology, knitting tech- 
nology, and testing or quality control. In the area of marketing, the pro- 
gram emphasizes the applications of operations research and computer 
techniques to the textile industry. Programs in these areas normally termi- 
nate within the School of Textiles with either the Master of Textile Tech- 
nology or Master of Science degree in textile technology. Programs leading 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 245 

to the Master of Science degree in textile chemistry emphasize fiber and 
polymer chemistry. 

Fiber and polymer science is derivative from chemistry, physics and 
mathematics, as well as engineering, itself a derivative field. It is concerned 
not only with the basic material, i.e., the fiber-forming polymer but also 
the structures into which the basic material can be fashioned and the pro- 
cesses by which it can be changed. Programs of study leading to the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree are designed to provide a knowledge of mathematics 
and the physical sciences, as well as the application of engineering princi- 
ples, to provide a perspective that encompasses the many interacting factors 
involved in the preparation and conversion of polymeric materials to useful 
products. 

Current research activities in the Department of Textile Chemistry 
emphasize fiber and polymer science including studies of the physical 
chemistry of dyeing, color physics, polymer-solvent interactions, sorption and 
diffusion processes, mechanism of reactions with fibrous substrates, modifi- 
cation of fibrous polymers by radiation, thermal properties of polymers and 
polymer crystalization phenomena. In the Department of Textile Technology, 
research activities include fundamental studies of the formation of man- 
made fibers and their properties; yarn structure and properties; electrical, 
frictional and mechanical properties of fibers and yarns; and novel processes 
associated with current developments in materials and equipment. 

The physical resources of the School of Textiles include all of the ma- 
chines and equipment commonly used in the processing of natural and 
man-made fibers into yarns, woven and knitted fabrics and in their final dye- 
ing and finishing. In addition, an unusually large variety of specialized re- 
search and testing equipment is available. These include such unique 
facilities as laboratories for color measurement and matching, for texturing 
yarns and for preparing man-made fibers. Well-equipped shop facilities and 
physics, electronics and instrumentation laboratories are also available in 
the school. A library containing specialized journals and books covering the 
fields of textiles, fiber and polymer science, and related subjects is con- 
veniently housed within the school. 

A number of assistantships and fellowships are available with stipends 
ranging from $2,700 to $3,600. 

For a description of courses offered by the School of Textiles, see Textile 
Chemistry and Textile Technology, below. 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information, see Textiles, 
page 244.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 223, TC 303 

The chemistry involved in the wet processing of fibrous systems, especially 
dyeing, printing and finishing. The course emphasizes principles and includes a 
study of the various classes of dyes and their application to all important 



246 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

textile fibers and blends of fibers; preparatory and bleaching processes; roller 
printing and print formulations for important dye classes; nature and appli- 
cation of finishes for textiles. Mr. Campbell 

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory 2(0-6) FS 

Prerequisites: TC 403, TC 404 

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CH 215 

Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments, and techniques 
such as spectrophotometry, pH measurements, electrometric titration, vis- 
cometry, etc. 

TC 421 Fabric Finishing I 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: TC 203 

A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring in 
textile chemistry. Emphasis placed on finishes used on garment-type fabrics, 
including stabilization finishes, water repellency, crease resistance, moth and 
mildew proofing, fire-proofing, etc. Emphasis on chemistry of finishes varied to 
fit requirements of students. Mr. Hayes 

TC 461 (CH 461) Chemistry of Fibers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the relationship 
between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural and man- 
made fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions which produce degradation of 
fibers; the production of man-made fibers. Messrs. Gilbert, Rutherford 

TC 491 Seminar IN Textile Chemistry 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisite: TC 403 

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal sources 
of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of keeping abreast 
of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular attention is paid 
to the fundamentals of technical writing. Mr. Campbell 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 521 Textile Chemical Analysis III 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: TC 421 or equivalent 

The work includes a survey of organic chemistry, with emphasis on organic 
surfactants, warp sizes and fabric finishes of all types; the identification of 
fibers by chemical means; the qualitative and quantitative analysis of fiber 
blends by chemical means, the identification of finishes; the evaluation techniques 
for dyed and finished materials. Graduate StaflF 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry op' High Polymers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: TC 461, CH 231 or CH 431 

Principles of step reaction and addition polymerizations; copolymerization 
theory; emulsion polymerization; ionic polymerization; characterization of poly- 
mers; molecular structure and properties. Mr. Gilbert 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 247 

rc 562 (CH 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk 

Properties 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220 or CH 223, CH 431 

Kinetics and molecular weight description; states of aggregation and their 
interconversion; rubbery, glassy and crystalline states; diffusional properties. 

Mr. Gates 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TC 605 Physical Chemistry ok Dyeing 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: CH 433 

Development of principles of thermodynamics, emphasizing applications in 

dye and fiber chemistry. Mr. Guion 

TC 662 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Solution 

Properties 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 433, TC 562 

Thermodynamics of polymer solutions; phase equilibria; methods of determin- 
ing molecular weight. Mr. Gates 

TC 671 (CHE 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 1-3 F 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor 

An intensive treatment of selected topics in fiber and polymer science. 

Graduate Staff 

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry 1(1-0) FS 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to fiber and polymer science; review 

and discussion of student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff 

TC 699 Textile Research for Textile Chemistry Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Attention 
will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. The master's thesis 
may be based upon the data obtained. Graduate Staff 



TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

(For a listing of graduate facultv and other information, see Textiles, page 
244.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 401 Special Topics in Textile Technology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: TX 304, TX 366 

This course is to expand on the trends, developments, new concepts and re- 
search results of the industry. A general orientation is toward the updating of 
information in these areas and the influence on the economic aspects by the 
factors involved. Certain aspects of marketing will be presented. Staff 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 301 

A study of properties and processes applicable only to filament yarns such as 
texturizing and bulking. Detailed studies of throwing systems, engineering re- 
quirements of equipment and yarn property changes resulting from processing. 

Mr. Tucker 



248 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 301 

A study of special systems of processing long staple, natural and man-made 
fibers, including woolen, worsted, direct spinning, Turbo Stapler or Pacific 
Converter, and sliver to yarn methods. New concepts and research findings as 
applied to all yarn processes. Mr. Pardue 

TX 441 Flat Knitting 3(2-2) F 
Prerequisite: TX 340 

A study of the leading types of flat knitting machines including warp knit- 
ting machines, design possibilities and fabric adaptability. Mr. Shinn 

TX 444 Garment Manufacture 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

A study of circular latch needle and spring needle machines for knitted 
fabric production. Styling, cutting and seaming of the basic garment types for 
underwear and outerwear; standard seam types; high-speed sewing machines. 

Mr. Shinn 

TX 447, 448 Advanced Knitting Laboratory 2(0-4) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

Systematic study of circular hosiery mechanisms; hosiery types and con- 
structions. Seamless hosiery production methods utilizing the newer synthetic 
yarns, toe closing methods, finishing processes and marketing are emphasized. 

Messrs. Middleton, Shinn 

TX 449 Tricot Knitting 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

A study of basic types of tricot knitting machines with emphasis on mechan- 
isms and fabrics. Attention is given to warp preparation methods applicable 
to the tricot machine, the characteristics of yarn made from natural and syn- 
thetic fibers as they affect processing into warp knitted fabrics; machine settings 
for proper qualities and ratios; economics of warp knitting, and end uses. Atten- 
tion is given to fabric design and analysis. Mr. Shinn 

TX 478 Design and Weaving 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 366 

Advanced study of special weave formations and the techniques and equip- 
ment necessary to form these fabrics. Studies in depth of new developments and 
research findings in the areas of warp preparation, design, weaving and fabric 
formation. Messrs. Berry, Moser 

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 302 

A study of cost methods applicable to textile costing with emphasis on decision- 
making. Interpretation of cost reports and their use in pricing and cost control. 

Messrs. King, Lynch 

TX 485 Mill Design and Organization 4(3-2) FS 

Prerequisites: TX 304, TX 366 

Detailed analy.sis of waste losses in the textile mill and relationship to cost. 
Application of economic principles of textile marketing, factoring, hedging and 
other buying and selling problems. Organization, planning and scheduling, in- 
ventory control and departmental functions of textile companies. Automation 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 249 

as applied to textile processing in grey mills. Technical problems of plant site 
selection, plant design and layout, and selection of equipment. Design and lay- 
out of a mill from raw fiber to grey fabric by each student. 

Messrs. Dornburg, Lynch 

TX 487 (EC 487) Sales Management For Textiles 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 205, TX 485 

Definition and analysis of the lole of sales management in the textile industry. 
Areas of control and responsibility are reviewed. Areas of analytical tools of 
sales management are studied and through case methods are brought into 
practical focus for the student. Mr. Dornburg 

TX 490 Development Project I 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

A problem of independent study assigned to seniors in the major field of study 
serving also as the laboratory period for senior-level courses. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 521 Textile Testing II 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Advanced techniques for measuring properties of natural and man-made 
fibers, yarns and fabrics. Interrelations of raw material quality, processing 
characteristics and end-product properties. The application of the laws of physi- 
cal sciences to evaluation of textile materials. Mr. Stuckey 

TX 522 Textile Quality Control 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: TX 521 

Quality control systems for textile operations. Defect prevention methods, 
isolation of processes contributing to substandard quality, relationship between 
quality control department and operating divisions. Laboratory design, equip- 
ment and personnel selection, installation of quality control systems. 

Mr. Stuckey 

TX 523 Mechanical Properties of Fibers 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 212 

The course is designed to give a student advanced knowledge of the mechanical 
behavior and frictional, optical and electrical properties of the natural and man- 
made fibers. Mr. Gupta 

TX 525 Advanced Textile Microscopy 2(0-4) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Experiments and demonstrations in more advanced techniques of textile micro- 
scopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers and study of all types of micro- 
scopes and their uses in textiles. Preparation of slides for photography. Uses of 
photomicrographic equipment. Mr. Gupta 

TX 551 Complex Woven Structures 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: TX 478 

The development of design specifications for complex fabrics as related to 
fabric geometry, functional and aesthetic properties and manufacturing limita- 
tions. Graduate Staff 



250 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TX 575 Fabric Analytics and Characteristics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 302 

Analysis and study of textile fabrics to determine the composite effects of yarn 
and fiber properties. Fabric design features that are related to mechanical as 
well as aesthetic properties. Engineering and fabrics based on utilization of other 
mixtures and homogeneous blends of natural and man-made fibers. Mr. Porter 

TX 585 (EC 585) Market Research in Textiles 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 205, ST 515, TX 485 

A study and analysis of the quantitative methods employed in market research 
in the textile industry. The function of market research and its proper orientation 
to management and decision-making. Mr. Dornburg 

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: TX 327, senior standing, consent of instructor 

Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced under- 
graduate or graduate student. These special studies will take the form of cur- 
rent problems of the industry, independent investigations in the areas of textile 
testing and quality control, seminars and technical presentations, both oral and 
written. Graduate Staff 

TX 591 Special Topics 1-4 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in textile technology. 

Mr. Dornburg 

TX 598 Textile Technology Seminar 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Lecture and discussion periods are designed for students who are particularly 
interested in yarn manufacturing aspects of the textile industry. Subject matter 
will include such aspects as training methods, safety programs, modern mill 
design, specialized techniques in setting rates, employee relations and develop- 
ments that arise from technical meetings. Mr. Dornburg 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TX 601, 602 Staple Fiber Structures 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technological aspects 
of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of research findings and 
application of these to processing equipment. Mr. Bogdan 

TX 603 Textile Structures 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 212, TX 521 

The course is designed to give a student advanced knowledge of the structure 
and some physical properties of the natural and synthetic fibers, and an ad- 
vanced knowledge of the structure of twisted yarns and their behavior in 
finished products. Mr. Gupta 

TX 621 Textile Testing III 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 522 or equivalent 

Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and instru- 
ments required for specific needs; performance of tests and analysis of data on 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 251 

industrial problems; specialized physical tests; interlaboratory tests and 
analysis; study of A.S.T.M. specifications and work on task groups for the 
A.S.T.M. Society. Mr. Gupta 

TX 631 Synthetic Fibers 2(1-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 430 or TX 436 or equivalent 

Lectures and projects on advanced problems relative to the properties and 
processing: of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns. Mr. Hersh 

TX 641, 642 Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 441 or equivalent 

A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development of 
the modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption for specific 
uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse operation; construc- 
tion and functioning of cooperating elements including sliders, jacks, sinkers, 
dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and tensioning and draw-off motions, 
regulating mechanisms, timing and control chains and cams. Use will be made 
of patent literature which covers important developments in the hosiery industry. 

Mr. Shinn 

TX 643, 644 Knitting Technology 3(1-4) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, eight hours in knitting technology 

Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Attention 
will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. Graduate Staff 

TX 651, 652 Fabric Development and Construction 3(1-4) FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Application of advanced technology to the development and construction of 

woven fabrics. Mr. Porter 

TX 698 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to the textile industry; review and 

discussion of student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff 

TX 699 Textile Research Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Atten- 
tion will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. The master's 
thesis may be based upon the data obtained. Graduate Staff 



WATER RESOURCES MINOR 

(An interdepartmental, intercampus graduate program.) 

WATER RESOURCES COMMITTEE — RALEIGH CAMPUS 

Dr. Dale M. Hoover (Economics), Chairmau 

Dr. William J. Block (Politics), Dr. Douglas C. Chamblee (Crop 
Science), Dr. Arthur W. Cooper (Botany), Dr. Eric Ellwood (Wood 
Science and Technology), Dr. Jamks K. F'errkll (Chemical Engineer- 
ing). Dr. Frank E. Guthrie (Entomology), Dr. William W. Hassler 
(Zoology), Dr. D. W. Hayne (Experimental Statistics), Proe. David 
H. Howells (Water Resources Research Institute), Secretary, Dr. J. 



252 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

F. LUTZ (Soil Science), Dr. V. A. Jones (Food Science), Dr. T. E. Maki 
(Forest Management), Prof. Henry Rutherp^ord (Textile Chemistry). 
Prof. Charles Smallwood. Jr. (Civil Engineering), Dr. Charles W. 
Welby (Geosciences). Dr. Edward H. Wiser (Biological and Agri- 
cultural Engineering) 

Water is a vitally important and unique re.source. It is an essential in- 
gredient of life, and civilizations have withered in its absence. The total 
supply is adequate; yet, variability in supply and demand create problems 
of scarcity and excess. Water is a renewable resource, but the intensity and 
multiplicity of use bring conflict and deterioration in quality. The increasing 
thirst of a rapidly developing land can only be met by intelligent management 
which takes into consideration all aspects of man's changing needs. 

Water resources management is a major issue throughout the country and 
national policy supports strong water resources programs at all levels of 
government. These are multidisciplinary undertakings and require under- 
standing of the many complex effects of conservation and development on all 
of society's interests. They require well-trained specialists in engineering 
and the physical, biological and social sciences who also possess a sound 
grasp of overall objectives and a full appreciation of the respective roles of 
the participating disciplines. 

Water resources is generally considered to be an area of specialization and 
not a discipline. Graduate education should provide an opportunity for broad 
training in water-related subjects along with intense study in the major 
disciplines. Students with an interest in water resources should be en- 
couraged to reach beyond their own departments for courses to extend their 
range of understanding and to participate in water resources courses and 
seminars designed to develop interdisciplinary communication and a basis 
for future working relationships. 

A large number of courses related to water resources conservation, de- 
velopment and management are currently offered on the Raleigh and 
Chapel Hill campuses of the University. There is a highly qualified faculty 
representative of the multiplicity of disciplines involved. In order to 
capitalize on the combined training resources of both campuses and to offer 
them in an organized way to graduate students seeking interdisciplinary 
training in this field, the University has approved a new intercampus 
graduate minor in water resources which is being initiated at the present 
time. 

The new program offers a strong graduate minor in water resources, with 
the major in any of the basic disciplines contributing to water resources 
planning, conservation, development and management. The graduate courses 
currently offered on both campuses have been reviewed and courses dealing 
with water resources have been separated into the following general areas: 

Water law and institutions 

Planning of water resources and related systems 

Municipal and industrial water management 

Agricultural and forest water management 

Aquatic biology and ecology 

Hydrology and hydrogeology 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 253 

Graduate students majoring in any discipline closely allied with one of the 
designated water resource areas will be qualified for admission to the pro- 
gram. They will be expected to select their water resources minor courses 
from one or more areas outside their major. The cohesive elements 
in the graduate program will be two interdisciplinary core courses including 
a water resources seminar and a course in water resources planning. The 
core courses to be presented on the Raleigh campus are described as follows: 

EC 590 Special Economics Topics (Water Resources Planning) 3(3-0) S 
This section of Special Economics Topics offers interdisciplinary study of the 
complex legal, political, economic, social, biological and engineering aspects of 
water resources planning for optimum water conservation, utilization and man- 
agement. Includes an introduction to contemporary planning techniques. Case 
studies of plans for multipurpose river basin development will be used as a 
framework for understanding of disciplinary input and interaction. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 591 Civil Engineering Seminar (Water Resources) 1(1-0) F 

As offered for the water resources minor, this seminar provides an overview 

of water resources conservation, planning, development and management. Topics 

presented by visiting lecturers, graduate faculty and students. Mr. Howells 

The complete listing of courses available under this program is presented 
in a brochure, Water Resources Graduate Programs. 

The minimal course requirements for a graduate minor in water resources 
are: 

Master's Degree — the two core courses in water resources plus two courses 
in water resource areas outside the major discipline approved by the 
student's advisory committee; 

Ph.D. Degree — the two core courses in water resources plus five other 
courses in water resource areas outside the major discipline approved 
by the student's advisory committee. 

Requests for information regarding the water resources graduate pro- 
grams should be directed to the Chairman of the Water Resources Com- 
mittee, the departments represented on the Water Resources Committee or 
the Water Resources Research Institute, 124 Riddick Building, N. C. State 
University, Raleigh, 27607. 



ZOOLOGY 



GRADUATE FACULTY 



Professor David E. Davis, Head 

Professors: Frederick S. Barkalow, Jr., Daniel S. Grosch, Reinard 

Harkema, William W. Hassler, Don W. Hayne, Bernard S. Martof, 

Thomas L. Quay; Professor Emeritus: Bartholomew B. Brandt; 

Adjunct Professors: Michael Potter, Theodore R. Rice, Peter N. 

Witt; Associate Professors: F. Eugene Hester, John E. Hobbie, 



254 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Lawrence E. Mettler. Grover C. Miller, Donald E. Smith. Ala- 
stair M. Stuart; Viaitiyig Associate Professor: Thomas A. Gaucher; 
Adjunct Associate Professor: THOMAS W. DUKE; Assistant Professors: 
Phyllis C. Bradbury, Donald B. Horton, John F. Roberts; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: JOSEPH W. Angelovic, B. Dean Nelson, John 
G. Vandenbergh, Richard B. Williams, Douglas A. Wolfe 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the opportunity to 
earn the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Students 
may specialize in many areas: behavior, general ecology, population dy- 
namics, limnology, marine biology, fisheries biology, wildlife biology, tax- 
onomy and ecological life histories of parasites, comparative morphology and 
systematics of vertebrates, cellular and comparative physiology, and en- 
docrinology. 

The department is located in Gardner Hall where facilities for a wide 
variety of research activities are available. Excellent opportunity for many 
types of ecological studies is provided in the extensive natural areas of state 
parks; some are only six miles from campus. Several off -campus laboratories 
are available to students and staff. 

By mutual agreement, a student may choose to do research with any 
member of the graduate staff. A student will make up a plan of study after 
discussing his interests and objectives with his major professor and ad- 
visory committee. Those courses will be selected which best prepare him for 
his particular interests. Advanced courses in other departments provide a 
variety of subjects for minor fields of study: botany, entomology, genetics, 
statistics, biomathematics, biochemistry, psychology and other related 
sciences. The student is given the opportunity to develop a high order of 
independent thought, broad knowledge, technical skills and thorough train- 
ing in investigative techniques. Strong emphasis is placed on active partici- 
pation in seminars, practice in the methods of original research and prepara- 
tion of manuscripts for publication in scientific journals. 

A variety of positions is open to students holding advanced degrees. There 
is a great need for professional zoologists in teaching and research in insti- 
tutions of higher learning and in industry. Research personnel are especially 
in demand in behavior, physiology and other medically related sciences. 
Numerous positions with the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Soil Conservation 
Service, the Forest Service and the Park Service are open to zoologists. 

A prospective student must submit Graduate Record Examination scores 
for the verbal, quantitative and advanced tests with thf application for 
admission. 

SPECIAL FA( ILITIES FOR MARINE RESEARCH 

(1) The Hatteras Marine Laboratory is located at the southern end of 
Hatteras Lsland, North Carolina, where a variety of interesting biological 
habitats occur. Cape Hatteras is the closest point to the Gulf Stream 
north of Daytona Beach, Florida. Both northern and southern faunas are 
found in adjacent waters. 

(2) The Pamlico Marine Laboratory near Aurora, North Carolina, is 
located on the Pamlico River Estuary not far from Pamlico Sound. The 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 255 

research here concerns both basic marine ecology and the effects of man's 
activities on the natural estuarine environment, particularly industrial and 
domestic pollution. 

(3) The Radiobiological Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina, is sup- 
ported by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and by the Atomic Energy 
Commission. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology 4(3-3) FS 

(See Botany, page 71.) 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: ZO 201, ZO 442 

The science of fishery biology, life history and biology of important game and 
commercial fishes, fishing methods, age and growth analysis, survey of fishery 
resources, tagging studies, population estimations and pollution studies. 

Messrs. Hassler, Hester 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4(3-3) FS 
Prerequisites: Organic chemisti-y, physics, ZO 201 

Physiology of vertebrates with emphasis on mammals. A comprehensive study 

of the mechanisms which operate to sustain life. Mr. Smith, Staff 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 223 

The classification and ecology of selected groups of fishes. Lectures, labora- 
tories and field trips dealing with the systematics, life histories, interrelationships 
and distribution of the particular groups of fishes. Mr. Hassler 

ZO 442 (BO 442) General Ecology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or equivalent 

The general principles of the interrelationships among organisms, and between 
organisms and their environment — land, fresh-water and marine. 

Messrs. Cooper, Standaert 

ZO 450 Invertebrate Zoology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 201 

The biology and classification of the invertebrate animals with special refer- 
ence to types commonly encountered and to those which illustrate zoological 
principles. Mrs. Bradbury 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO 501 Ornithology 3(2-3) F 
Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 421 

The biology of birds — systematics, physiology, life histories, ecologry and be- 
havior. Mr. Quay 



256 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or consent of instructor 

The comparative study of animal behavior including a treatment of physiologi- 
cal mechanisms and adaptive significance. Both invertebrates and vertebrates 
are studied. Mr. Stuart 

ZO 513 Comparative Physiology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisites: ZO 421, ZO 450 or consent of instructor 

A comparative study of the organ systems of vertebrates and invertebrates 
and the physiological processes involved in maintaining the homeostatic state. 
The various compensatory mechanisms employed during environmental stress are 
included. Graduate Staff 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of fishes 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites or Corequisites: GN 411, ZO 420, ZO 421, ZO 441 

The biology of fishes: physiology, anatomy, pathology, behavior and genetics. 
This course is designed especially for graduate students in fisheries. Several 
trips to research laboratories are taken. Mr. Hester 

ZO 517 Population Ecology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 442, ST 511 or equivalent 

The dynamics of natural populations. Current work, theories and problems 
dealing with problems of making measurements on natural populations and with 
population growth, fluctuations, limitation and patterns of dispersion, the ecologi- 
cal niche, food chains and energy flow. Mr. Hayne 

ZO 519 Limnology 4(3-3) F 
Prerequisite: ZO 442 or equivalent 

A study of inland waters. Lectures dealing with physical, chemical and 

biological factors that aff"ect freshwater organisms. General principles are 

illustrated in the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 524 (PO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 4(3-3) S 

(See Poultry Science, page 229.) 

ZO 529 (OC 529) Biological Oceanography 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: ZO 442 or consent of instructor 

A comprehensive course stressing the dynamic interrelationships between 
organisms of the sea and their physical and chemical environment. The latter 
part of the course will examine fundamental concepts in biological oceanography 
and will particularly stress experimental methods. Mr. Horton 

ZO 532 (GN 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3(3-0) S 

(See Genetics, page 151.) 

ZO 540 (GN 540) Evolution 3(3-0) F 

(See Genetics, page 151.) 

ZO 542 Herpetology 3(2-3) S 
Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 421 

The biology of the amphibians and reptiles: systematics, life history, anatomy, 

behavior, physiology and ecology Mr. Martof 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 257 

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 223, consent of instructor 

The classification, identification and ecology of the major groups of mammals. 

Messrs. Barkalow, Davis 

ZO 550 (GN 550) Experimental Evolution 3(3-0) S 

(See Genetics, page 151.) 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 5(3-4) F 
Prerequisites: ZO 201, ZO 442 

The principles of wildlife management and their application are studied in 

the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Barkalow 

ZO 555 (MB 555) Protozoology 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 450 or equivalent 

The biology of the protozoa : morphology, physiology, ecology, genetics, repro- 
duction, evolution, systematics and life-cycles of both free-living and parasitic 
taxa. Laboratory study will stress recognition of selected forms and demonstrate 
techniques used to prepare specimens for microscopic examinations. 

Mrs. Bradbury 

ZO 581 Helminthology 4(2-4) F 

Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 315 or equivalent 

The study of the morphologry, biology and control of the parasitic helminths. 

Messrs. Harkema, Miller 

ZO 582 (ENT 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3(2-3) S 

(See Entomology, page 125.) 

ZO 590 Special Studies Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in zoology, consent of instructor 

The investigation of a particular problem in zoology. A maximum of three 
semester hours is allowed toward a degree. Graduate Staff 

ZO 592 Topical Problems 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Organized, formal lectures and discussions of a special topic. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ZO 603 Advanced Parasitology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 581 

The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; taxonomy, 
physiology and immunology of animal parasites. 

Messrs. Harkema, Miller, Roberts 

ZO 610 Current Aspects of Animal Behavior 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 510 or equivalent 

Lectures, discussions, seminars and laboratories. The course will treat in 
detail selected aspects of the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates. The 
relationship of behavior to physiology, ecology and other related biological fields 
will be emphasized. Mr. Stuart 



258 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 551, ZO 414, consent of instructor 

A study of the current problems of cell biology including- the problems of 
the molecular organization and functions of membrane systems, subcellular 
organelles and specialized cells. Messrs. Roberts, Smith 

ZO 615 Advanced Cell Biology Lab 1(0-3) S 

Prerequisite: BCH 652 
Corequisite: ZO 614 

The theoretical basis and utilization of techniques of cell physiology with 
emphasis on the principles involved, practical limitations and applications in 
current research. Messrs. Roberts, Smith 

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 3(1-6) S 
Prerequisite: ZO 519 

A study of primary productivity, population interactions and effects of 

pollution. An experimental approach is used in the laboratory. Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 621 Fishery Science 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: ST 511, ZO 420, a course in calculus 

An analysis of fishery research methods. Population enumeration and dynamics. 
The relationship between fluctuations in natural populations and environmental 
factors. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.) Mr. Hassler 

ZO 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

The presentation and defense of original research and current literature. It 
is assumed that graduate students will attend the departmental seminar. 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 699 Research in Zoology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in zoology, consent of instructor 

Original research related to a student's thesis. A maximum of six hours is 
allowed toward the master's degree; any number toward the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff 



GRADUATE FACULTY^ 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 
at Raleigh 

J. B. Adair, Professor of Adult Education. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Dewey Allen Adams, Associate Professor of Adult Education. 

Ed.D., University of Florida. 
William L. Alsmeyer, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Raul Eduardo Alvarez, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Michael Amein, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Eugene Anderson, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Donald Benton Anderson, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Norman Dean Anderson, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Science 

Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Roy Nels Anderson, Professor of Education. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Joseph William Angelovic, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., UUh State University. 
Jay Lawrence Apple, Professor of Plant Pathology, Director of the Institute of 

Biological Sciences and Assistant Director of Research, School of Agriculture 

a??rf Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frank Bradley Armstrong, Associate Professor of Genetics, Microbiology and 

Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Clarence Monroe Asbill, Jr., Professor of Textiles and Head of Department of 

Textile Machine Design and Development. 

B.S., Clemson College. 
Leonard William Aurand, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Leonard Geoi^ge Austin, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and Head 

of Department of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 



•Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two catestories : (I) full status or (2) 
associate statuB. Full status permits a faculty member to entrage in any and all phases of the 
graduate programa of the University. Associate members may teach courses at the graduate level 
and serve as chairmen of master's advisory committees. 



260 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Richard Charles Axtell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert Aycock, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Walter Peter Baermann, Professor of Product Design. 

Ph.D., University of Munich, Germany. 
John Albert Bailey, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., University College of Swansea. 
Jack \'er.no.n Baird, Extension Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
David Stafford Ball, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Ernest A. Ball, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Walter Elmer Ballinger, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Clifford Warren Barber, Professor Emeritus of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Stanford University. 
Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Associate Professor of Wood Science arid Technology 

D.F., Duke University. 
Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Kenneth Reece Barker, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Key Lee Barkley, Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
RoLiN Farrar Barrett, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Elliott Roy Barrick, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Aniinal Hus- 
bandry Section. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Anthony Francis Bartholomay, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

S.D., Harvard University. 
William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soil Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Veterinary Section. 

D.V.M., Texas A & M. 
Ernest Oscar Beal, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., State University of Iowa. 
Harry Geddie Beard, Associate Professor of Education and Sociology and Anthro- 
pology. 

Ed.D., Cornell University. 
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professor of 

Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Univer.=ity of Michigan. 
Joe Robert Beeler, Jr., Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., Kan.«as University. 
Burton Floyd Beers, Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert Frank Behlow, Extension Professor of Animal Science. 

D.V.M., Ohio State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 261 

Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Thomas Alexander Bell, Professor (USDA) of Food Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
William Callum Bell, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering and Head of 

the htdustrial Extension Service. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
WiLLARD Harrison Bennett, Burlington Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
BiBHUTi Bhushan Bhattacharyya, Associate Professor of Experimental 

Statistics. 

Ph.D., London School of Economics. 
Robert J. Bingham, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William Louis Bingham, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
John William Bishir, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Charles Edwin Bishop, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Economics and 

Vice-president, University Public Service Program.. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Carl Thomas Blake, Extension Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Joseph Block, Professor of Politics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Lowry Blovv^, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
Joseph Nowlin Boaz, Professor of Architecture. 

M.S., Columbia University. 
John Francis Bogdan, Professor of Textiles and Director of Basic Research. 

B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute. 
James Raymond Bohannon, Jr., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Edgar John Boone, Professor of Adult Education and Head of Department, 

Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Agricultural Education, and 

Assistant Director of Extension. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Phyllis Clarke Bradbury, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Julius Roscoe Bradley, Jr., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Charles Raymond Bramer, Riddick Professor of Civil Engineering. 

E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology. 
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 



262 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Charles Henry Brett, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Kansas State College. 
Richard Bright, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., State University of Iowa. 
Charles Aloysius Brim, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Robert Charles Brooks, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Wayne Maurice Brooks, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Henry Seawell Brown, Professor of Geosciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Marvin Luther Brown, Jr., Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
William Jasper Brown, Jr., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Wynford Brown, Associate Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

Ph.D., University of Uppsala, Sweden. 
Charles Douglas Bryant, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Michig:an State University. 
Rolf Buchdahl, Adjunct Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Harvey Lindy Bumgardner, Extension Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Stanley Walter Buol, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Lawrence G. Burk, Associate Professor (XJSDA) of Genetics 

M.S., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Birkbeck College, London. 
Joseph Charles Burns, Assistant Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Robert Paschal Burns, Jr., Associate Professor of Architecture and Head of 

Department. 

M.Arch., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, Assistant Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of Politics and Dean of the School of Liberal 

Arts. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor of Politics and Chancellor. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

B.S., Clemson University. 
William Vernon Campbell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Robert Canada, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering and Assist- 
ant Dean of Engineering for Extension. 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 263 

Thomas Franklin Cannon, Research Aaaociate Professor of Horticultural 

Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
George LaFayette Capel, Extension Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Halbert Hart Carmichael, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Albert Carnesale, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Associate 

Dean of the School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Melvin Windsor Carter, Visiting Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Roy Merwin Cartel, Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

M.S., Michigan State College. 
Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert Bancroft Cate, Jr., Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
David Marshall Cates, Research Professor of Textile Chemistry ayid Graduate 

Administrator. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Larry Stephen Champion, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Richard Edward Chandler, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 
David Webb Chaney, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Monica Liu Chang, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Tien Sun Chang, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Joe Senter Chappell, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Albert Leon Chasson, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. 

M.D., University of Cincinnati. 
Erich Christian, Adjunct Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Dipl. Ing., Vienna Institute of Technology, Vienna, Austria. 
Edgar William Clark, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
Lewis James Clarke, Professor of Landscape Architecture and Acting Head 

of Department. 

M.L.A., Harvard University. 
John Montgomery Clarkson, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Albert J. Clawson, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Maurice Hill Clayton, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 



264 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
William You.nts Cobb, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Columbus Clark Cocke-^ham, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Eloise Snowden Cofe", Extension Professor of Food Science and Assistant 

Director, Agricultural Extension Service (Home Economics). 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
James Lawrence Cole, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
William Kerr Collins, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
NORVAL White Conner, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Assistant Dean 

for Research. 

M.S., Iowa State University. 
John Oiiver Cook, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., New York University. 
Maurice Gayle Cook, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Arthur Wells Cooper, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Wiliiam Earl Cooper, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Alonzo Ffeeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
Will Allen Cope, Associate Professor (USD A) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frederick Thomas Corbin, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Arthur James Coutu, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Eli IS Brevier Cowling, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Kl( HARD A. Cowan, AssiKfant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frederick Russell Cox, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gertrude Mary Cox, Professor Emeritus of Experimental Statistics. 

M.S.. Iowa Stat'." College. 
Joseph H. Cox, Professor of Design. 

M.F.A., University of Iowa. 
Frank Rankin Craig, Professor of Poultry Science. 

D.V.M., University of Georgia. 
Harris Bradford ("raig, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Paul Day Cribbins, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
William M. Crosswhite, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D.. MichiL'-an State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 266 

George August Cummings, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Joseph William Cunningham, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Michael Anthony Danby, Professor of Mathematics and Physics. 

Ph.D., Manchester University, Eng^land. 
Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Walter Carl Dauterman, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Gould Davenport, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Bingham Davey, Professor of Soil Science, Forestry and Plant Patho- 
logy. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
David Edward Davis, Professor of Zoology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Henry Mauzee Davis, Adjunct Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
William Robert Davis, Professor of Physics. 

Doktor der Naturwiss, University of Hanover, Germany. 
Donald Lee Dean, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
M. Keith DeArmond, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Arizona. 
James William Dickens, Associate Professor (USD A) of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
George Osmore Doak, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Walter Jerome Dobrogosz, Associate Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Professor of Physics and Assistant Dean, School of 

Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Robert John Dolan, Associate Professor of Adult Education and Sociology and 

Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
William Emmert Donaldson, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Clive Wellington Donoho, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Graduate 

Administrator. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 
James Henry Dornburg, Associate Professor of Textile Technology and 

Economics. 

M.B.A., University of Chicago. 



266 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Robert Alden Douglas, Pro feasor of Engineering Mechanics and Associate Head. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Murray Scott Downs, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert Jack Downs, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., George Washington University. 
Lawrence William Drabick, Associate Professor of AgriotUtural Education and 

Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Donald William Drews, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
John Warren Duffield, Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Thomas Wade Duke, Adjunct Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Texas A & M. 
Arthur Ray.mond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

D. Eng., Yale University. 
Preston William Edsall, Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Auert Edwards, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Eugene J. Eisen, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Gerald Hugh Elkan, Associate Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Thomas Smith Elleman, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert Neal Elliott, Associate Professor of Social Studies. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Eric Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood Science and Technology and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Salah E. Elmaghraby, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Operations 

Research. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
John Frederick Ely, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering 

Mcchavics. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Ralph Lawrence Ely, Jr., Adjunct Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Donald Allen Emery, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor (USD A) of Food Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Microbiology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Friedrich Gustav Everling, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Mainz University. Germany. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 267 

Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the School of 

Engineering. 

S.D., Harvard University. 
Maurice Hugh Farrier, Research Associate Professor of Entomology and 

Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Morcom Fearn, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

M.A., State College of Washington. 
James K. Ferrell, Alcoa Professor of Chemical Engineering and Head of the 

Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Thomas Fike, Jr., Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Alva Leroy Finkner, Adjunct Professor of E xperim,ental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Charles Page Fisher, Jr., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Roger C. Fixes, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science, and Coordinator AID Latin 

American Soil Testing Project. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Henry Pridgen Fleming, Assistant Professor (USD A) of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Walter A. Flood, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Leon David Freedman, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
*Daniel Fromm, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Gloria M. Fry, Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Kenneth E. Fry, Research Assistant Professor (USD A) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Alan Stuart Galbraith, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D.. Harvard University. 
William Sylvan Galler, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Gene John Galletta, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Bertram Howard Garcia, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytecnic Institute. 
Robin Pierce Gardner, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Jim Dale Garlich, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Henry Wilburn Garren, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Thomas A. Gaucher, Visiting Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D.. University of Rhode Island. 
David William Gaylor, Adjunct Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



• AfTiliated KraduMte faculty member. 



268 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Thomas Waller George, Associate Professor of Textile Technology and Chemical 

Engineering. 

M.A., University of Illinois. 
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, H'i7/ja/« Seal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Univer.sity of California. 
Forrest William Getzen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Richard Dean Gilbert, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. 
William Best Gilbert, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Wendell Gilliam, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Mississippi State University. 
Stanley E. Gilliland, Instructor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Director of 

Instrjiction, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Chester E. Gleit, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
William Alexander Glenn, Adjunct Associate Professor of Industrial Engi- 
neering and Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Harvey Joseph Gold, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics and Animal 

Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
George Goldfinger, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Universities of Paris. 
Jay Goldman, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

D.Sc, Washington University. 
Lemuel Goode, Professor of Animal Science and Physiology. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Guy Vernon Gooding, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Gilbert Gottlieb, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert William Graham, Adjunct Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Larry Frank Grand, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology and Forest Manage- 
ment. 

M.S.. Pennsylvania State University. 
Arnold Herbert Edward Grandage, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Christopher Green, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Professor of Historjl and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Walton Carlyle Gregory. William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Benjamin Eugene Griessman, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthro- 
pology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 269 

Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Harry Douglas Gross, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Elliott Brown Grover, Professor Emeritus of Textiles. 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Thomas Hyman Guion, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Gborge Albert Gullette, Professor of Social Studies and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Bhupender Singh Gupta, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., Manchester College of Science and Technology, Manchester, England. 
Edward Dewitt Gurley, Assista^it Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
George Richard Gwynn, Associate Professor (USD A) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert John Hader, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Leroy Hafley, Associate Professor of Forest Management and Experi- 
mental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Francis Joseph Hale, Associate Py-ofessor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
George Lincoln Hall, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Lacy Gilbert Hall, Assistant Professor of Adult Education. 

Ph.D., Univeisity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Max Halperen. Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 
Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textile Technology and 

Head of Department. 

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hamilton, William Neat Reynolds Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Pat Brooks Hamilton, Associate Professor of Poultry Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Valentine Hamme, Associate Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gordon A. Hammon. Assistant Professor of Recreation. 

B.S., New York State College of Forestry. 
Leigh Hugh Hammond, Extension Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Donald Joseph Hansen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D.. University of Texas. 
Durwin M. Hanson, Professor of Industrial and Technical Education and Head 

of Department. 

Ph D.. Iowa State University. 
Warren Dirward Hanson, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 



270 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

John J. Harder, Asaodate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 
James Walker Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Reinard Harkema, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Harwell Hamilton Harris, Professor of Architecture. 
Clarence Arthur Hart, Research Associate Professor of Wood Science and 

Technology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Franklin Dela.no Hart, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor of English arxd Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and Head 

of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Hassan Ahmed Hassan, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
William Walton Hassler, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
John Reid Hauser, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Arthur Courtney Hayes, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Don William Hayne, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Warren Robert Henderson, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Walter Anton Hendricks, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

M.A., George Washington University. 
William Ray Henry, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Associate Professor of Chem.istry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
George H. Hepting, Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathology and Forest Manage- 

ment. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Laurence Jay Herbst, Associate Professor of Experimental Statisties. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 271 

Solomon Philip Hersh, Associatf Professor of Textile Technology and Graduate 

Administrator in Textile Technologi/. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Francis Eugene Hester, Associate Professor (USDI) of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Auburn University. 
Charles Horace Hill, Professor of Poultry Science and Physiology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas Ira Hines, Professor of Recreation and Park Administratioyi and Head 

of Department. 

M.A., University of JMorth Carolina. 
Robert Goaut Hitchings, Associate Professor of Pulp and Paper Technology. 

M.S., Duke University. 
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head of 

Department. 

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
John Eyres Hobbie, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Charles Sasnette Hodges, Jr., Research Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 

and Forest Management. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Hodgson, Professor of Entomology and Physiology. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Vernon Emerson Holt, Associate Professor of Engineeriyig Mechanics and 

Assistant Dean, Graduate School. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Abraham Holtzman, Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Dale Max Hoover, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Maurice W. Hoover, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Harold Bruce Hopfenberg, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
William Ernest Hopke, Professor of Guidance and Personnel Sei-vices and Head 

of Department. 

Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. 
John William Horn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Donald Bion Horton, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. 
Horace Robert Horton, Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Daniel Goodman Horvitz, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., lowfa State University. 
David Hewes Howells, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering and Director of Water Resources Research Institute. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Z Zimmerman Hugus, Jr., Professor of Chemistry and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 



272 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Donald Huisingh, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agrietdtural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Arvel Hatch Hunter, Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
A. MoAZZAMUL Huq, Adjunct Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science and Director of AgrictdturaJ 

Extension Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
LoREN Albert Ihnen, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Makoto Itoh, Msiting Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Hiroshima University. 
William Addison Jackson, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Herma.n Brooks James, Professor of Economics and Dean of the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Be.njamin A.nderson Jayne, Adjunct Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

D.For., Yale University. 
Alvin Wilkins Jenkins, Jr., Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Research Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Samuel Forest Je.nkins, Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Professor of Psychology. 

Ed.D., Peabody College. 
Paul Reynolds Johnson, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
William Hugh Johnson, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Charles Irving Jones, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Florida State University. 
Edgar Walton Jones, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Evan Earl Jones, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
(ivy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Ivan Di'NLAVY Jones, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
James Robert Jones. Extension Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Lot;is Ali.man Jones, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Texas A&M. 
Victor Alan Jones, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 
Charles Howard Kahn, Professor of Architecture. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 273 

Joseph Stephan Kahn, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Henry Leveke Kamphoefner, Professor of Architecture and Dean of School of 

Design. 

M.S., Columbia University. 
Eugene John Kamprath, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
MORLEY Richard Kare, Professor of Poultry Science and Physiology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Gerald Howard Katzin, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Enn Kayari, Assistant Professor of Architecture. 

M.Arch., University of Pennsylvania. 
Harvey G. Kebschull, Assistant Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Director of 

Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Harry Charles Kelly, Professor of Physics and Provost, 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
William Edward Kiker, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Doris Elizabeth King, Professor of History and Education. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Bryant Kirkland, Pi'ofessor of Agricultural Education and Dean of the 

School of Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David McKendree Kline, Research Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Wesley Edwin Kloos, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Herbert Allan Knappenberger, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Richard Bennett Knight, L. L. Vaughn Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing. 

M.S., University of Illinois. 
Albert Sidney Knowles, Associate Professor of English. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
Jerome William Koenigs, Adjiinct Assistant Professor of Forestry and Plant 

Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington State. 
Kwangil Koh, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor in Charge of Ceramic Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 



274 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

George James Kriz, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing and Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Elmer George Kuhlman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology and 

Forest Management. 

Ph.D., Oreg^on State University. 
Leaton John Klshman, Professor (USDAJ of Horticultural Science. 

M.S., George Washington University. 
Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
COR.NELius Lanczos, Visiting Lecturer in Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Szeged University (Hungary). 
Chester Grey Landes, Assistant Professor of Pulp and Paper Technology. 

B.S. Ch.E.. Ohio State University. 
Burton James Lang, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Leonard Jay Langfelder, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Roy Axel Larson, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles James Law, Jr., Assistant Professor of Adult Education. 

Ed.D., Duke University. 
James Murray Leatherwood, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Head 

Xutrifianal Biochemistry Section. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Giacomo Lecce, Professor of Aytimal Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Jerry Stevenson Lee, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

PhD., North Carolina State University. 
Joshua Alexander Lee, Associate Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Atiimal Science and 

Head of Aniynal Breeding Section. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Samuel George Lehman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington University. 
Carlton James Leith, Professor of Geosciences and Acting Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Gerald Seymoi'R Leventhal, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Thomas Earl Levere, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
.Samuel G. Levine, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Charles Sanford Levings, III, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 
Paul Edwin Lewis, Professor of Mathematics and Director of Computing Center 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 275 

WiLUAM Mason Lewis, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
David Alan Link, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Ardell Chester Linnerud, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Michael Anthony Littlejohn, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Charles Y. Liu, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
♦Robert Warren Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., Purdue University. 
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Gilbert Long, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Graduate Adminis- 
trator. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Ian Stewart Longmuir, Professor of Biochemistry. 

M.B.B., St. Bartholomew's Medical School, London. 
Roy Lee Loworn, Professor of Crop Science and Director of Research in the 

School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Robert E. Lubow, Associate Professor of Psychology, Poultry Science and 

Zoology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
George Blanchard Lucas, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Experimental 

Statistics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Professor of Physics and Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., Ohio State University. 
Warren Lee McCabe, R. J. Reynolds Visiting Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Glenn Crocker McCann, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Graduate 

Administrator. 

Ph.D., Washington State College. 
Charles Bernard McCants, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
William Fred McClure, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Edmund McCollum, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Clarence Leslie McCombs, Research Professor of Horticultural Science and 

Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Professor of Soil Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 



* On leave of absence. 



276 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Patrick Hill McDonald, Jr., Harrelaon Professor of Engineering Mechanics and 
Head of Department. 
Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Robert Lee McGuire, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 
John Joseph McNeill, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Francis Edward McVay, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Clarence Joseph Maday, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics and 
Graduate Administrator. 
Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
James Gray Maddox, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Kitchener Magor, Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Alexander Russell Main, Professor of Entomology and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Cambridge University (England). 
Charles Edward Main, Assistant Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
T. EWALD Maki, Cart Aliviii Schenck Professor of Forest Management and Head 
of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Fred Allen Mangum, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

M.S., Oklahoma State University. 
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering and Director of Facili- 
ties Planning. 
C.E., Princeton University. 
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics and Head 
of Department of Genetics. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Richard Manning, Jr., Associate Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Edward Raymond Manring, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Joe Alton Marlin, Assistayit Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Culpepper Paul Marsh, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
David Boyd Marsland, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clifford K. Martin, Assistaiit Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
David Hamilton Martin, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

M.S., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Crowell Martin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Bernaud Stephen Martof, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Univer.sity of Michigan. 
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Head of 
Department. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 277 

Don Alan Masterton, Associate Professor of Product Design and Head of 

Department. 

M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 
Gene Arthur Mathia, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gennard Matrone, William Neal Reynolds Professor of BiochcTnistry and Head 

of Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Neely Forsyth Jones Matthews, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Gerhard K. Megla, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Dresden, Dresden, Germany. 
Jasper Durham Memory, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Dean of the School of 

Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Charles Venable Mercer, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Associate Professor of Genetics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Louis John Metz, Adjunct Professor of Forest Management and Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor Emeritus of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Marion L. Miles, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Robert Donald Milholland, Extension and Research Assistant Professor of 

Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Conrad Henry Miller, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Grover Cleveland Miller, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Howard George Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Philip Arthur Miller, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Texton Robert Miller, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Harish Chander MinOCHA, Assistant Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Kansas State University. 
Jehangir Farhad Mirza, Assistayit Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Walter Joseph Mistric, Jr., Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Texas A&M. 
Adolphus Mitchell, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

M.S. C.E., University of North Carolina. 



278 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TheX)D<)RE Bertis Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Entomology. 

D.S., Harvard University. 
Richard Douglas Mochrie, Associate Frofeasor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Carl Albert Moeller, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts. 

Ed.D., Wayne State University. 
Robert Harry Moll, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Daniel James Mongol, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

D.V.M., University of Georgia. 
Robert James Monroe, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Larry King Monteith, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Clifford James Moore, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph n.. Snnth-rn Methodist University. 
Frank Harper Moore, Professor of English. 

rn.u., University of North Carolina. 
Richard Alan Moore, Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture. 

M.L.A., University of Oregon. 
Robert Parker Moore, Research Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
ROYALL Tyler Moore, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology and Botany. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Charles Galloway Morehead, Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services. 

Ed.D., University of Kansas. 
Charles Glen Moreland, Assistaj^t Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Donald Edwin Moreland, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science and Botany. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Hal Lynwood Moses, Adjunct Assistarit Professor of Mechanical Engineeringk 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Marvin Kent Moss, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Wesley Grigg Mullen, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Carey Gardner Mumford, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Charles Franklin Murphy, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Raymond Leroy Murray, Burlington Professor of Physics and Head of Depart- 
ment of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Richard Monier Myers, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 
Howard Movess Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics and Graduate Adminis- 
trator. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Gene Namkoong, Associate Professor (USES) of Genetics and Forest Manage- 
ment. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
B. Dean Nelson, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Laurence Alan Nelson, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 279 

Paul Victor Nelson, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Joseph Taft Nerden, Professor of Industrial Education. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Herbert Henry Neunzig, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Slater Edmund Newman, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Thomas Everett Nichols, Jr., Extension Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Paul Adrian Nickel, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
John Henry Nicolai, Jr., Extension Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Stuart McGuire Noblin, Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Glenn Ray Noggle, Professor of Botany and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Charles Joseph Nusbaum, Williajn Neal Reynolds Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Bernard Martin Olsen, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Delmar Walter Olson, Professor of Industrial and Technical Education and 

Coordinator of Graduate Studies in Industrial Arts Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
John Benjamin O'Neal, Jr., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Guy Owen, Jr., Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Robert Guy Owens, Adjunct Professor or Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Mehmet Necati Ozisik, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of London. 
Hayne Palmour, III, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics and Acting Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Jae Young Park, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
George William Parker, III, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 
John Mason Parker, III, Professor of Geosciences. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Ernest Caleb Pasour, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Harold Edward Pattee, Assistant Professor (USDA) of Botany. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Richard Roland Patty, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
RiCHAFD Gustave Pearson, Associate Professor of Psychology and Industrial 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
Ralph James Peeler, Jr., Associate Professor of Econornics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Noble Perkins, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 



280 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Jerome John Perry, Associate Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Thomas Oliver Perry, Associate Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Keith Stuart Petersen, Associate Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Walter John Peterson, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Chemistry and 

Dean of the Graduate School. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
Wilbur Carroll Peterson, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Lyle Llewellyn Phillips, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Walter Henry Pierce, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

B.S., Bradley University. 
George Waverly Poland, Professor of Modern Languages and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Townsend Pope, Research Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Professor of Textile Technology. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Ira Deward Porterfield, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Michael Potter, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. 

M.D., University of Virginia. 
Nathaniel Thomas Powell, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor of Forestry and Dean of the School of Forest 

Resources. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Charles Harry Proctor, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Charles Ray Pugh, Extension Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Albert Ernest Purcell, Associate Professor (USD A) of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Thomas Lavelle Quay, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John William Querry, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Charles Price Quesenberry, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Emily H. Quinn, Professor of Adult Education. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Robert Lamar Rabb, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Allen Huff Rakes, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Harold Arch Ramsey, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Dairy Husbandry 

Section. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Oren Rawlings, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 281 

Horace Dark Rawls, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Preston Harding Reid, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Willis Alton Reid, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Robert Rhodes, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Theodore Roosevelt Rice, Professor (USDI) of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Frances Marian Richardson, Research Associate Professor of Engineeririg 

Research. 

M.S., University of Cincinnati. 
John Marion Riddle, Assistayit Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Don Lee Ridgeway, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of Rochester. 
Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Inter- 
national Contract Evaluation Regional Leader. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
Thomas Huntington Ripley, Adjunct Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
John Frederick Roberts, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Arizona. 
William Milner Roberts, Professor of Food Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Harold Frank Robinson, Professor of Genetics and Administrative Dean for 

Research. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Odis Wayne Robison, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
George Calvin Rock, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Herman Rogers, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Cornell University. 
John Paul Ross, Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
George Darrell Russell, Assistant Professor of Adult Education. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Louise May Russell, Adjunct Professor of Entomology. 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Paul James Rust, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Henry Ames Rutherford, Cone Mills Professor of Chemistry and Textile Chemi- 
stry and Head of Department. 

M.S., George Washington University. 
Hans Sagan, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Vienna. 
Reece I. Sailer, Adjunct Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Kansas University. 
Henry Sanoff, Assistant Professor of Architecture. 

M.Arch., Pratt Institute. 
Frank Dorrance Sargent, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Joseph Neal Sasser, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 



282 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Man Mohan Sawhney, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Indian Agricultural Research Institute. 
Raymond Frederick Saxf, Professor of Suclear Engineeiring. 

Ph.D., University of Liverpool (England). 
Leroy Charles Saylor, Associate Professor of Genetics and Forest Management. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor of Agricultural Education and Head of 

Department. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 
Henry Elkin Schaffer, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Hilton Schaible, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Joachim-Dietrich Schobel, Visiting Research Professor of Engineering Re- 
search. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart (Germany). 
Edward Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Charles H. Herty Professor of Chemical 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ronald Arthur Schrimper, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Wilfred Martin Schutz, Research Assistant Professor (USDA) of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Professor of Physics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
James Arthur Seagraves, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
John Frank Seely, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.Ch.E., North Carolina State University. 
Heinz Seltmann, Associate Professor (USDA) of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Henry Anthony Shannon, Assistant Professor of .Matheynatics and Science 

Education. 

Ed.M., University of Missouri. 
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Associate Professor of Entomology and Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Robert Tinsley Sherwood, Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William Edward Shinn, Chester H. Roth Professor of Knitting Technology and 

Acting Head of Department. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Masanobu Shinozuka, Visiting Scholar, Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Vernon Frederick Shogren. Associate Professor of Architecture. 

M.Arch., Massachusetts Institute of Technologfy. 
Charles Edward Siewert, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

F'h.D., University of Michigan. 
Richard Lee Simmons, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Edward Carroll Sisler. Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Howard Gordon Small, Extension Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 283 

Charles Smallwood, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering and Graduate Adminis- 
trator. 

M.S., Harvard University. 
Frederick Otto Smetana, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southei-n California. 
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Donald E. Smith, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Frank Houston Smith, Professor of Anivial Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Henry Brower Smith, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Associate Dean 

for Research and Graduate Studies, School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati. 
Ian Naismith Sneddon, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics. 

D.Sc, University of Glasgow (Scotland). 
RUFUS Hummer Snyder, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Marvin Luther Speck, William Neul Reynolds Professor of Food Science and' 

Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Herbert Elvin Speece, Professor of Mathematics and Science Education and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
William Eldon Splinter, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Edward M. Stack, Professor of Modern Languages. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Ralph Winston Stacy, Professor of Biomathematics, Experimental Statistics 

and Zoology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Hans Heinrich Anton Stadelmaier, Research Professor of Metallurgy. 

Dr. rer. nat., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany. 
Edward Paul Stahel, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Altoed J. Stamm, Reuben B. Robertson Professor of Wood Science and Techno- 
logy. 

Ph.D., Univeisity of Wisconsin. 
Vivian Thomas Stannett, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Forestry. 

Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 
John Staudhammer, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
Robert Geo'^ge Douglas Steel, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Grad- 
uate Adynini.strator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Stanley George Stephens, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Edinburgh University, Scotland. 
William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering, Associate 

Head of the Di'partmcnt and Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., University of Michigan. 
Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor of Animal Science and Assistant Director of 

Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 



284 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Rov Wesley Stonecypher, Adjunct Assistant Professor of F«>rest Mauagtntfnt. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Franklin Stoops, Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David Lewis Strider, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Rai.mond Aldrich Strlble, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. 
Alastair Mac Donald Stuart, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Duncan Robert Stuart, Professor of Design. 
Charles William Stuber, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Clifton Stuckey, Jr., Associate Professor of Textile Technology. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Stanley Kendrick Suddarth, Adjunct Professor of Wood Science and Techno- 
logy. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Charles Wilson Suggs, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Edward Sunderland, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Joseph Gwyn Sutherland, Research Professor (VSDA) of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Cheynistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Harold Everett Swaisgood, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michipran State University. 
Ernst Warner Svvanson. Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Charles Carson Tappert, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Fred Russell Tarver. Jr., E.rtensinn Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Geoipia. 
Richard Joseph Thomas, As.^^ociate Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Donald Loraine Thompson, Research Professor (VSDA) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State Collep-e. 
Edwin Gilbert Thi'RLOW. Professor of Landscape Architecture. 

M.L.A., Harvard University. 
David Ronaid Tiliey, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
David Harry Timothy, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Frederick Joseph TischER. Professor of Electrical Enpineering. 

Ph.D.. University of Prapue, Czechoslovakia. 
William Bell Toole. IH, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt l^niversity. 
HUSEYIN Cavit TopakdgI u. Assistant Profes-sor of .Mechanical Eugiuveriny. 

Ph.D.. Technical University of Istanbul (Turkey). 
William DouGI^S Toi'SSAINT, Professor of Eco)iomics and Hmd of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State Colle^fe. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 285 

Samuel B. Tove, Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyu.ou, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Erlanpen (Germany). 
James Richard Trover, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Robert Wesley Truitt, L. L. Vaughan Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Harry Tucker, Jr., Associate Professor of Modem Languages. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
William Preston Tucker, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Carl Byron Turner, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Lester Curtis Ulberg, Professor of Anim,al Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
David Frederick Ullrich, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
John G. Vandenberg, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University. 
Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Professor of Experimental Statistics and 

Mathematics. 

Ph.D.. Leiden University (Netherlands). 
Kuruvilla Verghese, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Richard James Volk, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D.. North Carolina State University. 
George Henry Wahl, Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., New York University. 
Harvey Edward Wahls, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
James Lester Walker, Visiting Assistant Professor (AID) of Soil Science. 

Ph.D.. University of Hawaii. 
Monroe Eliot Wall, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
Thomas Dudley Wallace, Professor of Economics and Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Richard Gaither Walser, Professor of English. 

M.A.. University of North Carolina. 
William Kershaw Walsh, Assistant Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Wood Walter, Jr., As.'sistayit Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Arthur Walter Waltner, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Thomas Marsh Ward, Instructor in Chemistry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frederick Gail Warren, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 



286 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Jerry Adolph Warren, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
John Louis Wasik, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics and Psy- 
chology. 

Ed.D., Florida State University. 
Donovan Lloyd Walgh, \'isiting Associate Professor (AID) of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Neil Broyles Webb, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Jerome Bernard Weber, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Sterling Barg Weed, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gerald Thomas Weekman, Extension Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Charles W. Welby, Associate Professor of Geosciences. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Frederick Lovejoy Wellman, Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Bertra.m Whittier Wells, Professor Emeritus of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Ronald Earle Welty. Assistant Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Earl Allen Wernsman, Assistant Professor of Crop Sciejice. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Oscar Wesler, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Stanford University. 
Donald Albert West, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Bert Whitley Westbrook, Research Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ed. P., Florida State University. 
Joseph Arthur Weybrew, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and 

Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Mary Elizabeth Wheeler, Assistant Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Raymond Cyrus White, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., West Virginia University. 
John Kerr Whitfield, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Larry Alston Whitford, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Cliff Rufus Willey, Assistant Professor (USDA) of Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
James Clifford Williams, III, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California. 
Porter Williams, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

M.A., Cambridge University; University of Virginia. 
Richard Birge Williams, Adjunct Assistant Professor (USDI) of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Claude Williamson, Jr., Professor of Economics and Assistant Director 

of Research a7id Agricultural Extension. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 287 

Ralph Edward Williamson, Associate Professor (USDA) Biological and Agri- 
cultural Engineering and Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Nash Nicks Winstead, Professor of Plant Pathology and Assistant Provost. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Sanford Richard Winston, Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
George Herman Wise, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Milton Bee Wise, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Edward Hempstead Wiser, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Peter Nicolas Witt, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. 

M.D., University of Tuebingen. 
Lawrence Michael Wodehouse, Assistant Professor of Architecture. 

M.Arch., Cornell University. 
William Garland Woltz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Woodburn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Dr. Ener., Johns Hopkins University. 
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert Wyllie Work, Professor of Textiles and Director of Textile Research. 

Ph.D.. Cornell University. 
Arch Douglas Worsham, Extension Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
David Lonzo Wray, Jr., Adjunct Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Gerald Wright, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Takaichi Yamamoto, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Edward Carson Yates, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
James Wesley York, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
David Allen Young, Jr., Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Kansas. 
James Herbert Young, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 
James Neal Young. Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 
Talmage Brian Young, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts. 

Ed.D., University of Florida. 
Paul Zung-Teh Zia, Professor of Civil Engineering and Associate Head of the 

Department. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Bruce J. Zobel, Eduard F. Conger Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., University of California. 



288 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Carl Frank Zorowski, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Astociate Head 

of the Depart mint. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
Lloyd Robert Zumwalt, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. 
Joseph David Zund, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 



r 


%ifk 




■■•■ * _j^/i ^^ . 


f 


"■Wi^Sti. 




--i-^^V 


\ 



Graduate itistniction requires extensive laboratory training. 



INDEX 



Administration, 3 

Administrative Board, 4; North Caro- 
lina State University, 4; University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 4; 
University of North Carolina at 
Greensboro, 5 

Admissions, 25; full graduate stand- 
ing, 25; provisional admission, 25; 
unclassified, 26; graduate-special, 26; 
public school personnel, 26 

Admission to candidacy for graduate 
degrees, 39 

Adult Education, 57 

Advisory Committee, 41 

Agricultural Education, 59 

Agricultural Engineering, (See Bio- 
logical and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing) 

Agricultural Policy Institute, 17 

Agriculture, Master's degree in, 44 

Animal Science, 61 

Anthropology, (See Sociologj' and An- 
thropology) 

Assistantships, 33 

Audits, 30 

Biochemistry, 64 

Biochemistry Program, Molecular Toxi- 
cology and Comparative, 22 

Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing, 66 

Biological Sciences, Institute of, 18 

Biomathematics, 137 

Botany, 70 

Calendar, 6 

Cell Biology Program, 22 

Ceramic Engineering, 73 

Chemical Engineering, 77 

Chemistry, 81 

Civil Engineering, 86 

Computing facilities, 20 

Course descriptions, (See correspond- 
ing school or department) 

Course loads, 28 

Courses of Study, for master's degrees, 
41; for doctoral degrees, 48 

Crop Science, 94 

Degrees, 39; Doctor of Philosophy, 48; 
Master of Science, 39; Master of 
Arts, 40; Master's in a Professional 



Field, 43; Master of Agriculture, 44 

Departmental announcements, 57-258 

Diploma fees, 31 

Dissertation, 50; fee for micro-filming, 
31 

Doctor of Education Degree, 48; course 
of study, 48; major and minor fields, 
49; specific minor, 40; interdiscipli- 
nary minor, 49; residence, 49; lan- 
guages, 50; dissertation, 50; exami- 
nations, 51 ; admission to candidacy, 
53, additional information, 53; sum- 
mary of procedures, 53 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree, 48; 
course of study, 48; major and minor 
fields, 49; specific minor, 49; inter- 
disciplinary minor, 49; residence, 49; 
languages, 50; dissertation, 50; ex- 
aminations, 51; admission to candi- 
dacy, 53; additional information, 53; 
summary of procedures, 53 

Economics, 96 

Education, 105 

Electrical Engineering, 109 

Engineering Mechanics, 116 

English, 121 

Entomology, 122 

Examinations, for admission, 25; 
Master of Science and Master of 
Arts, 43; Doctor of Philosophy and 
Doctor of Education, 51 

Executive Council, 3 

Experimental Statistics, 126 

Extension Education, Graduate Insti- 
tute of, 23 

Facilities, Special Laboratories and, 20 

Faculty, Graduate, 259; (Also see 
faculty listings under departmental 
announcements) 

Fees, tuition and, 29; summer school, 
31 

Fellowships, 33 

Fields of Instruction, 57; for doctoral 
degree, 48 

Financial Aid, 34 

Food Science, 138 

Foreign language requirements, for 
doctoral degree, 50; for master's 
degrees, 42; professional master's de- 
gree, 44 

Forest Resources, 141 



292 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



General Information, 25 

Genetics, 148 

Geosciences, 152 

Graduate Institute of Extension Edu- 
cation, 23 

Graduate credit, 26; for extension 
courses, 26; for faculty and Univer- 
sity employees, 29; for seniors, 29 

Graduate Record Examination, 25 

Graduate School, organization of, 15; 
degrees offered, 39; faculty, 259 

Guidance and Personnel Services, 156 

History, 159 

Horticultural Science, 163 

Housing, 35; residence halls, 35; mar- 
ried students, 36; reservations, 36; 
rentals, 36; refunds, 36; furnishings, 
37; food services, 37; linen rental, 
37 

Industrial and Technical Education, 

166 
Industrial Arts, (See Indusitrial and 

Technical Education) 
Industrial Engineering, 177 
In-state students, definition of, 31 
Institutes, 17 

Laboratories and Facilities, Special, 20 
Language requirements for graduate 

degrees, 42, 44, 50 
Library, D. H. Hill, 16 
Loans, long-term, low-interest, 34 

Map, campus, 294 

Married student housing, 36 

Master of Agriculture Degree, 44 

Master of Arts Degree, 40; credits, 40; 
courses of study, 41; residence, 41; 
class work, 41; grades, 41; language 
requirements, 42; thesis, 43; exami- 
nations, 43 

Master of Science Degree, 39; credits, 
40; courses of study, 41; residence, 
41; class work, 41; grades, 41; lan- 
guage requirements, 42; thesis, 43; 
examinations, 43; summary of pro- 
cedures, 46 

Master's Degree in a professional field, 
43; language requirements, 44; 
thesis requirements, 44; other re- 
quirements, 44; summary of pro- 
cedures, 46 

Mathematics, 174 

Mathematics and Science Education, 
183 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer- 
ing, 184 

Metallurgical Engineering, 195 

Microbiology, 196 

Mineral Industries, 199; (Also see: 
Ceramic and Metallurgical Engineer- 
ing) 

Modern Languages, 200 

Molecular Toxicology and Comparative 
Biochemistry Program, 22 

National Teacher Examination, 25 
North Carolina State University, his- 
torical sketch, 13 
Nuclear Engineering, 201 
Nuclear Service Facilities, 21 
Nutrition Program, 23 

Oak Ridge, 23 

Oceanology, 206 

Operations Research, 208 

Out-of-state students, definition of, 31 

Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory, 
21 

Physical examinations, 28 

Physics, 214 

Physiology Program, 220 

Physiology Research Laboratory, Re- 
productive, 21 

Plant Environment Laboratories, 
Southeastern, 22 

Plant Pathology, 220 

Politics, 223 

Poultry Science, 228 

Procedures, for doctoral degree, 53; for 
master's degree, 46; for the profes- 
sional master's degree, 45 

Psychology, 230 

Refunds, fees, 31; room rent, 36 

Registration, 27 

Reproductive Physiology Research 

Laboratories, 21 
Research Program at the Oak Ridge 

Associated Universities, 23 
Residence facilities, 35 
Residence requirements, for doctoral 

degree, 49; for master's degrees, 41 
Residence status, tuition, 31 

Short-term Emergency Loans, 35 
Sociology and Anthropology, 236 
Soil Science, 240 

Southeastern Plant Environment Lab- 
oratories, 22 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



293 



Special Training Programs, 22 
Statistics, Experimental, 126 
Statistics, Institute of, 19 
Summer Sessions, fees, 31 

Textile Chemistry, 245 

Textiles, 244 

Textile Technology, 247 



Thesis, 50; fees for registration, 30 
Training Programs, Special, 22 
Tuition and fees, 29 

Water Resources Minor, 251 

Water Resources Research Institute, 19 

Work-study Program, College, 35 

Zoology, 253 



NORTH CAROLINA 





1 HOLLADAY 

2 ALUMNI 

3 PRIMROSE 

5 PEELE 

e. WATAUGA 

7. BROOKS 

8 FOURTH 

9 GOLD 
10 WELCH 

11. BAGWELL 

12 BERRY 

13 BECTON 

14 CLARK 

15 FRANK THOMPSON GYM 

18 SYME 

17 FIELD HOUSE 

19 KING 

20 LEAZAR 

21 LEE 

22. TOMPKINS 
23 WINSTON 
24. CERAMICS 



26. PAGE 

28. PARK SHOPS 

27 MORRIS 

28 LAUNDRY 

29. POWER PLANT 
30 RIDDICK 

31. DANIELS 
32. MANN 

33 WITHERS 

34 1911 BUILDING 
35. RICKS 

38 PATTERSON 

37 BURLINGTON NUCLEAR LABS 

38. WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEUM 

39 CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM 
41 ALEXANDER 

42. STUDENT SUPPLY STORE 
43 BUREAU of MINES 

44. BROUOHTON 

45. POLK 

48 HARRELSON 

47 D H HILL LIFRARY 



48. ERDAHL CLOYD UNION 
49 SCOTT 

50. GARDNER 

51. WILLIAMS 

52 AGRONOMY GREENH0USE:S 

53 LABORATORY BUILDING 

54 OWEN 

55. TURLINGTON 
58 TUCKER 
57 CAFETERIA 
80. KILOORE 
81 NELSON 

82. MANGUM 

83. PRINT SHOP 

84. BRAGAW 

85 BRANDON P HODGES 
88 ROBERTSON 

87 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

88 ANIMAL DIAG LABORATORY 
70 WUNCTV 

71 MARRIED STUDENT HOUSING 
72. FRATERNITY HOUSING 








\ * 



I 



NORTH CAROLINA 
STATE RECORD 




SUMMER 

SESSIONS 

1968 



•th Carolina State University • Raleigh 



COVER One of State's newest landmarks is the brick mall at the 
center of the campus. Surrounded by iiumeroiis University 
buildings including the D. H. Hill Library, Harrelson Hall 
and the Erdahl-Cloyd Union, the mall is a pleasant place 
to relax or study. (Photo courtesy the TechnicianJ 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 

PubliRhed f.»ur timo a year in February. June. AuKUst and December by North Carolina Stat« 
University at Ralciirh. Office of Admissions and ReKistration. Peele Hall. RiileiRh, N. C. 27607. 
Second class postaite paid at the Post Office at RaleiKh. North Carolina 27602. 

VOLUME 68 FEBRUARY 1»68 NUMBER 1 




SUMMER 
SESSIONS 

1968 



orth Carolina State University • Raleigh 



INSERT FOLDOUT HERE 



CONTENTS 

Administration 2 

Calendar 8 

North Carolina State University 6 

The Summer Sessions $ 

Admissions 6 

Registration 8 

Expenses 10 

Financial Aid 11 

Housing 13 

D. H. Hill Library 14 

Summer Activities 15 

Erdahl-Cloyd Union 16 

Special Courses and Institutes 17 

Course Listings 23 

Summer Sessions Faculty 84 

Campus Map 96 



ADMINISTRATION 



THE UNH ERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

William Friday, President 

Charles E. Bishop, Vice-president for Public Service 

William S. Wells, Vice-president for Academic Affairs 

Arnold K. King-. Vice-president for Institutional Stiidies 

Frederick H. Weaver, Vice-president for University Relations 

Alexander H. Shepard. Jr., Assistant Vice-president for Finance and 

Treasurer 
Rudolph Pate, Assistant to the President 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

John T. Caldwell, Chancellor 
Harry C. Kelly, Provost 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean of the Gradimte School 
Harold F. Robinson, Administrative Dean for Research 
William L. Turner, Administrative Dean for Extension and Acting Direc- 
tor of Continuing Education 
James J. Stewart, Dean of Student Affairs 
John D. Wright, Business Manager 
Robert W. Shoffner, Director of Foundations and Development 

DEANS OF THE SCHOOLS 

H. Brooks James, Dean, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean, School of Design 

J. Bryant Kirkland, Dean, School of Education 

Ralph E. Fadum, Dean, School of Engineering 

Richard J. Preston, Dean, School of Forest Resources 

Fred V. Cahill, Dean, School of Liberal Arts 

Arthur C. Menius, Jr., Dean, School of Physical Sciences and Applied 

Mathematics 
David D. Chaney, Dean, School of Textiles 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

William Turner, Acting Director 
Charles F. Kolb, Associate Director 

ADMISSIONS 

Kenneth D. Raab, Director 

REGISTRATION 

Ronald C. Butler, Registrar 



SUMMER SESSIONS 

CALENDAR 

1968 



FIRST SESSION 



May 24 
June 4 



June 5 
June 10 



July 11 
July 12 



Friday 
Tuesday 



Wednesday 
Monday 



Thursday 
Friday 



Last day to preregister. 
New student orientation; registra- 
tion and payment of fees; late regis- 
tration fee for those who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 4. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



SECOND SESSION 



July 4 
July 16 



July 17 
July 18 



August 21 
August 22 



Thursday 
Tuesday 



Wednesday 
Monday 



Wednesday 
Thursday 



Last day to preregister. 
New student orientation; registra- 
tion and payment of fees; late regis- 
tration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 16. 

First day of classes. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



^ 



^. 




s:. 




^<^ 



^Sfi^ 



'f» / 



te^'#Ji-*: 



#l<vlir- 



^^ 



The traditional symbol of North Carolina State University is the 122 foot 
Memorial Tower. 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE 
UNIVERSITY 



North Carolina State University is the center for scientific and tech- 
nological education, research and service in North Carolina. Created in 
1887 by act of the North Carolina legislature as the state's land-grant 
institution, State was established primarily as a school of agriculture 
and mechanic arts. In the 77 years since its founding, however, its in- 
terests and responsibilities have been greatly broadened in response to 
the major scientific and technological demands of our rapidly changing 
world. While maintaining deep commitments to the agricultural and 
industrial interests of North Carolina, State has developed training and 
research programs of regional as well as national influence. 

North Carolina State University is one of four institutions comprising 
the Consolidated University of North Carolina, and as such, fulfills 
particular responsibilities for specialization in graduate and undergrad- 
uate training in technical and scientific areas. Undergraduate and 
graduate degrees may be earned in liberal arts and education as well as 
agriculture, the sciences, engineering, architecture and design, forest 
resources and textiles. 

State's organization includes eight undergraduate schools, the Gradu- 
ate School and the Division of Continuing Education. The research, 
extension and instructional programs of these schools are supported and 
strengthened by several specialized divisions and offices including the 
Institutes of Statistics, Water Resources, Agricultural Policy and Bio- 
logical Sciences; the Computing Center; the Agricultural and Industrial 
Extension Services; and the Agricultural Experiment Station with its 
17 branch stations. State's facilities also include a minerals laboratory 
and a fisheries research station. 

The University faculty and staff numbers more than 1,500 members, 
including a graduate faculty of 473. Undergraduate enrollment at State 
is currently 10,600 and there are about 2,000 students enrolled in the 
Graduate School. 

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and the North Carolina Association of Colleges 
and Universities. In addition, individual schools and departments are 
accredited by various associations in their respective fields. 



THE SUMMER SESSIONS 

The Summer Sessions at North Carolina State University offer an 
extensive educational program planned to meet the varied needs and 
interests of 7,000 students. Fifty departments offer instruction in some 
400 courses, over one-third of which are at the graduate level. 

Each of State's eight schools, with a combined faculty of more than 
300, participates in the program for summer study: six schools offer 
courses during the two regular six-week sessions, the School of Design 
offers one nine-week program, the School of Forest Resources conducts 
a summer camp for sophomores and two five-week practicums, and the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences offers a three-week program 
for extension workers. In addition, many special programs and institutes 
are offered during the summer by the University. 

Summer courses and special programs are designed for the new 
student, the undergraduate wanting to advance his academic standing 
at State, the graduate desiring to continue his study and research during 
the summer months, and for visiting students pursuing degrees at other 
institutions. Teachers who need to earn credit toward renewal of teach- 
ing certificates or advanced degrees in education, and persons in pro- 
fessional fields who wish to keep abreast of new developments and trends 
also take advantage of State's summer programs. In addition, the Summer 
Sessions offer the opportunity of taking required subcollege level work 
in English and mathematics to high school students planning to enroll 
at State. 



ADMISSIONS 

students are admitted to the Summer Sessions in one of four cate- 
gories: (1) new freshmen; (2) new undergraduate transfer students; 
(3) new graduate students; and (4) special students. 

NEW FRESHMEN 

Application forms for new freshmen should be obtained from the 
Director of Admissions, Peele Hall. 

Students entering North Carolina State University are normally ex- 
pected to be high school graduates. For the best preparation it is sug- 
gested that the applicant have completed four units in English, four 
units in mathematics (including advanced algebra and trigonometry), 
two units in science (including either chemistry or physics), two units 
in social science (including United States history), and. if the student 
plans to enter the School of Liberal Arts, two units in a modern foreign 
language. 



Freshman applicants must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the Col- 
lege Entrance Examination Board and have their scores submitted to the 
Office of Admissions by the Board. These scores, together with the high 
school record, will be considered in determining admissibility. Information 
as to the time and place the Scholastic Aptitude Test will be given may be 
obtained from high school principals or counselors, or by writing directly 
to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New 
Jersey, for the Bulletin of Information; it includes an application form 
and is available without charge. Candidates interested in advanced or 
special placement in English, mathematics or chemistry should take the 
College Board Achievement Tests in these subjects, preferably at the 
March or May administration of their senior year in high school. Also, the 
Mathematics Achievement Test, Level I will be useful in helping to 
identify those students in engineering, physical sciences, mathematics 
and certain other curricula who are ready to enroll in MA 102, Analytic 
Geometry and Calculus I. 

NEW TRANSFER STUDENTS 

In addition to submitting an application form which may be obtained 
from the Director of Admissions, Peele Hall, all transfer students must 
have official transcripts sent to the Office of Admissions directly from 
all other colleges attended. 

All applicants for transfer must have at least an overall "C" average 
on prior college work and must be eligible to return to the last institu- 
tion attended. 

Transfer students with less than 28 semester hours of transfer credit 
must also follow the procedures for entering freshmen as outlined above. 

NEW GRADUATE STUDENTS 

All students working toward advanced degrees are enrolled in the 
Graduate School. An application for Graduate School admission may be 
obtained from the Dean of the Graduate School, Peele Hall. 

STUDENTS ADMITTED TO THE FALL SEMESTER 

Any student cleared for regular admission for the fall semester wish- 
ing to attend either summer session should notify the Admissions Office, 
Peele Hall, to change his date of entrance. He should not fill out a sum- 
mer sessions application. 

SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Special students must complete the Summer Sessions Registration 
Application located in the front of this catalog. A special student is one 
who has not been formally admitted as a degree candidate at North 
Carolina State University and does not wish a regular classification of 
any kind at the University. All students visiting from other schools will 
be classified as special students. Special students are limited to a class 



load of not more than seven semester hours. In unusual cases, a special 
student visiting from another college may be allowed to take more than 
seven hours if permission is obtained from the Director of Summer 
Sessions. 

NOTE: Public school teachers who have never been enrolled as regular 
students at North Carolina State University and who are renewing 
an "A" certificate may register as special students if they desire; 
those renewing a graduate certificate should register as a Graduate 
Certificate Renewal or as a Graduate Special. The Division of Pro- 
fessional Services requires a graduate classification for the renewal 
of a graduate certificate. Students desiring regular graduate status 
must apply for admission through the Graduate Ofllice. 

READMISSION 

Former North Carolina State University students who wish to attend 
the Summer Sessions must apply for readmission through the Depart- 
ment of Registration and Records at least 30 days prior to the intended 
date of return. The readmissions application may be obtained by writing 
to the OflRce of Registration and Records, Peele Hall, North Carolina 
State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

REGISTRATION 

PREREGISTRATION 

All students who plan to attend Summer School must preregister. Pre- 
registration consists of selecting the courses to be taken during the first 
and/or second sessions, and filing the preregistration course request (s) 
with the Summer Sessions Office, Room 134, 1911 Building. The courses 
selected by each student are processed through the computer which 
assigns a day and hour for each course request. On registration day each 
student obtains his completed class schedule. 

Currently enrolled students will preregister for the first and/or second 
session with their advisors at the time they preregister for the 1968 fall 
semester, April 26 through May 10. 

Former students returning will preregister for the first and/or second 
session with their advisors during the period, April 26 through May 10, 
if possible. The last day to preregister for all students for the first ses- 
sion is May 24. 

New freshmen who desire to attend summer school should contact the 
Admissions Office prior to May 24. 

Special students will preregi.ster through the Summer Sessions Office 
by mail or in person anytime through May 24; however, special students 
are encouraged to preregister as early as possible. 

NOTE: The last day to preregister for all students for the first session 
is May 24. Students preregistering between April 26 and May 10 
stand an excellent chance of enrolling in the courses of their choice. 

8 



A special preregistration period for the second session will be held 
Monday, June 17 through Wednesday, June 19, for those students (special 
or regular) who have not preregistered previously. The last day to 
preregister for the second session is July 4. 

REGISTRATION 

All students will complete registration on June 4 (first session) and/or 
July 16 (second session) at the Reynolds Coliseum. Completing registra- 
tion consists of three steps: (a) completing registration cards, (b) ob- 
taining previously prepared class schedule, (c) paying tuition and fees. 

Registration for the first session for all students will be held at 
Reynolds Coliseum on Tuesday, June 4, from 8:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. 

Registration for the second session for all students will be held at 
Reynolds Coliseum on Tuesday, July 16, from 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon. 
NOTE: Students who fail to preregister will not be allowed to complete 
registration on registration day, thus causing a delay in attending 
classes. 

LATE REGISTRATION 

A late registrant is one who (a) fails to preregister and/or (b) fails 
to complete registration cards and obtain class schedule on June 4 or 
July 16. Late registrants will be charged a $10 late registration fee. Late 
registrants will be delayed in starting classes. 

SPECIAL NOTES 

1. Tuition and fees are payable by check or cash on the day of registra- 
tion. Students should have the necessary funds with them. 

2. Students planning to take courses in both sessions should plan their 
sequences well in advanced. Offerings in the second session are often 
substantially less in number than in the first session, and, in many 
instances, departments do not offer courses in both sessions during the 
summer. 

3. Everything possible will be done to ensure that the courses listed in 
this catalog will be given at the times indicated. The Director of the 
Summer Sessions reserves the right, however, to withdraw courses in 
which the enrollment is deemed insufficient. 

4. The normal load for either session of Summer School is six or seven 
semester hours. Any student may carry less. Regularly enrolled students 
who desire to carry more than seven hours must obtain the approval of 
the Dean or Director of Instruction of the school in which they are en- 
rolled. Such approval must be in writing and presented to the Director 
of Summer Sessions. Students visiting from other schools who wish to 
take more than seven hours must obtain the approval of the Director of 
Summer Sessions. 



EXPENSES 

The followinpr expenses apply for each of the regular six weeks 
sessions. 

TUITION AM) FEES 







Rksident 






Nonresident 








Required 








Required 




n n rs 


Tuition Fees 


Total 


Hours 


T^dtion 


Fees 


Total 


1 


$ 7.50 


$23.50 


$31.00 


1 


$ 21.00 


$23.50 


$ 44.50 


2 


15.00 


23.50 


38.50 


2 


42.00 


23.50 


65.50 


3 


22.50 


23.50 


46.00 


3 


63.00 


23.50 


86.50 


4 


30.00 


23.50 


53.50 


4 


84.00 


23.50 


107.50 


5 


37.50 


23.50 


61.00 


5 


105.00 


23.50 


128.50 


6 


45.00 


23.50 


68.50 


6 


126.00 


23.50 


149.50 


7 


52.50 


23.50 


76.00 


7 


147.00 


23.50 


170.50 


8 


60.00 


23.50 


83.50 


8 


168.00 


23.50 


191.50 


9 


67.50 


23.50 


91.00 


9 


189.00 


23.50 


212.50 


10 


75.00 


23.50 


98.50 

Required 


10 

Fees 


210.00 


23.50 


233.50 




Registration 








$ 7.00 






Med 


ical 








2.50 






Student Center 








10.00 






Physical Education 






4.00 





$23.50 
Special Registrations and Fees 

Degree Only $10.00 

Thesis Preparation Only — 

In-residence ($15.00 plus $23.50 fees) $38.50 

Not-in-residence ($15.00 plus $7.00 registration fee) $22.00 

Examination Only — 

In-residence ($8.00 plus $23.50 fees) $31.50 

Not-in-residence ($8.00 plus $7.00 registration fee) $15.00 

Audits ($7.50 per hour — no fees) 

Full-time Faculty and Staff $ 7.00 

SPECIAL NOTICES 

Certain nonacademic fees may be waived for students who are both 
full-time professionally employed and enrolled for only one course. Appli- 
cations for cancellation of nonacademic fees may be obtained from the 
Office of Business Affairs, P. 0. Box 5067. Any student enrolled for more 
than one course per session must pay full fees. 

A late fee of $10.00 will be charged all students completing their 
registration after the designated time. 



10 



GRADUATION FEE 

Any student completing requirements for graduation at the close of 
one of the Summer Sessions will be charged a fee of $9.00 if he is secur- 
ing a bachelor's degree, a fee of $12.00 if he is a candidate for the 
master's degree, and a fee of $17.00 if he is completing work for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. The Graduate School will also charge 
Doctor of Philosophy candidates a fee of $21.00 for microfilming and 
mailing dissertations. 

REFUNDS 

A student who withdraws from school on or before the last day of 

registration will receive a refund of the full amount paid for tuition 

and fees, less a $7.00 registration fee. On later withdrawals no refund 
is made. 

FINANCIAL AID 

The financial aid available to summer school students is ordinarily 
limited to loans and jobs. For summer visitor students part-time em- 
ployment is the only aid that can be offered. 

LONG-TERM, LOW-INTEREST LOANS 

Entering freshmen admitted to North Carolina State University for 
1968-69 or continuing enrolled students in good academic standing at 
North Carolina State University may borrow under the National Defense 
Student Loan Plan or from institutional loan funds. Repayment and 
interest at three percent begin nine months after a student ends his 
studies. 

SHORT-TERM EMERGENCY LOANS 

Small short-term loans are available for qualified, regularly enrolled 
students to meet unexpected expenses. These loans must be repaid in 30 
to 60 days, and are not extended beyond the end of a term. 

EMPLOYMENT 

Work-study Jobs 

Entering freshmen at North Carolina State University and continu- 
ing students at North Carolina State University who can demonstrate 
need may be eligible for work under the federally sponsored College 
Work-study Program. Students are limited to 15 hours of work per week 
while attending classes. Students may work on or off campus 40 hours per 
week during the vacation periods. 

Other Part-time Jobs 

Current on- and off-campus job notices received by the Financial Aid 
Office are posted at 205 Peele Hall. These jobs are available both to regular 
students and to summer visiting students. Because of less demanding 
schedules the competition for available jobs is keener in the summer. 

11 




HoUculay Hall, originally the entire college plant, vo^v houses the main adminis- 
trative offices. 



HOUSING 

In order that students may live in an atmosphere conducive to the 
pursuit of academic excellence and personal development, North Caro- 
lina State University strives to provide comfortable and attractive hous- 
ing accommodations. Bragaw and Lee Halls will be available for men 
and Alexander Hall for women during the first regular summer session 
and as needed the second session. 

Residence halls are staffed by competent counselors appointed to assist 
residents in their personal adjustment to group living situations, to 
develop and maintain suitable conditions for study and rest, and to en- 
courage high academic pursuits. These counselors are also responsible 
for the implementation of University policies and regulations which have 
been established to insure the best interest and welfare of each indi- 
vidual in the total living group. Residence hall policies are posted in 
each room and compliance is expected of all residents. 

Students are assigned to the residence hall area of their choice, inso- 
far as possible, regardless of their classification or curriculum. Bragaw 
and Lee are modern residence halls providing accommodations for men 
in suites. Each suite has four two-man rooms and a bath. Alexander 
Hall is a traditional style residence hall with double rooms on either 
side of an interior corridor with common bath and shower facilities for 
each floor. Residence hall rooms are equipped with the necessary articles 
of furniture; however, personal items such as clocks, radios, etc., are 
not supplied. Linen, pillows and blankets are not provided but are 
available through the linen rental service of the University laundry at 
reasonable rates. 

Mail is delivered directly to the residence halls by the U. S. Postal 
Service daily except Sunday. Regular six weeks session students should 
have their mail addressed as follows: 

"Name of Student" 

Post Office Box Number 



North Carolina State University 
Raleigh, N. C. 27607 

Participants in short courses, conferences and workshops that are less 
than one month should have their mail addressed to them in care of the 
director of their program. 

Residence hall rental rates for each six weeks summer session are 
$48.00 for men and $54.00 for women. The linen rental fee is $5.00 per 
session. 

A University Residence Hall Reservation Card will be mailed to each 
student cleared for admission to a regular summer session. The instruc- 
tions printed on the card should be followed to secure a residence hall 
reservation. Rental fees should be mailed in the preaddressed envelope 
to the Office of Business Affairs. Key deposits are not required; however, 
a $10.00 charge ($5.00 late fee and $5.00 key replacement fee) will be 
assessed if the keys are not returned by the date announced by the 
Housing Rental Office. 

18 



Limited space is available for married students in University owned 
apartments. Inquiries should be addressed to the Housing Rental Office, 
Leazar Hall, North Carolina State University. 

Participants in short courses, conferences and workshops should con- 
tact the director of their program for additional housing information. 

HOUSING RENTAL FEES 

Men's Residence Hall (two per room) $48.00 

Women's Residence Hall (two per room) $54.00 

RESIDENCE HALL REFUND POLICY 

If a reservation is cancelled at the Housing Rental Office, Leazar Hall, 
in person or in writing at least seven days prior to the first day of classes 
(date of cancellation is date notification is received at that office), the 
rent paid will be refunded, less a $12.50 reservation fee. After this 
date, no refund will be made for any reason other than failure to regis- 
ter or official withdrawal from the University. If a reservation is can- 
celled for either of these reasons, the rent paid will be refunded, less a 
$12.50 reservation fee or a daily charge of $2.00 for men and $2.25 for 
women for the seventh day preceding the first day of classes to the date 
of cancellation, whichever amount is greater. If a student fails to check 
in and secure his keys on or before the first day of classes, his reserva- 
tion will be subject to cancellation and no refund will be made except 
as stated above. 

LINEN RENTAL SERVICE 

Linen rental service may be obtained by writing to the Director of 
Auxiliary Services. Room 9, Holladay Hall, and enclosing $5.00 for each 
session of summer school. Pillows are available for $.75 per session and 
plain blankets may be obtained at a cost of $2.00 per session. These 
services may be obtained after arrival upon campus in the residence halls 
or at Room 9, Holladay Hall. 

Laundry and dry cleaning service is available on campus at nominal 
rates. 

FOOD SERVICE 

Food service will be provided in cafeterias adjacent to the residence 
halls. This seven-day service is offered at reasonable rates. 

D. H. HILL LIBRARY 

The D. H. Hill Library of North Carolina State University houses a 
collection of more than 400,000 volumes of books and bound journals. 
The collection has been developed to reflect the scientific and technologi- 
cal interests of the University, but the arts and social sciences are also 

14 



well represented. The Library subscribes to more than 5,600 current 
periodicals and receives all publications of the various experiment sta- 
tions. The Library has been a depository for U.S. government publications 
since 1924 and has been designated as one of the depositories for all 
unclassified publications of the Atomic Energy Commission, National 
Aeronautics and Space Agency, as well as the Food and Agricultural 
Organization of the United Nations. Publications from many foreign 
countries are received on exchange — especially those publications deal- 
ing with the sciences and engineering. 

Two special interest collections form on-campus branches of the main 
library. The Textiles Library contains outstanding holdings in textiles 
and textile chemistry. The School of Design Library has an excellent 
collection of books, journals and slides in the fields of architecture, land- 
scape architecture and product design. 

There are several reading rooms in the air-conditioned library build- 
ing, and carrels, conference and seminar rooms are available for students 
and faculty. The Library maintains a photocopy service and equipment 
for reading microfilms and microcards is available. 

The scholar, student and browser will each discover the materials and 
services of the Library to be useful and enjoyable additions to his Sum- 
mer Sessions program. 

Library hours for Summer Sessions are as follows: 



Mon.-Fri. 8 

Saturday 8 

Sunday 2 



00 a.m.-ll:00 p.m. 
00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 
00 p.m.-6:00 p.m. 



SUMMER ACTIVITIES 

Through many curricular and extracurricular activities, the Summer 
Sessions provide special opportunities to those students engaged in 
summer study. Interesting, informative and entertaining programs and 
activities are scheduled for each session. 

A few of the more popular activities and special features include the 
Carmichael Gym athletic and recreational programs and the varied activi- 
ties sponsored by the Erdahl-Cloyd Union. 

The University's regular program of student personnel services is 
available to summer students. It includes the Counseling service for 
educational, career and personal counseling; the Placement service for 
part-time jobs and career placement; the Housing office for residence 
quarters; the Student Aid office for financial assistance; and the Student 
Health office for medical care. 

Several of State's buildings are air-conditioned for summer comfort. 
Among these are the Student Supply Store, where students will find 
books and equipment for recreational as well as academic pursuits; 
Harrelson Hall, State's unusual round classroom building where more 
than half the Summer Sessions classes are held; the Erdahl-Cloyd stu- 
dent union; and Harris dining hall, conveniently located near many of 
the residence halls. 

16 



Beyond the campus, the City of Raleigh offers many cultural and 
recreational opportunities of interest to students. The Raleigh Little 
Theatre presents several outdoor productions during the summer; the 
North Carolina Museum of Art sponsors gallery concerts and exhibits; 
and there are several swimming pools and city and state parks located 
in and around Raleigh. 

ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION 

The center of campus summer activity is the Erdahl-Cloyd Union. The 
Union programs are financed in part by student fees, and all regularly 
enrolled students, as members of the Union, are invited to attend, vv'ith- 
out further charge, the programs and activities sponsored by the Summer 
Sessions committee. Every member is welcome to join the committee 
and take part in planning the Union program. 

During the summer, the Union sponsors a variety of entertainment. 
Activities include parties, dances, movies and a varied program of pro- 
fessional entertainment. 

The completely air-conditioned Union offers many facilities and serv- 
ices to members and their guests, including a music-listening lounge, a 
television lounge, a gallery for the display of art and crafts, a library 
lounge, offices for student organizations and a billiard room. Services 
include a barber shop, cloak room, snack bar, dining room, hotel rooms 
and meeting rooms. 

Building hours during the summer are: 

Mon.-Sat. 7:00 a.m.-ll:00 p.m. 

Sunday 12:00 noon-ll:00 p.m. 



16 



SPECIAL COURSES AND 
INSTITUTES 

SPECIAL COURSE FOR ENTERING FRESHMEN 

Students beginning their college study in the First Summer Session are 
encouraged to enroll in Career Development and Effective Study Tech- 
niques. Tests of vocational aptitude and interest, together with occupa- 
tional information, will be used to help the student assess the possibilities 
of various careers. How to study effectively and other topics related to 
adjustment to college life and study will be the second concern of the 
course. Individual counseling will supplement class activity. The course 
will not count as college credit but will be roughly equivalent to a two-hour 
course in class time. 

Students who enroll in this course should, if possible, participate also 
in the Summer Reading Workshop. 

The class will meet each weekday at 1:40 until 2:40 p.m. Additional 
sections will be added if there is sufficient demand. Fee for the course 
is $3.00. Students should register at the Counseling Center Office, 210 
Peele Hall on or before the day of the first class meeting, Wednesday, 
June 5. 

SUMMER READING WORKSHOP 

The annual Summer Reading Workshop sponsored by the School of 
Education will provide a reading improvement section for entering col- 
lege students during the first session. Scores on college entrance tests 
indicate that a number of incoming freshmen could benefit from training 
in the improvement of reading rate, comprehension and vocabulary 
building. 

Entering college students who are interested in registering for this 
training should contact Dr. Paul Rust (Tompkins 212), Director of Read- 
ing Workshop. The workshop will meet from 11:00 to 12:00 on Monday, 
Wednesday and Friday mornings in Tompkins 212. 

17 



DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION 

Special Summer Program in Adult Education 
June 24-July 12 

The Department of Adult Education is offering a special summer pro- 
gram of instruction at the graduate level for extension workers, com- 
munity college staff members and other adult educators. The program 
is designed to provide adult educators with the opportunity to bolster 
their understanding of the adult and society, the theories of learning, 
social action, group processes, and planning requisite to effecting change 
among people. 

The program is an interdisciplinary approach which utilizes the pro- 
fessional competence of a permanent and associate faculty. The program 
content encompasses theories and concepts which have applicability to 
all adult education organizations. Courses taught are in three major 
categories: (1) Adult Education, (2) Behavioral and Social Sciences, 
and (3) Natural Sciences. 

Fifteen three-credit courses will be offered. Each participant will take 
only one course. Persons desiring graduate credit must register as a 
"graduate special" or make application for admission to the Graduate 
School. 

Detailed information concerning course offerings, graduate credit, 
registration and housing may be obtained by writing to Dr. Robert J. 
Dolan, State Leader of Training, 113 Ricks Hall, North Carolina State 
University at Raleigh. 

The following courses will be offered: 

ANS 407 Advanced Livestock Production 
CS 511 Tobacco Technology 
EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 
EC 533 Agricultural Policy (API) 
ED 503 Programming Process in Adult Education 
ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 
ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 
ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education (School Law) 
ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult Educa- 
tion I (Emphasis on Organization) 
ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult Educa- 
tion I (Emphasis on Administration) 
HEC 606 Social and Economic Problems of the Family with Emphasis 
on Home Management 
HS 432 Vegetable Production 
PP 504 Plant Diseases and Their Control 
SOC 501 Leadership 
SOC 513 Community Organization 

18 



INSTITUTE IN BIOLOGY FOR HIGH SCHOOL 

TEACHERS 

June 17-July 26 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education and the Insti- 
tute of Biological Sciences are offering a program of advanced instruction 
for high school teachers of biology. The summer institute is supported 
by the National Science Foundation and is intended to prepare the par- 
ticipants for the teaching of modern biology in the high schools. 

The major part of the program will consist of two courses developed 
for the institute: Foundations of Modern Biology and Cell Biology. These 
two courses will place emphasis on major biological concepts, an under- 
standing of which will be necessary for the development and teaching 
of a modern high school biology course. Another important feature of the 
institute will be the Evening Lecture Series. Each week an outstanding 
scientist will present an evening lecture on a current topic in basic and 
applied biology. Laboratory work and field trips will supplement the formal 
class sessions and special lectures. 

Stipends, travel and dependency allowances will be provided from the 
National Science Foundation grant. Application forms are obtainable from 
the Director, Summer Institute in Biology, 104 Tompkins Hall, North 
Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina. Forty participants 
are to be selected to receive stipend awards. 



INSTITUTE IN EARTH SCIENCE FOR 
SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS 

June 17-July 26 

A summer Institute in Earth Science for secondary-school science 
teachers will be conducted by the Departments of Mathematics and 
Science Education and Geosciences and supported by the National Sci- 
ence Foundation. Participants will be enrolled in three courses — Physi- 
cal-Historical Geology, Weather and Climate, and Seminar in the Teach- 
ing of Earth Science. Formal class sessions, laboratory work and field 
trips will be supplemented by special lectures and other programs. 

Stipends, travel and dependency allowances will be provided from the 
National Science Foundation grant. Application forms are obtainable 
from the Director, Summer Institute in Earth Science, 104 Tompkins 
Hall, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina. Forty 
participants are to be selected to receive the stipend awards. 



19 



SUMMER INSTITUTE FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

July l-August 2 

The Institute for Foreign Students at North Carolina State University 
is designed for those students from other countries who intend to pursue 
university studies or specialized training programs in the United States 
during the academic year beginning in September. It is designed to fui> 
nish them with intensive instruction and practice in the use of the 
English language. Emphasis will be placed on developing fluency in 
speaking and understanding English in addition to developing the regu- 
lar reading and writing skills. Also, the institute will offer an orientation 
to American life and institutions in order to give the students an insight 
into the political and social conditions of the area and the nation. There 
will be field trips to various industries and places of historic, cultural 
and scenic interest on weekends. 

Any student who has a score of 300 or above on the Test of English 
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL Test) or an equivalent facility in the 
use of spoken English is eligible to attend the institute. (Information 
about taking the TOEFL Test at one of the centers located in the stu- 
dents' home countries may be obtained by writing to: Test of English 
as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New 
Jersey, U.S.A.) 

Admission to the institute does not imply admission to the regular 
session at North Carolina State University or any other branch of the 
University of North Carolina. 

The institute, which is presented by the Division of Continuing Edu- 
cation in cooperation with the Summer Sessions and the Department of 
Modern Languages, is under the direction of Dr. George W. Poland, head 
of the Department of Modern Languages. All classroom work will be 
conducted in Harrelson Hall on the University campus. Classes including 
language laboratory work, will be held six hours a day, Monday through 
Friday, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon and from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. 
Attendance at the institute does not carry academic credit. 

The total cost of the six-weeks program is estimated to be approxi- 
mately $400.00. A limited amount of financial aid may be available. The 
cost ie estimated on the basis of campus dormitory accommodations and 
meals at the campus cafeterias. Incidental personal expenses, such as 
laundry, dry cleaning, entertainment, and so forth, are not included. 
(Room rent includes sheets and towels.) 

Tuition, books and fees $200.00 

Room in on-campus dormitory 66.00 

Food (estimated) 135.00 

For further information about the institute write to Mr. Kelly R. 
Crump, Coordinator, Division of Continuing Education, 124-1911 Build- 
ing, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

20 



SEMINAR FOR COLLEGE MUSIC METHODS 

TEACHERS 

August 26-August 29 

Theme: "A Unified Program of Music 
for Prospective Teachers" 

The seminar will include a conceptual approach to music teaching, 
administrative aspects of a planned curriculum, and policies governing 
the role of the music specialist in the schools of North Carolina. 

Admission by invitation. 

This program is sponsored jointly by the North Carolina State Arts 
Council, the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction and the 
Division of Continuing Education of North Carolina State University. 



21 










Mi 

■ ■ m m m i 

I IIIMI 




The mall at the center of the campus with circular Harrelaon Hall (left) is a 
major attraction at N. C. State. 



COURSE LISTINGS 



Courses are listed by department, IBM symbol and numerical designa- 
tor. Semester hour credits for each course are given following the name 
of the course. An "X" after the semester hours indicates that the course 
carries no college credit. Classes meet daily, Monday through Friday, 
except where specified to the contrary. The symbols "LR" and "LB" 
before the clock hours refer to lecture-recitation and laboratory hours, 
respectively. If there is no symbol before the clock hours, lecture- 
recitation is implied. 

Courses numbered from 1 through 100 are preparatory courses carry- 
ing no college credit; courses in the 100, 200, 300 and 400 series are 
primarily designed for undergraduates; courses in the 500 series for 
graduates and advanced undergraduates; and courses in the 600 series 
for graduates only. 

Please note that class meeting times are given in accordance with the 
international time system described on page 83. 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

ANS 407 Advanced Livestock Production 3 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and 
managerial factors affecting the operation of livestock enterprises. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Staff 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of 
animal science. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 



ANS 699 Research in Animal Science 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



(Also see Sociology, page 76.) 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

The analysis of various living societies and their cultures in terms of 
social adjustment to recurrent needs. 

23 



First Session: 11:40-13:10 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in biochemistry 
Critical study of special problems in modern biochemistry. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranpfed Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite : Senior or graduate standing 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and 
write a technical report on his results. He may choose a subject per- 
taining to his particular interest in any area of study in biological 
and agricultural engineering. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engi- 
neering 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a master's degree; no 
limitation on credits for doctoral program. 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to biological 
and agricultural engineering. The study will begin with the selec- 
tion of a problem and culminate with the presentation of a thesis. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, INSTITUTE OF 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

This course is designed to emphasize the unity of biology through 
study of the following concepts: (1) protoplasmic and cellular or- 
ganization, (2) growth and differentiation, (3) genetic and ecologi- 
cal control and (4) evolution. 
First Session: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 13:40-16:50 MTWTh or F 

Nagle, Miller, SUff 

BS 470 Foundations of Modern Biology 3 

Prerequisites: Eighteen hours biological sciences 
This course is designed to incorporate recent information and con- 

24 



cepts into a uniform approach to living systems. 

Special six weeks session (June 17-July 26): LR 7:30-9:00 MTThF; 

LB 13:40-16:50 M or T Miller, Staff 

BS 475 Cell Biology 3 

Prerequisites: Eighteen hours biological sciences 
This course will present a study of the biochemical and physical 
bases of cellular structure and function. 

Special six weeks session (June 17-July 26): LR 9:50-11:20; 
LB 13:40-16:50 Th or F Roberts, Staff 

BOTANY 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

(See Biological Sciences, page 24.) 

BO 590 Topical Problems 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields 

of ecology, anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and cell biology. 

Arrangements must be made in advance with a staff member. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits Arranged 

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a 
thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in 
research. Arrangements must be made in advance with a staff mem- 
ber. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

BO 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

MIC 210 Ceramic Materials and Processes 3 

Designed for students not majoring in ceramic engineering. Proper- 
ties and applications of ceramic materials are covered with emphasis 
on developing selection guidelines for uses in electrical, nuclear, 
mechanical and chemical applications. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MIC 509 High Vacuum Technology 3 

Prerequisite: CH J^SS or MAE SOI 

Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, mainte- 
nance and measurement of high vacuum; design, construction and 
operation of high-vacuum, high-temperature facilities. Properties and 
reactions of materials which are processed, tested and/or utilized 
in high-vacuum environments. 
Second Session: 7:30-9:00 Manning 



25 



MIC 596 Advanced Ceramic Experiments S 

Prerequisite: MIC 1,30 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

MIC 597 Advanced Ceramic Experiments 8 

Prerequisite: MIC 430 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

MIC 621 The Vitreous State 8 

Prerequisite : MIC 5^0 

An advanced study of the structure of binary and ternary silicate 
and borate glasses. Influence of structure on properties of vitreous 
systems. 
First Session: 7:30-9:00 Manning 

MIC 636 Electronic Ceramics S 

Prerequisites: MA HI, PY 407 or PY 4U or EE 5S1 
Lattice energy, dielectric and optical properties of insulators, fer- 
roelectrics, magnetic oxides, electron distribution in insulators and 
semiconductors, electronic properties of alkali halides. 
Second Session: 7:30-9:00 Stadelmier 

MIC 699 Ceramic Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 2 
Elective for seniors in chemical engineering. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-8 
Prerequisite or corequisite : CHE S12 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CHE 690 Readings in Chemical Engineering Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CHE 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 



CHEMISTRY 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

Fundamental concepts in chemistry, including atomic and molecular 
structure, states of aggregation of matter, chemical reactions and 
stoichiometry. Should be followed by CH 103 or 107. 
Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 13:40-17:50 MW Staff 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A continuation of CH 101, designed as a terminal course in chemis- 
try and for students in curricula which do not require full year 
chemistry courses beyond the freshman level. The major part of the 
course is devoted to a survey of descriptive inorganic, organic and 
nuclear chemistry. 
Both Sessions: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-17:50 TT Staff 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry II 4 

Prerequisite: CH 101 with a grade of C or better 
A continuation of CH 101, designed for students who plan to take 
full-year courses in advanced chemistry and for any qualified student 
desiring a more quantitative course than CH 103. The major part of 
the course is devoted to the detailed quantitative aspects of stoichi- 
ometry, kinetics, equilibrium and electrochemistry, and the treatment 
of chemical reactions in terms of acid-base concepts. 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-17:50 TT Staff 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Prerequisite : CH 103 or CH 107 

A one-semester course in volumetric and gravimetric analysis in- 
cluding techniques, stoichiometry and principles of neutralization, 
oxidation-reduction and precipitation methods. 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-17:50 TT Staff 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

Prerequisite : CH 103 or CH 107 

An introduction to the fundamental principles of organic chemistry 
included in the study of the hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, 
ketones, acids and their derivatives, esters, phenols, fats, carbo- 
hydrates, amino acids, proteins, and a selected group of natural and 
synthetic products. 
First Session: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 13:40-17:50 TT Staff 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Prerequisite: CH 107 

Fundamentals of organic chemistry including a study of hydro- 
carbons, nucleophilic displacement and elimination reactions, alcohols, 
ethers, and carbonyl reactions. Should be followed by CH 223. 
First Session: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 13:40-17:50 MW or TT Staff 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Prerequisite: CH 107 

A continuation of CH 221 including a study of carboxylic acids and 
derivatives, carbohydrates, organic nitrogen compounds, and aroma- 
tic compounds. 
Second Session: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 13:40-17:50 MW or TT Staff 

CH 231 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 

Prerequisite : CH 103 or CH 107 

27 



DesigTied for students whose background in mathematics and physics 
is not sufficient to meet the requirements of CH 431-433, but who 
desire instruction on chemical principles in addition to that provided 
at the freshman level. 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-17:50 MW Staff 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I S 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA £02, PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite : MA 301 

States of matter, thermodynamics, and physical and chemical equili- 
brium. Should be followed by CH 433 and/or CH 435. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 8 

Prerequisite: CH USl, MA SOI 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizinja: properties of solutions, elec- 
trochemistry and reaction kinetics. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations S 

Prerequisite: Three years chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic 
procedures will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and tech- 
niques in both inorpfanic and organic chemistry. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CH 499 Senior Research 1-8 

Prerequisite: Three years chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research 
problem under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of head of department 

A course in nuclear magnetic resonance. The use of NMR as a 
present-day research tool will be stressed. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Moreland 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements in Surveying 8 

Prerequisite : MA 201 

The general theory of engineering measurement, errors, significant 
figures, repeated observations, precision ratios and accuracy of 
measurements are presented. Other lecture topics include horizontal 



and vertical control, stadia theory, concepts of area measurements, 
elements of simple curves, photogrammetry, and introduction to ma- 
chine computation. 
First Session: LR 8:00-9:00; LB 13:40-17:00 TTh Staff 

CE 324 Structural Analysis I 8 

Prerequisite: EM 200 
Corequisite : EM SOI 

Stress analysis of statically determinate beams and framed struc- 
tures under fixed and moving loads; influence line treatment for 
moving loads; analysis and design of a simple truss. 
First Session: LR 8:00-9:00; LB 13:40-17:00 MW Staff 

CE 332 Structural Materials II 8 

Prerequisite: CE 331 

Manufacture and properties of calcareous and bituminous cements 
and mineral aggregates. Mechanical properties of the following 
structural materials: Portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, 
masonry materials and timber. Materials testing for research. 
First Session: LR 9:10-10:10; LB 13:40-17:00 TTh Staff 

CE 526 Advanced Structural Analysis II 8 

Prerequisite : CE 425 

A study in depth of classical structural theories, including generalized 
stiffness and flexibility methods. Treatment of secondary stresses and 
highrise structures. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1-6 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits Arranged 
Indep>endent investigation of an advanced civil engineering prob- 
lem; a report of such an investigation is required as a graduate 
thesis. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Corequisite : MA 102 

Introduction to a problem-oriented computer language for use in 
problem solution using digital computers. This language currently is 
FORTRAN IV. 
First Session: LR 10:20-11:20; LB 15:20-16:20 Staff 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Concepts 3 

Prerequisite: CSC 111 or equivalent 

29 



Logical basis of computer structure, machine representation of num- 
bers and characters, flow of control, instruction codes (symbolic), 
arithmetic and logical operations, indexing, I/O subroutines linkages, 
macros, number systems as related to computer operation. Operating 
systems for large machines. 
First Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods 8 

Prerequisite : CSC 111 
Corequisite: MA SOI 

Computer techniques used to translate certain known computational 
algorithms into computer programs; practice in use of routines 
already available in the university program library. Areas of in- 
terest: linear systems of equations; curve fitting and interpolation; 
algorithms for differentiation; solution of nonlinear equations, and 
solution of ordinary differential equations. Elementary discussion of 
errors. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staflf 



CROP SCIENCE 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2 

Prerequisite: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the production of flue- 
cured tobacco. The latest research problems and findings dealing with 
this $500 million cash crop in North Carolina will be discussed. 
Special two weeks session (Juno 24-July 5) : 8:00-11:00 Staff 

CS 542 (ON 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 

Prerequisite: CS 51,1 (ON 5U, HS 5A1) 

Conducted on an arranged basis during the entire summer, termi- 
nating approximately Sept. 15. Students should register for the 
course First Session noting it as a 12-week course. Staff 

CS 591 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

CS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

DESIGN 

(These courses start First Session and run for nine weeks.) 

DN 102 Environmental Design II 4 

Prerequisite : DN 101 

Required of first year students in the School of Design. 

80 



Investigation of the sensory environment as a design determinant. 
Emphasis centered on individual discovery by the student who must 
function in problem formulating and problem solving processes. 
Course designed to develop technical skills simultaneously with 
development of conceptual models. 
Special nine weeks session: 13:40-17:50 Staff 

DN 112 Perception and Communication II 2 

Prerequisite: DN 111 

Required of first year students in the School of Design. 

Studies designed to increase perceptual awareness and communication 

skills through exercises in various communications media. 

Special nine weeks session: 13:40-16:50 MWF Staff 

DN 212 Visual Communication II 2 

Prerequisite: DN 211 

Required of second year students in the School of Design, 

Visual communications processes as they support design activities. 
Two- and three-dimensional studies as related to conceptual and 
definitive aspects of the design process. Exercises aimed at developing 
a mastery of both technical and nontechnical methods of visual com- 
munication. 
Special nine weeks session: 13:40-16:50 MWF Staff 

DN 312 Advanced Visual Laboratory II 2 

Extension of problems introduced in first and second year drawing 
on a more advanced level. Problems will involve the human figure 
and its environment and investigate techniques to increase the ability 
of the student to express his ideas in varied forms. 
Special nine weeks session: 13:40-16:50 MWF Staff 

ECONOMICS 

EC 205 Economic Activity 8 

An introductory study of economic activity with emphasis on national 
economic problems. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 12:00-13:30 Staff 

EC 206 The Price System 3 

An introductory study of the determination of prices, wages and 
value; an analysis of the process and principles by which an economy 
allocates resources. 
Both Sessions: 12:00-13:30 Staff 

EC 301 Production and Prices 8 

Prerequisite : EC 206 or EC 212 

An intensive study of the functioning of the market economy. An 
examination of the role of prices in determining the allocation of 

81 



resources, the functioning of the firm in the economy, and forces 

governing the production of economic goods. 

Both Sessions: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

EC 302 National Income and Economic Welfare S 

Prerequisite : EC 205 

An intensive examination of factors determining the national income. 
The economic and social effects of the level, composition and distri- 
bution of national income will be studied with reference to theories 
of economic welfare and to public policy. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Ufen, Nash 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 8 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

An examination of the economic setting within which the businesa 
firm makes decisions, and an application of economic analysis to 
these decisions. Economics from the focal point of managerial deci- 
sion-making. 
Both Sessions: 7:30-9:00 Cooper 

EC 312 Accounting I 8 

Introductory and problem materials designed to provide an under- 
standing of accounting data, its accumulation and measurements as 
a tool of applied economics and its employment by management. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 13:40-15:10, 15:20-16:50 Staff 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 

EC 313 Accounting II 8 

Prerequisite : EC S12 

A second semester course in accounting with emphasis on managerial 
use in decision-making. Concepts and methods pertinent to the accu- 
mulation, organization and interpretation of data useful in evaluat- 
ing, planning and controlling the performances of the business enter- 
prise. 
Second Session: 13:40-15:10 Staff 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods op Economic Analysis 8 

Prerequisite: EC SOI 

This course treats the fundamentals of quantitative methods and 
economic models in the application to economic and industrial prob- 
lems. Through the study of economic variables and their parameters 
this course lays the groundwork for later study of firm and consumer 
behavior. 
First Session: 15:20-16:50 Staff 

EC 407 Business Law I 8 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, 
negotiable instruments, sales of personal property and insurance. 
Uniform commercial code considered under all titles applicable. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

82 



EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 8 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting for manufacturing, fabrication and 
construction-type enterprises. The determination and allocation of 
costs of materials, labor and overhead. Special emphasis is placed on 
managerial analysis, interpretation and control of cost data. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Thompson 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 8 

Prerequisite: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies: retailing, 
market analysis, problems in marketing. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Staff 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 8 

Prerequisites: EC 205 and EC 312 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; man- 
aging working capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial 
institutions and their work. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Ufen 

EC 425 Industrial Management 8 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation 
of finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting, and statistics 
to production planning and control; analysis of economic, political 
and social influences on production. 
First Session : 7 : 30-9 : 00 Wood 

EC 426 Personnel Management 8 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the 
supervisor and the personnel specialists. A study of personnel policy 
and a review of the scientific techniques regarding the specific prob- 
lems of employment, training, personnel actions, employee service 
and joint relations. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Wood 

EC 431 Labor Economics 3 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended hut not required 
An economic approach to the labor market and to labor problems 
including unemployment and the determination of wages. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Hausman 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 212 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpreta- 
tion by the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of 
specific terms of labor contracts and their implications for labor and 



management. 

Second Session: 12:00-13:30 Bartley 

EC 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 8 

Prerequisites: EC SOI and EC SOS 

The terminal course in undergraduate study of economics. The stu- 
dent is assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his 
capacity to recognize problems and to select logically consistent means 
of solving problems. This is done on a small-group and individual 
basis. 
First Session: 12:00-13:30 Staff 

EC 491 Senior Seminar in Economics 8 

Prerequisites: EC 301 and EC 302 
A continuation of EC 490. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

EC 501 Price Theory 8 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market 
behavior, including demand, cost and production, pricing under com- 
petitive conditions, and pricing under monopoly and other imper- 
fectly competitive conditions. 
Second Session: 13:40-15:10 Staff 

EC 502 Income and Employment Theory 8 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis 
with particular reference to the role of fiscal and monetary policy in 
maintaining full employment without inflation. 
Special 8% weeks session (June 5-August 2) : Hours Arranged Staff 



EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 8 

Prerequisite : EC 303 

Methods and techniques of economic analysis of farm business: 
solution of production problems of farms; application of research 
findings; development of area agricultural programs. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : 9:00-12:00 

Bradford, Liner 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 8 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review and analysis of agricultural policy and action programs 
of the federal government; appraisal of alternative policy proposals. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : 14:00-17:00 

Hoover, Mangum 

EC 598 Topical Problems in Economics Maximum 6 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor 
An investigation of topics of particular interest to advanced students 

84 



under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. Content 

will vary with the needs of students. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 8 

Prerequisite: EC 501 and EC 502 or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of eco- 
nomic thought, designed to improve the understanding of contem- 
porary economics. 
Special 8% weeks session (June 5-Aug. 2) : Hours Arranged Staff 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 8 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent and EC 550 or EC 555 
Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems, 
the role of information; formulation of objectives. Current research 
problems. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Harrell 

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in economics, under staff supervision and direc- 
tion. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

EDUCATION 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education 2 

The place of vocational education in a program of public education 
and the fundamental principles upon which this work is based. 
Special three weeks session (June 5-24): 8:00-11:00 MTWTh 
Special three weeks session (July 17-August 5) : 8:00-11:00 MTWTh 

Miller 

ED 304 (PHI 304) Philosophy of Education 8 

Implications of various philosophical viewpoints, especially in value 
theory, social-political philosophy, and theory of knowledge, for the 
aims and procedures of education; study of the relevant work of 
the principal contributors to the Western intellectual tradition from 
Plato to the present. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Middleton 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An overview of secondary education, including development, prob- 
lems, services, trends, teaching profession, role of school in the com- 
munity; purposes and objectives; the development and status of 
secondary education in North Carolina. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Visiting Professor 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and 

Laboratory Planning 8 

86 



t'rerequisites : Senior standing, six hours drawing or design 
Principles and techniques to assist teachers in planning and organiz- 
ing shop and laboratory facilities. 
Special three weeks session (June 2B-July 12): 8:00-11:00 Shore 

ED 421 Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative Training 3 
Prerequisites: ED 327, ED SJ,h 

A study of the developments, objectives and principles of industrial 
cooperative training. 
Special three weeks session (June 5-24): 8:00-11:00 Smith 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 4 
Prerequisites: ED SU, PSY SOU 

A study of effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial 
subjects. Emphasis is given to class organization; methods of teach- 
ing manipulative skills and related information; lesson planning; 
shop safety; and evaluation. 
Special three weeks session (June 5-24): 8:00-12:00 Shore 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials 8 

Prerequisites: ED 327, ED SUU 

The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general 
related instructional material for trade extension and industrial co- 
operative training classes. 
Special three weeks session (June 25-July 12) : 8:00-11:00 Smith 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

Prerequisites: ED 3hh, PSY 30U 

A comprehensive study of the types of vocational education of less 
than college grade, provided for through federal legislation; and an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the program. 
Special three weeks session (June 5-June 24) : 8:00-11:00 MTWTh 

Visiting Professor 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 

Prerequisite: ED U22 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 

Prerequisites: PSY 304 or six hours education 

Analysis of learning units and the preparation of instructional aids 
and devices. 

Special three weeks session (June 5-June 24): 10:20-11:50 MTWTh 

Miller 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 501, consent of instructor 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic 
theories and concepts supporting the programn.ing process. Attention 
will be given to the general framework in which programming is 

86 



done, the organization needed, and the program roles of both pro- 
fessional and lay leaders. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Boone 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations 3 

Prerequisites: Twelve hoxirs education 

The course is designed for teachers of Introduction to Vocations in 
the public schools. Emphasis will be placed on the IV program in the 
overall school curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of 
teaching aids and use of student evaluation instruments. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Clary, Cox 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational 
schools and branches of universities: their development, status and 
prospects; policy and policy making, clientele, purposes, evaluation 
programs, personnel, organization, administration, financing, facili- 
ties, research and development functions. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Adama 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 
Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional 
child with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow 
learner. Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child 
will be provided. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged McCutchen 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 
A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a 
study of reading retardation and factors underlying reading diffi- 
culties. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abiuties 3 
Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in 
overcoming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in 

developing pupil vocabularies and word analysis skills; a study of 
how to control vocabulary burden of reading material. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Rust 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded Children 3 

Prerequisite: ED 506 

A study of appropriate educational methods and materials for men- 
tally retarded children. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged McCutchen 

37 



ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary 

Nature 8 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of the historical and philosophical foundations of adult edu- 
cation from ancient times to the present, giving attention to key 
figures, issues, institutions, movements and programs including con- 
sideration of the relationship between adult education's historical 
development and prevailing intellectual, social, economic and politi- 
cal conditions. Consideration of adult education's contemporary 
nature, present day schools of thought on its objectives, and trends. 
Examination of the relationship between means and ends in adult 
education. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Russell 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 

Prerequisites: Six hours education, consent of instructor 
Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of 
findings in planning a program of vocational education. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 MTWTh Hanson 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 8 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 
An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and practices 
of personnel and guidance services. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Morehead 

ED 524 Occupational Information S 

Prerequisites : Six hours education or psychology, ED 520 or equiva- 
lent 

To give teachers and counselors an understanding of how to collect, 
classify, evaluate, and use occupational and educational information. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Clary 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 8 

Prerequisites : ED i22, ED 4^0 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and tech- 
nical education; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and prob- 
lems of vocational-industrial education; study of federal and state 
legislation pertaining to industrial and technical education. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Nerden 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology, ED 520 or equiva- 
lent 

To help teachers, counselors, administrators and others who are re- 
sponsible for group guidance activities, to understand the theory 
and principles of effective group work. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Morehead 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

38 



For school guidance counselors, prospective counselors, personnel 
and guidance directors, and school administrators. The philosophy 
and scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and 
responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles and current 
practices in planning, developing, operating, and supervising guid- 
ance and personnel services will be studied. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Hopke 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED ill or equivalent 

A three semester-hour course to assist teachers in planning local 
vocational agriculture programs in multiteacher departments or re- 
organized school districts. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Bryant 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3 

Prerequisites : Six hours education 

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories 
and concepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis 
will be given to the interrelationship of the nature of the subject 
matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The applicability 
of relevant principles and pertinent research findings to adult learn- 
ing will be thoroughly treated. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Quinn 

ED 560 (I A 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts Education 3 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours education and teaching experience 
This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts 
education. It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in 
developing new concepts and new content based on the changes in 
technology. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Olson 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 

Prerequisites : Twelve hours education including student teaching 
Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie 
course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem 
solution for effective learning; evaluation of teaching and learning, 
making specific plans for effective teaching. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Hollis 

ED 590-1 Individual Problems in Guidance (Guidance in Elementary 

Schools) 3 

Prerequisites : Six hours graduate credit or equivalent 
An examination of current theory, philosophy and practice in ele- 
mentary school guidance and the role of the elementary school 
counselor. 
First Session : 8 : 00-9 : 30 Parramore 

39 



ED 590-2 Individual Problems in Guidance (Student Personnel Work 

in Higrher Education) 3 

Examines current practices in various areas of student personnel 
work; studies both structure and functions of personnel programs 
in higher education. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Anderson 

ED 690-3 Individual Problems in Guidance (Advanced Counselor Workshop 
in Career Development) 3 

A special two weeks session for counselors selected by the State 
Department of Education. 
Special two weeks session (July IS^uly 26) : 8:30-16:30 Hopke 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites : Six hours gradxiate credit, consent of department head 
Directed study to provide individualized study and analysis in spe- 
cialized areas of trade, industrial or technical subjects. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Hanson, Nerden 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 8 

Prerequisite: ED Wl or equivalent 

Consideration of current problems in mathematics education. Oppor- 
tunities provided for students to study particular problems and 
initiate investigations under the direction of the faculty. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Speece 

ED 593 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite : ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students in vocational agriculture to study current 
problems under the guidance of the staflF. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 8 

Prerequisite: ED i76 or equivalent 

Consideration of current problems in science education. Opportuni- 
ties provided for students to study particular problems and initiate 
investigations under the direction of the faculty. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Speece 

ED 595 (I A 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 8 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 
A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors 
of industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound 
principles and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating 
programs in the field. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Young 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education 8 

Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and 
preparation of a scholarly research type of paper. 

40 



Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 

Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Graduate Staff 

ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult 

Education I (Emphasis on Organization) 3 

Prerequisites: ED 503, PS 502 

Theory of organization relating to adult education social systems as 
a basis for understanding administrative behavior. An in depth 
analysis of the structure, function and process of adult education 
social systems, patterns of organizational growth and change, be- 
havior patterns of functionaries, and reciprocal influence of the 
adult education system and other social systems in the society. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Dolan 

ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult 

Education II (Emphasis on Administration) 3 

Prerequisite: ED 600 or a comparable course(8) on organizational 
theory 

Theory and principles of complex organization relating to adult 
education systems. A depth analysis is made of the structure, func- 
tion and process of adult education organizations, patterns of or- 
ganizational growth and change, behavior patterns of functionaries 
within the organization and reciprocal influence of the adult educa- 
tion organization and society. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Boone, Ferguson 

ED 611 Lavv^s, Regulations and Poucies Affecting Vocational 

Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of legislation (national and state) which applies 

directly to occupational education. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Nerden 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

The course is designed to assist the student in understanding the 
meaning and purpose of educational research; and to develop the 
student's ability to identify educational problems, and to plan and 
carry out research to solve these problems. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Brown 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 

Prerequisites: Nine hours economics, education, psychology or 

sociology 

To aid the personnel worker in developing an understanding of and 

skill in counseling techniques; philosophies, theories, principles and 

practices of counseling will be considered. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Hopke 



41 



ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 8 

Prerequisite : Advanced graduate standing 

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual coun- 
seling experience under supervision. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Anderson 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Morehead 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing or consent of instructor 
Reviews and reports of topics of special interest to graduate students 
in industrial education. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Visiting Professor 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education Maximum 2 

Prerequisite: Departmental major or consent of instructor 
A critical analysis of issues, trends and recent developments in 
science education. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Anderson 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Fifteen hours, consent of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 



EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

Prerequisites : EE 201, MA 201 

A continuation of EE 201. Circuit analysis by complex frequency. 
Introduction to two-port networks and pvolyphase circuits. Problem 
drill and laboratory exercises. (Offered only in a 12-week sequence. 
The course counts for two semester hours in calculating loads for 
each session. Students should register for two semester hours at 
registration for each session, noting the 12-week sequence on their 
rosters.) 

Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:00, 9:10-10:10; LB 13:40-15:50 MW, TTh, 
or MTh Seagraves 

EE 213 Electric Circuits I Lab 1 

Prerequisite: EE 211 
First Session: LB 13:40-15:50 TTh Seagraves 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 

Prerequisite: EE SSI 
A continuation of EE 331. 
First Session: LR 7:30-9:00; LB 13:40-16:20 MW or TTh 

42 



EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in Manufacturing Processes 3 

Prerequisites: PY 212, MA 201 

Introduction to basic electrical theory; d-c and a-c circuits and 
measurements; study of d-c motors and of single-phase and polyphase 
utilization equipment; basic control systems and brief introduction to 
principles of automatic control. 

Application examples will be drawn from the technologies of parti- 
cular interest to the students in the class. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

EE 615 Electromagnetic Waves 3 

Prerequisite: EE 507 

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy 
by electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, 
propagation in free space and material media, guided electromagne- 
tic waves, common waveguides, skin effects, resonant cavities. Micro- 
wave network theory applied to measurement problems. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Barclay 

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE hSl 

A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with 
special attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of 
strays, sensitivity, the use of feedback in electronic devices, auto- 
matic measuring systems, and digital measuring systems. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Hoadley 

EE 691 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 

This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced 
graduate students to study, under the direction of qualified members 
of the professional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of 
interest. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering, consent 
of advisor 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 



E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

The theory of graphically representing and solving spatial prob- 
lems. Emphasis is placed on the development of a logical and analyti- 
cal approach to problem solution. Conventional methods of graphically 
describing size and shape are introduced. Practical engineering 



43 



design situations are presented and the student arrives at an indi- 
vidual solution. 

First Session : 8 :00-10 : 10, 1 1 :40-13 :50 Staff 

Second Session: 7:30-9:40 



E 102 Engineering Graphics II 1 

Prerequisite : E 101 

The theory of graphically representing engineering data and then 
solving for any relationships that exist for that data. Material pre- 
sented includes vector geometry, curve fitting, rate problems and 
graphical calculus. Engineering design situations are presented and 
the student arrives at an individual solution. 

First Session: 7:30-9:00,9:50-11:20 Staff 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 



E 207 Engineering Graphics III 2 

Prerequisite: E 102 

A study of the current practices of communicating exact engineering 
information in the graphic medium. Production dimensioning, pro- 
duction characteristics, free hand sketching, production changes, and 
detail and as.sembly drawings will be covered. Special emphasis is 
placed on the use of technical sketching. [The above will include 
standards and practices peculiar to mechanical, electrical (communi- 
cation), construction, plant design and related fields.] 
First Session: 7:30-10:10 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 



EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 8 

Corequisite : MA SOI 

An introduction to the principles and concepts which form the basis 

for studies in dynamics, solid mechanics and fluid mechanics. The 

nature and properties of force systems and stress fields. The motion 

of particles and description of deformation of continuous media. The 

role of Newton's laws, the concepts of continuity and equilibrium, 

and the conservational principles in problems in mechanics. 

Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 



EM 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics 8 

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 2il 
Corequisite: PY 212 

This course is intended to acquaint the student with the concepts 
of particle and rigid body mechanics. The fundamentals of equili- 
bruim, kinematics and kinetics are applied to engineering problems 
involving structures and machines. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

44 



EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering Materials 3 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

This course constitutes a study of properties of engineering materials 
with special emphasis on the mechanical parameters. It is especially 
conceived to prepare the student for the selection and specification 
of materials common to engineering practice. A particular emphasis 
is given to mechanical aspects of materials employed in design. 
Both Sessions: LR 9:50-11:20 MWF; LB 10:20-13:00 TTh 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

Prerequisite: EM 200 

Introduction to the mechanics of deformable solids. Development 
of the equations which describe the linear elastic solid. Approximate 
solutions and solutions governed by the theory of elasticity to prob- 
lems involving prescribed force systems, states of motion or energy 
inputs. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staflf 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

Prerequisite: EM 200 

Development of the basic equations of fluid mechanics in general 
and specialized form. Application of these specialized equations to a 
variety of topics including fluid statics, inviscid, incompressible fluid 
flow, and viscous, incompressible fluid flow. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

EM 503 Theory of Elasticity I 3 

Prerequisite: EM SOI 
Corequisite: MA 511 or MA UOl 

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic 
solid are developed in various curvilinear coordinate systems. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



ENGLISH 



ENG 100 Refresher English 3X 

A course for students deficient in English. Special attention will be 
given to individual problems in grammar, reading and writing. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 Staff 



46 



ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric S 

Required of all freshmen. 

Intensive study and practice in the basic forms and principles of 

expository communication; conferences. 

Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 SUflf 



ENG 112 Composition and Reading 
Required of all freshmen. 
Prerequisite: ENG 111 



NOTE: 



Continued practice in expository writing; 

types; collateral reading; conferences. 

Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 



introduction to literary 
Staff 



The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, speech 
or literature is the completion of 111 and 112 with a grade of C or 
better in at least one semester. Desirable preparation for literature 
courses of the 300 level or above is ENG 205 or any semester of ENG 
261-262 or ENG 265-266. 



ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 8 

Selected masterworks drawn from American, English and European 
literature. 

Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 Staflf 

ENG 211 Business Communications 8 
Basic types of business correspondence and written and oral reports. 

Both Sessions: 11:40-13:10 Staflf 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staflf 



ENG 261 English Literature I (Beginnings to 1790) 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 

ENG 262 Engush Literature II (1790 to present) 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 



S 

Staff 

8 

Staff 



ENG 265 American Literature I (Beginnings to 1850) 
First Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 

ENG 266 A.viERiCAN Literature II (1850 to present) 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 



8 

Staff 

8 

Staff 



ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information 8 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

Intensive training in the fundamentals of business and industrial 
expository and persuasive writing. 
Both Sessions: 9:50-11:20 Dandridge, Davis 



46 



ENG 369 American Novel of the Nineteenth Century 3 

Analysis of selected romantic, realistic and naturalistic novels. 
First Session : 9 : 50-1 1 : 20 Kesterson 

ENG 371 The Novel 3 

Analysis of selected English, American and Continental novels. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Kincheloe 

ENG 396 Literature of the Western World 8 

Selected great books from the Homeric period of Greek literature 
to the Renaissance in Europe. 

Second Session: 11:40-13:10 White 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature 8 

Selected examples of American, British and Continental writing from 
1890 to the present day. 
First Session: 11:40-13:10 Reynolds 

ENG 453 The Romantic Period 3 

The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats, 
with readings in the prose of Lamb, DeQuincey and others. 
First Session: 11:40-13:10 P. Williams 



ENG 480 Modern Drama 

Major plays from Ibsen to Albee. 
Second Session: 11:40-13:10 



Halperen 



ENG 485 Shakespeare 3 

A study of the principal plays with emphasis on the development of 

the playwright. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Toole 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 
An intensive study of English grammar, with attention to new 
developments in structural linguistics and with emphasis on current 
usage. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Meyers 

ENG 551 Chaucer 3 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

The intensive reading and analysis of Chaucer's major works, with 
attention to linguistic problems. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Koonce 

ENG 659 Studies in Shakespeare 3 

Prerequisite: ENG USS or equivalent and graduate standing 
An intensive study — textual and critical — of Shakespeare's comedies. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Champion 



47 



ENG 690 Literary Criticism 8 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of the critical process as it leads to the definition 

and analysis of literature, together with attention to the main 
literary traditions and conventions. 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Halperen 

ENTOMOLOGY 

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

ENT 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

FOOD SCIENCE 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 1-8 

Prerequisites : Senior or graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current 
interest in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected 
problem. The problems are designed to provide training and experi- 
ence in research. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science Credits Arranged 

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science desigrned to 
provide experience in research methodology and philosophy. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research in Food Science Credits Arranged 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for Master of Science 
or Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

FOREST RESOURCES 

FOR s204 Silviculture S 

Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOM 

First Session : 8 :00-17 :00 Duffield, Maki 

Second Session: 8:00-17:00 Duffield, Grad. Asst. 

FOR 8205 Wood Machining Practicum 1 

Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 



48 



FOR s206 



FOR s207 



FOR s208 



FOR s209 



FOR s263 



FOR s264 



FOR s274 



FOR s284 



♦FOR 491W 



'FOR 491F 



Prerequisite: FOR 20S 
Second Session: 8:00-17:00 

Wood Drying Practicum 

Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 
First Session: 8:00-17:00 

Gluing Practicum 
First Session: 8:00-17:00 

Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 

Wood Finishing Practicum 
Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 
First Session: 8:00-17:00 

Plant Inspections 

Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 

First Session: 8:00-17:00 

Dendrology 

Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite : Junior standing in FOM 
First Session: 8:00-17:00 



Gilmore 

1 

Carter 



Carter, Gilmore, 
McNamara 



1 

Carter 
1 

Carter 
1 

Staff 
2 



Forest Protection 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOM 

First Session: 8:00-17:00 Bryant, Cowling, Farrier 



Second Session: 8:00-17:00 

Mapping and Mensuration 
Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOM 
First Session: 8:00-17:00 



Utilization 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Second Session: 8:00-17:00 

Senior Problems 

Sophomore Summer Practicum WT 
Prerequisite : Senior standing 
Second Session : Hours Arranged 

Senior Problems 
Prerequisite: Senior standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



Bryant, Grad. Asst. 



Lammi, Steensen, 
Bryant, Grad. Asst. 

1 

StafT 

Credits Arranged 

Carter 

Credits Arranged 

Staff 



• Wood Technology Majors 
•• Forest Management Majors 



49 



**FOR 591F Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite : Senior or graduate standing in FOM 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

•FOR 591W Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite : Senior or graduate standing in WT 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

FOR 693 Advanced Wood Technology Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

♦FOR 699W Problems in Research WT Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

♦♦FOR 699F Problems in Research FOM Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

GENETICS 

ON 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 8 

Fundamental principles of genetics will be presented at a level not 
requiring prerequisite courses in biological sciences but sufficient for 
an understanding of the relation of genetics to society and technol- 
ogy. A survey will be given of current knowledge of inheritance of 
human traits. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Bostian 

ON 411 The Principles of Genetics 8 

Prerequisite : BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheri- 
tance; genes as functional and structural units of heredity and de- 
velopment; qualitative and quantitative aspects of genetic variation. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Bostian 

ON 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1-8 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



• Wt¥>d Technnlogy Majors 
** Forest Manaicenient Majors 



60 



HISTORY 

HI 105 Modern Western World 8 

Not open to students required to take HI 101, 102. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Nixon 

HI 101 History of Civilization (to 1650) 8 

Required of all students in Liberal Arts unless excused by exami- 
nation. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Banker 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Nixon 

HI 102 History of Civilization (since 1650) 8 

Required of all students in Liberal Arts unless excused by exami- 
nation. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Nixon 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Suval 

HI 111 United States Through Reconstruction 8 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Seegers 

HI 112 United States Since Reconstruction 8 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Beers 

Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Lemmon 

HI 231 Vienna to Versailles 3 

Prerequisite: Three hours history or freshmen with consent 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Suval 

HI 264 Modern East Asia: 1800 To Present 8 

Prerequisite: One semester history or advanced placement 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Beers 

HI 306 North Carolina History 3 

Prerequisite: Three hours history 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Lemmon 

HI 344 United States: Revolution to Constitution 3 

Prerequisite: Three hours history or consent of department 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Seegers 

HI 351 English History (to 1688) 8 

Prerequisite: Three hours history or consent of department 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Banker 

HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

Prerequisite: BS 100, SSC 200 
The course is designed to cover the application of scientific principles 

51 



to successful vegetable production on a commercial scale in North 
Carolina. The presently important vegetable crops, as well as those 
with potential commercial value, will be covered. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Banadyga 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture. The students obtain prac- 
tice in experimental techniques, critical review of literature and 
scientific writing. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites : Graduate standing in horticulture, consent of advisory 
committee chairman 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

lA 102 Fundamentals of Materials and Processes 4 

A systematic study of the structure and characteristics of selected 

materials and the processes utilized in shaping, forming, cutting, 
machining and finishing. 

First Session: 10:20-13:20 Finch 

I A 105 Drafting 4 

Prerequisite : I A 102 
Second Session: 7:00-10:10 Troxler 

lA 209 Wood Processing 4 

Prerequisite: I A 102 

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the processes of 
designing, developing and producing wood products through lectures, 
discussions and planned experiences in the various woodworking 
areas. 
Second Session: 10:20-13:30 Finch 

lA 210 Metal Technology 4 

Prerequisites: I A 102, I A 105 
First Session: 7:00-10:10 Moeller 

I A 230 Drafting II 3 

Prerequisite: FA 105 
Second Session: 10:20-13:30 Troxler 

lA 310 Machine and Foundry Practicum S 

Prerequisite: I A 210 
First Session: 10:20-13:30 Moeller 

62 



lA 312 Electricity-Electronics 4 

Prerequisites: PY 211, PY 212 or consent of instructor 
Second Session: 7:00-10:20 Young 

lA 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts Education 3 
Prerequisites: Tivelve hours education, teaching experience 
First Session: 10:20-11:30 Olson 

lA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

lA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

I A 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 8 

Prerequisite : One or more years of teaching experience 
Second Session: 10:20-11:30 Young 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours education 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 MTWTh Olson 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 F Young 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Criteria and techniques of engineering economy for management 
decisions in relation to economy of design. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 

Prerequisite: MIM 201 

The forming, finishing and joining operations used in the manufac- 
ture of industrial products of metallic and nonmetallic materials 
are treated. 
Second Session: LR 10:20-11:30; LB 13:40-16:20 MWF Harder 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 

Prerequisite : ST S61 

Principles and techniques of motion and time study; detailed study 
of charting operator movements; micromotion study. 
First Session: 10:20-13:20 (LR and LB combined) Goldman 

63 



IE 443 Quality Control 8 

Prerequisite : ST 361 
First Session: 8:00-10:00 (LR and LB combined) Prak 

IE 591 Project Work 2-6 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Anderson 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

MATHEMATICS 

MA 2 Review Algebra 4X 

First Session: 8:00-10:10 Staff 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

Prerequisite : MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 
Required of freshmen in the Schools of Engineering and Physical 
Sciences and Applied Mathematics. The first of three semesters of a 
unified course in analytic geometry and calculus. Topics include 
rectangular coordinates in the plane, graphs and equations of lines, 
algebraic curves, including the conic sections and others examined 
by general discussion methods. Also introduced are functions, limits, 
continuity, differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications 
of derivatives and differentials. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-10:00, 10:20-12:30 Staff 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Algebraic properties of real numbers; algebra of sets, mappings, 
functions and graphs. Properties of the complex number field. Appli- 
cations to systems of equations both linear and quadratic. Other 
topics in algebra including inequalities, variation, binomial theorem, 
progressions, theory of equations and determinants. Trigonometric 
functions of a general angle, identities and multiple angle relations, 
inverse trigonometric functions, graphs, solution of triangles by 
logarithms and slide rule with emphasis on the laws of sines and 
cosines. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-10:10, 10:20-12:30 Staff 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 
A unified course in analytic geometry and calculus containing the 
following topics: brief discussion of set operations; the real plane 
is defined as the set of ordered pairs of R x R and graphs in two 
dimensions as subsets of R x R; functions, limits, continuity and 
definition of a derivative; applications of the derivative; differentia- 
tion of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, introduc- 
tion of antidifferentiation. Applications to the social life and be- 

64 



havioral sciences are included where possible. 

First Session: 8:00-10:10, 10:20-12:30 

Second Session: 8:00-10:10 Staff 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics 8 

Prerequisite: MA 111 completed in high school 

Introduction to the theory of sets, relations and functions with appli- 
cations to Boolean algebra, logical inference, theory of probability, 
vector spaces and matrices. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics I 3 

Introduction to sets and logic; mathematical induction; evaluation 
of the number system, elementary Boolean algebra; elementary 
theory of determinants and matrices; progressions; elementary 
number theory. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MA 116 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics II 8 

Prerequisite: MA 115 

Permutations and combinations; elementary probability, graphs; 
averages; elementary curve fitting; straight line calculus; four-color 
problem and other historical problems in mathematics. 
Second Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

The second of three semesters of a unified course in analytic geome- 
try and calculus. Topics include indefinite and definite integrals of 
algebraic functions and their applications, differentiation of trans- 
cendental functions, polar coordinates, parametric equations, curvi- 
linear motion and curvature; formal integration; integration by 
parts, substitution, and partial fractions. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-10:00, 10:20-12:30 Staff 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 4 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

The third of three semesters of a unified course in analytic geometry 
and calculus. Topics include areas, volumes, lengths of curves, cen- 
troids, moments of inertia of rectangular and polar coordinates; 
approximate integration, improper integrals, indeterminate forms; 
infinite series and expansion of functions; solid analytic geometry 
and partial differentiation, multiple integrals in rectangular, cylin- 
drical and spherical coordinates. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-10:10, 10:20-12:30 Staff 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B 3 

Prerequisite: MA 112 

A continuation of MA 112. Additional topics in differentiation; ex- 
ponential and logarithmic functions, definite integral and applications 
to areas, and volume; introduction to sequences, series and calculus 

66 



of two variables. Applications to social, life, and behavioral sciences 

are included where possible. 

Second Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 301 Elementary Differential Equations I 3 

Prerequisite : MA 202 or equivalent 

First order equations with variables separable; Euler's method of 
approximate solution; physical and geometrical applications. Linear 
equations of first order; applications. Linear equations of higher 
order with constant coefficients; solution by repeated linear first 
order equations, variation of parameters, undetermined coefficients, 
operators. Systems of equations; scaling variables, applications to 
networks and dynamical systems. Introduction to series-solutions; 
solutions by use of analog computer. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential Equations 3 

Prerequisite : MA SOI 

Infinite series and integrals; linear differential equations, special 
functions. 
Both Sessions: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MA 403 Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 3 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Integers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups, 
Boolean algebra. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3 
Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Properties of determinants; theorems of Laplace and Jacobi; systems 

of linear equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, 
rank, characteristic roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic 
forms. 

Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3 

Prerequisite: MA SOI or consent of department 

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial 
analysis, Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering prob- 
lems, conditional probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, 
Bayes' theorem, binomial, Poisson and normal distribution, the 
probability integral, random variables, expectation. 
First Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 8 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern 
mathematics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

66 



MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 

Prerequisites: MA 301, preferably a B average in mathematics 
Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector 
differential calculus. Definite integral. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 11:40-13:10 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Vector integral calculus, infinite series, integral calculus of several 
variables. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 8 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, 
integrals, definitions and properties of elementary functions, multi- 
valued functions, power series, residue theory and applications, con- 
formal mapping. 
First Session: 12:00-13:30 Staff 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

Introduction to integral equations, the calculus of variations, and 
difference equations. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MA 524 Boundary Value Problems 3 

Prerequisite: MA 508 or MA 511 

Theory of first variation with applications to various physical 
phenomena (vibrating string, vibrating membrane, heat conduction 
and wave propagation) ; Bernoulli's separation theorem with appli- 
cation to vibration and heat conduction problems; Fourier series, the 
Sturm-Liouville problem. 
First Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MA 527 Numerical Analysis I 3 
Prerequisite: MA 508 or MA 511 

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors, 

finite-difference tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical 

integration, numerical differentiation, and elements of difference 
calculus. 

Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 8 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 508 

First order equations, linear n'*" order equations with constant 
coefficients and with continuous coefficients. Green's functions, solu- 
tion of linear equations with analytic coefficients, second order linear 
equations with regular singular points, systems of first order equa- 
tions, uniqueness theorems, existence theorems of Picard and Peano, 

57 



stability of solutions of linear plane autonomous systems, numerical 

solutions. 

Special 8>/2 weeks session (June lO-AuffUst 8): 10:20-11:20 StaflF 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 8 

Prerequisite: MA 508 or MA 511 

Axioms, discrete and continuous sample spaces, events, combina- 
torial analysis, conditional probability, repeated trials, independence, 
random variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous dis- 
tributions, probability and moment generating functions, central 
limit theorem, laws of large numbers, branching processes, recurrent 
events, random walk. 
Special 8i^ weeks session (June 10-August 8): 12:00-13:00 SUff 

MA 622 Linear Algebra 8 

Prerequisite: MA J,05 or equivalent 

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices, 
the characteristic and minimal polynomials of a matrix, functions 
of matrices, theory of elementary divisors, canonical forms of a 
matrix, application to systems of differential equations. 
Special 8% weeks session (June 10-August 8): 8:00-9:00 StaflF 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 8 

Prerequisite : MA 51S or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theory and application to ordinary and 
partial differential equations arising from problems in engineering 
and physics. 
Special 8% weeks session (June 10-August 8): 9:10-10:10 Staflf 

MA 699 Research in Mathematics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of advisor 
Individual research in the field of mathematics. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 

MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING 

MAE 211 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 3 

Prerequisite : CH 103 

Corequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

An elementary consideration of some of the scope and interests in 

mechanical engineering through the application and extension of 

the basic laws of chemistry and physics. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:00 Staflf 

MAE 212 Mechanical Analysis 8 

Prerequisite : MAE 211 
Corequisite: EM 200 

An introduction to a logical method of problem solving through the 
integration of the fundamentals of physics, mechanics, and mathe- 
matics and their utilization of a rigorous training in methods of 
analysis of real engineering problems. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:00 Staff 

68 



MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 8 

Prerequisites : MA 202, PY 20H 

Probability, uncertainty, information and entropy; the perfect gas; 
energy levels and quantum states; Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution 
of energies and speeds; principle of increase of entropy; conserva- 
tion of energy, thermodynamic properties of systems; applications 
to the closed and oi>en systems; fundamentals of energy conversion 
and refrigeration. 
First Session: 7:30-9:00, 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II 3 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I with the emphasis 
on the engineering application of the basic principles to problems 
involving mixtures of perfect gases, psychometrics, imperfect gases, 
equations of state, chemical reactions, combustion, law of mass 
action, dissociation and ionization, and equilibrium composition. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MAE 303 Engineering Thermodynamics III S 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I for nonmechani- 
cal engineering juniors. Thermodynamics of mixtures; thermody- 
namics of fluid flow, heat transfer, vapor and gas cycles, and appli- 
cations. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 Staff 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I 1 

Corequisite: MAE 301 

Theory and principles involved in instrumentation and measure- 
ments. Limitation and sources of error of each technique studied. 
First Session: 13:40-17:50 TTh Staff 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II 1 

Prerequisites: MAE 305, EM 301 

A continuation of MAE 305 with emphasis on measurements of kine- 
matic quantities, measurements of thermophysical properties and 
energy measurements. Treatment of experimental data. 
Second Session: 13:40-17:50 TTh Staff 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 8 

Prerequisite: MAE 212 

A rational application of dynamics to the analysis of machines and 
mechanical devices to determine the motions resulting from applied 
loads and the forces and inputs required to produce si)ecified motions. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MAE 352 Aerodynamics 8 

Prerequisites: EM 200, MA SOI 

Fundamental concepts underlying experimental aerodynamics, the 
aerodynamicist's data, elementary flow theory, Reynolds number and 



69 



the effect of viscosity, Mach number and compressibility, finite wing 

theory. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MAE 353 Introduction to Aerothermodynamics 3 

Prerequisites: MAE SOI, C or better in MAE S5t 
A specialization of thermodynamics to the study of inviscid com- 
pressible flows of perfect pases. The theory is applied to channel 
flows, shock waves, expansions, and two-dimensional airfoil theory. 
Second Session: 7:30-9:00 SUff 



MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MA SOI 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 

MAE 412 Mechanical Design II 

Prerequisites: EM SOI, MIM 201, MAE S15 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control 
Prerequisite: MAE SOI 
First Session: Hours Arranged 



3 
Staff 

8 
Staff 

3 
Staff 



MAE 447 Performance, Stability and Control of Flight Vehicles 
Prerequisites: MA J,01 or MA 511, C or better in MAE S52 
First Session: 11:40-13:00 



Staff 



MAE 461 Aerospace Technology 
Prerequisite: MAE S5S 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 



MAE 521 Aerothermodynamics 

Prerequisites: MAE SOI, MAE S52, or EM SOS 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 



8 

Williams 

8 

Perkins 



MAE 545 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I 
First Session: Hours Arranged 



2 
Staff 



MAE 550 Cryogenics 

First Session: Hours Arranged 



SUff 



MAE 571 Inertial Guidance, Design and Analysis 
First Session: Hours Arranged 



8 

SUff 



MAE 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 
Prerequisite: MAE 652 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 



Pinkerton 



60 



MAE 658 Molecular Gas Dynamics 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 



Williams 



MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering, consent 
of advisor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

MIM 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials I 3 

Prerequisite: CH lOS 

An introduction to the fundamental physical principles governing 
the structure and constitution of metallic and nonmetallic materials 
of construction, and the relation of these principles to the control 
of properties. 
Both Sessions: LR 12:00-13:00; LB 13:00-16:00 MWF Waller 

MIM 202 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials II 3 

Prerequisite: CH 103 
Second Session: LR 12:00-13:00; LB 13:00-16:00 MWF Staff 

MIM 331 Physical Metallurgy I 3 

Prerequisites: CH 103, MIM 201 

The fundamental principles of physical metallurgy with emphasis 
on correlation between structure, constitution, and properties of 
metals and alloys. A systematic development of the metallurgical 
aspects of atomic and crystalline structure, phase equilibrium, solid 
solution, diffusion, precipitation hardening, elastic and plastic be- 
havior, and recrystalization. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Waller 



MIM 332 Physical Metallurgy II 
Prerequisite: MIM 331 
Second Session: Hours Arranged 



3 



Waller 



MIM 401 



MIM 402 



Metallurgical Operations I (For Engineering Operations 
students only) 4 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved 
in the production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Deals pri- 
marily with procedures and operations employed in chemical or ex- 
tractive metallurgy. Special emphasis placed on principles applicable 
to courses required by students engaged in materials minor sequence 
without physical chemistry background. 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:00-16:00 MWF Magor 



Metallurgical Operations II 
students only) 
Prerequisite: MIM 332 



(For Engineering Operations 



61 



Covers the operation of physical and mechanical metallurgy. Special 
emphasis placed on principles applicable to courses required by stu- 
dents engag>ed in materials minor sequence without physical chemis- 
try background. 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:00-16:00 MWF Staflf 

MIM 495 Experimental Engineering I 8 

Prerequisite : MIM 422 or consent of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing 
with metallurgy, metallography or general experimental work. A 
seminar period is provided and a written report required. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 



MIM 496 Experimental Engineering II 

Prerequisite : MIM 422 or consent of instructor 
Second Session : Hours Arrang-ed 



8 



Steff 



MIM 595 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I 8 

Prerequisite : MIM 422 or consent of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental 
project dealing with metallurgy, metallography. A seminar period 
is provided and a written report is required. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 



MIM 596 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments II 

Prerequisite : MIM 422 or conseiit of iiistructor 
Second Session: Hours Arranged 



3 



Staff 



MIM 699 Metallurgical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in metallurgi- 
cal engineering. A report on this investigation is required as a 
graduate thesis. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged • Staff 



MICROBIOLOGY 

MB 301 Microbial Life 3 

Introduction to the basic concepts of microbiology and how they 
affect our daily lives. Primarily for nonbiologists. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 MTThF Staff 

MB 302 Clinical Microbiology Lab 1 

Corequisite : MB 301 

Techniques of isolating and characterizing microorganisms of medi- 
cal sig-nificance. For student nurses and other paramedical students. 
First Session: 13:40-16:50 TTh Staff 



MB 692 



62 



Special Problems in Microbiology 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



MB 699 Microbiology Research 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



MODERN LANGUAGES 



FRENCH 



MLF 101 Elementary French I 



8 



Structure, diction, pronunciation and other matters of technique of 
the language, supplemented by readings and translations. No previ- 
ous training in the language necessary. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLF 102 Elementary French II 8 

Prerequisite: MLF 101 or equivalent 

A survey of the basic elements of grammar accompanied and illus- 
trated by intermediate readings progressing to the reading of 
standard texts. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLF 201 French Civilization 3 
Prerequisites: MLF 102 or equivalent 

Special emphasis given to translating from French. After a pre- 
liminary survey of the land and people of France, such topics as 

language, arts, science, literature, philosophy, etc. are given consid- 
eration. Parallel readings and reports. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLF 202 French Prose — Selections from Modern French Literature 3 
Prerequisites: MLF 102 or equivalent 

Selected readings from literary French. Attention given to the 
attainment of skill in reading and comprehension. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLF 203 Review Grammar and Composition 8 

Prerequisite : MLF 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and 
the more advanced literary courses preparing the student for the 
type of composition and conversation expected of him in the latter. 
It will also offer an opportunity for students with previous knowl- 
edge of a language from secondary schools to review grammar and 
obtain experience in an area not normally covered in their high 
school work. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 



MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French 
as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which 
follows. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Ballenger, Staff 

63 



MLF 402 Scientific French S 

Prerequisite: MLF i<)l or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by dis- 
cussions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other 
linguistic techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; 
conferences. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

GERMAN 

MLG 101 Elementary German I 8 

Study of the structure and technique of the language, supplemented 
by easy reading and translations. No previous training in the lan- 
guage necessary. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLG 102 Elementary German II 8 
Prerequisite: MLG 101 or equivalent 

A course designed primarily for students who wish to attain pro- 
ficiency in reading German. Attention given to basic grammar and 
vocabularly with practice in the translation and interpretation of 
German prose. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLG 201 German Prose: Selections from Modern German Literature 3 
Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

Readings in German literature, a study of representative authors 
and their contribution to the development of the German language 
and culture. Parallel readings and reports. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLG 202 German Civilization 8 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

Readings in the history and customs of Germany, supplemented by 

lectures on such topics as language, arts, science, philosophy, etc. 

Parallel readings and reports. 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 8 

This course is open to graduate students and senior honor students 
and is designed to present the grammar of scientific German as 

rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which 
follows. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 

Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLG 402 Scientific German S 

Prerequisite : MLG JfOl or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by dis- 
cussions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other 
linguistic techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; 

64 



conferences. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Hall 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Howard, Stafi 

SPANISH 

MLS 101 Elementary Spanish I 3 

Structure, diction, pronunciation and other matters of technique of 
the language, supplemented by easy readings. No previous training 
in the language necessary. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 StaflF 

MLS 102 Elementary Spanish II 8 

Prerequisite: MLS 101 or equivalent 

A survey of the basic elements of grammar accompanied and illus- 
trated by intermediate readings progressing to the reading of stand- 
ard texts. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLS 201 Spanish Civilization 8 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Emphasis is placed upon translating Spanish prose and developing 
vocabulary. The readings give the student a comprehensive picture 
of the culture, geography, history and economy of Spain. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLS 202 HisPANO- American Civilization 8 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Comprehensive picture of the culture, geography, history and econ- 
omy of the Spanish American countries. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3 

The course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish 
as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which 
follows. 
Firsit Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by dis- 
cussion on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other 
linguistic techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; 
conferences. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

MUSIC 

MUS 200 Music in Our Contemporary Life 8 

A course especially designed to assist students in developing their 
understanding of music as a vital part in today's life. Special em- 

66 



phasis on evaluating musical form and content, style periods, desigrn 

and interpreting music as it relates to various aspects of today's 

society. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Adcock, Bellinger 

Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Bliss 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America 3 

A survey of the music in the United States from colonial times to 
the present, with particular emphasis on the major influences which 
have shaped the musical literature and culture of America. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Adcock, Bellinger 

MUS 220 Music of the Romantic Period 8 

A course designed to provide an insight into the significant musical 
forms of the Romantic Period. Subject matter will include an 
analysis of the music literature of the prevailing forms, the styles 
of the composers and the relation of music to other romantic art 
forms. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Bliss 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

NE 518 Radiological Safety 8 

Prerequisite: PY 410, NE 530 

Treatment of types of radiation and their interaction with matter, 
shielding and biological effects. Study of safety considerations in a 
nuclear installation, including regulations, instrumentation used, 
overall de(tection systems, emergency situations and radiation con- 
tainment. 
Special 11 weeks session (June 5- August 22) : Hours Arranged 

Elleman 

NE 530 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 8 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the 
analysis of the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, 
space distributions of flux, conditions for criticality, group theories, 
and the time-dependent behavior of fissionable assemblies. 
Special 11 weeks session (June 5-August 22) : Hours Arranged 

Camesale 

NE 591 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I 8 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This course will be used to explore unusual and/or specialized areas 
of nuclear engineering. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

NE 691 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I 8 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of recent developments in nuclear engineering theory and 
practice. 
First Session: Hours Arranjfed Staff 

06 



NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1 

Discussion of selected topics in nuclear engineering. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research 8 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 421, enrolled for operations research 
minor 

An introduction to the literature and methodology of operations 
research and its application in the areas of production and logistics 
control, queues, replacement, allocation and competitive systems. 
Special eight weeks session (June 12-August 4): 9:50-11:20 TTh 

Elmaghraby 

PHILOSOPHY 

(Also see Religion, page 75.) 

PHI 201 Logic 3 

A basic course covering the nature and evaluation of logical dis- 
course, both deductive and inductive. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Metzger 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy 3 

An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy; a study 
of problems in such areas of philosophy as ethics, politics, theory of 
knowledge, metaphysics. 
Firsrt; Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 

Bredenberg, Bryan, Regan 

PHI 304 (ED 304) Philosophy of Education 3 

A survey of the contemporary scene and projected trends relative 
to the philosophy of education including a review of the impact on 
education of selected historical forces such as idealism, realism, 
essentialism, permissivism, progressivism and perennialism. An 
analysis of the meaning and aims of education as reflected in the 
educational concepts of Dewey, James, Hutchins and others. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Middleton 

PHI 305 Philosophy of Reugion 8 

Philosophical inquiry into the nature and function of religion; con- 
sideration of the meaning of central concepts of the Wesitern religious 
tradition. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Fitzgerald 

67 



PHI 306 Philosophy of Art 8 

Study of historical and contemporary theories of art; development 
of a coherent seit of concepts for analysis and discussion of esthetic 
experience, critical judgments, works of art and their relations to 
other aspects of culture. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Bredenberg 

PHI 307 Ethics 8 

Study of major ethical theories; systematic analysis of the nature 
of value judgments, and the concepts of moral obligation, right and 
good; personal and social aspects of human conduct. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Regan 

PHI 310 Existentialism 8 

An examination of one of the major movements of twentieth century 
philosophy. The course will consider the nineteenth century back- 
ground of existentialism, including the work of Kierkegaard and 
Nietzsche, as well as such prominent twentieth century existential- 
ists as Sartre and Jaspers. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Fitzgerald 

PHI 405 Foundations of Science 8 

Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modem science, 
scientific method and the implications of the philosophy of modern 
science for ethics, social philosophy and the nature of reality. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Metzger 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I 1 

A course for nonswimmers which is designed for meeting the Uni- 
versity swimming requirements and for preparing the student to 
take Beginning Swimming II. 
Both Sessions: 12:00-13:00 Boettner, Daniels 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming 1 

A course designed to give the student competence in four basic 

strokes and two dives. 

Both Sessions: 12:00-13:00, 13:00-14:00 Boettner, Daniels, Keating 

PE 241 Angling 1 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of spin, fly and 

bait casting and an understanding of game fishing. 

Both Sessions: 12:00-13:00 Smith, Keating 

PE 245 Golf 1 

A course designed for teaching beginners the grip, stance, swing and 
use of the various clubs, along with the history and etiquette of play. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:00, 10:20-11:20, 12:00-13:00, 13:40-14:40 

Smaltz, Sonner, Isenhour 

68 



PE 249 Tennis I 1 

A course designed to give begrinners a thorough knowledge of the 
history, rules and strategy, as well as the fundamental skills, of 
tennis. 
Both Sessions: 9:10-10:10, 10:20-11:20, 13:40-14:40 

Rhodes, Isenhour, Keating 

PE 251 Archery 1 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of target archery 
and the selection and care of archery equipment. 
Both Sessions: 9:10-10:10, 12:00-13:00, 13:40-14:00 

Weaver, Daniels, Isenhour 

PE 265 Softball 1 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history and 
rules of the game. 

First Session: 12:00-13:00 Rhodes 

Second Session: 10:20-11:20 Daniels 

PE 269 Volleyball 1 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, rules 

and strategy of the game. 

First Session: 10:20-11:20 Weaver 



PHYSICS 



PY 205 General Physics 4 

Corequisite: MA 201 
Mechanics, Heat and Sound 

Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20; LB 12:50-15:00, 15:10- 
17:20 MW or TTh Staff 

PY 206 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite : PY 205 
Electricity and Magnetism, Light 
First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 12:50-15:00 MW Staff 

PY 207 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite: PY 206 
Light and Modern Physics 
Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:30; LB 12:50-15:00 TTh StaflF 

PY 208 General Physics 6 

Prerequisite : PY 205 
Electricity, Light and Modern Physics 

Both Sessions: LR 7:30-9:40, 9:50-12:00; LB 12:50-15:00, 15:10- 
17:20 MW or TTh Staff 

69 



PY 211 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 116 
Mechanics, Heat and Sound 

Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20; LB 12:50-15:00, 15:10- 
17:20 MW or TTh Staff 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite : PY 211 
Light and Electricity 

Both Sessions: LR 8:00-9:30, 9:60-11:20; LB 12:50-15:00, 15:10- 
17:20 MW or TTh Staff 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

Prerequisite : MA 111 

An introduction to the origins of physical science, the fundamental 
principles of physics and the many applications to modern technologfy. 
Lectures and demonstrations with class participation. 
Both Sessions: 7:30-10:10 Staff 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 8 

Prerequisites: PY 208, MA 202 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear 
physics of this century. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY U07 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus and the interaction 

of radiation with matter. 

First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-15:50 TTh Waltner 

PY 501 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 8 

Prerequisites: MA 511; PY Ull or PY UA 

An introduction to the foundations of quantum and wave mechanics, 
with solutions of the problems of the free particle, harmonic oscilla- 
tor, rigid rotating molecule and the hydrogen atom. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Cobb 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The description and analysis of nuclear energy levels, meson theory, 
nuclear resonance, atomic and molecular magnetism, and cosmic 
radiation. Principles and experiments in neutron physics are dis- 
cussed. 
First Session: LR 7:30-9:00; LB Hours Arranged Waltner 

PY 696 Seminar 1 

Both Sessions: 13:00-14:30 MW Staff 

PY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

70 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 3 

Prerequisites: One advanced course in plant pathology, consent of 
instructor 

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis 
on diagTiostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of 
disease. Consideration will be given to major sources of descriptive 
information on plant pathogens and the use of keys for the identifi- 
cation of fungi. 
First Session : Hours Arranged Hodges 

Research in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research in plant pathology. 

Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 



POLITICS 

The American Governmental System 8 

A study of the American federal system, with emphasis on constitu- 
tional principles, major governmental organs, governmental func- 
tions, and the politics and machinery of elections. 
Both Sessions: 7:30-9:00, 11:40-13:10 Instructors from 

Chapel Hill 

Modern Political Systems: Europe 8 

A comparative analysis of the structure and processes of politics in 
the United Kingdom, France and Germany. 

First Session: 11:40-13:10 Seism 

U. S. Foreign Policy 8 

Prerequisites: PS 201, HI 112 

This course examines the determinants of American foreign policy 
and the economic, military, strategic and psychological factors con- 
ditioning that policy. Emphasis is placed on the formulation of 
policy, including the roles of the Executive, Congress, and the public 
opinion, and on problems of content and execution. 
Second Session: 11:40-13:10 Gilbert 

Contemporary World Politics 3 

A study of the pattern of international life, the instruments of 
national policy, the controls upon international behavior and the 
major problems in international relations since World War II. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 

American Parties and Pressure Groups 8 

After a brief survey of those features of American government 
essential to an understanding of the political process, the course 

71 



proceeds to examine the American electorate and public opinion and 
devotes its major attention to the nature, organization and programs 
of pressure groups and political parties and to their efforts to direct 
opinion, gain control of government and shape public policy. 
Second Session: 7:30-9:00 Staff 

PS 442 Government and Planning 8 

Prerequisite : PS 201 or consent of department 

A study of the planning function at all levels of government in the 

United States, with particular attention to the problems posed for 

planning by the rapid growth of metropolitan areas. 

Second Session: 7:30-9:00 Graduate Staff 

PS 510 (EC 510) Public Finance 8 

Prerequisite : EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of gx)vernmental taxing, 
spending and borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships 
and administrative practices and problems. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Graduate Staff 

PS 521 Problems in Urban and Metropolitan Area Government 3 

Prerequisite: PS 202 or consent of instructor 

This course examines theory and research on problems affecting 
governments in metropolitan areas. Principal attention is given to 
those problems which affect (or result from) governmental structure, 
institutions, and politics and to the alternative approaches to their 
solutions. 
First Session: 7:30-9:00 Graduate Staff 

PS 696 Seminar in Politics 2-4 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

An independent advanced research course in selected problems of 
government and politics. The problems will be chosen in accordance 
with the needs and desires of the students registered for the course. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Graduate Staff 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

PO 201 Poultry Production 4 

A general introductory course in the principles and practices of 

broiler, market egf;, hatching egg and turkey production. 

First Session: LR 9:50-11:20; LB 13:40-16:20 TTh Brown 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

72 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Introduction to Psychology 3 

A study of the general characteristics of human behavior, including 
motivation, learning, development, emotion, thinking, perception, sen- 
sation and measurement. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 Staff 

Psychological Analysis Applied to Current Problems S 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The development of skills in the analysis and understanding of 

selected current problems through the use of psychological knowledge 

and techniques. 

First Session: 11:40-13:10 Miller, Cook 

Sensation and Perception 8 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, sophomore standing; introductory physics 
or chemistry recommended 

An extensive survey of the determiners of perception. The roles of 
learning and motivation as determiners of perception are emphasized. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 LeVere 

Psychology of Personality and Adjustment 8 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

A study of the factors involved in the development of the normal 

personality. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Corter 

Educational Psychology 8 

Prerequisite : PSY 200 

A study of learning and evaluation in the context of educational 

practice. 

First Session: 8:00-9:30 Cole 

Second Session: 9:50-11:20 

Industrial Psychology I 8 

Prerequisite : PSY 200 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of in- 
dustry and business. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Pearson 

Psychology of Adolescence 2 

Prerequisite : PSY 200 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture. 
First Session: 10:20-11:20 Seidel 

PSY 491, 492 Seminar in Psychology 8 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of department 
Course designed to provide the undergraduate psychology major with 
skill in designing and conducting independent research. 
Both Sessions : Hours Arranged Newman 

73 



PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 8 

Prerequisites: Six hours psychology 

A critical appraisal of current psychological finding's that are rele- 
vant to educational practice and theory. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Johnson 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements S 

Prerequisites: Six hours psychology 

An introduction to the theory of psychologrical measurement. 
First Session: 9:50-11:20 Weetbrook 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3 

Prerequisites: Nine hours psychology including PSY 475 or PSY 478 
A survey of the role of prowth and development in human behavior, 
particularly of the childhood and adolescent periods. 
First Session: 13:40-15:10 Seidel 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 8 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial 
psychology, and special problems of interest to graduate students in 
industrial pychology. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Miller 

PSY 691 Special Topics in Psychology 1-3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Course will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of advanced 
topical areas. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Staff 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 

Prerequisite : Nine hours psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and 
administration of psychological tests. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Corter 

PSY 699 Research in Psychology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged 

RECREATION RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 8 

This course is designed to provide instruction in the areas of history 
and foundations of recreation including objectives, economic, and 
social aspects, definition and importance; status of organized recrea- 
tion in our modern society; certain applied principles of recreation; 
recreational leadership; activities and program planning; and tour- 
nament planning and administration. This course is of lecture- 
laboratory technique. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

74 



RRA 253 Principles of Physical Education 8 

This course is desired to give the student a professional orientation 
in physical education and the place of physical education activities 
in allied and related fields. 
Both Sessions: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

RRA 475 Recreation and Park Internship 9 

Prerequisite : Senior standvig and RRA 359 
Special nine weeks session: Hours Arranged Miller, Sternloff 

RELIGION 

(Also see Philosophy, page 67.) 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion 8 

Analysis of the nature and significance of religious phenomena, 
especially in relation to the culture in which we find ourselves. 
Second Session: 9:50-11:20 Middleton 

REL 403 Religions of the World 3 

Background, general characteristics and basic teachings of the major 
living religions of the world; consideration of contemporary secular 
movements that are in a sense religions. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Highfill 

SOCIAL STUDIES 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 8 

Prerequisites: Consent of department (for engineering students: 
ENG 205, HI 105, EC 205) 
Elective for others 

An examination of the major concepts, methods and values that 
characterize modern thought in the fields of physical science, the 
humanities and the social sciences. The course utilizes the student's 
previous training, plus materials from the history and philosophy 
of science and the history of technology to demonstrate the essential 
interrelatedness of scientific, social and aesthetic activity. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 8 

Prerequisite: SS SOI 
See description for SS 301. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 8 

Prerequisites: Consent of department (for engineering students: 
SS SOI, SS S02) 
Elective for others 

76 



This course deals with concrete problems as they arise from day to 
day in the world of public affairs. These problems are studied and 
discussed in the context of a search for a more realistic definition of 
the limits of freedom and authority. Text materials are books, 
magazines and newspapers. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:30 Staff 

SS 492 Contemporary Issues S 

Prerequisites: Consent of department (for engineering students: 
SS SOI. SS 302) 
Elective for others 
See description of SS 491. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 



SOCIOLOGY 

(Also see Anthropology*, page 23.) 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 8 

Introduction to the scientific study of man's beha^^o^ in relation to 
other men, the general laws affecting the organization of such re- 
lationships and the effects of social life on human personality and 
behavior. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20, 11:40-13:10 Staff 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 8 

A study of the effects of social interaction upon individual behavior 
and personality; collective attitudes and behavior as products of 
group experience; analysis of fashions and fads, crowds, mobs, pub- 
lics, social movements. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems 8 

Study of the social and cultural aspects of specific problems such as 
crime, divorce, race conflict, illness, poverty, housing, recreation and 
personality adjustment to demonstrate the basic integration of 
society and community life. 

First Session: 9:50-11:20 Staff 

Second Session: 11:40-13:10 

SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 8 

The social organization of the family with special attention to social- 
ization, marital choice, kinship relations, and the social changes 
affecting family structure and functions. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

SOC 305 Race Relations 8 

Analysis of race relationships both in the United States and through- 
out the world with particular emphasis on factors producing the 
changes taking place at the present time. 
Both Sessions: 11:40-13:10 Staff 

76 



SOC 306 Criminology 3 

The study of causation, treatment, prevention and control of crimi- 
nality and juvenile delinquency. Special emphasis is placed on socio- 
cultural theories of causation and on the examination of court and 
correctional systems for adults and juveniles. Arranged field trips. 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

SOC 501 (ED 501) Leadership 8 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of 
the various factors associated w^ith leadership; techniques of leader- 
ship. Particular attention is given to recreational, scientific and 
executive leadership procedures. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Dr. Young 

SOC 513 (ED 513) Community Organization 3 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about 
desirable changes in community life. Community needs and resources 
available to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in 
community action and principles of community organization are 
stressed, along w^ith techniques and procedures. The roles of leaders, 
both lay and professional, in community development are analyzed. 
Special three weeks session (June 24-July 12) : Hours Arranged 

Dr. Mayo 



SOIL SCIENCE 



SSC 420 Soil and Plant Analysis 3 

Prerequisites: PY 212, CH 215 or consent of instructor 
Analytical techniques and instrumentation commonly employed in 
chemical analysis of soils and plants. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Gilliam 

SSC 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites : SSC 200, SSC S02 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and 
current research. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

SSC 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



77 



SPEECH 

SP 231 Basic Public Speaking S 

Prerequisite: ENG 112 

Preparation and delivery of various kinds of speeches: informative, 
entertaining, persuasive. (Equivalent to SP 230) 
Both Sessions: 8:00-9:30, 9:50-11:20 Staff 

First Session: 11:40-13:10 Staff 



STATISTICS (EXPERIMENTAL) 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for Engineers I 8 

Prerequisite: College algebra 

Survey of statistical techniques useful to engineers and physical 
scientists. Includes elementary probability, frequency distributions, 
sampling variation, estimation of means and standard deviations, 
confidence intervals, significance tests, control charts, elementary 
least squares, curve fitting. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

ST 511-S Experimental Statistics I 8 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, 
statistical measures, distribution, tests of significance, analysis of 
variance and elementary experimental design, regression and corre- 
lation, chi-square. 
First Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

ST 512-S Experimental Statistics II 8 

Prerequisite : ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, factorial experiments, individual 
degrees of freedom, incomplete block designs, experiments repeated 
over space and time. 
Second Session: 8:00-9:30 Staff 

ST 541 (MA 541) Theory of Probability I 8 

(See Mathematics, page 58.) 

ST 591 Special Problems 1-S 

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in 
connection with thesis and practical consulting problems. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 

ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 8 

Prerequisites: ST 617, 618 (MA 617. 618) 

Characteristic functions, infinitely divisible and stable laws, factori- 
zations of probability distributions, law of iterated logarithm, ran- 
dom walks, fluctuation theory, martingales, ergodic theory, Markov 
processes, the Poisson process, further topics in stochastic processes, 

78 



applications. 

Special 8% weeks session (June 5-August 2) : Hours Arranged 

Wesler 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 

Prerequisites : ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented 
in lecture series as unique opportunities arise, including theory of 
sampling applied to survey design and analysis of linear models. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged StaflF 

ST 699 Research Credits Arranged 

A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the Master of Science 
degree; no limitation on credits toward the doctorate. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Staff 



TEXTILES 

TX 201 Fundamentals of Textiles 2 

Prerequisite : MA 111 or MA 102 

An introduction to the textile industry, including the history of the 
industry, products and their utilization. Presentation of the basic 
techniques of manufacturing, materials flow, terminology and cal- 
culations. 
First Session: 8:00-9:00 Robinson 

TC 203 Textile Chemistry 6 

Prerequisites: CH 103, TX 301 

A comprehensive course designed to familiarize the student with the 
chemical properties of all natural and man-made fibers, and the pro- 
cedures used for scouring, bleaching and dyeing. Some emphasis is 
placed upon the relationship between molecular structure and physi- 
cal properties; the principles and methods for producing man-made 
fibers are discussed; a brief survey of organic chemistry is included 
particularly those parts that relate to polymer chemistry. 
First Session: LR 7:30-10:10; LB 13:40-16:20 Hayes 

TX 301 Fiber and Yarn Technology 6 

Prerequisite: TX 201 

A basic study of the theory of fiber and yarn technology. Emphasis 
is placed on the transformation of fibrous materials into finished 
yarns. The principles of fiber properties, processing mechanisms and 
yarn structures are presented. 
First Session: LR 7:30-10:10; LB 13:40-16:20 Shinn 

TX 302 Technology of Fabrics 6 

Prerequisites: TX 201, TX SOI 

A basic study of the theory of woven fabric technology. Emphasis 
is placed on fabric construction, weave formation and geometry of 

79 



fabrics. Mechanisms for fabric construction and resulting fabric 

properties as related to raw materials and fabric construction are 

presented. 

Second Session: LR 7:30-10:10; LB 13:40-17:20 Berry 

TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Technology 4 

Prerequisites: TX S02, TX 327 

Technolopfical and economic aspects of fiber and yarn processing in- 
cluding: packaging, production and efficiency levels; specialized yarn 
processes such as combing with economic justifications; design and 
use of specialty novelty yarns; economical and mechanical limita- 
tions of textile equipment. 
Second Session: LR 7:30-9:00; LB 13:40-16:20 Pardue 

TX 327 Textile Measurements and Quality Control 4 

Prerequisites: TX 302, ST 361 

Quality control methods for textile processing, with emphasis on 
the measurement by laboratory instruments and techniques, and 
including a study of the mechanical and natural influences involved. 
First Session: LR 7:30-9:00; LB 13:40-16:20 Robinson 

TX 340 Knitting Principles 6 

Prerequisite : TX 301 

Design, analysis and production of knitted fabrics, including flat, 
circular and warp types. The economic aspects of the knitting process 
as a method of clothing production. Introduction to garment design, 
production and marketing. 
Second Session: LR 11:40-13:50; LB 13:40-16:20 Middleton 

TX 366 Fabric Technology 4 

Prerequisite: TX 302 

Technology and economic aspects of fabric construction, design and 
production. The classical weaves, their design, inherent uses, pro- 
duction techniques and types of looms required. Marketing methods 
with Worth Street and other trade rules and regulations. The loom 
as a production unit: types, nomenclature, basic and special mechan- 
isms. Mill balance. Fabric defects. 
First Session: LR 7:30-9:00; LB 13:40-16:20 TTh Moser 

TC 421 Fabric Finishing I 2 

Prerequisite : TC 203 — may not be used for credit by textile chemis- 
try majors 

A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not major- 
ing in textile chemistry. Emphasis is placed on stabilization finishes, 
and on agents for water repellency, crease resistance, moth and 
mildew proofing, fire proofing, etc. Some mechanical finishing (such 
as crepeing, napping) is also included. 
Second Session: LR 10:20-11:20 Hayes 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 8 

Prerequisite: TX 301 
A study of properties and processes applicable only to filament yame 

80 



such as texturizing and bulking. Detailed studies of throwing sys- 
tems, engineering requirement of equipment, and yarn property 
changes resulting from processing. 
First Session: LR 9:10-10:10; LB 13:40-16:20 MW Tucker 

TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 8 

Prerequisite: TX SOI 

A study of special systems of processing long staple, natural and 
man-made fibers, including woolen, worsted, direct spinning, Turbo 
Stapler or Pacific Converter, and sliver to yarn methods. New con- 
cepts and research findings as applied to all yarn processes. 
Second Session: LR 9:10-10:10; LB 13:40-16:20 TTh Pardue 

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 

Prerequisite: TX 302 

A study of cost methods applicable to textile costing with emphasis 
on decision making. Interpretation of cost reports and their use in 
pricing and cost control. 
Second Session: LR 11:40-13:10 Tucker 

TX 490 Development Project I 1-3 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 
A problem of independent study assigned to seniors in the major 
field of study serving also as the laboratory period for senior-level 
courses. 
First Session : Hours Arranged Porter 

TX 525 Advanced Textile Microscopy 2 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Experiments, lectures and demonstrations in more advanced tech- 
niques of textile microscopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers 
covered in lecture series, and supplemented by experiments on 
lecture topics. Detailed study of all types of microscopes and their 
uses in textiles. Preparation of slides for photography. Uses of 
photomicrographic equipment. 
First Session: LR 8:00-10:00 Porter 

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles 1-3 

Prerequisites: TX 327, senior standing, consent of instructor 
Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced 
undergraduate or graduate student. These special studies will take 
the form of current problems of the industry, independent investiga- 
tions in the areas of textile testing and quality control, seminars and 
technical presentations, both oral and written. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Hersh, Porter 

TX 602 Staple Fiber Structures 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technologi- 
cal aspects of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of 
research findings and application of these to processing equipment. 
First Session: Hours Arranged Porter 

81 



TX 631 Synthetic Fibers 2 

Prerequisite: TX U30 or TX US6 or equivalent 

Lectures and projects on advanced problems relative to the properties 
and processing: of man-made continuous-filament and staple-fiber 
yams. 
Second Session: Hours Arranged Hersh, Porter 

TX 699 Textile Research Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned 
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will 
be emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports 
for publication; the master's thesis may be based upon the data 
obtained. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Hersh, Porter 

TC 699 Textile Research for Textile Chemistry Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned 
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be 
emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for 
publication. The master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Cates 

ZOOLOGY 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

(See Biological Sciences, page 24.) 

ZO 590 Special Studies Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours zoology, consent of instructor 
A maximum of three credits allowed toward the bachelor's degree, 
six toward the master's, and nine toward the doctorate. The investi- 
gation of a particular problem in zoology. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 

ZO 699 Research in Zoology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours zoology, consent of instructor 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree; 
any number toward the doctorate. 
Original research related to the student's thesis. 
Both Sessions: Hours Arranged Graduate Staff 



82 



INTERPRETATION OF TIME APPEARING IN THE SCHEDULE 
OF COURSES 

Class meeting times in this catalog are indicated in international time which 
is measured in hours numbered to 24 instead of 12. 




If the schedule shows the class 
beginning at: 



The beginning hour in terms of a 
12-hour clock is: 



8 


8:00 


a.m. 


9 


9:00 


a.m. 


10 


10:00 


a.m. 


11 


11:00 


a.m. 


12 


12:00 


noon 


13 


1:00 


p.m. 


14 


2:00 


p.m. 


16 


3:00 


p.m. 


16 


4:00 


p.m. 


17 


5:00 


p.m. 


18 


6:00 


p.m. 


19 


7:00 


p.m. 


20 


8:00 


p.m. 
p.m. 
p.m. 


21 


9:00 


22 


10:00 



SUMMER SESSIONS FACULTY 



Dewey Allen Adams, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Adult Education 
Donald Bkant Adcock, M.A., Assistant Director of Music 
Fred J. Allred, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Modern Languages 
William L. Als.meyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
Michael A.mein, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
Charles Eugene Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany 
Charles Noel Anderson, M.E., Instructor in Mathematics 
Clifton A. Anderson, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Industrial Engineering 
Norman Dea.n Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Science Education 
Roy Nels Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Head of the Depart- 
ment of Guidance and Personnel Services 
Frank Bradley Armstrong, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biochemistry, Gene- 
tics and Microbiology 
Leonard William Aurand, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 
Richard Charles Axtell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology 
Robert Aycock, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Terry Alan Babb, M.A., Instructor in English 
Jack Vernon Baird, Ph.D., Extension Professor of Soil Science 
Ernest A. Ball, Ph.D., Professor of Botany 

Stanley Thomas Balle.nger, M.A., Associate Professor of Modern Languages 
Walter Elmer Ballinger, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Science 
Albert Alexander Banadyga, M.S., Extension Professor of Horticultural 

Science 
James Roderick Banker, Ph.D., Instructor in History 
William John Barclay, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Aldos Corteiz Barefoot, Jr., D.F., Associate Professor of Wood Technology 
Kenneth Reece Barker, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 
Elliott Roy Barrick, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Animal Husbandry Section 
William Victor Bartholomew, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science and Micro- 
biology 
Andrew Jackson Bartley, M.A., Associate Professor of Economics 
Edward Guy Batte, D.V.M., Professor of Animal Science and Head of the 

Veterinary Section 
Burton Floyd Beers, Ph.D., Professor of History 

Norman Robert Bell, M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Thomas Alexander Bell, M.S., Professor (USDA) of Food Science 
Willard Harrison Bennett, Ph.D., Burlington Professor of Physics 
Er.nest Bezold Berry, B.S., Associate Professor of Textile Technology 
Leonidas Judd Betts, Jr., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of English and Education 
Robert J. Bingham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
William Louis Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics 
Janice McLean Bireline, B.S., Instructor in Physics 
John William Bishir, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Thomas Jacks Blalock, M.A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Philip Everett Blank, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Profes.sor of English 
Milton Clay Bliss, A.B., Assistant Director of Music 

George Benjamin Blum, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 
George Robert Boettner, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education 
Edgar John Boone, Ph.D., Assistant Director of the Agricultural Extension 

84 



Service, Head of the Department of Adult Education and Professor of 
Sociology 
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics 

Henry Dittimus Bowen, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Garnett Lowell Bradford, M.S., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Julius Roscoe Bradley, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology 
Charles Raymond Bramer, E.M., Riddick Professor of Civil Engineering 
Dorothy Lambeck Brant, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics 
Vester Robertson Brantley, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Paul Arnold Bredenberg, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy and Religion 
Charles Henry Brett, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 
Robert Curtis Brisson, M.S., Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 
Wayne Maurice Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology 
Edmond Joseph Brown, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physics 
Talmage Thurman Brown, M.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Science 
William Jasper Brown, Jr., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Edu- 
cation 
Wynford Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Wood Science and Technology 
Robert S. Bryan, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy and Head of the Department 

of Philosophy and Religion 
Charles Douglas Bryant, M.Ag.Ed., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Edu- 
cation 
Ralph Clement Bryant, Ph.D., Professor of Forestry 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Stanley Walter Buol, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 
Lawrence G. Burk, M.S.A., Associate Professor (USDA) of Genetics 
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
William Vernon Campbell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology 
Thomas Franklin Cannon, Ph.D., Research Associate Professor of Horticul- 
tural Science 
Roy Eugene Carawan, B.S., Food Science Extension Specialist 
Thelma Joyce Caraway, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Halbert Hart Carmichael, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Albert Carnesale, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering 
Daniel Edward Carroll, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
Roy Merwin Carter, M.S., Professor of Wood Technology 
Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
David Marshall Gates, Ph.D., Research Professor of Textile Chemistry 
Larry Stephen Champion, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Assistant to the 

Head of the Department of English 
Richard Edward Chandler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Tien Sun Chang, Ph.D., Professor of Engineering Mechanics 
Harvey Johnson Charlton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
John Montgomery Clarkson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Joseph Ray Clary, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education 
Albert J. Clawson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Maurice Hill Clayton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics 
Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics 
William Younts Cobb, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
Fred Derward Cochran, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Science 
James Lawrence Cole, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology 

85 



WiLUAM Kerr Collins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Crop Science 
John Oliver Cook, Ph.D., Professor of Psychologry 
Mairhe Gayle Cook, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 
Henry Charles Cooke, M.S., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
William Dougijvs Cooper, M.S., Instructor in Economics 
William Earl Cooper, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Alonzo Freeman Coot.s, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Franklin E. Correll, M.S., Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science 
Harold Maxwell Corter, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

Ellis Brevier Cowling. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology, Fores- 
try and Wood Science and Technologry 
Richard A. Cowman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
Frederick Russell Cox, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 
Walter L. Cox, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Education 
Paul Day Cribbins, Ph.D., Professor of Civil Engineering 
Henry Leland Crouch, Jr., M.A.T., Instructor in Mathematics 
Johnny Lee Crow, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 
James Uriah Crowder, M.S.E.M., Instructor in Engineering Mechanics 
George August Cummings, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 
Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
John Michael Anthony Danby, Ph.D., Profc'^sor of Mathematics and Physics 
Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 
Stylianos D. Danielopoulos, M.S., Instructor in Physics 
Jerry Monroe Daniels, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education 
Walter Carl Dauterman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology 
Donald Gould Davenport, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
Charles Bingham Davey, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science, Forestry and Plant 

Pathology 
Phillip Harvey Davis, M.A., Associate Professor of English 
William Robert Davis, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
Harold Leroy Davison, M.A.T., Instructor in Mathematics 
Donald Lee Dean, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Civil Engineering 
Keith M. DeArmond, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
James Edwin Dellinger, M.A., Assistant Director of Music 
Paul Harold Derr, M.A., Head and Professor of Physical Education 
George Osmore Doak, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

Walter Jerome Dobrogosz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Microbiology 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Ph.D., Professor of Physics and Assistant Dean of 

the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics 
Robert John Dolan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Adult Education and 

Sociology 
William Grady Dotson, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Mathematics 
Robert Alden Douglas, Ph.D., Associate Head and Professor of Engineering 

Mechanics 
Lawrence William Drabick, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
John Warren Duffield, Ph.D., Professor of Silviculture 
George Marvin Eargle, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 
John Bynum Easley, M.A., Assistant Professor of English 
Fred Eichenberger, B.F.A., Associate Profes.sor of Product Design 
Eugene J. Eisen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 
Gerald Hugh Elkan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Microbiology 
Thomas Smith Elleman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering 

86 



Don Edwin Ellis, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Plant Pathology 
Eric Louis Ellwood, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Wood Science and Tech- 
nology 
John Fredrick Ely, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Engi- 
neering Mechanics 
Edward Walter Erickson, B.A., Assistant Professor of Economics 
John Lincoln Etchells, Ph.D., Professor (USDA) of Food Science and Micro- 
biology 
James Brainerd Evans, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Microbiology 
Friedrich Gl'STAV Everling, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Maurice Hugh Farrier, Ph.D., Research Associate Professor of Entomology 

and Forestry 
Clarence Meadd Ferguson, B.S.A., Visiting Professor of Adult Education 
Roger C. Fites, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany 
James Walter Fitts, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science and Coordinator AID 

Latin American Soil Testing Project 
Walter Curtis Fitzgerald, Jr., B.S., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and 

Religion 
Henry I*ridgen Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor (USDA) of Food Science 
Julian Mark Fore, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
John Frink Freeman, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 
Leon David Freedman, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Daniel Fromm, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 
Gloria M. M. Fry, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 
William Sylvan Galler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering 
Dennis E. Garoutte, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Martha Johnson Garren, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics 
Forrest William Getzen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
John Henderson Gilbert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Politics 
James Wendell Gilliam, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soil Science 
Stanley E. Gilliland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 
Robert C. Gilmore, M.W.S., Assistant Professor of Wood Science 
Charles Wayne Glasgow, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology and An- 
thropology 
Chester E. Gleit, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Jay Goldman, D.Sc, Professor of Industrial Engineering 
Lemuel Goode, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Science 

Guy Vernon Gooding, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 
Thomas Frederick Gordon, M.A.T., Instructor in Mathematics 
Larry Frank Grand, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology and 

Forestry 
Christopher Green, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Max Edwin Gregory, Ph.D., Extension Associate Professor of Food Science 
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 
Robert John Hader, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics 
William Leroy Hafley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Forestry and Experi- 
mental Statistics 
Francis Joseph Hale, Sc.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
George Lincoln Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
Ruth Badger Hall, M.A., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 
Max Halperen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 
Pat Brooks Hamilton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Microbiology and Poultry 

Science 
Donald Joseph Hansen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

87 



DuRWiN M. Hanson, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Industrial and Technical 

Education 
Warren Dirward Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics 
John J. Harder. Dr.Ing., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering 
James Walker Hardin. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry 
Harry Allen Hargrave. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Jr., M.A., Associate Professor of Economics 
Walter Joel Harringto.n, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Clarence Arthur Hart. Ph.D., Research Associate Professor of Wood Tech- 
nology 
Paul Henry Harvey, Ph.D., Head and William Neal Reynolds Professor of 

Crop Science 
Wayne Earle Haskin, M.A., Instructor in English 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, Ph.D.. Head and William Neal Reynolds Professor 

of Agricultural Engineering 
John Reid Hauser, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Leonard Joel Hausman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Arthur Courtney Hayes, M.S., Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry 
Cherrill Paul Heaton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering: 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
George Henry Hepting, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathologry and 

Forestry 
Charles Duane Herman, M.A.T., Instructor in English 
Solomon Philip Hersh, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Textile Technologry 
William Lawrence Highfill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and 

Religion 
Garland K. Hilliard, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering 
Robert Goaut Hitchings, M.S., Associate Professor of Pulp and Paper Tech- 
nology 
George Burnham Hoadley, D.Sc, Head and Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Charles Sasnette Hodges, Jr., Ph.D., Research Associate Professor of Plant 

Pathology and Forestry 
Ernest Hodgson, Ph.D., Acting Head and Professor of Entomology 
Eugene Hollahan, M.A., Instructor in English 
William McFall Holler, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages 
Fred A. Hollis, Ed.D., Visiting Professor of Education 

Robert Griffen Holmes, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering 
Ruth Ball Honeycutt, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Jafar Hoo.mani, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Dale Max Hoover, Ph.D.. As.sociate Professor of Economics 
Maurice W. Hoover, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 
William Ernest Hopke, Ed.D., Head and Professor of Guidance and Personnel 

Services 
John William Horn, M.S.C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
Horace Robert Horton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry and Bio- 
chemistry 
Benjamin Samuel Howard, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages 
David Hewes Howells, M.S., Director of the Water Resources Research In- 
stitute and Professor of Biological and Agricultural F^ngineering 
George Walter Hoyle, M.E.E., Instructor in Electrical Engineering 
Yu-WEN Hsu, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Wood Science and Technology 

88 



Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering 
Z Zimmerman Hugus, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Chemistry 
Donald Huisingh, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineer- 
ing 
MORADA Alice Hunt, LL.B., Lecturer in Economics 

William Prentiss Ingram, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Joseph William Isenhour, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Physical Education 
Makoto Itoh, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathe- 
matics 
William Addison Jackson, Ph.D., Profes.sor of Soil Sciences 
Alvin Wilkins Jenkins, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Sami'el Forest Jenkins, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professoi' of Plant Pathology 
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Ed.D., Professor of Psychology 
J, W. Johnson, B.S., Instructor in Forest Resources 

William Hugh Johnson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering 
William Rodgers Johnston, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry 
Evan Earl Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 

James Robert Jones, Ph.D., Extension Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
Louis Allman Jones, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Victor Alan Jones, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Food Science 
Joseph Stephan Kahn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Botany 
Eugene John Kamprath, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Ph.D., Professor of Civil Engineering 
Gerald Howard Katzin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Harold Keating, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 
Robert Clay Kellison, M.S., Liaison Geneticist in Forestry 
David Bert Kesterson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Ph.D., Professor of English 
Stedman Kitchin, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Modern Langruages 
David McKendree Kline, Ph.D., Research Associate Professor of Plant Path- 
ology 
Wesley Edwin Kloos, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Genetics 
George Franklin Knight, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics 
Jerome William Koenigs, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Path- 
ology 
KWANGIL Koh, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

John Roland Kolb, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Mathema- 
tics and Science Education 
Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Knut Paul Kringstad, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Wood Chemistry 
George James Kriz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering and 

Soil Science 
Elmer George Kuhlman, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 

and Forestry 
Joe Oscar Lammi, Ph.D., Professor of Forestry 
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

Chester Grey Landes, B.S.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Pulp and Paper Tech- 
nology 
Leonard Jay Langfelder, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
Roy Axel Larson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Horticultural Science 

89 



Charles James Law, Jr.. Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Adult Education 
James Mtrray Leatherwood, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
James Giacomo Lecce, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing 
James Edward Legates, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal 

Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section 
Sarah Lemmon, Ph.D., Professor of History 
Thomas Earl LeVkre, Ph.D., As.-^istant Professor of Psychology 
Jack Levine, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Samuel G. Levine, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Charles Sanford Levings. IH. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics 
Charles Frederick Lewis, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Hi'GH L. Liner, Ph.D.. Extension A.ssistant Professor of Economics 
David Alan Link, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
Charles Howie Little, Jr., M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Richard Henry lyOEPPERT. Ph.D., Assistant to the Head of the Department and 

Professor of Chemistry 
George Gilbert Long. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Ian Stewart Longml'IR, M.B.B., Professor of Biochemistry 
George Blanchard Lucas, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
James Fulton Lutz, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, M.S., Assistant to the Department Head and Professor 

of Physics 
James Kitchener Magor, Ph.D., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering 
Alexander Russell Main. Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry and Entomology 
Charles Edward Main. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
T. EwALD Maki. Ph.D.. Head and Carl Alwin Schenck Professor of Forestry 
Armstrong Maltbie. B.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Fred Allen Mangum, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Ph.D., Professor of Crop Science and Genetics and 

Head of the Department of Genetics 
Charles Richard Manning. Jr.. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mineral In- 
dustries 
Elizabeth Hines Manning, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry 
Edward Raymo.nd Manring, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

Allison Ray Manson. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics 
Joe Alton Marlin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Clifford K. Martin, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Soil Science 
David Hamilton Martin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physics 
Leroy Brown Martin. Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Gennard Matrone, Ph.D., Head and William Ncal Reynolds Professor of Bio- 
chemistry 
Neely Forsyth Jones Matthews, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics 
Sei^. Cabot Mayo, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 
Charles Bernard McCants, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
William Fred McClure, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
Robert Edmund McCollum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 
Clarence Leslie McCombs, Ph.D., Research Professor of Botany and Horti- 
cultural Science 
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Soil Science 
Kathleen Anderton McCutchen, M.A., Research Instructor in Psychology 

90 



Leland Kitchen McDowell, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Robert Lee McElwee, M.S., Research Instructor in Forest Genetics 
Robert Lee McGuire, Ph.D., Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science 
W. S. McNamara, M.S., Visiting Instructor in Forest Research 
John Joseph McNeill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science and Micro- 
biology 
Francis Edward McVay, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics 
Gerhard K. Megla, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Jasper Durham Memory, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics 
Robert S. Metzger, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Social Studies 
Walter Earl Meyers, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 
Henry Moore Middleton, Jr., B.S., Assistant Professor of Knitting Technology 
Joseph Leonard Middleton, M.A., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Re- 
ligion 
Marion L. Miles, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Robert Donald Milholland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
Conrad Henry Miller, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Horticultural Science 
Grover Cleveland Miller, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology 
Howard George Miller, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Psychology 
Latham L. Miller, M.A., Associate Professor of Recreation Resources Admin- 
istration 
Robert Louis Miller, B.A., Instructor in Industrial and Technical Education 
Harish Chander Minocha, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Microbiology 
Jehangir Farhad Mirza, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering 
Walter Joseph Mistric, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 
Richard Douglas Mochrie, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
Carl Albert Moeller, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Arts 
Robert Harry Moll, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics 

Daniel James Moncol, D.V.M., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
ROYALL Tyler Moore, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany and Plant Path- 
ology 
Charles Galloway Morehead, Ed.D., Professor of Guidance and Personnel 

Services 
Charles Glen Moreland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
John Wesley Morgan, M.A., Instructor in Chemistry 
William Edwin Moser, B.S., Associate Professor of Textile Technology 
Marvin Kent Moss, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Terumi Mukai, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics 
Wesley Grigg Mullen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
Catherine R. Mumaw, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Home Economics 
Carey Gardner Mumford, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Richard Monier Myers, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
J. J. Nagle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences 
Howard Movess Nahikian, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Gene Namkoong, Ph.D., Associate Professor (USPS) of Genetics and Forestry 
Kent Douglas Nash, MBA, Instructor in Economics 

Paltl Victor Nelson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science 
Joseph Taft Nerden, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education 
William Belton Nesbitt, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science 
Herbert Henry Neunzig, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology 
Slater Edmund Newman, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 
Paul Adrian Nickel, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Demetrios Frank Nixon, M.A., Instructor in History 

91 



Glenn Ray Noggle, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Botany 

Arnold Nolstad, Ph.D., Associate Profes.sor of Mathematics 

Charles Joseph Nusbaum, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Plant 

Patholopy 
Phares Stevens Nye, M.S., Instructor in Engrineering Graphics 
George Motley Oliver. M.S., Instructor in Chemistry 
Delmar Walter Olson, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial and Technical Education 

and Coordinator of Graduate Studies in Industrial Arts 
John Benjamin O'Neal. Jr.. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi- 
neering 
Hubert Lowell Owen, B.S., Instructor in Physics 
Robert Guy Owens. Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathology 
James Edwin Pardue. B.S., Associate Professor of Textile Technology 
Jae Young Park. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics 
Charles Alexander Parker, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 
George William Parker, III, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics 
Barbara Parramore, Ph.D., Visiting Instructor in Guidance and Personnel 

Services 
Richard Roland Patty, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Lalji Jaya.nhlal Pavagadhi. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical and 

Aerospace Engineering 
Robert Gaston Pearce. Jr.. M.S., Instructor in Engineering Mechanics 
Richard Gustave Pearson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology and In- 
dustrial Engineering 
John Noble Perkins. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
Jerome John Perry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Microbiology 
Lynn McIver Perry. Jr., Ph.D.. Instructor in Mathematics 
Daniel McLeod Peterson, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Wilbur Carroll Peterson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Howard Aldridge Petrea, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Robert McLean Pinkerton, B.S., Professor of Aeronautical Engineering 
George Waverly Poland, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Modern Languages 
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., M.S., Professor of Textile Technology 
Ira Deward Porterfield, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Animal Science 
DiLLARD Martin Powell, MBA, Instructor in Textile Technology 
Nathaniel Tho.mas Powell, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Albert Ernest Purcell. Ph.D., Associate Professor (USDA) of Food Science 
John William Querry. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Emily H. Quinn. Ph.D., Professor of Adult Education 
Robert Lamar Rabb, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 
Allen Huff Rakes. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
Robert Todd Ramsay, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Harold Arch Ramsey. P'h.D., Professor of Animal Science 
John Oren Rawlings. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics 
Thomas Howard Regan. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion 
Preston Harding Reid. Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
Willis Alton Reid, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Ricardo Reinoso, B.S.B.A., Instructor in Economics 

Charles Russell Reynolds, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 
Michael Shane Reynolds, M.A., Instructor in English 
Max Steve Rhodes. M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
Darrell L. Roberts, M.S., Instructor in Biological and Agricultural Engineering 
John Frederick Roberts. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology 
William Milner Roberts. Ph.D., Head and Professor of Food Science 

92 



Mendel Leno Robinson, Jr., M.S., Instructor in Textile Research 
Odis Wayne Robison, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
George Calvert Rock, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology 
Charles N. Rogers, B.S., Associate Professor of Wood Science and Technology 
Don Dean Rose, M.A., Instructor in English 
John Paul Ross, Ph.D., Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology 
George Darrell Russell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Adult Education 
Paul James Rust, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology 
Hans Sagan, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Herbert Arthur Sandman, LLB, Instructor in Economics 
Joseph Neal Sasser, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Robert G. Savage, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 

Man Mohan Sawhney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthro- 
pology 
Leroy Charles Saylor, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics and Forestry 

and Assistant to the Dean of Forest Resources 
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Ed.D., Head and Professor of Agricultural Edu- 
cation 
Henry Elkin Schaffer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Genetics 
Hans T. Schreuder, Ph.D., Instructor in Forestry and Experimental Statistics 
Wilfred Martin Schutz, Ph.D., Research Assistant Professor (USDA) of 

Genetics 
Thomas E. Scism, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Politics 
Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Physics 
Wayland Pritchard Seagraves, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi- 
neering 
Louis Walter Seegers, M.A., Professor of History 

Harry Edward Seidel, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of Psychology 
Peter Shahdan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Henry Anthony Shannon, Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 

Science Education 
Graye Johnson Shaw, M.S., Instructor of Chemistry 
Wilfred Michael Shea, M.E., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
D. 0. Sheehan, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics 
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology and Crop 

Science 
Alfred Bernard Rowland Shelley, M.A., Associate Professor of English 
Robert Tinsley Sherwood, Ph.D., Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant 

Pathology 
Paulinus Shee-Shan Shieh, M.S., Instructor in Physics 
Robert Weathersbee Shinn, M.S., Instructor in Textile Technology 
Thomas Clinard Shore, Jr., M.I.A., Assistant Professor of Industrial and Tech- 
nical Education 
SoFUS Emmelo Simonsen, M.A., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 
Edward Carroll Sisler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Crop 

Science 
Charles Smallwood, Jr., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering 
Elizabeth Ann Smaltz, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education 
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics 
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 
Farmer Sterling Smith, M.A., Instructor in Industrial Education 
Frank Houston Smith, M.S., Professor of Animal Science 
J. C. S.mith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering 
Norwood Graham Smith, M.A., Assistant Professor of English 



Virginia Slayton Smith, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages 

William Edward Smith, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

William E. Smith. Ed.D., Professor of Recreation Resources Administration 

William Henry Sonner, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

Jason Loy Sox, Jr., M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 

Marvin Luther Speck, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Food Science 

and Microbiology 
Herbert Elvin Speece, Ph.D., Head and Professor of Mathematics and Science 

Education 
George S. Speidel, Jr., M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
William Eldon Splinter, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
Edward M. Stack, Ph.D., Profes.sor of Modern Languages 

Hans Hkinhd h Anton Stadelmaier, Ph.D., Research Professor of Metallurgy 
Donald Bennett Stakkord, M.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering 
Alfred J. Stamm. Ph.D., Reuben B. Robertson Professor of Wood Chemistry 
Donald Henry John Steensen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Forestry and 

Wood Science and Technology 
Stanley George Stephens. Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Genetics 
Robert Elmer Sternloff. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Recreation Resources 

Administration 
Edward Hoyle Stinson, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 
David Lewis Strider, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 
Raimond Aldrich Struble, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Charles William Stcber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor (USDA) of Genetics 
Charles Wilson Siggs, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
Paul Porter Sutton, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Stanley Sitval, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History 
Harold Everett Swaisgood, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Food Science 
Fred Russell Tarver, Jr., Ph.D., Extension Associate Professor of Food Science 
Frank Bancroft Thomas, Ph.D., Extension Professor of Food Science 
Richard Joseph Thomas, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Wood Technology 
Oliver George Thompson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Economics 
David Ronald Tilley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 
Frederick Joseph Tischer, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Harold Leslie Titus, M.A., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 
Edward Shermer Todd, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Mechanics 
Fred Toney, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 
William Bell Toole. Ill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 
Samuel B. Tove, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry 
Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics 
Hkdwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology 
Robert Tinnen Troxler, M.I. A., Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts 
James Richard Troyer. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany 
Harry Tucker. Jr.. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Modern Languages 
Paul Arthur Tucker. Jr., M.S., Research Instructor in Textile Technology 
William Preston Tucker. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Carl Byron Turner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 
Charles Henry Ufen, M.A., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Lester Curtiss Ulberg, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Science 
David Frederick Ullrich, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Ph.D., Professor of Civil Engineering 
William John Vandkrwall, M.A., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 
Rm HARD James Volk, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
George Henry Wahl, Jr.. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

94 



Harvey Edward Wahls, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 

Jerry Marvin Waller, M.S.Met.E., Instructor in Metallurgy 

William M. Walter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Food Science 

Arthur Walter Waltner, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

Thomas Marsh Ward, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry 

Grover Karl Warmbrod, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 

Frederick Gail Warren, Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 

William Irvin Warren, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 

George Carson Watson, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

James Donald Watson, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics 

John Willis Weaver, Jr., B.S., Professor of Agricultural Engineering 

Ronald Gilbert Weaver, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education 

Benjamin Davis Webb, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Graphics 

Neil Broyles Webb, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Food Science 

Sterling Barg Weed, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Science 

Frederick Lovejoy Wellman, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology 

Ronald Earle Welty, Ph.D., Assistant Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology 

Oscar Wesler, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics and Mathematics 

Bert Whitley Westbrook, Ed. P., Research Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Raymond Cyrus White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

Robert Benjamin White, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

James Clifford Williams, III, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 

Mary Cameron Williams, M.A., Special Lecturer in English 

Porter Williams, Jr., M.A., Associate Professor of English 

Jack Wilfred Wilson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 

James Blake Wilson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Lowell Sheridan Winton, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

George Herman Wise, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal 

Science and Head of Nutritional Biochemistry Section 
Milton Bee Wise, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Science 

Edward Hempstead Wiser, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering 
William Garland Woltz, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
Thomas Wilmont Wood, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Soil Science 
Robert Baker Wynn, M.A., Associate Professor of English 
Robert Takichi Yamamoto, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology 
James Wesley York, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics 
David Allen Young, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Entomology 

James Herbert Young, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering 
James Neal Young, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 
Talmage Brian Young, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Arts 
Paul ZunG-Teh Zia, Ph.D., Associate Head and Professor of Civil Engineering 
Bruce J. Zobel, Ph.D., Edwin F. Conger Professor of Forest Genetics 
Joseph David Zund, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 



95 



CAMPUS 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

at Raleigh 




_^^ 
^ 







. BOLLADAY 

. ALTJIINI 
. PRIMROSE 
. SULLIVAN 
. PEELE 

WATAUGA 

BROOKS 

CHEMISTRY BUILDING 

GOLD 

WELCH 

BAGWELL 

BERRY 

BECTON 

CLARK 

THOMPSON THEATRE 

SYME 

FIELD HOUSE 

FORESTRY BUILDING 

UNO 

LEAZAB 

LSE 

TOMPKINS 

WINSTON 

CERAMICS 

PAGE 



;6. PARK SHOPS 

7. MORRIS 

8. LAUNDRY 

9. POWER PLANT 
RIDDICK 

1. DANIELS 

2. MANN 

S. WITHERS 

«. 1«11 BUILDING 

I. RICKS 

». PATTERSON 

J. BURLINGTON NUCLEAR LABS 

i. WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEim 

». CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM 

I. ALEXANDER 

!. STUDENT SUPPLY STORE 

I. BUREAU of MINKS 

>. UROUGHTOM 

i. POLK 

. HARRELSON 

. D. H. HILL UBRARY 

1. ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION 

. SCOTT 

. GARDNER 



II. WII.l.TAMU 

U. AGRONOMY GREENHOUSES 

U. PHYSICAL SCIENCES LAB BUIIJ>INO 

M. OWEN 

U. TURLINGTON 

M. TUCKES 

IT. CAFET£:RIA 

M. KILGORE 

«l. NELSON 

«2. MANGUM 

IS. PRINT SHOP 

M. BRAGAW 

M. BRANDON P. HODGES 

M. ROBERTSON 

(7. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

M. ANIMAL DIAG LABORATORY 

70. WUNC-TV 

71. MARRIED STUDENT HOUSING 
n. FRATERNITY HOUSING 

•It. PHYTROTRON 
74. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
71. FOOD SCIENCE BUILDING 
7«. WOMEN'S DORMITORIES 
77. DORM ii 



•BUILDINGS IN DEVELOPMENT STAQS 



*5t 



■■.^^•> 

















Jatay</au, tyfiau 2.5 
■vVin^leen fyt(tnct'tte<i and Cftx^^eiaA^ 






Musical Program 

EXERCISES OF GRADUATION 

MAY 25, 1968 

CARILLON CONCERT: 9:30 A.M. The Memorial Tower 

Albert Hardy, Jr., Carillonneur 

COMMENCEMENT BAND CONCERT: 9:45 A.M. 

William Neal Reynolds Coliseum 

March for the Sultan Abdul Medjid Donizetti 

Cantiquc and Faranade McBeth 

Symphony No. 5 in C Minor. First Movement Beethoven 

Festive Overture, Op. 96 Shostakovich 

PROCESSIONAL: 10: Lt A.M. 

March Processional Grundraan 

RECESSIONAL: 

University Grand March Goldman 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY COMMENCEMENT BAND 
Donald B. Adcock, Conductor 



The Alma Mater 

Words by: Music by: 

Alvin M. Fountain, '23 Bonnie F. Norris, Jr., '23 



Where the winds ol Dixie softly blow 
o'er the fields of Caroline, 

There stands ever cherished N. CI. State, 
as thy honored shrine. 

So lift your voices! Loudly sing 
from hill to oceanside! 

Our hearts ever hold you, N. C. State, 
in the folds of our love and pride. 



Exercises of Graduation 

William Neal Reynolds Coliseum 
May 25, 1968 

PROCESSIONAL, 10:15 A.M. Donald B. Adcock 

Conductor, North Carolina State University Commencement Band 

The audience is requested to remain 
seated during the Proceesional. 

PRESIDING John Tyler Caldwell 

Chancellor, North Carolina State University 

INVOCATION Oscar B. Wooldridge 

Coordinator of Religious Affairs 
North Carolina State University 

ADDRESS John Tyler Caldwell 

Chancellor 

CONFERRING OF DEGREES John Tyler Caldwell 

Chancellor 

Harry C. Kelly 
Provost 

Candidates for baccalaureate degrees presented 
by Deans of Schools. Candidates for advanced 
degrees presented by Dean of the Graduate 
School. Candidates for honorary degrees 
presented by their sponsors. 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF GOODWIFE DIPLOMAS Robert Gray Shipley 

Vice-President of Student Government 

RECOGNITION OF OUTSTANDING TE.\CHERS Harry C. Kelly 

Provost 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF OUTSTANDING TEACHER 

AWARDS Iain .\lasdair Eraser 

President, Class of 1968 

REMARKS TO THE GRADUATING CLASS Dan K. Moore 

Governor of North Carolina 

William C. Friday 
President, University of North Carolina 

ALMA MATER 

BENEDICTION 

RECESSIONAL 

The audience is requested to remain seated 
until recessional music is concluded. 



Social Hour and Distribution 
of Diplomas 

Scliool and Department Locations 
12:15 P.M. 

School of Education Carmidiacl Gymnasium 

School of l.itnial Aits Harris Cafeteria 

12:40 P.M. 

Department of Engineering Operations .... Raleigh Little Theatre Amphitheatre 

1:30 P.M. 

School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

Adult Education Carniicharl Cvninasiiiin 

Agronomy. Crop Science, Plant Protection 

and Soil Science Williams Hall Auditorium and 

McKimmon Room, Williams Hall 

.\nimal Science Fitzpatrick Room, 125 Polk Hall 

Biological and .\gricultural 

Engineering I.")8 Agricultural Engineering Building 

Biological Sciences and Botany 221.S Gardner Hall 

Economics 256-258 Erdahl-Clovd I'nion 

Food Science Food Science Building 

Genetics 3516 Gardner Hall Addition 

Horticultural Science 125 Kilgore and 121 Kilgorc Hall 

Poultry Science 224 Scott Hall 

ZoologA 353.3 Gardner Hall 

School of Design Erdahl-Cloyd Union Ballroom 

School of Engineering 

Agricultural Engineering 158 Agricultural Engineering Building 

Chemical Engineering Erdahl Clovd Union CiallerN 

Civil Engineering Lobby of Mann Hall 

Electrical Engineering Thompson Theatre 

Engineering Mechanics 119 Riddick Hall 

Furniture Manufacturing and Management 222 Riddick Hall 

Industrial Engineering 234 Riddick Hall 

Mechanical Engineering 216 Broughton Laboratories 

Mineral Industries Parlor, King Religious Center 

Nuclear Engineering Burlington Nuclear Laboratories 

School of Forest Resources 162 Kilgorc Hall 

School of Physical Sciences and 

Applied Mathematics General Laboratory Building 

School of Textiles Nelson Textile Auditorium 



ROTC Commissioning 
Ceremony 

William Neal Reynolds Coliseum 



May 25, 1968 



PROCESSIONAL MARCH 3:00 P.M Donald B. Adcock 

Conductor, North Carolina State University Commencement Band 



The audience is requested to remain seated 
until processional music is completed. 



NATIONAL ANTHEM 



INVOCATION Oscar B. Wooldridge 

Chaplain (Lieutenant Commander), USNRRet. 



INTRODUCTIONS John Tyler Caldwell 

Chancellor, North Carolina State University 



ADDRESS Richard J. Scitz 

Major General, U.S. Army 
Commanding General, 82d Airborne Division 



ADMINISTRATION OF OATH 

OF OFFICE Colonel Paul V. Tuttle, PMS 

Colonel Samuel G. Schlitzkus, PAS 



PRESENTATION OF CERTIHCATES 

OF COMMISSION Major General R. J. Seitz-U.S. Army 

Brigadier General F. S. Smith— U.S. Air Force 



BENEDICTION 



Academic Costume 



Academic gowns represent a tradition handed down from the universities of 
the Middle Ages. These institutions were founded by the Church; the students, 
being clerics, were obliged to wear the prescribed gowns at all times. Round 
caps later became s<|uare mortarboards; the hoods, originally cowls attached to 
the gowns, could \u slipped over the head for warmth. 

Manv European universities have distinctive caps and gowns which are different 
from those commonly used in this countrv. .Some of the gowns are of bright 
colors and some are embellished with fur. .\ number of these may be noted in 
the procession. 

The usual color for academic gowns in the United States is black. The 
bachelor's gown is worn closed, the master's and doctor's may be worn open or 
closed. The shape of tht- sleeve is the distinguishing mark of the gown: bachelor- 
long pointed sleeves; master— oblong, scjuare cut in back with an arc cut away 
in front; doctor— bell shaped. 

Caps are black as are the tassels for R. A.. B.S., and B.E. degrees; tassels for 
the Ph.D. degree are gold and those for other graduate and professional degrees 
mav be of the color corresponding to the trimmings on the hoods. 

The hoods are lined with the color of the institution from which the wearer 
received his degree. The trimming or collar of the hood is the color which 
designates the degree: Liberal .Arts, white; Fine -Arts and .\rchi lecture, brown; 
Science, golden yellow; Music, pink; Divinity, scarlet; Law, purple; Engineering, 
orange; Philosophy, blue: Medicine, green; Forestry, russet. 

Honorary degree hoods are distinguished as follows: Master of .\rts (M..A.) , 
white: Doctor of Humane Letters (L.H.D.), white: Doctor of Science (Sc.D.), 
golden yellow: Doctor of Divinity (D.D.), scarlet: Doctor of Laws (L.I. .!).), purple. 



DEGREES CONFERRED 

May 25, 1968 



School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGICAL AND 
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Jointly Administered by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
and the School of Engineering 

John Hamlett Merritt. Ill Roxboro 

Patrick Safrit Smith Beaufort 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 

Agricultural Economics 

Vernon Charles Ballard Fuquay-Varina 

Thomas McKenzie Crews, Jr Oxford 

Porter Christy Little, III Pittstown, N. J. 

David Wright Miller, Jr. Snow Hill 

Ralph Sylvester Morgan Smithfield 

John Atlas Mullis Lenoir 

Randy Eichman Niederer Titusville, N. J. 

Joseph Hancs Stilwell Danville, Va. 

fBobby Graham White Burlington 

Agronomy 

Charles Everett Brown, III Shawboro 

David Thomas Rozzell Swannanoa 

John Martin Scott, Jr. Milton 

Leland McKinley Simmons Newport 

Larry Wayne Stewart Elkin 

Richard Martin Sumrell Snow Hill 

• Honors •• High Honors jf Honors Program f In Absentia 



Leon Randolph Whichard, Jr. Jackson 

#• William Herbert Williams "* ' Hertford 

Animal Science 

Robert Wilson Gudger, Jr. Charlotte 

John Vann Hall '" Aulander 

Clement Michael Holthouser Moorcsvillc 

••Marvin Bovd Ncwiin Nfcbane 

Charles Grainger Pierce Weldon 

fEugene Jule Richmond """ ' Durham 

William Wilmtinc Roesslcr, IH Winston-Salem 

Larry Wayne Stewart Elkin 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Charles Franklin Boyles. Jr. Charlotte 

Thomas Lee Cavincss, Jr. Fuquay-Varina 

Robert Joseph Cooke Four Oaks 

Gurncy Reece Dillard North Wilkcsboro 

Thomas Francis Drake Lexington. Va. 

Manuel Mejia Bogota, Colombia 

•Roy Dean Rhue Winston-Salem 

Morris Glenn Skipper Abbottsburg 

fRonald Edward Wheeler .Angier 

Donalil Wayne White Wiiliamston 

Kenneth Alvin Worthington Snow Hill 

Biological Sciences 

^Carroll Lcnnell Allen Gary 

Charles Waller Arthur, II !.!!!]!!^.. .!!!!.!!!!!!..."...!!!!!.!!!!............... Candler 

Robert Gordon Carson, III Raleigh 

({(••Robert Ray Jackson Pittsboro 

Barbara Jean Miller Altavista, Va. 

^((•David Thomas Patterson Hillslwrough 

fjohn Wesley Weber, Jr Raleigh 

Botany 
Jane Green McNeary Charlotte 

Crop Science 

Patrick Henry Harper Kinston 

Food Science 

Margaret Anne Cooke Cleveland 

•Freida .\nn Eakcr Chcrryville 

Robert Lionel Stark Pennsauken. N. J. 

•John Robert Woodard, Jr. Spring Hope 

George Henry Worsham Rutherfordton 

•Honors ••High Honors # Honors Program fin Absentia 

10 



Horticultural Science 

(^•Elwood Lee Gumbo New Bern 

John Thomas Davis Lumberton 

Elliott Keith Hornbeck Richmond, Va. 

Thomas Dwight Talley Reidsville 

Plant Protection 

^•Ronald Perry Thompson Lucama 

Poultry Science 

Joseph Jackson Edmondson, II Maury 

John Warren Jackson Henderson 

Harlen James Price, Jr. Monroe 

Robert Otis Triplet! Rutherfordton 

Wayne Aubrey Ward Denton 

Soil Science 

James Hamilton Ware, Jr. Turkey 

Zoology 

#*Neal Ashley Adkins, Jr. Rocky Mount 

George Ruffin Benton, III Goldsboro 

fMichael George Bolus Raleigh 

•{•Frederick C. Bonner Aurora 

Jonathan Wesley Bost Kings Mountain 

Robert LeRov Busch, Jr Cynthiana, Ky. 

Timothv Michael Gleary Southern Pines 

Michael Dale Gollins Meohanicsburg, Penna. 

Christina Harding Goltrane Madison 

Richard Martin Gooper Asheboro 

John Lambert Cottingham. Ill Durham 

#»John Kent Crawford North Wilkesboro 

•Cecil Murray Farrington, Jr Granite Quarry 

•Jeffrey David Gnad Sea Cliff, N. Y. 

Robert Wilson Gudger, Jr. Charlotte 

Mack Ra^-mond Horrell Atkinson 

••Robert Marshall Horton Raleigh 

James Thomas Jennings Raleigh 

/^•Lawrence Edward Lykins Atlanta, Ga. 

Dannv Blair Magoun Indianapolis, Ind. 

Donald Johnson Manlev Reidsville 

Barbara Jean Miller ..' Altavista, Va. 

Evans Wayne Miller Sparta 

Harold Gomer Morgans Pittsburgh, Penna. 

•David Allen Pennell Boomer 

Barnard Hodge Powell Wake Forest 

Llovd Hildres Rawls Fayetteville 

t'John Bennit Renfro Gary 

•James Odell Richardson, Jr Stokesdale 

Kenneth Ray Russell Raleigh 

•Honors ••High Honors # Honors Program fin Absentia 

n 



Ronnie Lcroy Shell Bladt Mountain 

|»»John \ikram ITiomas Charlotte 

••Lvnda Rigsbcc Wiston Durham 

James Alton Whitehurst Raleigh 

James Brogden VVomble. Ill Aberdeen 

)j(*Richard Charles Yates Absecon. N. J. 

fjames Byron Zuvcr Burnsville 



School of Design 



rJ.t\ 



BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE 

William Leonard Ambrose, III Knoxville, Tenn. 

Samuel \Viiliam Brockwell Durham 

John Charles Brown Norfolk. Va. 

Coleman Hughes Bynum, jr. Jacksonville 

fWaliacc \'anainber Calvert, Jr Raleigh 

Christina Chih-Lin Chen Taipei, China 

Joseph Albert Chipman Raleigh 

Randolph Rudisill Croxton Lincolnton 

John Albert DeMartini Midlaiid Park. N. J. 

James Francis Dugan, III Orangeburg. S. C. 

Michael Alan Fields Rockville, Md. 

•Margaret Marie Garey Easton, Md. 

•Rcinhard Karl Goethert Manchester. Tenn. 

•Richard John Green Paincsville, Ohio 

Charles Durham Harris Enfield 

Frank Mackey Hough, Jr. Charlotte 

David Ward Jones Raleigh 

•John Wcslev Kinney, Jr Winston-Salcm 

John Earl Lawrence Tarboro 

William I.ucian McGee .\sheville 

Novem Miller Mason Morehead City 

John Edward Mover La Plata. Md. 

Harold Lee Ogburn Smithfield 

William James Patrick Shawboro 

Edward Shelton Pavne Silver Spring. Md. 

Irvin .Alexander Pearce Greensboro 

John David Ramseur Charlotte 

James Edward Rink, Jr. Charlotte 

Marshall Rrice Roberts Weavcrville 

•James Hasscll Ross, Jr. Raleigh 

Faset Joaquin Seay Brvson City 

• Honors •• High Honors ff Honors Program f In Absentia 

12 



Stephan Leslie Setzer High Point 

Thomas Matson Shadoin, jr Greensboro 

John Charles Stec Charleston. W. Va. 

Bettv Gushing Surbeck Gheshire, Conn. 

Paul Kirksey Thames, Sr. Hope Mills 

•Hal Hodges Tribble Asheville 

John Frederick Warren Princeton, N. J. 

Donald LeRoy Whitesell High Point 

Bachelor of Landscape Architecture 

Peter Frederic Bochenck McLean, Va. 

•Donald Lynn Collins Charlotte 

Patricia Rae Hale Aiken, S. C. 

•Randolph Thompson Hester, Jr Roxboro 

William Karl Hube, Jr. Raleigh 

Thomas Gene Martin Greensboro 

George Arthur Stockton, HI Winston-Salem 

Claude Lawrence Vaughan, HI Shelby 

Bachelor of Product Design 

Lewis Franklin Host Shelby 

Stuart Alan Cook Salisbury 

Philip W'arren Cotton Roanoke, Va. 

Joe Reid Covington, Jr. Winston-Salem 

James Douglas Ezell Charlotte 

John Walter Harvey Statesville 

George Roger Hollomon, Jr Murfreesboro 

Robert Springs Pharr Charlotte 

John Davis Sims, Jr. Troutman 

Kenneth Thompson, II Waynesville 

Lawrence Daniel Tracy Chapel Hill 

Donald McQueen White, III Mount Pleasant, S. C. 



School of Education 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Agricultural Education 

Reuben Richard French, Jr. Reidsville 

Billy Joe Henson Vilas 

Jerry Thomas Holland Holly Springs 

• Honors •• High Honors jj( Honors Program fin Absentia 



13 



Tyree Bennett Holland, Jr. Apex 

Earl Jennings Huffman, Jr. Richlar.ds 

Ivev Elliott Peterson Clinton 

Alton Douglas Powell Seven Springs 

vjlicky Alfred Sctzer Claremont 

/"/Michael RavS^ith ,♦•••" •>. M<)rgantop 

Inmistrioi Arts Education v 

Michael David Daniska Collinsville, Va. 

Clinton David Harlcy Newland 

Russell Gerald Stafford Monroe 

Mathematics Educotion 

Donald Earl Beal Durham 

Carolyn Louise Caudle Charlotte 

••Judv Adams Gealy Benson 

••Pattv Sue Greene Boiling Springs 

Dennis Karl Macklin Elizabeth City 

Walker Lvnn Oldham Goldston 

fPeter Sokalskv. Jr. Allento<wn, Pcnna. 

••Jane Cornwell Warren Lincolnton 

Science Education 

.-Xnne O'Berry Austin Four Oaks 

Dennis Harry Ballard Hendersonville 

William Thomas Lawson, Jr. Fairmont, W^ Va. 

Judv Mac O'Neal Raleigh 

Technical Education 

Percy White West Sanford 

Vocational Industrial Education 

Eiljert Ronald Batten Clayton 

Frank Cleveland Miller Charlotte 

/vUlmont Wesley Baker, Jr. :..lL. Swannanoa 

'Arthur John McMahon Carteret, N. J. 

Paul William Moore Harmony 

Ralph Rigdon White, Jr. '.'" Greensboro 

•Honors ••High Honors # Honors Program fin Absentia 



n 



14 



School of Engineering 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 

John Huske Anderson. II /h^^THm 

ilvin Kermit Bailey. Jr ""^Turham 

Michael Coleman Bateman - "w." 

rRonald FranUin Davis g "„f^;° 

Francis Joseph Fisher. Jr Norfolk Va 

Wayne Curtis Fisher ""totvUle 

Samuel Thomas Hicks, III F:,vpttpville 

•William Lincoln Hirst, Jr ^K nl on 

•Jesse Luther Jackson, III ^^7^ 

Timothy Alexander Jordan ^ 

•Keith Lee Kushman ;V"',UV Airv 

Glenn Logan Martin Tayeuevi I 

•Frank George Rezeli RockinS 

Ronald Dean Roberts ^tlTpJ^t 

Asa Dosher Ruark, III '^""\:' a m t 

WUian, Pete. Ruuo ''^•^'■"""'kli'y 

Edwin Paul Setzer Boonville 

Thaddeus William Shore Kinlon 

Ronald Williams Shoulars Sanford 

Lorimer Phillip Thomas c.VfFnlk Va 

^••Charles Clark Thompson Hamlet 

JohnVV.lson Warr "I Shallotte 

Johnie Easton Williams 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

Howard Burgess Chambers, Jr Winston-Salem 

•James Frederick Holzgraf t*t^'".^^^'c,i.;'' 

Luglas Hill sawyer o'adeT N T 

Robert Patrick Steinmetz Vr-u"; " , "' V^^' { 

tWilliam Roger Swiss. Jr. North Arlington. N. J. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

^•William Glenn Adams, Jr. ^cf P^^n^ 

^•Ronald James Baer f ' ufi h 

^ Lynwood Joseph Bell ••: „?"!i'''5^V^ 

•Thomas Joseph Chastant P'ne ^futt 

.\nthony Thomas Dombroski, Jr Castle Hayne 

•James Chadwick Henderson ii::,".^'!;! T" 

Jeffrey Bruce Herman Philadelphia. Penna. 

•Honors ••High Honors # Honors Program fin Absentia 



15 



G«orgc Gregory Hicks Greensboro 

Michael Ownby Hixson Charlotte 

•William Ernest Kt-eter, III Charlotte 

Michael Doyle Killian Waynesville 

|**Richard Palmer Kitson Wilmington, Del. 

iJf'Larrv I.cc Lanning Lexington 

•William Charles Lawton Richmond. Va. 

Cecil Berr\- I.ec Asheboro 

Raymond Otho Linker, Jr. Charlotte 

Ahmed .\min El-Maghraby Cairo. Egvpt 

jjl^Alan Leslie Ovtrcash Media, Pcnna. 

•Kendall Watson Patterson Lynchburg, Va. 

Matt John Russ Charlotte 

•Nathan Lewis Schloss Greensboro 

Joe Edmiston Sloop, Jr Mount Ulla 

•Robert Lee Siallings, II Owings Mills. Md. 

Carl Spencer Stiitts, Jr. Salisbury 

Edward Allen Turner Gatesville 

Dennis George Whitener Lenoir 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Thomas Coley Allen, II Raleigh 

••John Royster Armfield Mount .Xiry 

Henry .Andrew Black, Jr. Fayettcville 

Larry Johnson Brown Kannapolis 

Phiphat Charoensawadsiri Bangkok, Thailand 

George Michael Clendenin Wilmington 

Steven Lee Coleman Raleigh 

Jonathan Ellsworth Davis Burlington 

Phillip Graham Dickerson Zebulon 

Clifton .Augustus Gardner, Jr. Nashville 

William Holladay Harris Fredericksburg. Va. 

Joel David Hawkins Weaverville 

Jerry Glenn Hayes Selma 

Terry Lcc Hunt Winston-Salem 

William Wesley Hunter Siler City 

Larry Maurice Johnson Gastonia 

RufFie Allison Jones, Jr. Clayton 

Arthur King Kelly Kinston 

William Henry Kitchen Raleigh 

Gordon Saunders Lancaster Kinston 

Gary Stephan Lineback Winston-Salem 

Robert Eugene Little Charlotte 

•William Harrison Lockhart, III Charlotte 

Robert Ronald McPherson Raleigh 

Derwood Clifton Matkins Yancevville 

Larry Stephen Matthews Elizabeth City 

Daniel Jenkins May Hendersonville 

William Clyde Mills Mooresville 

Marion David Moore Forest City 

William LeRoy Morris, Jr. Lincolnlon 

John Carl Murdock, III Troutman 

Donald Lee Petty Graham 

•Douglas Lee Quinn Wilmington 

Linwood Wilson Rogers, Jr. Wilmington 

•William Frank Rosser Sanford 

• Honors •• High Honors jf Honors Program f In Absentia 

16 



Edmund Vincent Rotkewicz Cliffside Park, N. J. 

Rondal Jennings Sharpe Las Vegas, Nevada 

Walter Talmadgc Sherraer Winston-Salem 

Dyke Wayne Starnes Granite Falls 

David Mangum Stevenson Raleigh 

Daniel Marshall Stone Trinity 

Foil David Swing, Jr. Lexington 

Travis Hocutt Tomlinson, Jr. Raleigh 

Canev Edward Tucker Charlotte 

James Elton Turlington Clinton 

Frederick Carlson Tyner Red Springs 

Gregory James Walker Raleigh 

Ralph Craig Watkins Hickory 

Thomas Edison West, Jr. Wilmington 

Howard White, HI Raleigh 

John Gibson Wilson, HI Arlington, Va. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING, 

CONSTRUCTION OPTION 

Samuel Black Bledsoe, HI Gastonia 

William James Brattain Stanfield 

Olney Joseph Brown, Jr Salisbury 

Daryl Warren Cady Norwich, Conn. 

John Eugene Daves Asheville 

Gary Hill Hodges Whiteville 

Bruce Clayton Jacobs Leland 

Leonard Franklin Jones, Jr. Rocky Mount 

John Douglas Mitchell Wakertown 

Gary Edwin Parsons Winston-Salem 

Howard Powell Redding Asheboro 

Carl Bernhard Spelbrink Rochester, N. Y. 

Rockie Davis Troxler Elon College 

Paul Colby Williams Raleigh 

Robert Glenn Wright Arlington, Va. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

William Allen .Acree Greensboro 

•Thomas Davis .\dams Murphy 

/j(»»William Clay .Adams, Jr. Trenton 

Charles Edward .\nderson St. Petersburg, Fla. 

•Humberto .\ragon Havana, Cuba 

•Walter Louis Baker, HI Burlington 

^^•Everette Allen Barefoot, Jr. Erwin 

Robert Clay Barker Oxford 

•George Leon Bass Valdese 

•Donald Edward Bean Lenoir 

••Grover Cleveland Bishop Spartanburg, S. C. 

James Wendelin Breitmeier Mebane 

•Gerard John Brunet New Orleans, La. 

Daniel Guy Bumgarner N. Wilkesboro 

William Carl Busching Spring Valley, N. Y. 

James Bernard Byrne New York City, N. Y. 

David Foyell Cecil Lexington 

• Honors •• High Honors ;»( Honors Program fin .\bsentia 



17 



•Richard Crafton Chambers Winston-Saleiu 

Alan Bruce Clark Waynesville 

Kay Nelson Clinard High Point 

•Paul Wesley Coble Julian 

I'^Joseph Sampson Colson, Jr. Oxford 

Paul William Denninger Olisviilc, N. Y. 

Danny Craig Eddleman Kannapolis 

•Bobby Lcc Ferguson Liberty 

Don Ennis Freeman Hendersonvill'c 

••Charles Elbert Fulton Walkcrtown 

William Bennett Hall Pincville 

Douglas Francis Hawkland, III Timonium, Md. 

Kenneth Roy Haymond C.oldsl>or<) 

Clayton Scott Hinnant Wilson 

Eugene Emmitt Holland Franklin, Va 

Donald Wayne Hoover Fxlcn 

^•Michael Vernon Horner Burlington 

Terence Long Houghton, Sr Raleigh 

•James Alfred Jaques, HI Memphis. Tenn. 

William Nfichael Jarecki Raleigh 

John Andrew Jarrell Reidsville 

fFrank Kimscy Justice Tuckascgee 

•John J. Pershing Kincaid, Jr. Reidsville 

Stanley Waller King Mount .\iry 

Jerry Worth Kirk Asheville 

•Seigmond Gus Kopinitz Brigham City. Itah 

Wavne John Leleux Picayune, Miss. 

•Delio Loj>ez. Jr. Largo, Fla. 

••James Elmore Lowe Pfafftown 

^••Stephen Walter Lye Wake Forest 

Rafael Jorge Montoya New York City, N. Y. 

George Talbert Moss Robbins 

Ravmond Earl Newton Drexcl 

William Splane Page, Jr. Kinston 

Robert Elton Penny Kinston 

Howard Eric Poole Glen .Mpine 

John Joseph Prevost Kansas City. Mo. 

Meredith Irotlcr Raney, Jr. .\iken! S. C. 

omas Prater Rankin Lexington, Ky. 

Donald Martin Reynerson Greenville, Texas 

Roger Leon Ross Norwood 

Lawrence Eugene Rowland Rocky Mount 

Charles William Saalfrank, Jr. Charlotte 

Charles Ray Saleeby Brevard 

Robert John Schoderbek Haw River 

•Kenneth Larry Smith StJuth Euclid, Ohio 

/[(••Wesley Edwin Snyder. Jr. Fayettcvillc 

•Lawrence Oliver Stahl Morenci. Mich. 

arley Wavne Stallani Coeburn, Va. 

•Douglas Melville Tennant Glendale. Calif. 

Robert Eugene Triplett ... Grifton 

PoS.r, WMliam IMrirh. Jr. '.V.V."."ZZ.'.'.".".'.V."."."ZZ.".'.'.'.'Z.'.'.V^ Sanford 

Kenneth Elsioii Walling Belford, N. J. 

Honors •• High Honors jf Honors Program f In Absentia 



-V^ 



^^^i^C^ ^CLUj£^>t^ (1q-^<UjJ<:^~H^ 



18 



#*Jus(.ph Harold White High Point 

•Arthur Martin Wiencken, jr Statcsville 

••William Walter Wiles, Jr Burlington 

Donald Roy Willett Durham 

David Lee Williams Durham 

Robert Spangling Wolf Winston-Salem 

•David Richard Wvke Shelby 

Joseph Neill York Mount Airy 

Ronald Calvin York Charlotte 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

•Rradlev Wavnc Smith Chapel Hill 

Robert Stuart Steele, Jr. Hickory 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

Dallas Lloyd Alford, III Rocky Mount 

Jennings Blalock Almond Albemarle 

fPhillip J. Anderson Dollar Bay, Mich. 

George Eldridge Barnes Rocky Mount 

Lawrence Barnwell, Jr Hendersonville 

James Abbott Barrow Richmond, Va. 

Franklin Wvant Bolick Hickory 

Ravmond Robert Bouley Charlotte 

Joe Richard Brewer New Salem 

fPaul Latham Brinklev Plymouth 

David Jackson Brown Mount Airy 

Edward Lacev Chambers, Jr. Danville, Va. 

Gilbert Rider Chenery Durham 

Thomas Glenn Cherry Maiden 

James Rosser Collins Raleigh 

Roger Phillips Corner Hockessin, Del. 

John Edwin Couch Durham 

Norman Bowles Dennis Durham 

James Theophilus Dick, Jr. Mebane 

Philip Martin Dodson, Jr Riegelwood 

Michael Ronald Ensley Belmont 

John Joseph Fehrenbacher Traverse City, Mich. 

Billv Fred Felton Eure 

James Geddie Fisher, II Fayetteville 

Robert Lee George, Jr Durham 

James Capehart Gurley, III New Bern 

William Guy Hardin. Ill Gastonia 

fDonnie Nelson Hill Charlotte 

William Sidney Horton. Jr. Charlotte 

John Emmet Huss Cramerton 

Michael Theodore Jones Oakland. Calif. 

Curtis Stanley Kuehn .\sheville 

Edward Wicker Largen Charlotte 

tThomas Leslie Lee, Jr. Kinston 

Charles Price Lovcland Shelby 

Robert Lothair Luellen New Castle, Ind. 

•Carroll Dale Merrell Charlotte 

Julius Russell Norris, Jr Rocky Mount 

•Honors ••High Honors jj( Honors Program fin Absentia 



19 



Thomas Cleveland Paisley, Jr. Toughkenamon, Penna. 

Ronald Lewis Parks Salisbury* 

Robert Lewis Phillips, III Charlotte 

Ronald Dale Popiel Goldsboro 

Wright Noble Rodman Mount Olive 

Henry Dean Rogers. Jr Greensboro 

Charles Cramer Sink, II Winston-Salem 

James Abbott Swift Shelby 

Jonathan Reuben Wall Turner Winston-Salem 

Thomas Edgar Tyson Greensboro 

Donald Michael Weaver Aberdeen 

fLawrcnce Edward Wicks Akron. Ohio 

James N'cvit Withcrspoon. II Cherryville 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FURNITURE MANUFACTURING 
AND MANAGEMENT 

Jerry Warrtn Cousins Fori Smith. Ark. 

Douglas Randall Davis Maiden 

Henry Paul Fulmer. Jr Jackson, Miss. 

William Eugene Gordon, III High Point 

•Gideon Conway Huddle Martinsville. Va. 

Ronald Steven Killian Hickory 

••Lonnie Lee Miller, III Salisbury 

David Milton Moore Hickory 

Thomas .Alexander Scott, Jr Lenoir 

fWilliam Dennis Zapke Bon Air, Va. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

David William .Austin High Point 

James Wadsworth Heller, Jr. Favetteville 

(((••Lewis Edwin Link, Jr. Easton, Pcnna. 

•Franklin Jay Phillips Dover, Del. 

Robert Melvin Whisnant Lenoir 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

.•\lton Byron Bizzell Newton Grove 

•Larry Banks Blackwood Greensboro 

•Rolx-rt Arthur Boyette Fayetteville 

Morris O'Neal Bumgarner Granite Falls 

Mayo Elisah Collier, Jr Kcnlv 

David Marion Crews Stoneville 

fDaxid Joseph DuMontier Charlotte 

Donnie Russell Faucctte Kenly 

William .Xlbert Griswold Raleigh 

William Sti-phen Head Winston-Salem 

Harvey Eugene Jenkins Cramerton 

Clyde .Alden Kaschub Gastonia 

••Ronald Ladd Kendrick Gastonia 

Kenneth Wayne Lawing Maiden 

Rohtri Wade Lindsay, Jr. Enka 

John Fddlcman Mack. Ill Gastonia 

.Anthony .\rms Monfrado Spindale 

••David Franklin Parker Rocky Mount 

Thomas Robert Petrosino New Haven, Conn. 

•Honors •• High Honors jj( Honors Program fin Absentia 

20 



Prakash Babulal Sheth Ahmedabad, India 

Richard Alan Smith Asheville 

Max Alberto Soto San Jose, Costa Rica 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Eugene Stanley Adams Greensboro 

•Horace Roland Ashburn Charlotte 

•Paul Lawrence Bailey Roxlwro 

•Wavne Bovd Baker Hickory 

Leonard Bruce Barnwell Hendersonville 

William David Bibb Fayetteville 

(^•Thomas Furman Brooks Charlotte 

Paul Ernest Bruchon, Jr. Gastonia 

Ronald Michael Callan Falls Church, Va. 

Clav Hughes Clinc. Jr. Boonville 

Jim'mv Monroe Corriher China Grove 

Ernest Clark Dowless China Grove 

Johnny Emerson Ellington Graham 

John Robert Field Kannapolis 

Harold Eugene Carver China Grove 

George Gcorgopoulos Athens, Greece 

Thomas Francis Gormley, Jr Union, N. J. 

Frederick Raymond Greenwood Gary 

Jan Hagcrs Westfield. N. J. 

Edgar Milton Harris, Jr. New London 

Rudv Wavne Hcrrcn Candler 

Luther Wright Home, III Pleasant Garden 

Charles Edward Hughes Greensboro 

William 1 honias Johnson Madison 

Richard Paul Joseph Ne^^' Bern 

Graham Harlec Kenan Wilmington 

•William Scase Koon Asheville 

Bruce Wavne Kvles Maiden 

James MacRae Lamb, Jr Kinston 

•James Michael Larsen Severna Park, Md. 

Joseph Edwin Leonard Greensboro 

^••Charles Gerald Letchworth Rockv Mount 

Charles Joseph McCann, Jr Rockville, Md. 

Edward Mallory McLean Columbia, S. C. 

Bennie Franklin Mangum .\ngier 

Thomas Edward May Springfield, Va. 

Lowell Thomas Miller Sparta 

Sidney Cole Mitchell Denton 

William Thomas Mitchell, Jr. Kinston 

Willard Milton Moore, Jr. Asheville 

Ronald David Xorman Charlotte 

Spencer Wakefield O'Meara Charlotte 

James Blair Phillips Bridgcton 

Rov Norman Rav Burnsville 

Robert Hart Ravnor Henderson 

Daniel Milas Ritchie, Jr. Concord 

j^James Dwight Rovall ^..^^ .■^. Thurmond 

^Tcrrv Lee Seaford (p?*f«??Vt<9^^^. Concord 

•Barrv William Story 1^. Lenoir 

Fred Dean Upchurc'h Charlotte 

Kenneth Michael Wallace Durham 

•Honors ••High Honors # Honors Program fin Absentia 



21 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

Roger Kdwin Cantrell Gastonia 

Gerald Mills Cobb Hampton, Va. 

Joseph Eugene Cresswcll, Jr Badin 

Carl Dennis Honeycutt Gastonia 

William Ihomas Langcndorfer Sidney, N. Y. 

^•Nfirhacl Kent 1-ce Monroe 

Joseph McCracken Marr Asheville 

•Milion Warner Milncr Asheville 

•Harold Edwin Oliver Winston-Salem 

Robert Patrick Steinmetz Oradell, N. J. 

Joseph Reed Thompson Chapel Hill 

Frif Smaltz Vogel Arlington. Va. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

John Ravinond Concklin Pomona, N. Y. 

•Charles Burch Davis, III Roxboro 

•Richard James Hosey Raleigh 

Cyrus Bryan Israel McCain 

Elmo Becton James Evcretts 

Frank Harold McDougall Porapano Beach. Fla. 

Johnny McGrady North Wilkesboro 

Robert James Veklotz Angola. \ Y. 



School of Forest Resources 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY 

Aubrc\ Sidney Baynes Wendell 

Stanley Walker Bingham Clemmons 

fTerry Hilliard Brookshire Enka 

•Albert Banner Coffey Blowing Rock 

Charles Turncy Foster Charlottesville, Va. 

••George Graham Glass, Jr. Raleigh 

Harold Glenn Grady Goldsboro 

Gary Hale '. Tyner, Ky. 

James Victor Henderson Saltville, Va. 

James Thomas Jennings Raleigh 

Peter Lent Johnston Burlington 

Larry Martin Kennedy ,\ltoona, Penna. 

David Aaron Noll Norristown, Penna. 

•Honors ••High Honors j{| Honors Program fin .Absentia 



22 



Allen Lxjuis Plaster Morganton 

•Henry Donncll Smith Peachland 

Harvey Alien Wade Winston-Salem 

James Hamilton Ware, Jr. Turkey 

•Michael I vim Weathcrford Clinton. Ky. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PULP AND PAPER TECHNOLOGY 

•David l.ec Ashtraft Pine Bluff, Ark. 

••Mack William Bailev Andrews, S. C. 

•Joseph Wilder Boggs Rome, Ga. 

Leslie Allison Britton Plymouth 

Gale Herbert Goodman West Jefferson 

Jack Eugene Holder Gaffney, S. C. 

Andrew Louis Johnson O^k City 

Lawrence Julius Johnson Georgetown, S. C. 

•George Edward Lennon Bladenboro 

•Charles Edwin McLemore Crossett, Ark. 

John Francis Prichard Salisbury 

•Johnnie Dupree Respass Plymouth 

Harold Edward Sellers Elyria, Ohio 

•Michael Edward Ward Neva, lenn. 

•David Eugene Zukowski Erie, Penna. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN RECREATION AND 
PARK ADMINISTRATION 

Robin Dana Andrews Raleigh 

Anthonv Patrick Barchuk Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Edwaixi Joseph Bicdenbach Pittsburgh, Penna. 

Thomas Larrv Bradford Fayetteville 

James Joseph Davis Manor, Penna. 

tJohn William Douglass Pittsburgh, Penna. 

Joe Randolph Franklin West Jefferson 

Marv Ella Garriss Raleigh 

David Clark Hobson Dunn 

•Walter Phillip Kanoy Thomasville 

John Stuart Lawrance Springfield, Penna. 

•Barry Charles Lock Belvidere, N. J. 

David Charles Munhall Hopkins, Minn. 

James Lee Oslx)rne Hampton, Va. 

Robert Eugene Parries Mount Airy 

Joel Eugene Peterson Raleigh 

•George Edward Rollins Raleigh 

•Robert Scott Stokes Haddonfield, N. J. 

Edward Richard Svkes, HI Wendell 

Joseph Speed Jones Tanner Palmer Springs, Va. 

Joseph Cornelius Tavlor Raleigh 

John Howard White' Orlando, Fla. 

Robert Lee Williams, Jr New Bern 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN WOOD TECHNOLOGY 

f*Marcel Decclles Quebec, Canada 

Marc Francis Frampton Pequannock, N. J. 

.\ndrew Stewart Nuckols Rocky Mount 

• Honors •• High Honors § Honors Program ■{• In Absentia 



23 



Robert Earl Nye Clarkton 

tCharles MacKarsic Page Alexandria, Va. 

Kimball Wyeih Russell Badin 

tjohn Frederick Schneider Hammond, La. 

Frank Roger VanNote Ashbury Park, N. J. 

Michael Carl Wiemann Montvale, N. J. 



School of Liberal Arts 




BACHELOR OF ARTS 

fZeno Richard Allen Winterville 

Salvatore Dominic Amendolia North Bellmore, N. Y. 

••Gaylc Maxene Andrews Emmaus. Pcnna. 

••Thomas Michael Antone Raleigh 

Henry Paul Averette, Jr. Raleigh 

Harry Strong Baker, IH Charlotte 

Frank Fleetwood Bateman, Jr Charlotte 

Joseph .-Vrnold Brake RcKky Mount 

Edward Earl Braswcll Rockv Mount 

•Kenneth George Burlock, Jr. Jacksonville 

••Mary Anne Burton Raleigh 

Ralph Tyrone Campbell Raleigh 

John Fulghum Cannady, III Henderson 

•Charles (ierald Carpenter Elkin 

Martin Bruce Chadwick Raleigh 

•James Stephen Chiles Baltimore. Md 

Daniel .Atlas Cockman Robbins 

Charles David Collins, Jr. Zebulon 

Elizabeth Powell Conrad Fuquay-Varina 

Samuel Edward Cope Winston .Salem 

•'Dennis Laurence Cuddy Raleigh 

John Thomson Dawson, Jr. Winston-Salem 

Gloria Holmes Dean Franklinton 

Edgar Ray Denny Carthage 

f.Melvin Joseph Doyle Zcbulon 

••John Fortune Dunn Svlva 

Gian Carlo Brunetti Duri Rome, Italy 

•H.Mold Charles Dvcr. Jr Wendell 



Honors 



High Honors 



# Honors Program 



t In .■\bscntia 



24 



^. 



Robert Walter Eager Upper Montdair, N. J. 

tjaync Ellen El-Ackad New Brunswick. N. J. 

•Charles Thomas Fercbee New Bern 

••Edward William Fisk North Rose, N. Y. 

Jane Creel Fox Cary 

Donna Marie McFarland French Reidsville 

Ceoflrev Terrcnce Gaede Durham 

William Francis Gallogly, Jr Arlington, Va. 

Gerald Fredric Gallup Raleigh 

•Charles John Gantner, Jr. Piscataway, N. J. 

Robert James Garner Raleigh 

Richard Arthur Gay Raleigh 

Ronald Glenn Goodman Rockingham 

Ann Baggett Goodnight Fayetteville 

■'jy^W^' Bess Hair Fayetteville 

David Earl Hale New Bern 

••Sulo Herman Heikkinen Fayetteville 

Stephen Henrv Homey Raleigh 

Linda Alethea Howell Raleigh 

Robert Caldwell Hudspeth Winston-Salem 

Harry Steven Hughes Thomasville 

Jean Tilden Jackson Wilmington 

Timothy Hawlev Johnson Marion 

William Francis Jones Annapolis, Md. 

William H. Jones, III Saratoga 

Henrv Filmore Kale, Jr. Mount Holly 

Gerrv Diane Katz Statesville 

David James Kennedy Thomasville 

Gearv Kent '. Yadkinville 

Reinhardt Joseph Kieffer Fayetteville 

Bvron Nelson Kimball Winston-Salem 

Stephen Paul King Raleigh 

•Bettve Kav Easley Kirk Natchitoches, La. 

fWilliam Br\an Kluttz. Jr. Salisbury 

George Walter Knight Rockingham 

fWilliam Throsbv Kretzer Springfield, N. J. 

Ravmond .\rthur Lamont Richmond, Va. 

Hazen Glenn Lancaster, Jr. Windsor 

•PeggN Lynn Lassiter Raleigh 

•Dale Edward Lichtblau York, Penna. 

James Kellv Lockhart Aiken, S. C. 

Milford Holmes McCrary, Jr North Charleston, S. C. 

t^Leon Ronald McLawhom Kinston 

•Jenette O'Keefe Maloney Winston-Salem 

Marv Elizabeth March Raleigh 

••George Everett Marsh Los Angeles, Calif. 

Sharon Cooke Marshburn Wendell 

•Andrea Mewborn Montague Raleigh 

fChristophcr James Monteleon, Jr. Raleigh 

Joan Tavlor Munger Raleigh 

Roland Berg Newhouse. Jr Raleigh 

•Mary Katherine Newton Forest City 

tjoseph Edward Nicholson, Jr. Raleigh 

Honors •• High Honors /j( Honors Program f I" Absentia 



• • 



25 



Robert Hugh Noland Wavncsvillc 

Jcrrv Warren Norris Jamcsvillc 

NcM Olstn Memphis, Tenn. 

••Julian Eugene Parker, Jr. Raleigh 

Jostph Robert Ptrsonette Vienna, Va. 

Robert Jackson Pickard. Jr. Greensboro 

Vitkie Lou Pollock Snow Hill 

••R(Hlnc\ Ponder Poole Raleigh 

Michael Brian Prone Scituate, Mass. 

I.ariv Restivo Bloomfield, N. J. 

•Marv Seibel Richardson Chapel Hill 

Wesiev I albert Satterwhite Louisburg 

Quincv fnckson Scarborough. Jr. Fayetteville 

Thomas Vance Sctzer Raleigh 

Richard Shackleford Wake Forest 

Siephen Cowles .Shepherd Ferguson 

•j-Ross Minish Sigmon, HI Burlington 

•Norman Jerry Simonoff Norfolk, Va. 

Barbara Sellers Smith Raleigh 

•Karen Maxine Smith Mocksville 

•{■|oscph Wilton Stainback Henderson 

.Alfred John Steinbcrgcr, III Charlotte 

Joan .\iexander Stcnhouse Charlotte 

•\irginia Caglc Stephanakis Concord 

Odes Lawrence Stroupe, Jr. Crossnore 

fLeslic Dwaiii William Strumfels Winston-Salem 

fLylc Parke Thomas Raleigh 

Dick Johnson Thompson Raleigh 

Mark Robert Lhompson Decatur, Ga. 

^.Edwiii Gilbert Thurlow, Jr ^... Raleigh 

T^r ^-T^SVranklin Waters Trapnell. Jr. .,,^^t^?ry^^!^:^.. Baltimore, Md. 

Robert Chung Kwong Tsang Hong Kong 

John Robert L'rben Raleigh 

•Bettina Lee Warthen Raleigh 

•Marv .Ann Weathers Raleigh 

•John Elwood Wcbl^ Gary 

J.Hines Michael Weeks Raleigh 

•{•Elizabeth Brewer Wcidhuner Raleigh 

William Henry White Raleigh 

William Wallace White, Jr. Black Mountain 

fNikki Catherine Wiesley Winston-Salem 

Bascombe Jay Wilson .\sheville 

Stephen Michael Wilson Newton 

Karen Daye Wolff Durham 

Donald Roger Woolard Washington 

•Donald Edwin Wynne Wake Forest 

Mahmoud Zanjani Tehran, Iran 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 

fRobert Steve Jolley Cliffsidc 

.Ahmed .Amin El-Maghraby Cairo. F.gvpt 

Gary Steven Sinithwick Raleigh 

•Honors ••High Honors ;j( Honors Program fin Absentia 



26 



School of Physical Sciences 
and Applied Mathematics 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

Herbert Lee Bcnoy, III Hamlet 

^••Robert Emil Botsch Lexington 

•Dennis Lee Carroll Charlotte 

fC.erald Kav Dowlin St. Pauls 

•Robert Edward Dungan Kingsport, Tenn. 

•Gary Richard Feimster China Grove 

•Arthur Lewis Frazier, Jr Charlotte 

Howard Wavne Gerringtr, Jr. Albany, Ga. 

Robert Alson Ga*y-...«3^.<?rri^^U^ High Point 

Noel Reed Hartsell Q. Albemarle 

•Donald Lee Hill Ararat 

•William Frederick Horton, Jr. Raleigh 

Charles Marc Hubbard Lillington 

Robert Gordon Jones Greenville, S. C. 

•William Erwin Linn, Jr. Fayettcville 

William Henrv Lucas Raleigh 

•James Donald McAdams Mebane 

Lvnn Gray Maddrv, Jr. Raleigh 

Janice Eloise Malone Williamston 

Rickie Lawrence Manuel Draper 

^•Michael Eugene Mauney Charlotte 

Carolyn Andrea Ncwhouse Raleigh 

•Marvin Rav Oliver Kinston 

Donald Harold Plake Winston-Salem 

Franklin Russell Rhue Raleigh 

Henrv Horton Robinson, II Greensboro 

William Bennett Thaler Manassas, Va. 

Jack Lawrence Touchstone, Jr. Greensboro 

Donald Wilson Turner Raleigh 

•Karan Melinda Tuttle Virginia Beach, Va. 

j^^^Charles Jackson Washam. Ill Charlotte 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

Joseph Thomas Blackwell, III Brevard 

Samuel William Clary Lawrenceville, Va. 

Wavne Allen Cline Charlotte 

Donald Wayne Home Autryville 

I 
gACHELpR OP SCIENCE IN EXJPERIMJHTAL STATISTICS a y,/). 

\vilson Chiu Shiang Chen >: Hong Kong 

Bartlett Bowers Levels .Asheville 

•Honors ••High Honors /j( Honors Program fin Absentia 



27 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS 

jflv^\ Rov t:l<iM Golden Valley, Minn. 

•I.awrrncf Arthur Culler High Point 

Davis Eastland Hays Kinston 

•William Grrald Johnson North Wilkcsboro 

Paul Warnir Kivott Greensboro 

Nicholas George Koutroulias Charlotte 

)jf*Davicl Benjamin Montgomery High Point 

)jf* I homas Lee Murdock Silver Spring, Md. 

Nancy Green Robbins Candler 

•John Francis Seely Raleigh 

•Horatr Brantley Snyder Sylva 

Robert Beard Teese Leesburg, Fla. 

IJI'F'aul William 1 illman, Jr Raleigh 

Harold Stephen Zimmerman Winston-Salem 



School of Textiles 




BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

Edward Basinger Spencer 

Larry Allen Baynes Reidsville 

••Michael Wayne Bernhardt Salisbury 

Larry Edward Blackburn Pfafftown 

•John Hao-Kiang Chan Nalia. Okinawa 

David Kemp Covington Rural Hall 

Robert Edward Dalton Raleigh